The Great Pyramid Jeezeh by Louis P. McCarthy, 1907

LIBRARY
UNIVERSITY OF
CALIFORNIA
SAN DIEGO
Me CLASH AN & Me GUSH AN

f RUCKEE, CAL.
THE
BY
Louis P. McCarty
Author
"
of the "Statistician
and Economist, "
and Longevity," Etc.
Health, Happiness
That which before us lies

Is the prime wisdom
What
in daily life,
is more, is fume,
fond impertinence ;
most concern.
Unpractised, unprepared, and still to seek."
;
Or emptiness, or
And renders us,
in things that
Milton's
Adam
to Angel.
SAN FRANCISCO
Loui. P.
McCarty
1907
The Great Pyramid

For
What
By
Purpose
Was
Whom Was
it
Jeezeh
Built ?
it
Built?
And About When Was

Satisfactorily
answered
in the
In
the
office
of
the
P.
Built ?
following pages.
Entered according to the Act of Congress,
LOUIS
it
in
the
year
1907,
by
MCCARTY,
Librarian
of
Congress,
at
Washington.
In the pages that follow, many other subjects are

treated with copious notes from different authors, but
all are of interest to prove our theory.
PRICE
In Cloth...
..$5.00
In Leather..
$6.00
PREFACE
"Wer Vieles bringt, wird Jedem el was bringeii."
(Who brings many things, brings something for each.)
Goethe.
every thinking
human
being has some sec-
ondary subject, outside of his regular calling,

upon which he devotes his spare moments.
With some, it consists in attempting to solve the
hidden mysteries of the future life, through the agency of
some one of the eleven hundred different faiths, as to
who, or what, is Deity.
NEARLY
With
others,
the
mineralogical fields
are
explored,
with the expectation of finding the original atom of matter,

without combination, with side issues of all other "isms"
and "ologies" that exist.

The astronomer delights in his calling, peering into
space, and every now and then astounds us with the
discovery of a new world, or one at least, that has passed
within the reach of our strongest magnifiers; while the
antiquarians and anthropologists are not idle. Through
the findings of the students of all the foregoing subjects
mentioned, a fair minority of the thinking public are
fcnmd to be followers. There are, however, a very few
people, living in this 2oth century, who believe in or agree
with the theories of any of the (over) one hundred prominent writers of the past, regarding the purpose for
which the Great Pyramid Jeezeh was

when, or by whom it was built.
Having spent nearly
all
of our spare
built,
much
moments
less
for the
past thirty-five years in studying the works of the principal writers on the subjects of Antiquity, Egyptology,
and Pyramidal building, we now present the following

pages of fact and theory for the criticism of an intelligent
public, the gist of
which theory
is
our own.
THE GREAT PYEAMID JEEZEH

To present our
subject properly, two volumes should

on
the theory of "world building," and
precede this; one
on
"man's advent on the earth."
the other
But life is precarious; we must hurry on, and ask a
generous public to accept our theories in a single volume.
We offer no apology, however, for treating so many
different
for
we
in the following pages,

necessary to prove our theory.
desire of our critical readers to believe is: that
contemporaneous subjects
consider
All
we
them
all
the "Great Pyramid Jeezeh" really exists at this time;

that it is placed at or near the "geographical center" of
all the continents on the face of the earth; and that the
measurements as quoted from the principal authorities
are approximately correct.
Our theory, then, (that
it was built by a race of people

with vastly more intelligence
possess, or will possess at the end of the
preceded our race,
that
than we now
2oth century,) will be susceptible of proof, and
much
light will be conveyed to our (apparent) mysterious subject, in opposition to the theory of the principal writers,
"that
it
Deified
was
by a
built
workmen
in
most things on the
Deified architect,
assisted
an age of absolute ignorance
by
(as to
face of the earth)."
much
has been written and said about the Pyramids

of Egypt, and the principal publications contain so many
references to other publications and reports that students
of this subject should live next door to one of our largest
vSo
"reference libraries," or spend a small fortune on a personal

collection of books, in order to be able to comprehend
the information that they attempt to furnish.

We shall try in this work, however, to reduce that feature to a minimum, and place within this one volume all
the information
however,
that
we wish
all
It is taken for granted,

to convey.
writers
and investigators of
readers,
the subject before us, the building of the "First Great

Pyramid," will accept as approximately correct, the measurements of that great structure as verified and accepted
PEEFACE
by such eminent
maticians as:
Egyptologists, astronomers, and matheHoward Vyse, Prof. Piazzi Smyth,
Col.
the French Academicians, Dr. Grant, Prof. John Greaves,

Sir John Herschel, Dr. Lepsius, W. Osburn, Mr. James
Simpson, Prof. H. L. Smith, Mr. John Taylor, Sir Gardner Wilkinson, and others, thus making the remaining
portion of our task approximately light.
More than two hundred eminent mathematicians and

astronomers have visited and measured this pyramid
since the year 820 A. D.; some of them spending only
a day and measuring only a single passageway, while
camped there and worked steadily for months.

The net results, however, can be summed up from the
figures furnished by the professors above mentioned,
which we give you in the body of this work.
others
No one will attempt to question the perfect sanity

of those professional measurers, as to their mathematics;
but when you analyze their opinions regarding the date
of the building of that structure, critically, you will discover that they had boxed their science, and appealed to
"miracle" to help them out. Most of them were devout

Christians, and, in their interpretation of the sacred writings,
could not permit of any event antedating the year 4004 B.C.
As we differ so widely from the opinions of the above

mentioned "noted authors," regarding the purpose for
which it was built, and the possible date of its erection,
we ask suspension of personal opinion, until the reader

has thoroughly investigated our argument brought forward
in this work.
table of contents follows this preface, also a table

And at the close of this work will be found
of illustrations.
a copious index, which the reader
is asked to consult on all

doubt regarding any subject herein
All principal subjects are indexed direct, as well
treated.
as by subsections treated.
Individuals are indexed under
their surnames.
The whole is respectfully submitted by
occasions,
when
the author.
in
ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE GREAT PYRAMID
Plate
I.
Vertical section of the Great Pyramid, showing the original outline, and inner chambers
VII.
Upper Egypt, the World and location of

the Great Pyramid
Chorography of Great Pyramid and its neighbors
Vertical sections of all Pyramids on Jeezeh Hill
Vertical sections of all the residual pyramids of Egypt ....
Ground plan of the Great Pyramid
Casing-stone remnants of the Great and 2nd Pyramids.
VIII.
Present entrance into the Great Pyramid, front elevation
IX.
X.
XI.
XII.
XIII.
Chamber and passage system of the Great Pyramid

Lower end of the Grand Gallery in Great Pyramid
View of the 7 sides of the so-called Queen's Chamber. ...
Ante-chamber and upper end of Grand Gallery
Walls of the Ante-chamber opened out, and the Boss on
XIV.
King's Chamber, Ante-chamber, and upper (southern) end

35
of Grand Gallery
Walls of the King's Chamber opened out, and ground plan
II.
III.
IV.
V.
VI.
Geography
of
and
side section
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
the Granite Leaf
XV.
11
37
and shape of Great Pyramid measured without
39
Size and shape of Great Pyramid from testimony within 41
Construction hypothesis of passage angles and chamber
43
emplacements in Great Pyramid
of the Coffer
XVI.
XVII.
XVIII.
XIX.
XX.
Size
Tomb
of
King Cheops
The
XXII.
Great Pyramid .... 45

Pyramid in 2170 B.
47
48
Reverse side of the Great Seal of the U. S
The Great Pyramid as seen by Caliph Al Mamoun (minus
48
the astronomical) in 822 A. D
For minor mathematical illustrations, see index.
;
XXI.
far outside the
starry skies as seen at the Great

C; 27,970 B. C. and 53,770 B. C
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Ilhistrations
and
their explanatory notes
PART
extend from page 8 to page 48
I.
Past rulers and history of Egypt

The Seven Wonders of the World, etc
Earthquakes, Tidal Waves, and Cataclysms
Sections.
1&2
& 4
5&6
Astronomy and the Solar System

The Earth and World Building
Condensed Measures of the Pyramid
The Only Real Pyramid
Miscellaneous measurements, with proofs furnished
11
Standard of Length
Great Pyramids Numbers
Astronomical and Geographical positions
Exterior Measures and Masonry Courses
13
15
17
The Source
of
PART
II.
PART
III.
Measures
8
9
10
& 12
& 14
& 16
to 20
21
22 to 60
&
History of the Interior of the Pyramid

Great Pyramid entered first time, since original builders sealed
61
travelers
Interior details of measurement, temperature, vibration of
the King's Chamber, Symbolism of the Ante-Chamber,
Granite Leaf 'Inch' Measurement.
T6gether with detailed information regarding the Subterranean Unfinished
68 to 70
62
Wise men differ as to what is limestone or granite 63 to 67

it up.
Wall courses of the King's Chamber, as described by different'
Chamber, Ascending Passage-way, Grand Gallery, AnteChamber, King's Chamber, Horizontal Passage to Queen's
Chamber, The Queen's Chamber, Well, etc
PART
71 to 76
IV.
Details of the Capacity Measure of the Coffer in the King's
Chamber, Tables of Pyramid Capacity Measure and Pyramid Weight Measure, and System of Specific Gravities,
Linear Elements of the Pyramid, and the Earth together
with the Pound Weight Measure of Most Nations. International Linear Measure Thermometers, etc
Pyramid Angle Measure, Money on the Pyramid System;
Pyramid Astronomy, Ark of the Covenant of Moses, Solomon's Molten Sea, Other Chambers still undiscovered in the
Pyramid, Queen's Chamber now open once concealed,
Queen's Chamber Air Channels, Further from the Critics
of the Great Sphinx, Cubic Contents of Chambers, Chro;
77 to 84
nology of Egyptologists, Architectural facts of the Great

Pyramid, Noachian Deluge of the Bible, Future of the
Great Pyramid
85 to 100
Seven Natural Wonders of the World, Weights and Measures
101 & 102
of different countries reduced to U. S. Standard
103
Ancient Free Masonry, Conclusion, Index
THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH
SEE PLATE I., opposite page, showing vertical section

of the Great Pyramid, from south to north, looking west.
At the time of day and season when it devours its own
shadow.
The limestone base upon which the pyramid stands
is
elevated about 146 feet above the average water level surrounding it, and 215 feet above the level of the Mediter-
ranean Sea.
ILLUSTEATIONS
PLATE
THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZ EH
10
SEE PLATE
II.
Showing the geography of Upper
Egypt, with the different mouths of the Nile river as it

enters the Mediterranean Sea, from the sector-shaped land
showing the line of the Great Pyramid to be placed in the
exact center. Also the map of the world on the "Mercator
projection," showing the Great Pyramid to be located near
the center of all the land of the earth, and at the exact
center of
its
weight above water.
ILLUSTRATIONS
PLATE
THE GREAT PYRAMID
11
II
IN
THE
CENTRE
SAME TIME AT THE BORDER. OF THE

SECTOR-SHAPED LAND OF LOWE*R EGYPT,
AND. AT THE
LOWER EGYPT INJHE GEOGRAPHICAL CENTRE

THE
LAND -SURFACE
..,
//.
i-:.
,..,l
OF
Stufao
TH
WHOLE
/',<,:.<(,<
WORLD
OF
12
SEE PLATE
and
its
III.
neighbors.
Chorography of the Great Pyramid

Showing also the location of Cheops'
tomb, the Great Sphnix, and the relative position of the

second and third pyramids.
This is known as the flat-topped hill of Jeezeh. The
Great Pyramid is represented in the center near the top of
the illustration.
ILLUSTRATIONS
PLATE
LONGITUDE
MAP
OF
THE
OF BOCK. RISING
MERIDIAN
PYRAMIDS
JUST SOUTH
WEST OF THE NORTHERN END

THE NILE BRINGS ITS WATERS
OF
OF THE
III
OF THE
GREAT
JEEZEH.
PYRAMID
ON THEIR FLAT TOPPED HILL
LOW DELTA LAND OF LOWER EGYPT. AND
OF THE SINGLE
THROUGH
13
LONGITUDINAL VALLEY, BY WHICH
36* OF LATITUDE. FROM THE EQUATORIAL LAKES
14
SEK PLATE IV. Showing the vertical sections of all

the (9) Jeezeh group of pyramids. Their ancient size and
shape being shown by the dotted triangles over them.
The only one of this group that was built (outside ot
the Great Pyramid itself) with any order as to
sides, was the third, which see.
its
sloping
ILLUSTEATIONS
PLATE
15
IV
NINTH
ALLTHEPYRAMIDS
OF JEEZ EH
IN
PYRAMID
VERTICAL AND MERIDIAN SECTION,
16
SEE PLATE V.
Showing
all
the pyramids of Egypt
outside of the Jeezeh group. This illustration represents

them in the order as they will be found passing from north
to south, together with their location by latitude.
For their height and date of erection, see table of
Pyramids of Egypt,
in index.
ILLUSTRATIONS
17
PLATE V
\\1her,,
l\Mi,.i
.,!' /.,'*/,>
S.>titl,<;;, /Ir,,,,,/,/.-/ I.,, 1,1-
<
//,.//,/,,
/',
r.'rl\;
,./'.'/ ,;/,',>
18
THE GKEAT PYRAMID JEEZEH
SEE PLATE VI. Ground plan of the Great Pyramid,

together with the horizontal sectional area at the level of
the King's Chamber. Also exhibits the spot on the south
side of the pyramid, where Prof. Howard Vyse, made an
unsuccessful attempt to force an entrance.
ILLUSTRATIONS
PLATE
GROUND PLAN
TOGETHER
WITH
ITS
OFTHE
VI
GREAT
HORIZONTAL SECTIONAL AREA

THE KINGS
CHAMBER.
SCALE OF BRITISH
19
INCMCS.
PYRAMID.
AT THE
LEVEL OF
THE GEEAT PYEAMID JEEZEH
20
SEE PLATE VII.
The upper part
of this illustration
exhibits the casing stone remnants of the second pyramid.

The lower part of this picture exhibits the first three layers
of stone on the north side of the Great Pyramid, including
the
first
layer of the original angle casing stones, as dis-
covered by Col.
Howard Vyse,
in 1857 A.
D.
ILLUSTRATIONS
PLATE
EXAMPLE
REMNANT
OF
THE
of THE
CASING-STONES
21
VII
or A
PYRAMID. SUPER-POSED
ORIGINAL CASING-STONE SURFACE
OF THE
GREAT PYRAMID
22
THE GKEAT PYEAMID JEEZEH
SEE PLATE VIII.
Exhibiting a front, also a vertical
longitudinal section of the present entrance to the Great

Pyramid, and a line drawn showing where the original
casing stones reached too, as seen

the year 822 A. D.
by Caliph Al Mamoun
in
ILLUSTRATIONS
PLATE
VIII
23
24
SEE PLATE IX.
Illustrating the chamber and pasof

the
Great
sage system
Pyramid. Also includes the forced
hole made by the followers of Caliph Al Mamoun and the
unfinished state of the subterranean chamber in the base

rock, under the exact center of the Great Pyramid.
ILLUSTEATIONS
PLATE
IX
25
26
SEE PLATE X.
By
placing the upper half of this
illustration to the right or north side of Plate XIV, a continuous passage is exhibited, and the intention of its original
purpose made plain.

The lower half of this plate exhibits a displaced
stone and entrance to the well. See Plate IX.
Ramp
ILLUSTRATIONS
27
PLATE X
SECTION
LOOKING WEST
Of
LOWER OR
NORTHERN END
F
CRAND GALLERY
I
OR PYR?
ENLARGED
PERSPECTIVE
VIEW
or
IHC
BROKEN OUT
RAMP STONE
AND
THE ENTRANCE
TO IN
WELL.
28
XL
SEE PLATE
The Queen's Chamber, so-called, in
the Great Pyramid. The only chamber exhibiting seven
sides.
Through the niche in the east wall of which, we
expect to find an entrance to other chambers.
Prof, H. L. Smith, of Hobart College, Geneva, N. Y.,
a
(in
private letter) speaking of the Queen's Chamber, in the
Great Pyramid, remarks, "Either there is proof in that
chamber
of supernatural inspiration granted to the archior

"that primeval official possessed, without intect,"
in
an age of absolute scientific ingorance 4,000
spiration,
years ago, scientific knowledge equal to, if not surpassing,

that of the present highly developed state of science in the
modern world."
ILLUSTKATIONS
PLATE
XI
29
30
SEE PLATE XII.
Showing the upper end of the Grand
Gallery and the ante-chamber. Also exhibiting the great

36 inch step and the low passage way into the King's
Chamber; compelling all who enter there to stoop and bow
his head,
though he might be ruler of the whole world
ILLUSTRATIONS
PLATE
31
XII
VERTICAL MERIDIAN SECTION frvm.GrGalLry through ANTE-CHAMBER to Kuig sCli LxJang ast>uii
IMMgr iUfl ANTE-CHAM BER toKuysQt

stone,.
KIII
SMVTH. 0(
GwsecLbnt shading -Granite,
jllso \.-tme- stone, and, fj-GmJutc/
cit
so. torn*
32
SEE PLATE XIII.
The Ante-Chamber and
its
walls
opened out; also the Boss on the Granite Leaf. In this

chamber all candidates received their preparatory lectures
before entering the King's Chamber, and other chambers
later on.
ILLUSTRATIONS
PLATE
XIII
33
34
SEE PLATE XIV. The King's Chamber and its acwhich include the ante-chamber, and the southern
end of the Grand Gallery. Also Howard Vyse's hollows of
construction above the King's Chamber.
The crossed lines
cessories,
indicate
granite.
Some
idea of
the magnitude of this
portion of pyramid construction may be had when we tell

you that the first cross tie of granite seen over the King's
Chamber is about 41-2 feet square, by 25 feet long and it

takes 9 of these slabs or ties to form the ceiling to the King's
Chamber; each slab of which weighs about 42 tons.
It will be
See Plate X. with explanation on page 26.
noticed that even a king would have to stoop to enter this
chamber.
ILLUSTRATIONS
CRTCCAL &t<n\OHfl.ookvuiWest/oi
KINGS CH AM B
35
E R; ALSO or
36
SEE PLATE XV.
This illustration indicates the entire
Exhibiting
plot for which the Great Pyramid was built.
the walls of the King's Chamber opened out, also the stink
portion of walls, the coffer, etL
It will be noted that there are just 100 blocks of granite
in the four walls of this chamber, nine in the ceiling, and
there were eighteen in the floor before they were pried out
and taken away. No two of which are of the same size.
On
the north wall will be noticed one granite block that

twice the size (in height) of any other wall stone, the east
edge of which, forms one angle of the N. E. corner of this
chamber. This we predict will be found to be a door, and
is
outlet to other chambers, which we have suggested in the

body of this work, exist in other parts of this great building.
No
is
latches, hinges, locks or bolts exist, but
re-discovered,
it
will
be opened without
when the
force.
secret
ILLUSTRATIONS
PLATE XV
37
38
SEE PLATE XVI. Size and shape of Great Pyramid

measured without. Showing geometrically direct vertical
section
diagonal vertical section
angles of casing stones
and equality
equality of boundaries
of areas Nos. i and 2.
ILLUSTKATTONS
39
PLATE XVI
12913 26
S16-53O
9131 Ob P.. I. or
36& 242 5. O.
DIRECT VERTICAL SECTION OF

GREAT PYRAMID.
P.
1 or
S.
DIAGONAL VERTICAL SECTION

GREAT PYRAMID.
EQUALITY OF BOUNDARIES
'"*
*;''
7TANCLES OF CASING STONES OF

GREAT PYRAMID.
9131 05
As
I.
affected, by its eacternaZ, slope*
QrtcL hari,zonal/ 'mjc^sonry
oours&a
-3-14159 26535+&C.
'log O 49711; 98726 + &c.
77"
Pyrcurvui's s
avroie< vnih,
radius ~
EQUALITY OF AREAS
EQUALITY
OF-
AREAS N?
9131-05
P. 1.
Area, of sqiMcrv base* of Great,

"area,
of a.
Circle,
whosq ckameter i gwen,
-+-JOQ in. t?ie Ante,- chamber.

'
TYRjt MID
NCHE S
a,
"Area-
of Cw-die,
vfixh,
9
=
GPyr. height, for rcLckus
ofsquarb whose,
letujO\,
of side*
-i-JOO wi, the Ante- -chamber
S.C
-SACRED CUBIT
is given,
40
SEE PLATE XVII. Size and shape of Great Pyramid

from testimony within; equality of areas No. 3. Showing
equation of boundaries and areas, circles and squares, inches
inside and pyramid cubits outside Great Pyramid.
ILLUSTRATIONS
PLATE
EQUALITY
9131 PS
OF
41
XVII
AREAS
f/.
P.I.
Square, with, side

centfuUd by TT.
Direet Vertical Setticn. ofGr Pyjt
11626 ~O Z^jtnte, chamber

in,
terms of
EQUATION
* 10 O = SwrCs distance, from,

earth,
"breadth, of tltf, JEartfL, .from, ^Pole, to Pole,.
t^
length,
the,
OF
BOUNDARIES AND AREAS.
CIRCLES AND SQUARES INCHES INSIDE AND SACRED CUBITS
OUTSIDE GREAT PYRAMID.

SMVIH. DlC.
1CHH
SON. EDI
42
THE GEEAT PYRAMID JEEZEH
SEE PLATE XVIII. Showing construction hypothesis

of passage angles and chamber emplacements in Great
Pyramid.
ILLUSTRATIONS
PLATE
43
XVIII
AD B =
Dircct.or rightjVertical,
from, Forth to south,,
IF
GH
Square.and.Qrcle,ofequaL
area, la above.
Jtyle-ZCS - Ze '-
Fig
is'- X>'
2,
LENGTHS AND
PLACES. OF
PASSAGES
IN
GREAT
PYR
to
Fig I.
& K
C bisected,
horizontal, lines,
then,
'oraMeita C S.
marks
entrance, passage.
"W
Jingle*
at an. tujual but opposite,

angle marks Flrstdscending
BCP/hereC
f-side ofctrual,
= 3O / =
,;
RITCHIE 4 SON. (DIN*
44
SEE PLATE XIX. Tomb of King Cheops, far outside

the Great Pyramid. Showing plan and vertical section of
the tomb and hydraulic reference data, with regard to the
different water levels surrounding the same.
ILLUSTEATIONS
45
PLATE XIX
AN ANCIENT TOMB.
,./.-,:/:.
,1 <,{!,
/W
/'
L t
M-tltrf>
nt/iif
l/tc
vn/rr* ,/' the
//V/i-/-
nick up
IhfJtivrraJ
Mill' S( &f>'.
l\r.itni.i.
tuM.-mm.-.utlshiml
1,1,1 i,,,,
inrnmtittftl bv
N
<//
tf>f.
M/v
ft> ////
Ume
46
SEE PLATE XX. Showing the starry skies as seen at

the Great Pyramid at the date of its foundation, and other
anniversaries of that ancient period: viz., 53,770 B. C.;
27,970 B. C.; and 2,170 B. C. This position of the stars
occur but once in every 25,800 years.
ILLUSTRATIONS
47
PLATE XX
GROUND PLAN
OF THE
CIRCLES OF THE HEAVENS ABOVE THE GREAT PYRAMID, AT ITS EPOCH

OF
FOUNDATION AT MIDNIGHT OF AUTUMNAL EQUINOX
2170
0.
B.C.
DRACONIS ON MERIDIAN BELOW POLE AT ENTRANCE PASSAGE ANGLE;
AND PLEIADES ON MERIDIAN ABOVCPOLE
IN 0"9.A
OR COINCIDENT LY WITH VERNAL EQUINOX.
48

PLATE XXI
The above illustration shows the Reverse side of the "Great Seal" of the U.S.;
it shows a pyramid unfinished.
In the zenith an eye in a triangle, surrounded with
a glory, proper; over the eye these words, "Annuit Coeptis," meaning God has
favored the undertaking. On the base of the pyramid the numerical letters
(1776) and underneath the following motto: "Novus Ordo
Seclorum," meaning the beginning of a new series of ages.
The pyramid signifies strength and duration the eye over it and the motto
alludes to the many and signal interpositions of Providence in favor of the American
cause.
The date underneath is that of the Declaration of Independence; and the
words under it signify the beginning of the new era. (This side of the Great Seal
is not used.)
MDCCLXXVI.,
AS SEEN
IN
822
A.D.
By Caleph Al Mamoun and his followers, when forcing an entrance into the
northern base of the Great Pyramid. See article in part first regarding the same.
EGYPT
Mizraim down to 1485 B. C.
seat of political civilization is now conceded by most historians to
have been in Egypt the only difference being the date that it occurred, or the time
that has elapsed since the political organization of men.
A few of the authorities for the above statement are: "Champolion," discoverer
of the "Key" to the "Hieroglyphics" on the "Rosetta Stone," which, with the
aid of other history, indicate to him that "Isis," the first prominent ruler of men
The first ruler
(see Ancient Masonry, this work), flourished 250,000 years B. C.
over all Egypt, by other authorities, was "Menes," the founder of the first thirty
dynasties; the dates and authorities for the founder of "Memphis" (Menes) are:
Bunsen, 3,643 B. C.; Lepsius, 3,892: Poole, 2,717; and others varying some 1,000
years more. The first epoch (for which we have written history) is the dynasty
of the Pharaohs, commencing with Mizraim, son of Ham, second son of Noah,
2,188 B. C., to the conquest of Cambyses, 525 B. C. second epoch, to the death of
"Alexander the Great," and establishment of the Ptolemies, 323 B. C.; third epoch
to the death of "Cleopatra," and the subjugation by the Romans. 30 B. C.
NOTE.
The
Egypt was
called
first
RULERS.
50
EG tfPT-=Continued.
RULERS
EGYPT
51
EGYPT (in Greek, Aiguptos; in Hebrew

(Sec. i.)
Misr or Misraim in the language of the country in hieroglyphics, Kemi which signifies the black land; and by the
;
Arabs of the present day called Misr) a country in the

northeastern part of Africa. Egypt was conquered by the
Turks in 1517. The Viceroyalty was made hereditary in
The Sultan granted to the Khedive the rights of
1841.
concluding treaties with foreign powers and of maintaining
armies June 8, 1873. The annual tribute paid to Turkey is
about $3,000,000. Egypt proper extends from the Mediterranean Sea south to lat. 22
N., and from the latter
,
known as the Egyptian Soudan, is governed by

Egypt and Great Britain jointly. The eastern boundary
is the Red Sea, and on the extreme northeast Syria.
The
western boundary runs northwest to Tripoli, and thence
region,
southeast to a point 200 miles west of Wady-Halfa. Onethird of the Libyan Desert also belongs to Egypt.
The
It extends
area of Egypt is about 383,800 square miles.
about 675 miles north and south, and 500 miles east and
west.
Its
population
TOPOGRAPHY.
is
about 10,500,000.
ancient as in modern times,

Egypt was always divided into the Upper and the Lower,
or the Southern and the Northern country; and at a
very early period it was further subdivided into a num-
In
ber of nomes, or departments, varying in different ages:

42 was probably the usual number. A third great division,
the Heptanomis, or seven nomes, preserved in modern
"Middle Egypt" (Wustani), was introduced at the time of
the geographer Ptolemy.
Each nome or department
had a separate local government. In the 5th century
A. D., Egypt was divided into Augusta Prima and Secunda
on the east, and .rEgyptiaca on the west, Arcadia (the
Heptanomis), Thebais Proxima as far as Panapolis, and
Thebais Supra to Philae. Under the Mohammedans, the
Misr el-Bahri (Lower Egypt), el-Wustani

and
es-Said
(Middle)
(Upper) has prevailed, but the number
triple division into
52
of subdivisions has varied; at present there are altogether

thirteen provinces.
Egypt is connected with Asia by the
Isthmus of Suez, across which runs the great ship canal

without locks now connecting the Mediterranean with the
Red Sea running from Port Said on the former to Suez on
the latter, a distance of 99 miles. According to Herodotus
;
a large canal from the Red Sea. to the Nile was constructed
about 600 B. C. This canal, which seems never to have
been of much use, was finally blocked up about 767 A. D.
had conceived the idea
of making a ship canal

In 1854, the French engineer,
M. Ferdinand de Lesseps, obtained a concession for that
purpose, and in 1858 was able to form a company for carry-
Napoleon
I.
across the Isthmus of Suez.
ing on the work.
Operations were begun on April 25, 1859,

17, 1869, the canal was opened; the total cost
of construction was $102,750,000.
There were 75 miles of
and on Nov.
actual excavation, the remaining 24 miles being through

shallow lakes (Lakes Menzaleh, Lake Timsah, and Bittet
For about
Lakes'), which usually had to be deepened.
four-fifths of its length it was originally 327 ft. wide at the
surface of the water, 72 feet at the bottom, and 26 feet deep;
remainder only 196 ft. wide at the top, the other

dimensions being the same; but the increase of traffic led
to its being widened and deepened several years ago.
By an agreement signed Oct. 29, 1888, the canal was
exempted from blockade, and vessels of all nations, whether
armed or not, are to be allowed to pass through it in peace
or war.
During the year 1906, some 4000 ships passed
for the
which privilege the company

A canal was also constructed
for bringing fresh water from the Nile at a point near Cairo.
This canal reaches the salt water canal at Ismailia, and then
through
this
canal,
for
received over $20,000,000.
runs almost parallel to the ship canal to Suez. It is almost

40 ft. wide and 9 deep, and is used for navigation as well
The land on
as for domestic purposes and irrigation.
both sides of the ship canal is to be retained by the company for ninety-nine years. Navigation at night by the
EGYPT
53
aid of electric light began on March i 1887, and has shortened the time of passage by about one-half, viz., to about
sixteen to twenty hours.
Steamships are allowed to sail
,
at a speed of five to six knots an hour along the canal.

The inhabited portion of Egypt is mainly confined to the
valley and delta of the Nile, which where widest does not
exceed 120 miles, while in
many parts of the valley it is only
from 10 to 15 miles wide, and at the southern frontier of

Egypt only two miles. West of the Nile are several oases.
Two ranges of lofty mountains, the Arabian Hills on the
east and the Libyan'on the west, enclose this valley.
The
delta of the Nile is traversed by a network of primary and
secondary channels, and is also intersected by numerous
canals.
Seven principal channels, or mouths, were usually recognized in ancient times, the names of which,
going from east to west, were the Pelusiac mouth, the
Tanitic, the Mendesian, the Phatnitic (Damietta), the
Sebennytic, the Bolbitic (Rosetta), and the Canoptic.

The Nile has a current running seaward at the rate of
2 1-2 or 3 miles an hour, and the otream is always deep
enough for navigation. The water becomes a reddish
brown during the annual overflow; it is esteemed highly
salubrious.
Near the sea are Lakes Menzaleh, Mariut
(Mareotis), and other extensive but shallow lagoons.
The openings or lateral valleys of the hills confining the
valley of the Nile are comparatively few, or, being little
frequented, are not well known. Those on the east side
are the Valley of the
Wanderings
(of the children of Israel)
leading from the neighborhood of Cairo to the head of the

Gulf of the Suez, and that through which passes the. road
from Koptos to Kosseir on the Red Sea. A short distance
west of the Nile and above the delta is the fertile valley
of Fayoum, in the northwest and lowest part of which is the
Birket-Kerun Lake or Birket-el-Kerun, fed by a canal or
branch from the Nile. The level of the lake is now 130
feet below that of the Mediterranean.
This lake, formerly
known
as
Lake Moeris, anciently covered a
far larger area.
THE GREAT PYBAUID JEEZEH
54
and by means of
sluices
irrigation purposes.
The
and other works was

deserts on the west
utilized for
bank
of the
Nile generally present to view plains of gravel or of fine

drifting sand on the east the scene is varied by rocks and
;
mountains.
CLIMATE.
The atmosphere in Egypt is extremely

and dry, the temperature regular and hot, though
the heat is tempered during the daytime for seven or
eight months of the year by the strong wind which blows
from the north, and which enables sailing vessels to ascend the river against the stream. The winter months
are the most delightful of the year, the air being cool and
balmy, and the ground covered with verdure; later, the
ground becomes parched and dry, and in spring the suffocating khamseen, or simoon, frequently blows into the Nile
valley from the desert plains on each side of it, raising
clouds of fine sand, and causing great annoyance, until the
It rains
rising of the river again comes to bless the land.
but rarely, except near the seashore. At Memphis, the
clear
rain falls perhaps three or four times in the course of a year,

in Upper Egypt only once or twice, if at all; showers
and
of hail sometimes reach the borders of Egypt, but the formation of ice is very uncommon.
Earthquakes are rare
occurrences and so slight as to be seldom recorded (see

article on earthquakes in another portion of this work),
and thunder and lightning are neither frequent nor violent.

Egypt is not remarkably healthy, especially in the delta
ophthalmia, diarrhoea, dysentery, and boils being somewhat prevalent. But many invalids now winter in Egypt,
especially in the neighborhood of Cairo, or higher
river,
where the
air is
up the
dry and pure.
THE NILE AND IRRIGATION.
The great
his-
toric river Nile, anciently called the Nilus, is 4,100 miles in
few great rivers and second longest,

only exceeded by the Missouri and
its
Mississippi (from
junction) which combined are 4,575
It divides, at lat. 30
miles, long.
15', just below the
length,
and one
in the world.
of the
It is
EGYPT
55
cataract, into two main streams, one entering the

by the Rosetta mouth on the west, the other by the
Damietta mouth on the east. These two streams carry
the bulk of the Nile water to the Mediterranean, and enclose a large portion of the territory known as the delta,
from its resemblance to the Greek letter A, and which
first
sea
owes
its
existence to the deposits of alluvial matter brought

most remarkable phenomenon
the stream.
down by
connected with the Nile
is
its
annual regular increase,
rising from its periodical rains, which fall within the equaAs rain
torial regions and the Abyssianian mountains.
rarely falls in Egypt, the prosperity of the country entirely
depends on
this overflowing of the river.
On
the subsiding
found to be covered with a brown

slimy deposit, which so enriches the soil that with a sufficiency of water it produces two crops a year, while beyond
the limits of the inundation and irrigation there is no cultiof the water the land
vation whatever.
is
The
Nile begins to rise in June, and

about the end of September,
continues to increase until
overflowing the lowlands along its course, the water being

conveyed to the fields by artificial courses where natural
channels
After remaining stationary for a short time,
fail.
the river rises again still further, and subsequently begins

to subside, showing a markedly lower level in January,
February and March, and reaching its lowest in April, May,

and early June. The overflow of the water is now to a great
extent managed artificially by means of an extensive system
of reservoirs and canals, so that after the river subsides it
may be used as required.
A certain proportion of the fields,
and being sown, can ripen

the crop without future moisture; but many others alafter receiving the overflow
ways require
artificial irrigation.
Steam pumps
are
now
Latterly the governlargely used in Northern Egypt.

ment has tried to make the farmer less and less directly
dependent on the inundation, and the great barrage of
the Nile below Cairo, the largest weir in the world, is
one means to this end, a great barrage or dam at Assouan
being another.
56
The native methods of raising water for irrigation

are chiefly by the sakieh, or water wheel, and the shadoof.
The first consists of a horizontal wheel turned by one or two
oxen, which sets in motion a vertical wheel, around which
are hung a number of earthen jars, this wheel being sunk
The jars thus

scoop up the water and bring it to a trough on a level with
the top.
Into this trough each jar empties itself in succession, and the water is conducted by an inclined channel
into a reservoir connected with the river.
ground adjoining, which may have been

previously divided into compartments of i or 2 yards
square by raising the mold into walls or ridges of 5 or 6
into the cultivated
inches in height.
Into these compartments the cultivator
forms an entrance for the water, by depressing a little space

in the ridge or wall with the sole of his foot; and this overlooking of the channels of irrigation, and the adjustment
from one compartment to another with the
of the openings
foot, is
continued until the cultivator
is
assured by the
growth of the plants that each compartment is daily and

duly supplied with its proper quantity of water. The
second means of raising water, namely, the shadoof, consists of a leathern bucket slung at one end of a pole which
has a weight at the other and sways up and down on a
vertical support, a contrivance by which the cultivator is
enabled to scoop up the water considerably below his feet
and raise it with comparative ease to the mouth of a channel
on a level with his breast. The latter mode of raising
is of great antiquity, and is depicted on the walls
tombs of Egypt, and also in the sculptures of
the
ancient
of
Nineveh. A sufficient rise of the river (the rise varies at
water
different points) is essential to secure the prosperity

of the country; and as the water subsides the chaplet of
buckets on the sakieh is lengthened, or several shadoofs,
one above the other on the river banks, are reShould the Nile rise above the requisite height
quired.
it may do great damage; while if it should not attain the
ordinary height there is a deficiency of crops; but so rerising
EGYPT
57
gular are the operations of nature that, with rare exceptions, the inundations are nearly uniform.
OASES. The fertile spots peculiar to the deserts of

Africa are found in Egypt along the hollow region of
the Libyan Desert, parallel to the general direction of
the valley of the Nile, and about 80 miles west of it. The
Great Oasis, or El Wah (the oasis) el Khargeh, lies immediately west of the Thebaid, and has a length of 100 miles.
About 50 miles west of the northern extremity of this oasis,
Wah
el Dakhileh, 24 miles long and 10 miles broad.

south
from the Fayoum, the date groves of the
West by
or
Wah
el Baharieh, display their usual verdure.
Little Oasis,
In this fertile spot artesian wells are numerous, and some
of ancient construction have been discovered which have
depths exceeding 400 feet. On the road between this
lies
the
and that
of El Dakhileh, inclining to the west, occurs

the
Wah
el Farafrah, of small extent.
West of
half-way
the Fayoum, and about 200 miles from the Nile, lies the
oasis
The inhabitants
oasis of Siwah.
of this secluded spot,

to
in
are
language and manners
though tributary
Egypt,
The
of
the
oases
terminates toward
region
wholly Libyan.
the north in the desert of the Natron lakes.
ZOOLOGY.
Owing
to
the
absence
of
forests
in
Egypt there are few wild animals, the principal species

being the wolf, fox, jackal, hyena, the wild ass, and several
The chief domestic animals are camels,

horned cattle, and sheep. The hippopotamus
is no longer found in Egypt, though it is met with in the
Nile above the cataracts, and the crocodile has abandoned
the lower part of the river, and is becoming rare even in
kinds of antelope.
horses, asses,
Upper Egypt.
Among
the
birds
are
three
species
of
vultures (one of which is very large, individuals sometimes

measuring 15 feet across the wings), eagles, falcons, hawks,
buzzards, kites, crows, linnets, larks, sparrows and the
hoopoe, which is regarded with superstitious

Pigeons and various kinds of poultry are very
abundant. The ostrich is found in the deserts. Among
beautiful
reverence.
58
the reptiles are the cerastes and naja haje, both deadly
Fishes abound in the Nile and in the lakes, and
poisonous.
furnish a common and favorite article of food.
Water-fowl
are plentiful and were anciently prepared and salted like
fish.
The sacred ibis is still a regular visitor during the
inundation, and the pelican is found in the northern lagoons.

Among the countless insects are the sacred beetle, the locust
and mosquito. Many of the animals, birds and reptiles

were held sacred by the people; whoever killed a sacred
If a cat died
animal, an ibis or a hawk, was put to death.
a natural death every person in the house shaved his eyebrows; if a dog died, the whole body and head was shaved.
The cats were buried at Bubastis, the dogs in the vaults
of their own cities, field mice and hawks at Buto, the ibis
at Hermopolis, and other animals where they were found lyanimals, the sacred calf Apis was the most
His chief temple was at Memphis. The females,
being sacred to Isis, were thrown into the Nile, which was
considered sacred, and the males were buried at Sakkara.
BOTANY. The few trees found in Egypt include
the date palm, tamarisk, sycamore, Christ 's-Thorn, carob,
and two species of acacia. Many trees have been planted in
recent times, especially about Cairo, such as the lebbek (Albizzia Lebbek) and the eucalyptus. The papyrus plant, once
so important, is now to be found only in one or two spots.
ing.
Of
all
revered.
was manufactured a paper, which was supplied to all

Boats, baskets, cords and shoes were
also made of it.
Wine was abundantly produced in ancient Egypt, and the sculptures bear ample testimony to
the extent to which the ancient Egyptians indulged in wine
and beer or other intoxicating beverages. The vine is still
cultivated, but little or no wine is made, as it can easily be
imported. The following plants are sown immediately
after the inundation begins to subside, and are harvested
three or four months later: wheat, barley, beans, peas,
Of
it
the ancient world.
lentils,
vetches, lupins, clover, flax, lettuce,
der, poppies, tobacco,
hemp, corian
watermelons and cucumbers.
The
EGYPT
59
following plants are raised in summer chiefly by artificial

durra, maize, onions, henna, sugarcane, cotirrigation:
ton, coffee, indigo, and madder.
Grapes are plentiful,
and other
dates,
fruits
abound, of which the most
common
are
pomegranates, apricots, peaches, .oranges,

bananas, mulberries, and olives. The
lotus or water-lily is the chief species of flora found in
figs,
lemons,
citrons,
Egypt. There is a high coarse grass called halfa

various kinds of reeds and canes.
and
GEOLOGY AND
MINEROLOGY. Granite, limestone and sandstone are the principal rock formations
found in Egypt. In the Nile Valley sandstone prevails,
from the quarries of which most of the temples of Egypt
have been built. At Syene, at the southern extremity
of the country, granite predominates, and the quarries
there have furnished chiefly the materials for the obelisks
and colossal statues of Egypt. Over a great extent of
the country the rocks are covered with moving sands,
and in the lands bordering on the Nile by the alluvium
deposited during the inundations which consists of an
argillaceous earth or loam, more or less mixed with sand.
This sedimentary deposit has no traces of stratification.
Various other minerals in addition to those already mention-
and which were used in the ancient buildings, sculpture,

vases, etc., include syenite, basalt, alabaster, breccia and
ed,
Among other valuable products were emeralds,

gold from the mines in Upper Egypt, iron from the desert
plains of Nubia, and natron from the lakes in the Oasis of
porphyry.
Ammon,
hence called
sulphur are also
sal
ammoniac.
Bitumen,
salt
and
the minerals of Egypt.

Of the inhabitants of Egypt those
among
INHABITANTS.
of the peasant class, or Fellahs, as they are called, are

undoubtedly indigenous, and may be regarded as de-
scendants of the ancient Egyptians.
embraced
Mohammedanism.
The
They have mostly
Copts are the descendants of the ancient Egyptians who embrace and
still cling to the Christian religion.
Though compara-
60
tively few in number (about 600,000), their education

and useful talents enable them to hold a respectable
The Fellahs are generally peasants

the
laborers;
Copts fill the posts of clerks, accountWith
etc.
these
ants,
aboriginal inhabitants are mingled,
in various proportions, Turks, Arabs (partly Bedouins),
Armenians, Berbers, negroes and a considerable number of
position in society.
and
Europeans. The Turks hold many of the principal offices

under the government. The great bulk of the people are
Mohammedans, the Christians being only about 7 5 per
cent.
The Egyptians in the mass are quite illiterate, but
under the supervision of the ministry of public instruction
In 1902 there were about 10,000
progress is being made.
.
schools
use
is
with
228,000
pupils.
The language
in
general
Arabic.
The Fellahs, the most superior type of the Egyptian,

are a fine race, handsome, of excellent physique, and
courteous in
their
manners.
In northern
Egypt they
of a yellowish complexion, growing darker toward

the south, until the hue becomes a deep bronze.
Mr.
are
Lane, the best authority upon the subject, speaks highly

of their mental capacity and gives them credit for uncommon quickness of apprehension and readiness of wit.
They are highly religious, and are generally honest, cheerful,

humane, and hospitable. But these are exceptions in a
mixed population of Bedouins, negroes, Abyssinians, Jews
and Europeans. The dominant population appears, from
the language, and from the physical confirmation of the
mummies, to have been of mixed origin, part Asiatic and
part Nigritic; and there seems to have been an aboriginal
race of copper color, with rather thin legs, large feet,
high cheek bones, and large lips; both types are represented
on the monuments. The statements of Greek writers that
a system of castes prevailed in Egypt are erroneous. What
they took for castes were really conditions of society, and
the different classes not only intermarried, but even, as in
the case of priests and soldiers, held both emplo yments.
EGYPT
61
As
in all bureaucracies, the sons often obtained the same

employments as their fathers. The population must
have been very large at the earliest period. It has been
placed at 7,000,000 under the Pharaohs, distributed in
i, 800 towns, which had increased to 2,000 under Amasis
(525 B. C.), and upwards of 3,000 under the Ptolemies.
In the reign of Nero it amounted to 7,800,000. The population in 1844 was 2,500,000; in 1859, 5,125,000; in 1882,
The population in
6,817,265, and in 1897, 9,734,405.
at
is
estimated
which
includes 41,000
1906
10,500,000,
British
and
Greeks, 25,000 Italians, 20,000
18,500 French.
The chief towns of Egypt proper are Cairo, (population
625,000) Alexandria (350,000) Damietta (47,000) Tantah
(57,500); Assiut (42,000); Mansurah (34,000); Fayum
;
Damanhur (32,000); Zagazig (20,000); Rosetta

Port
Said (18,500); Suez (12,500).
(17,500);
(31,500);
GOVERNMENT. The ancient government of Egypt

was a monarchy, limited by strict laws and by the influence
of powerful hereditary privileged classes of priests and
soldiers.
The priests were the ruling class. They were
restricted to a single wife, and if polygamy was permitted to
the rest of the people, it must have been very seldom practiced.
The marriage of brothers and sisters was permitted.
The laws generally were wise and equitable, and appear to
have been rigidly enforced. Murder was punished with
death, adultery by bastinadoing the man and by cutting off
the nose of the
prit's
hands.
but a
man
woman,
forgery
Imprisonment
by cutting off the culwas not permitted,
for debt
could pledge to his creditors the mummies of

and if he failed in his life-time to redeem
his ancestors,
Women were
them, he was himself deprived of burial.
treated with respect, and the laws and customs seem
to have been so favorable to them that their conditions
in Egypt were much higher than in any other nation of
The military force of Egypt was a species
antiquity.
of hereditary militia, which formed one of the leading
classes or castes, and in time of peace cultivated the

land of which it held a large portion. The king's guards,
some few thousands in number, formed the only standing
army. The number of soldiers in the military caste is
.
all
at 410,000, which probably included

of that class able to bear arms.
It is not
by Herodotus
stated
the
men
probable that the whole of them ever were or could have

been brought into the field at once. Their arms were
spears and swords, and they were protected by large shields.
At the present day the government is in the hands
of the viceroy or khedive, as supreme ruler, who pays
an annual tribute of about $3,000,000 to Turkey and is
assisted
western
by a ministry formed on the model of those of

Europe. The capital is Cairo. The govern-
ment
is carried on under the supervision of Great Britain,

the rebellion of Arabi Pasha in 1882 having been put down
and the authority of the khedive restored by British troops.

For some years previous to this, two controllers-general,
appointed respectively by France and Britain, had extenpowers of control in the administration of the country.
British have initiated various reforms in the administration, such as the establishment of new native tribunals.
sive
The
The administration
of justice
is
somewhat complicated,
mixed tribu-
there being native tribunals, consular courts,

nals,
and
religious
courts.
The
financial
condition
of
Egypt being slowly improved under British management.

The Egyptian army is under the command of an English
general, and officered partly by Englishmen and partly
by Egyptians; its total strength is 18,100, while the English
is
army of occupation, which, since the rebellion of 1882,

has remained in Egypt, has a strength of 5,600.
HISTORY. The history of Egypt, prior to the
beginning of the ancient empire 4000 B. C., is entirely
The history divides itself into six great periods:
The Pharaohs or native kings; (2) the Persians; (3) the
Ptolemies; (4) the Romans; (5) the Arabs; (6) the Turks.
The main sources of its history under the Pharaohs
mythical.
(i)
are the
Scriptures,
the
Greek writers Herodotus, Dio-
EGYPT
63
dorus, and Eratosthenes, some fragments of the writing

of Manetho, an Egyptian priest in the 3rd century B. C.
.From the Scriptures we learn that the Hebrew patriarch,
Abraham, went into Egypt with his family because of
a famine that prevailed in Canaan. He found the country ruled by a Pharaoh, the Egyptian term for king.
The date of Abraham's visit, according to the chronology
Hebrew text of the Bible, was 1920 B. C. according to the Septuagint, 2551; while Bunsen fixes it at 2876.
Nearly two centuries later, Joseph, a descendant of Abra-
of the
ham, was sold
Egypt as a slave to the captain of the

guards of another Pharaoh, whose prime minister or grand
vizier the young Hebrew eventually became.
Joseph's
father, Jacob, and his family, to the number of 70, accompanied, as Bunsen conjectures, by 1000 or 2000 dependents,
followed their former kinsman into Egypt where they settled
into
in a district called the
mained
until their
land of Goshen.
There they
numbers had multiplied
into
re-
two or
when under the lead of Moses they revolted

and quitted Egypt to conquer Canaan.
Menes was the first king of Egypt and was succeeded
by 330 monarchs, of whom one, Nitocris, was a queen.
None of them were distinguished, and none of them left
three millions,
any monuments worthy of note, except Moeris, the last

who constructed the artificial lake which bears
his name.
He was succeeded by Sesostris, who conquered
the greater part of Europe and Asia.
His
and
Ethiopia
successors were Pheron, Proteus (who was contemporary
with the Trojan war), Rhampsinitus, Cheops, Cephren, and
Mycerinus.
Mycerinus was succeeded by Asychis, and
Asychis by Anysis, in whose reign Egypt was conquered
of the 330,
by the Ethiopians, who held

Sabacon. At the expiration
it
of
for 50 years
the
under King
half century, they

retired to Ethiopia.
voluntarily abandoned the country and

The next king of Egypt was Sesthos, bet ween whom and the
first king, Menes, the priest told Herodotus, there had been
341 generations, during a period of 11,340 years.
Sesthos
64
12 kings, who reigned jointly, and together built the Labyrinth, which Herodotus thought surpassed
all the works of the Greeks.
After the lapse of some years,
was succeeded by
Psammetichus, one of the 12 kings, dethroned the others

and made himself sole sovereign of Egypt. He was succeeded by Nechos, Psammis, and Apries, the last of whom
Herodotus calls the most prosperous king that ever ruled
over Egypt. But in the 25th year of his reign a rebellion
broke out which was headed by Amasis. Apries was defeated and put to death and Amasis became king.
Amasis
was succeeded by his son Psammenitus, at the very beginning of whose reign, 525 B. C., Egypt was invaded and
conquered by the Persians under Cambyses.
Cambyses treated Egypt with considerable moderation
but after an unsuccessful expedition against the Ethiopians,
lost his reason, stabbed the bull Apis, and committed vari,
ous atrocities. His successor, Darius I., governed Egypt

with more prudence; but Xerxes I. and Artaxerxes I., had
successively to reduce it to subjection, which they did in
The
spite of assistance rendered to it by the Athenians.
27th dynasty of the Persians was followed by another Saite

line, the 28th, who still held ground against the Persians;
the 2 gth, Mendesian dynasty of Nepherches and Achoris,
maintained a Greek alliance; and the 3oth, Sebennytic,
consisted
of
Nectanebes
who
I.,
and Iphicrates;
of Nectanebes
and
Agesilaus;
Pharnabazus
of
II.,
successfully
Teos,
who
resisted
who employed
fled into
Ethiopia
In 332 B. C., the Persians

before the Persians (340 B. C.).
were driven out by Alexander the Great, with whom begins
new
period,
the Greco-Roman, in the history of the
country.
When
Memphis the
Lower Egypt found
themselves the ruling class. Egypt became at once a
Greek kingdom, and Alexander showed his wisdom in
Alexander's
army
numerous Greeks who had
the regulations
of the
religion
occupied
settled in
by which he guarded
Egyptians.
the prejudices
He founded
Alexandria
and
as
EGYPT
65
the Greek capital, and this city
became the great center

commerce and Greek civilization that it long continued
to be.
The court of the Ptolemies became the center of
learning and philosophy; and Ptolemy Philadelphus,
successful in external wars, built the Museum, founded the
library of Alexandria, purchased the most valuable manuscripts, engaged the most celebrated professors, and had
the Septuagint translation made of the Hebrew Scriptures,
and the Egyptian History of Manetho drawn up. His
of
Euergetes, pushed the southern limits of his

Philopator (221-204 B. C.) warred with
successor,
empire to
Axum.
Antiochus, persecuted the Jews, and encouraged learning.

Epiphanes (204-180 B. C.) encountered repeated rebellions,
and was succeeded by Philometor (180-145 B. C.) and
by Soter II. and Cleopatra

and
Alexander
C.,
(89 B. C.), under whom
by
Thebes rebelled; then by Cleopatra. Berenice, and Alexander
II. (80 B. C.), and Neos
Dionysus (51 B. C.), and finally
the
celebrated
After the battle of Actium
by
Cleopatra.
Euergetes
1 06 B.
II.
(145-116 B. C.),
till
(31 B. C.) Egypt passed into the condition of a province

of Rome, governed always by a Roman governor of the
The Egyptians had conequestrian, not senatorial rank.
tinued building temples and covering them with hieroglyphics as of old; but on the spread of Christianity the older
Now arose in Alexandria the
religions lost their sway.
Christian catechetical school, which produced Clemens and
Monasteries were built all over Egypt; Christian
Origen.
monks took the
place of the pagan hermits and the Bible was

translated into Coptic.
On the division of the Great Roman empire (337 A. D.),
in the time of Theodosius, into the Western and Eastern
Egypt became a province of the latter, and sank

It then
deeper and deeper into barbarism and weakness.
became the prey of the Saracens, Amru, their general,
under the Caliph Omar, taking Alexandria, the capital, by
empires,
assault.
This happened
the emperor of the east.

5
64o_
A. D.,
when Heraclius was
As a province
of the caliphs,
it
66
was under the government of the celebrated Abbassides

Harun Al-Rsahid and Al-Mamon and that of the heroic
Sultan Saladin. The last dynasty was, however, overthrown by the Mamelukes (1240), and under these formidable despots the last shadow of former greatness and civilization disappeared.
ANCIENT
ARCHITECTURE.
The
monuments
and
traces of a past civilization found in Egypt are of

three periods, that of the "Great Pyramid Jeezeh," built
by a previous race of people, those built in the times of
the Pharaohs, and those built during the sway of the

Greek and Roman rulers of the country. Although the
temples of the three periods differ considerably in plan
and other
particulars, there is yet sound reason for believing that those built under the Greeks and Romans
were constructed after designs, as they certainly occupy
the sites of Pharaonic temples still more ancient than
any now
existing; and they were, in fact, mere restorations of temples built by the earlier Pharaohs.
The leading features of the now existing temples of
the time of the Pharaohs are these:
First,
a gateway
pylon, flanked by two truncated pyramids. These

occupy the entire width of the building, and form the
entrance to a square court, surrounded by a portico supor
ported by a double or single row of columns.
Cross-
ing this court the visitor passes through a second pylon

into the inner court, which was likewise surrounded either
against which were figures of

second court it would appear
the public were not admitted, for the spaces before the
front row of columns or piers facing the gateway are
occupied by a dwarf wall, which effectually barred entrance except at either one of three points where there
were gates. This inner court led immediately into the
largest of the temples called the Hall of Columns, the roof
of which was always supported by columns representing a
grove of papyrus. The center avenue was higher than
by columns
the
king.
or by
Beyond
piers,
this
EGYPT
67
the rest of the hall, and consisted usually of 12 columns,

the capitals being imitated from the full-blown expanded
papyrus, while the columns which sustained the lower roof

were in the form of a bud of the same plant. To the Hall
of
Columns succeeded a series of smaller chambers, the

which were generally supported by six or four
roofs of
columns, imitating the bud of the papyrus, either as a

single plant or as several bound together; or else by square
These apartments
piers or columns with 8, 12 or 16 faces.
frequently surrounded a dark chamber the most sacred in
the temple the holy of holies.
Whether the roof of the
portico which surrounded the court was supported by piers
or columns, the structural arrangement was always pre-
There was first the pier or column,

of several pieces of stone solidly united
wooden clamps; then came the architrave
the same.
cisely
ordinarily
made
by mortar and
or frieze, of one block, stretching from column to column

and lastly the blocks forming the cornice, concealing the
ends of the roof stones which rested upon the architrave.

The bulk of the column in proportion to the weight it had
to sustain, was extremely ample; and the pressure being
always perpendicular, these ancient structures have come
down to us with their roofs sound, while arched buildings
of much less antiquity have been entirely ruined by the
lateral pressure
on the
The
which that mode of construction exerts
The Egyptian gate was peculiarly simple.

was always of one stone, and the door-posts were
walls.
lintel
also very frequently of only
had
one block, while each of the
appropriate decoration. Above the

entrance was sculptured the winged globe or protecting
divinity of entrances, with the names of the divinities to
three portions
whom
built
its
the temple was dedicated, and of the Pharaoh who

The door-posts also bore the name and title of
it.
the builder.
engraved
colored.
The surface
with
its
of each architectural feature
particular
ornament
was
appropriately
68
The temples
Roman
rulers
built during the reigns of the
may
be thus described:
Greek and
First, the
propylon
with its truncated pyramidal towers, which were sometimes adorned with narrow flags on tall poles then a court
surrounded on three sides with a colonade. At the extreme
of the court, and facing the gateway, was an elevated
The
portico of six columns in line, and three or four deep.
uninitiated obviously were not permitted to enter beyond
;
the court, for the columns of the first row of the portico
are invariably joined by a dwarf wall, the only opening
being between the center intercolumniation, to which were
attached the valves of the gate. To the portico succeeded

a series of small chambers, the roofs of which were supported
by four or by two columns. The center chambers were
lighted by small square openings in the roof, and those at the
side by small openings in tlie walls; but in no example is
there that kind of clereastory perforated with large openings

that occurs in the Hall of Columns of the Pharaonic temples.
Besides the foregoing characteristics, there is an elaborate
form of capital, representing the papyrus in three stages of

growth; in one capital, or sometimes a collection of lotus
flowers, or the full-blown papyrus alone; but in no instance
do we find the pier with the attached figure, nor the single
bud of the papyrus, nor that form of column which represents several buds of the plant joined together.
tree capital, however, belongs to both periods.
Among
The palm
the most remarkable structures erected
by
the ancient Egyptians are the great pyramids, the last

thirty-seven of which were erected to serve both as monu-
ments and
as tombs.
These are not to be confounded with
Pyramid which was built for an entirely

different purpose by a different race of people.
(See
further on.)
Strong buildings containing one or more
rooms were also erected as tombs, in which food and other
the First Great
articles
were deposited for the use of the dead, the inner
walls being embellished with inscriptions and representations, and statues of the dead being also placed in the interi-
EGYPT
or.
Tombs
cut in the rock were also
69
common.
In con-
nection with architecture should be mentioned the obelisks,

the oldest known being erected by Usertesen I. Sphinxes,
often forming avenues, were a common accessory of temples,
the greatest being that known as the Sphnix, a colossal
companion
of the Great
Pyramid Jeezeh.
ANCIENT SCULPTURE.
In portrait sculpture the

attained
Egyptians
extraordinary perfection at an early
date, the skill with which they worked in hard stone, such
as diorite and basalt, being surprising.
Some of the early
statues are of colossal size, but a higher type of art is shown
in those of ordinary size, though a certain conventional
is always apparent.
The most usual kind of
mural sculpture, a kind peculiar to the Egyptians, is that
known as hollow or sunk relief (cavo-rilievo) The general
outline of the object intended to be represented is cut into
the smooth surface of the stone, while at the same time the
minor forms and rotundity are represented within the
treatment
incised outline.
By
this
contrivance the details of the
Sometimes the outline is exsculptures are protected.

cessively deep, at others the surface of the figures is altogether much lower than the general surface of the wall
and
but slightly incised with a correWherever the Egyptians practiced the true bas-relief the sculpture is almost invariably
in very low relief.
The back view of the human figure is
in others the outline
is
sponding flatness within.
never represented in the sculptures excepting in the case

enemy, and then rarely; the figure is generally represented in profile, and there are but few attempts at delineaof an
ting the front view of the foot or of the face; however,

whether the face be represented in front or side view, a
profile
pieces,
is never found.
The figures
and of the landed proprietor
eye
are always on a
much
of the kings in battle

in
domestic scenes,
larger scale than the other actors in
the piece. Statues and reliefs were always painted, and

when wall painting is employed it is always as a substitute
for sculpture.
There
is
no proper perspective, and certain
70
The Egyptians
conventionalities of color are employed.
with
red
and
are represented
yellow complexions, red ochre
for the
men and yellow
for the
women.
The
hair of the king
frequently painted blue, but that of ordinary men black.

In representing the various nations with whom Egypt had
intercourse, the artists seem to have endeavored to imitate
is
the complexions peculiar to each. Ammon-Re, the chief

divinity of Thebes, is always painted blue, and he is further
distinguished
cap.
The
by two high
feathers which he wears in his
inferior divinities are
not uncommonly of the
The sky
or heavens are invariably

complexion
indicated by a strip of blue coming downward at the lower
side of each extremity, and occasionally having upon it a
of mortals.
row
Water, seas and rivers are repre-
of five-pointed stars.
sented by zig-zag lines of a blue or green color. Mountains

have a yellow color, with red spots upon it. Egyptian art
was at its highest during the period between the dynasties

four and six, and notwithstanding its defects it was superior
to that of Nineveh and Babylon.
ARCHEOLOGY. The attention of the world was
drawn to Egypt as a rich field for scientific exploration in the
In 1799, M. Boussard, one
early part of the ipth century.
of Napoleon's captains, found a large block of black granite
in the trenches of Fort Julien near Rosetta; hence the Rosetta stone.
On
this
were the remains of three inscriptions

and Greek characters. The stone
in hieroglyphic, demotic,
was given to the British
Emanuel de Rouge,
Museum by George
of France,
was the
III.
first
to translate
whole Egyptian books and inscriptions. His influence was

felt in France by such men as Mariette, Chabas, Deveria,
Pierret, Maspero, and by Revillout, the great demotic
scholar of France,
and by Birch, Hincks, Lepage, and Renouf
England.
practical Archaeologists of the German
school, notably Lepsius, Bunsen, and Brugsch, translated
the texts in the Egyptian temples in their relation to history
and religion. The German school has devoted itself more
to grammars and philology, while the French school has
in
The
EGYPT
71
history and archaeology its special study since Emande Rouge's death. To Auguste Mariette (Mariette
Pasha) is due the discovery of the Serapeum of Memphis.
He cleared the temples of Edfu, Karnak, Denderah and
Abydos. He explored the Nile valley from Tanis to Napata,
made
uel
was moved in 1889 to

The museum there is famous. In
1896, Col. G. E. Raum, of San Francisco, Cal., discovered
the cap of the Sphnix at Jeezeh, which had been missing for
centuries.
After Mariette the work of excavation was
carried on by Maspero, Grebaut, and De Morgan, the first
and
his collection of antiquities
Jeezeh from Boulak.
who resumed
1899.
There
his post as director -general of antiquities in

an archaeological mission in Cairo, founded
is
1880 by Maspero, who placed at its head successively

Lefebure, Grebaut, and Bouriant. Students go every year
The Egyptian Research Account
to Egypt to excavate.
in
under Petrie trains students as explorers. The Egyptian

Exploration Fund was founded in 1883 by Sir Erasmus
Wilson, Prof. R. Stuart Poole, and Miss Amelia B. Edwards,
and its American branch at the close of that year by the
Rev. Dr. William C. Winslow, of Boston, who had spent
several months of archaeological research in Egypt and
attended the removal of the obelisk in Alexandria for CenEdouard Naville, of Geneva, was
tral Park, New York.
In 1883 he cleared the site of
the first agent sent out.
Pithom, near the land of Goshen. The work of Naville,
Griffith, Gardner and Newberry resulted in important
discoveries at Nauceatis, Tanis, Bubastis, Tal paug, Ahnas,
Denderah, Deir-el Bahari, and Telel-Amarna.
RECENT
DISCOVERIES. The last few years have

seen wonderful discoveries in Egypt, for the tombs of
the kings at Abydos have been opened and the treasures which have been found place us face to face with
the beginnings of history.
Among the remarkable finds
were a carved slate slab showing King Narmer smiting his

enemy, an ebony table, a bar of gold, gold jewelry, includThe oldest group of
ing bracelets, and a royal scepter.
72
jewelry in the world is undoubtedly the four bracelets of the

queen of King Zer (4715 B.C.) which were discovered with
a portion of the mummy in a hole in a wall. This is 2000
years earlier than any other jewelry thus far identified. The
bracelets show a wonderful perfection in the soldering of the
gold.
The
bracelets
show the turning point
in the develop-
ment
of Egyptian art, the finest bracelets being formed of

alternate plaques of gold and turquoise, each surmounted
The turquoise plaques have a more arcand lumpy form of hawk than do the gold pieces, and
show that during a comparatively short period, little more
with a royal hawk.

haic
than half a century, rapid crystallization in art took place,

at the end of his reign the forms are practically identical with what continued for more than 4,000 years later.
and
Dr. Flinders-Petrie considers that this is comparable to the

sudden fixation of the final forms which is seen in Greek art,
where an interval of only 40 years, between the time of the
Persian war and the Parthenon, sufficed for the evolution
Each
from archaic work to the greatest perfection.
of the royal tombs had two large tombstones, bearing the
name of the king, and private tombs of all the court and domestics were placed around that of their royal master.
They
are nearly all built of brick, in most cases with a timber
lining to the chamber sunk in the ground.
They were
originally roofed over with beams, matting and sand. They
lie about a mile back from the Temple of Abydos and they
were excavated by the Egyptian Exploration Fund.
An American archaeologist, Theodore M. Davies, has
made one of the most interesting discoveries of recent
years in excavating the tomb of one of the Pharaohs of the
In this tomb was found the
1 8th dynasty, Thothmes IV.
Like the other
chariot in which Thothmes rode at Thebes.
royal tombs, Thothmes' tomb consists of a gallery cut in
the heart of the mountain.
After sloping
downward
for a
interrupted by a deep square well,

on one of the walls of which is a band of paintings. On the
considerable distance
it is
further side of the well the passage turns back, and finally
EGYPT
73
opens into a large chamber, at the extreme end of which is

a magnificent sarcophagus of granite covered with texts
from "The Book of the Dead." On either side are smaller

chambers, the floor of one of which was found to be covered
with mummified loins of beef, legs of mutton, and trussed
ducks and geese, offerings made to the dead king. Clay
seals with the name of Pharaoh had been attached to the
doors of the chambers, and it is stated, these seals contain
proof that the Egyptians of between 3,000 and 4,000 years
ago had to some extent anticipated the invention of printing,
the raised portions of the seals having been smeared with
blue ink before being pressed on the clay. A great many
of the objects in the tomb of Thothmes were found to be
broken, and this was explained by a hieroglyphic inscription
on one of the paintings which adorn the walls of the vestibule
to the
chamber
which the sarcophagus was found. This

tomb was plundered by robbers,
had been restored as far as possible to its original
in
inscription states that the
but that
it
by Hor-em-heb, the reigning Pharaoh. The floor

was covered with vases, dishes, symbols of life, and other
condition
objects of blue faience.
Unfortunately, nearly
all
of
them
had been wantonly broken, though in some cases the breakage had been repaired in the time of Hor-em-heb. Equally
interesting is a piece of textile fabric into which the hieroglyphic characters of different colors have been woven with
such wonderful skill as to present the appearance of painting
on linen. It is, however, of course, Pharaoh's chariot which
regarded as the great find. The body of it alone is preThe wooden frame was
served, but in perfect condition.
is
first
covered with papier mache made from papyrus, and

with stucco, which had been carved, both inside
this again
and out, into scenes from the battles fought by the Pharaoh
in Syria.
The art is of a very high order, every detail being
exquisitely finished and the faces of the Syrians being
The
clearly portraits taken from captives at Thebes.
chariot is, in fact, one of the finest specimens of art that have
come down to us from antiquity. Along with the chariot
74
was found the leather gauntlet with which the king protected
his hand and wrist when using the bows or reins.
Recent excavations at Abydos have brought to light
the royal tomb of Menes, of the first dynasty, in which was
found a large globular vase of green glaze, with Menes'
name inlaid in purple. Thus polychrome glazing is taken
back thousands of years before it was previously known to
exist.
There are also several pieces of this age in the highest
art of delicate ivory carving, especially the figure of an aged
king, which for subtlety of character, stands in the first
rank of such work, and is comparable to the finest work

of Greece and Italy.
This fresh connection illustrates
the trade chronology of the period. A camel's head modeled
back its relation to Egypt some 4,000

no
trace of the camel appeared before
Hitherto
years.
Greek times. The ivory carving of a bear also extends the
in pottery takes
fauna of early Egypt.
CAIRO.
CAIRO (Arabic, El Kahira,"The
Victorious,"
Kahira), Egypt, capital of the country and largest
city of Africa, situated on the east bank of the Nile, about
seven miles above the point where it divides to form the
(Sec. 2.)
or Masr
el
two main branches of its delta. The town is built between

the river -bank and the northwestern end of the hills known
as Jebel Mokattam, on whose most advanced spur stands
the citadel in a commanding position well above the rest
of the city.
During the last 46 years the town has lost much
of its Oriental character, but the Arab quarters still present
a maze of very narrow streets lined by curious buildings
in endless variety of style.
The houses are mostly built
of yellow limestone, with flat roofs; and many of them have
In the more modern parts of the
small gaidens behind.
the
streets
are
and many of them are lined by
broader,
city
The European quarter, known as
trees and lighted by gas.
Ismailiyeh, forms the western part of the modern Cairo, and
its center is the octagonal Ezbekiveh Garden (20 1-2 acres),
with plants from many regions and with an artificial pond.
CAIRO
75
many cafes, concert halls and other

Among the more notable buildings
Here, too, are

buildings.
are
the
similar
of
the
the
consulates,
European quarter
opera-house,
open in winter, the Italian summer theater, English and
German churches, the ministerial offices and the barracks.

The chief business street, known as Muski, runs eastsoutheastward from the neighborhood of tht Ezbekiveh
and the Boulevard Mehemet Ali extends from about the
same place southeastward to the citadel. Cairo has more
than 500 mosques, (places of prayer, Mohammedan temples
or houses of worship) but many of them are wholly or partly
The finest of all is the Sultan Hasan Mosque, a
in ruins.
Others worthy of
truly noble building with a lofty minaret.
mention are that built in the pth century by Ahmed" ibn
Tulun in imitation of the one at Mecca; the Hakim Mosque,
dating from the beginning of the nth century; the Hosen
Mosque
Mohammed's son-in-law;
named
after a grandchild of
Mosque,
of the son of Ali,
Sitti-Zeynab
prophet; the Azhar Mosque, famous for
its
schools of theo-
logy, which are attended by Mohammedans from
of the world;
the
the
and the Alabaster Mosque of the
all
parts
citadel,
with the tomb of Mehemet
Ali, the finest of the modern

The tombs in the burying grounds outside the
city, many of them in the form of mosques, also deserve
mention, especially those known as the tombs of the caliphs.
The most important gate of the city is the Bab-en-Nasr,
through which large numbers of pilgrims pass every year
on their way to Mecca. The mosques contain valuable
mosques.
but the chief library of the city is the viceregal

founded in 1870, and now containing about 60,000
volumes, largely manuscript. The trade of Cairo is large
and the bazaars and markets are numerous, there being
special bazaars for gold and silver smiths, tapestry merlibraries,
one,
chants, saddlers, armourers, shoemakers, etc.
Beside the
numerous Mohammedan places of worship, Cairo contains

English, French, German, Coptic, and other churches and
Jewish synagogues, and there are European schools and
76
hospitals.
in 1859, is
The Egyptian
now
Institute,
founded at Alexandria
located in Cairo.
The suburb
of Bulak, in the northwest of the town,
opposite the island of Bulak, forms the port of Cairo,

its narrow streets present a busy scene of Oriental
The
and
life.
left bank of the Nile are reached

and
there is also a railway and
by
traffic
below
the
island.
To the southwest
general
bridge
of the modern town and also on the Nile bank stands the
suburb of old Cairo, or Masr-el-Atika. On the left bank of
island of
Bulak and the
a great iron bridge,
the river, almost directly opposite old Cairo,

of
Jeezeh.
It
has government buildings,
but
its chief
is
the suburb
zoological
the great Egyptological* museum formerly in Bulak, but removed here in 1889.
From Jeezeh a road and a tramway leads southwestward
garden,
etc.,
attraction
is
famous group of pyramids, called the pyramids of

On the island of Roda, between Jeezeh and old
Jeezeh.
to the
Cairo, the celebrated Nilometer
a very mild climate, and
still
stands.
Cairo enjoys
consequence visited in winter

chest and lung ailments.
from
by many Europeans suffering
of
these
at
a
small
Helwan,
Many
stay
place about 14 miles
is
in
south -southeast of the town. Cairo is in railway communication with Alexandria, Damietta, Suez, etc., and with
Upper Egypt, and the fresh water canal connects it with
and Suez. In 1896 electric tramways were intromost important streets. Cairo is the residence
of the Khedive, the seat of a Coptic and a Greek orthodox
patriarch, and it contains all the highest public offices of the
El-Fostat, "tent", now Old Cairo, was founded
country.
Ismailia
duced
in the
by Amru, lieutenant of Caliph Omar, in 640 A. D. In

969 when the Fatimite dynasty gained possession of the
new
Saladin
city to the north was founded.
with walls of stone and built a citadel. He
also constructed a wooden aqueduct from the Nile to the
country, the
surrounded
it
work afterwards replaced by the still existing

Cairo was taken by the French in 1798,
and was occupied by the British in 1882, after the battle
citadel, a
aqueduct of stone.
THE SEVEN WONDEES OF THE WOELD

of
Teb-el-Kebir.
Population
Fellahin, Copts, Turks, Arabs,
(1907)
625,000,
and other
77
including
Orientals, besides
about 25,000 foreigners from the chief European countries,

especially Italy, Greece, France, Austria, England, and
Germany.
THE SEVEN WONDERS OF THE WORLD.

A phrase that has been applied for ages to
(Sec. 3.)
the seven historical monuments of the constructive skill
and
art of the antique world.

i.
They
are:
THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH OF EGYPT,
the most gigantic of the three pyramids near the village

of Jeezeh, about eleven miles from the banks of the Nile,
forming a line to the westward of the city of Cairo. Herodotus was informed by the priests of Memphis that the
great pyramid was built by Cheops, king of Egypt, about
goo B. C., or about 450 years before he visited that country;
that the body of Cheops was placed in a room beneath the
bottom of the pyramid and that the chamber was surrounded by a vault, to which the waters of the Nile were conveyed
by a subterranean tunnel. Pliny and Diodorus Siculus
agree in stating that 360,000 men were employed twenty
years in erecting this pyramid; and in contrast with this
;
vast labor Sir John Herschel, calculating the weight of the

pyramid to be 12,760 million pounds of granite (3 times
that of the stone in
Plymouth Breakwater)
at a
medium
height of 125 feet, adds that it could have been raised by

the effort of about 630 chaldrons of coal, a quantity con-
sumed
in some foundries in a week.

Herodotus states that 1,600 talents of
expended
in providing the
workmen with
silver
were
and
leeks, onions,
other food; and one great object of the Egyptian rulers in

erecting this and other stupendous monuments was to
prevent the evils of over-populousness by accustoming

It may
the lower orders to a spare diet and severe labor.
here be sufficient to state, that the pyramid consists of a
series of platforms,
each smaller than the one on which
THE GBEAT PYRAMID JEEZEH
78
it
and consequently presenting the appearance of

which diminish in length from the bottom to the
rests,
steps,
The entrance is in
top; and of these steps there are 203.
the north face. Within are passages leading to chambers
lined with granite; in one of which, the king's chamber, is a
red granite sarcophagus in whch Cheops is supposed to have
been entombed. This pyramid, the largest building in
the world, has lost its apex and its casing. There is a second
pyramid, retaining at its apex a portion of its casing, which
The third pyramid, the least
is the tomb of Sensuphis.
ancient, was built by Mycerinus, according to Herodotus,
and by Queen Nitocris, according to Manetho. The date
of the pyramids is, according to the Newtonian chronology,
between 1451 and 1153 B. C., or nearly 800 years after
Abraham's visit to Egypt. It has been supposed by some,
says Wilkinson, that from the pyramids not being mentioned
in the Bible or Homer, they did not exist before the exodus,
or in the time of the poet.
The presence of the name of
Rameses the Great (who preceded the Trojan war) sufficiThe base of the great
ently answers the latter objection.
Pyramid has been often stated to equal that of the area
of Lincoln's Inn Fields; but the fact is otherwise:
the
base of the pyramid measures in figures 764 feet on each
side; whereas Lincoln's Inn Fields, although 821 feet on one
side is only 625 1-2 feet on the other, so that the area of
the pyramid is greater by many thousand square feet.
(The above statement regarding the "First Great Wonder
of the World," appears in many of our modern cyclopedias.
The author desires to state that the above account is
scarcely correct in a single particular, and only approximateAs this work is being published
ly so in regard to its size.
to particularly demonstrate the above mentioned Great

Pyramid, the reader is asked to withhold his opinion until
he has at least perused the closing chapter of this work.)

2.
WALLS AND HANGING GARDENS OF BABYLON.
Babylon derives
its
name from
the
Hebrew word
signifying Babel, the confusion of tongues (Genesis XL, i to

9) or from another expression signifying the court or city
;
THE SEVEN WONDEES OF THE WOELD

In Daniel IV. -2 7,
of Belus.
it is
79
termed Babylon the Great
and by Josephus (Antiq. VIII-VI-I) the Lady of the

Kingdoms the glory of the whole earth. It was the metropolis of the province of Babylon, and of the Babylonio;
Chaldean Empire.
the
Tower
foundations were laid with those of

Herodotus states that the walls of
Its
of Babel.
Babylon were sixty miles in circumference, built of large

bricks, cemented with bitumen, and raised round the city in
the form of a square, protected on the outside with a ditch
lined with the same material.
They were 87 feet thick
and 350 feet high. According to Quintus Curtius, four
horse chariots could pass each other on them. The city
was entered by 25 gates on each side, of solid brass and
strengthened by 250 towers. The palace of Nebuchadnezzar was the most magnificent and stupendous work.
Its
outer wall embraced six miles. Within were two other
embattled walls, besides a great tower. The hanging
gardens were attributed by Diodorus to Cyrus, who constructed
them
in compliance with the
wish of his queen to
possess elevated groves such as she had enjoyed on the

hills around her native ecbatana; for Babylon was flat.
To
gratify this wish an artificial mountain was reared,

400 feet on each side; while terraces, five in number, one
above another, each containing four acres, rose to a height
that overtopped the wall of the city some fifty feet, or about
The ascent from terrace to
four hundred feet elevation.
was by flights of steps; while the terraces themwere reared to their various stages, sustained by
vast arches raised on other arches and on the top were
flat stones closely cemented together with plaster of bitumen
and that covered with sheets of lead upon which lay the
mould of the garden where there were large trees, shrubs,
and flowers, and various sorts of vegetables. Mr. Rich
found upon the site a hollow pier, 60 feet square, lined with
fine brick laid in bitumen and filled with earth this corresponds with Strabo's description of the hollow brick piers
which supported the hanging gardens, and in which piers
terrace
selves
the large trees grew.
80
THE GOLD AND IVORY STATUE OF JUPITER BY PHIDIAS
AT OLYMPUS.
The masterpiece of Phidias, the greatest artist that
ever lived, was executed by him for the people of Elis, and
rivalled his celebrated statue of
The Jupiter was
set
up
Minerva
in the
Parthenon.
in the itemple of that deity at
Olym-
where the Olympic games were celebrated.

The temple was 68 feet in height, 95 in width, and 230 in
Pausanias describes the statue from personal
length.
observation, which Strabo corroborates. The god was
formed of gold and ivory, 58 feet in height, seated on a
throne, and almost touching the roof of the temple.
Upon
his head was an olive crown; in his right hand he bore a
winged figure of Victory, also of gold and ivory, crowned
and holding a wreath. In the god's left hand he bore a lofty
His sandals and robe
sceptre surmounted with an eagle.
were of gold, the latter painted with animals and flowers,
The throne was formed of ivory and
particularly lilies.
with
inlaid
gold, set with precious stones, and
ebony,
with
The faces of the steps
graceful figures.
sculptured
bore bas-reliefs of classic myths, and the footstool rested
upon four couchant lions. In this work Phidias followed
Homer's impersonation of the god:
pia,
near
Elis,
"He
spoke, and awful bends his sable brows,

Shakes his ambrosial curls, and gives the nod,
The stamp of fate, and sanction of the god
High Heaven with trembling the dread signal took,
;
And
all
Olympus
in the center shook."
The heathen
historians tell us that Phidias received for

testimony of Jupiter himself; when the artist
prayed the god would make known if he was satisfied,
immediately the pavement of the temple was struck by
lightning, and the spot was afterwards marked by a bronze
vase.
Crowds flocked to Elis to behold this wonder; and
in Greece and Italy it was held as a calamity to die without
Nor was the admiration merely the superstition
seeing it.
his skill the
of the multitude; for a

this Jupiter of ivory
Roman
senator,
and gold, had
his
when looking
mind moved
at
as
THE SEVEN WONDERS OF THE WOELD
81
though the god were present. The able restoration of this

figure has been learnedly commented on by M. Quatremere
de Quincy.
The Doric temple in which this statue was placed
was in the extreme length 369 feet, breadth 182 feet, as
traced by Mr. Cockerell, from the foundation; many of the
blocks of marble weigh nearly nine tons each and each of
the two remaining capitals is computed to weigh more than
These masses were raised 70 feet, and

the flutings of the columns would contain a man in their
hollow as in a niche. The pediments were sculptured with
the wars of the Giants and the siege of Troy; upon the
twenty-one tons.
entablature stood a row of Atlantes, each 25 feet high, and

supporting an upper entablature at 1 10 feet above the floor.
The chest of one of these giants restored measured more than

six feet.
The nave of the temple was 18 feet higher and 2
broader than the nave of St. Paul's Cathedral, in
London. Of this splendid edifice the basement alone
feet
remains.
THE TEMPLE OF DIANA OF THE EPHESIANS.

At Ephesus (the modern Natolia), the capital of the
twelve Ionian cities in Asia Minor, was built around the
famous image of the goddess. This edifice was burned
down on the night in which Alexander was born by an
4.
obscure
person
to transmit his
named Eratostratus, who thus sought

name to posterity. Alexander made an
provided he was allowed to

which the Ephesians refused.
Aided, however, by the whole of Asia Minor, they erected
a still more magnificent temple, which occupied them
offer to rebuild the temple,

inscribe his name on the front
two hundred and twenty
years.
Pliny describes it as
425 feet long by 225 broad, and supported by 127 columns,
furnished by that number of kings, each column was of
Parian marble 60 feet high, and weighed 150 tons, and
was contributed by some prince; thirty of them were

Chersiphron was the architect. The altar
was the work of Praxiteles. The famous sculptor, Scopas,
richly carved.
82
is said to have chiselled one of the columns.

Apelles
contributed a splendid picture of Alexander the Great.
The temple was
built of cedar, cypress, and even gold; and

were treasured offerings to the goddess, as paintings, statues, etc., the value of which almost exceed computation. Nero is said to have despoiled the temple of much of
these treasures; but it continued to exist until it was burnt,
356 B. C.; again rebuilt and again burnt by the Goths,
A. D. 262, during the reign of Gallienus, A. D. 254-268.
within
it
Vitruvius considers this temple as the first edifice in

which architecture was brought to perfection, and the first in
which the Ionic order was employed. Soon after it was
rebuilt with additional splendor.
Its remains consist of
several walls of
immense blocks
of marble, in the fronts of
which are small perforations wherein were sunk the shanks

of the brass and silver plates with which the walls were
faced.
Some of the vast porphyry columns of the front
portico lie prostrate upon the site; others were taken by
Constantine to build his new city at Constantinople. The
heathen temple was also dilapidated to erect the Christian
church of Santa Sophia, in which these columns again
support an anti-Christian edifice.
"But," says the Rev. Dr. Walsh, the traveller, "the
most interesting circumstance of this building to me
is, the great illustration it gives to the Acts of the Apostles.
Here is the place where St. Paul excited the commotion
among the silver and brass smiths who worked for the temple and over the way was the theater, into which the people
rushed, carrying with them Caius and Aristarchus, Paul's
companions. Hence they had a full view of the front of
the temple which they pointed out as that 'which all Asia
worshipped'; and in their enthusiasm they cried out,
'Great is Diana of the Ephesians to whom such a temple
;
'
belongeth.'
83
5.
THE MAUSOLEUM, OR TOMB OF MAUSOLUS, KING OF

CARIA.
This king, the eldest of the three sons of Hecatomnus,

the wealthiest of the Carian dynasty, died B. C. 353; when
his widow and sister, Artemisia, erected to his memory,
at Halicarnassus (now Budrun) a superb tomb, which,
its artistic celebrity, has given the name of mausoleum
tombs and sepulchres of stately character. The tomb
of Mausolus was designed by Phiteus and Satyrus; it was
nearly square in plan, 113 by 93 feet; around its base was
a peristyle of 36 Doric columns, said to have been 60 feet
high, while the superstructure rose in a pyramidal form
by
to
to the height of 140 feet.
To adorn
its sides
with sculpture,
Artemisia employed Bryazis, Timotheus, Leochares, Scopas,

Praxiteles and Pythis.
Artemisia died before the monu-
ment was completed; when the artists are said to have

work for their own honor and the glory of art.
Mr. Vaux, in his admirable work, "Handbook of Anti-
finished the
quities in the British Museum" says, "Strabo in the first,

Pausanias in the second, Gregory of Nazianzus in the fourth,
Constantine Porphryogenitus in the tenth, and Eudosia

speak of it in terms
in the eleventh centuries, respectively
which imply that
it was still existing during those periods

Fontanus, the historian of the siege of Rhodes,
states that a German knight, named Henry Schelegelhott,
while
constructed the citadel at Budrun out of the Mausoleum,"

and decorated its walls with the marbles and bas-reliefs.
The existence of these marbles had long been known, when,
they were, through the exertions of Sir Stratford

Canning, presented by the Turks to the British nation, and
are now in the British Museum, which thus possesses
in 1846,
fragments of two of the seven wonders of the world the

Mausoleum, and a fragment of the casing of the Great
Pyramid of Egypt. That the bas-reliefs now in the Museum

were inserted in the Budrun walls by the Knights of Rhodes,
is proved by the escutcheons, Latin sentences, and the date
1510, as well as by an inscription on a shield borne by one
84
of the figures.
The marbles consist of
slabs, 64 feet
1 1 inches
long, sculptured with a battle between the Greeks
and Amazons, Heracles, too, appearing among the comThe sculptures in style considerably resemble
batants.
monument of Lysicrates at Athens. There

were between the columns, statues of Parian marble; at
each angle of the basement a portico, surmounted with a
colossal equestrian statue; bas-reliefs on the terrace-,;
two octagonal towers on the second terrace, which was
planted with cypresses, and from the third terrace, rose
the crown of the pyramid, with a colossal group in marble
of Phaeton in his quadriga.
When Anaxagoras saw this
costly work he exclaimed, "How much money is changed
the Choragic
into stone."
The Mausoleum seems to have existed in the time of

Strabo and from its description by Pliny has been modeled
the steeple of St. George's church, Bloomsbury, London.
6.
THE PHAROS OF ALEXANDRIA.
So named from the island on which it stood, was surrounded by water (a watch tower or light house). It consisted of several stories of galleries of a prodigious height, with a
lantern at the top continually burning.
It was built by
Ptolemy Philadelphus, King of Egypt, about 270 B. C., and
the architect, as the inscription stated, was Sostratus
How long this
is not very certain

houses after it were called
by the common name of Pharos. "The modern Pharos"
according to Mr. Land, "is a poor successor to the ancient
Onidius.
but was so famous that
structure stood
all light
building erected by Sostratus Onidius, though from a distance it has a rather imposing appearance. Several
Arab historians mention the telescopic mirror of metal

which was placed at the summit of the ancient Pharos.
In this mirror, vessels might be discerned at sea at a very
El Makreezee relates that part of the
great distance.
Pharos was thrown down by an earthquake in the year of
the Flight (A. D. 793-4); that Ahmad Ibn-Tooloon surmounted it with a dome of wood and that an inscription
THE SEVEN WONDERS OF THE WORLD
85
was found upon the northern side,

Greek characters,
every letter of which was a cubit in height and a span in
breadth. This was perhaps the inscription placed by the
original architect, and which, according to Strabo, was to
upon a plate
of lead
buried in the earth, written in ancient
this effect:
"Sostratus Onidius, the son of Dexiphanes,
to the protecting Gods for the sake of the mariners."

It is also related by Es-Sooyootee, that the inhabitants of
Alexandria likewise made use of the mirror above mentioned

to burn the vessels of their enemies by directing it so as to
reflect the concentrated rays of the sun upon them.
The
Ancient Pharos was 450 feet in height and its cost was 800
talents,
or
$13,656,000.
7.
THE COLOSSUS OF RHODES.
In the days of
its prosperity, the Island of

said to have been adorned with 300 statues and
Rhodes
is
upward
of
100 colossal figures of the latter, there was one distinguished

as "the Colossus of Rhodes."
It was erected with the
;
which Demetrius left behind him when he raised the

siege which he had so long carried on against the city.
This famous colossus was erected at the port of Rhodes,
300 B. C., and consecrated to the sun, tutelar deity of
Rhodes. It was, according to Pliny, a work of Chares, of
Lindus, one of the cities of Rhodes, a pupil of Lysippus;
spoil
its
height was seventy cubits (about 105 feet), the cost of
its
erection about 300 talents, silver (about $477,000)
the time consumed in
it
about 12 years.
and
Fifty-six years
after its completion (244 B. C.) this statue was thrown

down by an earthquake, and in Pliny's time it was still
Few persons, he
lying on the ground, a wonder to behold.
says could embrace the thumbs and the fingers were longer
than the bodies of most statues through the fractures were
seen huge cavities in the interior, in which immense stones
had been placed to balance it while standing. Bigenaire
;
and
Du Choul, two antiquaries of the
i6th century, imagina-
tively describe the statue to have been placed across the

harbor of Rhodes, with a stride of fifty feet from rock to
86
rock.
Vessels passed under it in full sail, a lamp blazed

hand and an internal spiral staircase led to its
in its right
summit and round
its
neck was suspended a glass
in
which
ships might be discerned as far off as the coast of Egypt.

After the overthrow of the Colossus, Greece and Egypt
offered to contribute large sums to restore the figure,
but the Rhodians declined, alleging that they were forbidden by an oracle to do so and the fragments of the statue
lay scattered on the ground until the Saracens became
masters of the island a period of nearly 900 years. In the
year 655, an officer of the Caliph Othman collected the
valuable materials and sold them to a Jewish merchant of
Edessa, who is said to have laden 900 camels with the brass.

(Sec. 4.)
Through the aid of a map or globe containing the different grand divisions of the earth, any person can
trace for themselves the different continents and islands,
and note
their relative positions to each other, also those
who keep themselves posted on current events know that

every now and then an island sinks into the sea, or a mountain subsides to the level of the valley in which it is located
an island or a mountain is thrown up on
or, vice versa,
some portion of the earth, and we are led to remark, "it has
come to stay." But it requires a little greater stretch of
imagination to think and say that the North Pole has some
day been the South Pole and that the east side has faced
the setting sun at different intervals; or, still more wonderful to say, that such a continent was once an ocean, or such
an ocean was once a continent. Yet evidence exists on
the top of nearly every mountain, by the presence there of
and fossil fish, that they once inhabited the bottom
shells
of the sea.
It is not quite so clear, however, or susceptible
of proof, that an ocean had once been a continent and the
scene of even greater human activity than now exists on
land elsewhere. This we believe nevertheless, and further
on
will state
our reasons for such
belief.
PURPOSES OF OTHER PYRAMIDS

For a change of polarity we
offer as
87
evidence the fact
the polar bear, walrus, etc., have been found

at points near the equator, and in portions of both the
north and south temperate zones. On the other hand,
that
fossils of
fossils of tropical animals, but the entire

carcass of the mastodon, elephant and camel have been
found in the polar regions and adjacent territory.
not only the
We
have not time here or space to note even the principal

discoveries of the different species, with day and date.
During the summer of 1862, however, we assisted in the
unearthing of a mastodon's tusk at or near Kincaid Flat,
Tuolumne County, Cal., that measured over 14 feet in
length,
and over 10 inches in diameter at the root. At

snow falls nearly every winter and the mercury
this place
Also note the tracks

goes down below the freezing point.
of the elephant on the floor of the yard of the state prison
at Carson, in the State of Nevada, and then say, if you think
that such animals ever voluntarily inhabited such territory.
Noted geologists estimate that it took over 40,000 years to
form the mineral covering of the tracks of both human

beings and animals in the Carson prison yard. While on this
subject we note the fact that no fossils of animals or birds
indigenous to any cold climate have ever been found within
a radius of fifty miles of the Great Pyramid, and the stratums of rock and earth lay as originally formed, straight
and level with the surface of the earth, thus proving that
no general seismic disturbance or cataclysmal upturning
of the earth has occurred there, at least, since the advent
of man.
An explanation for the cause of this phenomena
will be given further on.
While the Great Pyramid Jcezch is the theme to which
we are directing your attention in this work, and as the
clearness with which we shall herein describe it depends
our success as a writer and thinker, we must first give you
a condensed history of all the pyramids collectively; the
better to be able to segregate the only one upon which we
desire to rivet vour attention.

Some authorities assert that there are from fifty to
one hundred pyramidal structures scattered throughout
the length and breadth of Egypt, but as Professors Howard
Vyse, John Taylor, and Piazzi Smyth state in their different
writings that there are but thirty-eight, and a number of
them
are only so in name,
we append
the
list
(see
next
page), and feel confident that the statement will prove to be

a correct one. After a study of over thirty years on this mysterious subject, we are firmly convinced that there is but
one perfect pyramidal structure now standing on the face
of the earth, and that is what is now known as the "Great
Pyramid Jeezeh"; the other 37 are mere imitations, not
one of which has been built with a perfectly square base,
nor do they stand facing the cardinal points of the compass
further, no one of the last 37 pyramids has been built with
;
any two of their sides sloping at the same angle. Neither

has any one of them been constructed entirely of stone,
but are filled in with both brick and earth. One thing
may be depended upon, however, and that is, that the last
37 pyramids were all built for one and the same purpose,
to be the final resting place for the remains of the
ruler (be they King, Queen, Emperor or Empress) that
ruled over Egyptian territory at or about the dates as
viz.
mentioned
We
in this
in the
statement in table on next page.
shall use the
work
subject, but at the

their builders may
You
names
same
have
of the different
pyramids
principal writers on this

time hold to a belief within that
as chronicled
by the
called
them by any other name.
preceding table that the first nine

pyramids are named Jeezeh, and are known numerically;
the name Jeezeh, as applied here, is derived from the village
will notice in the
name
(Jeezeh or Geezeh), located in the vicinity of

Jeezeh Hill and within a few miles of the location of the
The same reasoning
first nine of the Egyptian pyramids.
of that
may
be indulged in for those pyramids standing near
Abooseir, Saccara,
Dashoor and Biahmoo.
ALL OTHER PYRAMIDS

TABLE OF THE PYRAMIDS OF EGYPT, all standing
89
in the Libyan Desbut bordering close on the Western side of the Nile Valley.
All of which are situated between 2917' and 30 4' N. Lat. and 31 1' to 3150/ E. Lon.
ert,
Number
.
.
90
Pyramid Number
2 is located about 600 feet (in a S.

from
the
southwest corner of the Great
direction)
Number
and
3 is situated about 2,300
Pyramid
Pyramid
feet away from the Great Pyramid, in the same direction.
The other Jeezeh pyramids are located still further away.
W.
All
modern Egyptologists assert that the floor condiChamber in the Great Pyramid precludes
tion of the King's
the possibility that any stone sarcophagus could have ever

been decently, and in order, established there. In the
second and third Jeezeh Pyramids, on the contrary, the
subterranean rooms were finished, floors and all, and sar-
cophagi
were
introduced.
Their
architects,
moreover,
attempted to adorn those chambers with a large amount

of complication, but it was only useless and confusing
without any very sensible object; unless it was to allow a
second king to make himself a burial chamber in the Pyramid cellar already occupied by a predecessor, and then it
was bad.
Gradually, therefore, as the researches of Col.
Howard Vyse have shown, on the fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh
eighth and ninth Jeezeh Pyramids (all these being, moreover, very small ones) the native Egyptians exhibited their
utter inability to imitate in any particular the parts of the
Great Pyramid, except the one single, partly descending

and partly horizontal passage, with a subterranean chamber
at its further end.
This chamber they furnished with a
flat, smooth floor, in their own manner, and not in the
Great Pyramid manner, using thereupon for burial purposes
and that use they kept to, so long as they practiced their
;
petty pyramid building at
all
(down
to,
perhaps,
1800
B. C.) most religiously.

(Sec. 5.)
EARTHQUAKES AND CATACLYSMS.-
As the disrupting of the surface of the earth by earthquakes

and other causes have much to do with our theory regarding
the reason for placing the Great Pyramid Jeezeh in
its
present location, and not somewhere else, we now proceed

to discuss that subject.
Before doing so, however, it might
be well to define, or outline, our entire position.
We
have
THE LAST CATACLYSM
91
intimated in our "preface" that we believe and assert,

that it was built by a race of people that preceded our
race, with knowledge superior to that of any living human
being today; but we have not intimated the purpose for
nor about when
it was built.
The last
which
sank
the
continent
any importance,
that connected Central and a portion of South America
with the land that once occupied the surface of the Atlantic
Ocean from the Equator to the Arctic Circle, occurred at
least 50,000 years ago and the Great Pyramid Jeezeh
was built at least 5,731 years previous to that date
for the purpose of an "Initiatory Asylum" of the "Architects, Builders and Masons," who, in their day, ruled the
world in every particular from the moral to the political
which
it
was
built,
cataclysm of
and educational. As a consequence it became the depository

and Measures. To lead up to this
will
take
we
first
up the "location" of the Pyramid.
"theory"
It is situated in the center, and at the same time at the
border, of the sector-shaped land of Lower Egypt, in the
geographical center of the whole world, and about 9 miles
of National Weights
south of west of Cairo, the present capital of Egypt, on the

west bank of the Nile river, in 29 58' 51" N. lat. and
10' i" E. long.
31
Theory for placing this remarkable
structure there and not somewhere else is: That so long
as the earth stands, does not disintegrate, or fall back into
it will do sometime in the next 10,000,000
years) it will stand and answer every physical question
that mathematicians can ask or mathematics can solve,
the sun (which
and the builders of
this
phenomenal structure knew
it
when
they placed it there and why ( ?) Because they had lived

through and were the result of a civilization that had extended back for thousands of years and had reached a state
of enlightenment and civilization such as we are coming too,
and may possibly reach, in the next 25,000 years; progressing at the same increased ratio that we have exhibited
in the past fifty years.
It is not strange that the principal
writers who have investigated this remarkable stone build-
92
ing should have concluded that the architects and builders

deified, placing the date of its erection when they did,
were
which was about the most primitive period

that "sacred history" gives us any account of. For a 100,000
years to have elapsed between the visit of Cain to the land
in 2170 B. C.,
and Noah completing the Ark, was not dreamed

and we have lost the benefit of their
most valuable scientific investigations from their dwarfed
biblical interpretation.
The scientist critic will smile and
query as to what became of all this enlightened race (?)
and where are the relics of their history? The answer is:
That they and their history lie buried beneath five hundred
feet of chalk at the bottom of the Atlantic and adjacent
waters, with the single exception of the Great Pyramid and
its monitor, the Sphinx, that stand as a sermon incorporated
of Nod,
of in their researches
in stone to tell the story.
The weakness of our imagination precludes any attempt

on our part to paint a written picture of the intelligence
of this ancient race of people, which (for the lack of a more
"
appropriate name) we will call them the Atlanteans ." That
they had constructed other pyramids, castles and domes
and spires, together with the building of great cities,
we feel confident of. That they not only knew all that we
now know, but that they successfully navigated the air,
could temper copper harder than steel, knew the exact
circumference of a
circle,
the distance to
all
the fixed planets,
and could overcome gravitation. Further, that they had

solved the social and political problems they were all of
one mind.
They knew the north pole and the south pole as perwe know the equatorial region. With such knowledge and ability, they naturally posted themselves upon
fectly as
all
the geographical changes of the different continents and
They knew all it was possible for human beings

know about earthquakes, cataclysms, the procession
islands.
to
of-
the equinoxes, etc.
With such knowledge, they must
have arrived at the conclusion that,
as every portion of the
THE LAST CATACLYSM
93
earth above water had some day been beneath the waves,
and that possibly every portion then covered by water, had
at some previous time been dry land, the very wise men of
came together and debated something after

manner: "Although we are now on dry land, and we
and our fore-fathers have been for over 25,000 years, yet
this land beneath our feet will again become the sea and
that sea in time again become a continent although thousands of years may have to elapse to accomplish it. It is
self evident that different races of people have preceded
our race but they have left nothing behind them to last
those days
this
new race created after them to come up

and know. Let us not be so thoughtless." They
further argued:
"The principal land of the whole earth
once surrounded the south pole, but that was over 750,000
long enough for a
and
see
years ago, when it sank leaving only a few thousand little

islands scattered south of the equator, the principal continents coming to the surface then, are those we are now
enjoying; extending as they do from a few degrees south

of the Equator northerly and easterly, reaching through
the North temperate and frigid zones, and surrounding the
North-pole. The central or pivotal point of which, is
located (at this time) near the Tropic of Cancer, in 29 58'
51" N. Lat. and 31 10' i" E. Lon.; and as a consequence
is the center of all the land of the Earth, and will continue to
be for the next 600,000 years; although portions of it will

continue to rise and fall at intervals of from 13,000 to 26,000
years, the central portion will not be perceptibly disturbed
by any earth movement for over 600,000 years." (About
500,000 years from 1907 A. D.) They therefore resolved to
immediately visit that spot, and erect thereon one of their
Initiatory Asylums and General Depositories of Weights
and Measures; this they did, and it stands today, and is
known to us as the Great Pyramid Jeezeh."
SUBMERSIONS AND EMERSIONS OF THE

EARTH DURING THE CARBONIFEROUS AGE AND
OTHER PERIODS. Referring to the cause of the appar-
94
ent
many submersions and
emersions that parts of the earth
(dry land) have undergone, geological changes, which cause

is not absolutely certain, it has been supposed by some
scientists, that the precession of the equinoxes and the
motions of the earth's axis (or poles of the earth) caused a
part of the waters of the globe to change places periodically
about the surface of the earth (or once in about each 13,000
Or at least this is the time required for the equiyears).
noctial points of the earth to move half way around the
ecliptic.
The latitude
by the preces-
(See cut "Changes of the Seasons.")
of places is said not to be changed or affected

sion of the equinoxes.
Prof. Pepper in his
Metals," says
it is
"stated that
when
more than 1900 years ago, that the

in latitude
40
30',
whereas
now
"Playbook of
Caesar invaded Britain,
site of
it is
London was then
in latitude 51
28'."
Mr. Pepper further states that "wines were formerly made

of the grapes grown in the open fields of England, and that
the remains of elephants are found in abundance in Siberia."
it is pretty certain that the
To which we would say that

waters of the earth have
moved about the globe, caused eith-
by the motion of the earth's axis or by the shortening

and crimping of the earth's diameter from time to time,
er
or
by both
of these causes
for
much
of the dry land of the
earth has been submerged periodically, or this operation

occurred many times all through the period of the deposits
and it is very probable that it

of the carboniferous age
has taken place periodically during all time of the earth's
existence, and it might have happened from the cause
motion of the earth's
and from other causes
of the
age,
axis during the carboniferous

or from the
since that time
shortening of the earth's diameter from time to time during

all ages
as there are few if any persons who can study
the subject of Geology, especially the carboniferous period
and formation, without coming strongly to the conclusion
that much of the dry land of the earth has been submerged
at
many
different times during the deposits occurring during
said carboniferous age.
The very
regularity with which
FORMATION OF THE COAL MEASURES
95
the submergence occurred in many cases through that age

and the coal measures, would indicate to some extent that
the cause was invested in the motion of the earth's axis
There is no doubt but parts

have been submerged from
and partial doubling up of
the earth's crust and strata but we must confess that we
see no chance for the apparent regularity of submersions
and emersions to occur so regularly by the shortening of the
as there is or appears to be by the earth's
earth's diameter
This motion of the earth's axis is
axis motion process.
such that the north pole at this time appears to describe
a circle about the northern heavens, which has a diameter
of 47 across it, once in about each 26,000 years, which is
about the same length of time that it takes the equinoxes
to fall back 360 degrees by precession.
These axis and
precession motions may have affected the latitudes of
places and affected the submersions of dry land from time
to time during the carboniferous and coal measure age and
ceased to have such effects since that period. In many
coal stratums there is very distinct pause
partings
occurring every eighteen inches or two feet, or seldom
exceeding thirty inches without such a pause parting
with more or less impurities in the seams between the layers
of coal, which (layers) are generally from fifteen to twenty
during that period of time.
of the dry lands of the globe

time to time by the bending
or twenty-four inches thick, or a little more or less, and

these layers lying within the main coal bed (or beds)
itself.
has been estimated that it requires about 40,000

years to grow vegetation enough to constitute a stratum
of coal four feet thick, but it appears to us that in a warm
It
and somewhat moist or wet climate that enough vegetation

(calamites) may grow up and fall down each year to compose a ton of coal to the acre in a coal stratum and this
would give us a coal bed between two and three feet thick
about 5,000 years, but if the vegetable accumulations
occurred at only about half this rate we would have such
in
96
a bed of coal in about 10,000 years.

(beds) are
numerous
in
some
The deposits of
and they are
coal fields
coal
laid
down, together with their coverings, tolerably regular in

places, and appearing as though they had been produced
or affected in their positions by some tolerably regular
motion or movements of the earth.
The carboniferous formation is from nothing to a few
feet thick in places and from this ranging from hundreds
of feet to 15,000 or 20,000 feet thick in other parts, which
(20,000 feet) is possibly about one-third of the solid contents
of the earth's crust, and most of this comprises a movable
mixture of mud, sand, gravel, limestone, magnesia, clays,
marls and some primary and secondary rocks and animal
and vegetable matter. There is in this thickness in some
parts about eighty stratums of coal of various thicknesses,
each of which must have been covered up in its turn through
the process of the submergence of the earth through probabThere are some reasons
ly some of the causes named above.
to suppose that the earth has not been free from submersions, or some other somewhat violent disturbance, long
enough for vegetation sufficiently abundant to grow to

form or compose a workable stratum of coal since the close
of the carboniferous age.
Much of the silurian strata appears to have been deposited under water, as its layers are found tolerably even
bedded in most places or where it has not been disturbed
But on rising and approaching the carbonwe come in contact with great accumulaof
tions
movable matter or strata. It is in and through
the period from the lower silurian to the top of the carboni-
by convulsions.
iferous formation
ferous or coal measures that much of this heavy sedimentary

matter was deposited, and it appears to be during the latter
part of this same time that the earth's crust commenced
more
this
forcibly to
bend and
yield to the
heavy deposits
of
matter that had accumulated on and about different
Prof.
parts of the earth's surface or in its seas and valleys.
Man sill asserts "since the inauguration of the coal meas-
R.
FORMATION OF THE COAL MEASUEES
97
and carboniferous formations the earth's crust has

grown greatly thicker and denser and the waters have accumulated about the valleys and the tropics, and it is the
volatility and activity of these waters that maintains a higher
tires
temperature about the tropics than there is about the poles

The volatile expansive force of these waters
absorbs currents of electricity from both poles of the earth
of the earth.
and from the sun to support the expansion of these volatile

waters with, which waters are converted into vapors, and
this again chills the poles of the earth, and also increases
the elevation of temperature about the tropics while it
about the poles. The increase of a higher
about
the tropics and a decrease of temperatemperature
ture about the poles commenced with the increased thickdecreases
it
of the earth's crust; and this

continue so long as the earth's crust continues to
grow thicker and denser. Therefore the difference of
temperature between the tropics and poles is a local or
ness
and increased density
process will
earthly cause and not (strictly) a solar cause at all. The

idea of philosophers attributing so much potency to the sun
by saying that that body radiates heat (so-called) and

fills all solar space by spontaneous emission, and can raise
a temperature about the earth's equator EO high (80 to 90
degrees of temperature) at a distance of 91,840,000 miles,
but can not warm the earth's poles, which are only about
6,000 miles from its tropics, is rather degrading, we think,
to the present age of scientific philosophy."
Or we may
add: why does the snow not melt on the tops of the high
mountains, even in the tropics ? See explanation in another

It appears to us that the inhabitants of
part of this work.
some parts of this globe are in more danger from a sinking
and crimping and submergence of the earth's crust, than
from a burning up of the globe, which doubling of strata
would still be apt to shorten the earth's diameter to some
extent and back its ocean waters over valleys and lowlands, as
it
apparently has done from time to time since the
commencement
of
the
carboniferous
period,
and these
98
periods have apparently been

and shorter between such convulsions
(submerging)
shorter
close of the coal
growing
since the
measures period.
PERMANENCE OF CONTINENTAL AREAS

Prof. Lyell, in his "Manual of Geology" speaks of the
permanence of continental and oceanic areas as being
somewhat permanent, or that the present configuration of
the earth's surface has been pretty well maintained, or
the present lands, mountains 'and oceans have gradually
come into existence moderately and naturally through
long periods of time, or without the whole mass being jumbled and mixed up together so that they could not be classified and divided into sections and recognizable divisions
and ages, as they have been or as they are at this time.
There is no doubt in our mind but the quantity of oxygen
in the
atmosphere surrounding the earth has always been
limited during the time of the construction of the earth up

to this date, and those elements, as previously stated,
having the strongest absorbing power for oxygen would take

possession of it and unite with it in about the same order
as their uniting and absorbing forces take place with that
element at this time therefore, through the carboniferous
age, carbon appeared to have the greatest absorbing power
for oxygen, hence its very great prominence and influence
throughout that long period of time. There is no doubt
but some of the upper silurian, much of the devonian and
carboniferous limestone formations, excepting those under
and near to the coal measures, were contemporary in growth
with much of the deposits of the lower coal measures, as
the juices from the decaying vegetation of the early coal
epoch supplied the beaches with rich carbonaceous juices
that generated the lower orders of animal types and life,
and these juices and the low orders of this small animal
life, or such as that which we find in and from the upper
silurian to the coal measures, or such as the coccosteus,
pterichthys, cephalacpis, holophychious, osteolepis,
and a
EARTHQUAKES
99
few other species of the devonian and mountain limestone

formations."
EARTHQUAKES.
The regions that
are at present
comparatively free from sensible earthquakes are: Egypt,

the eastern and southern portion of Africa, northern Europe
and Asia, Australia, Easter Island, eastern portion of
South America, Greenland, and northern portion of North
America. The least vibrations, however, and the lightest
are those experienced in and around Cairo, Egypt.
Earth-
quakes are recorded, however, as having occurred in Cairo,

in 1301 A. D., also in 1856, and in 1874 A. D., but there is
no record extant for the last 10,000 years that a single
stone was disturbed, or an ounce of material displaced in
or around the Great Pyramid Jeezeh; and this state of
tranquility,
we
predict, will continue in that locality for
500,000 years to come.
THE EARTHQUAKE ZONE

the earth
is:
Central America, the
Italy, Syria, Persia,
(so considered)
West
around
Indies, the Azores,
Afghanistan Tibet, Japan and Hawaiian

,
Islands.
As the theory expreesed by Prof. David, of Sydney,

regarding the inside formation of the earth, and his views
on the cause of earthquakes, or some of them, so nearly
coincide with our own, we with pleasure copy the following
article
28,
from the San Francisco Daily Chronicle of September
1906:
"It is
my
firm belief that the earth
is
composed
in the
manner
of an egg, with three different homogeneous substances.

The outer, or the crust of the earth corresponds
to the shell of the egg, then there
is a softer, perhaps
which
substance
gelatinous
corresponds to the white of an
in
and
the
center
of
the
earth is still another which is
egg,
like the yolk of an egg."
These are the words of Professor
T. W. Edgeworth David, of Sydney University, Australia,

one of the world's great geologists, who is at the St. Francis.
Professor David has just returned from attending the
National Congress of Geologists at Mexico City. He has
100
and read papers before the Royal

London. While there he came in contact with
Professor Milne, one of the great earthquake experts,
and was led to believe the new theory as expounded by
traveled around the world
Society in
Milne.
SAYS PROOF IS EASY, "The proof is easy and

simple and the idea is a complete departure from former
theories of the earth's interior," said Professor David,
"It has come to Milne
his eyes shining with excitement.
as the result of life long experiments with earthquakes and
motion of the earth.
The proof
is
adduced from the
lines
of the seismograph during an earthquake shock which

results in the destruction of buildings, that is, one of
extraordinary violence. If the lines of the seismograph

during such a shock are examined it will be found that they
are divided into three sets of curves.
The shock begins
with very slight vibrations, suddenly these are increased
to about twice the length without any gradual transition.
After these have continued there comes another equally
sharp increase in which the lines become about twice the
length of those preceding.
It
during the last period
is
It is from the
of the shock that buildings are wrecked.
study of these lines that Milne has arrived at the theory
which has astounded the
scientific
world."
MILNE FATHER OF THEORY.
"Milne was the
man who saw
the value of studying earthquakes,

and brought scientific treatment to the subject. He noticed at once this similarity in all impressions of the siesmofirst
graph, and thought there must be some reason for the

He found
three sets of vibrations. Then he investigated.
that the slight vibrations continue about 10 degrees from
the center of the shock. Then the next set begins and
continues about 120 degrees from the center of shock,
then the third set start and are heaviest at that point directly opposite the center of shock.
"If the earth is represented
paper, and a point
is
marked
by a
circle
drawn on a
as the center of shock, then
EAETHQUAKES
if
ten degrees are marked off along the circumference, it

be found that the distance from this arc to its chord
will
In other words the crust is thirty

is about thirty miles.
miles thick. Then as soon as the vibrations get through
the crust, they strike the white of the egg, and the first
quick jump comes.
It is
found that the substance under
the crust of the earth takes up about four-tenths of the diameter on each side, and the inside substance corresponds to
It is supposed that the substance
the yolk of the egg.
immediately under the crust of the earth is softer than the
and that when the vibrations reach it, the crust

and falls on it in much the same manner of a ship on
the water. This accounts for the waves in the ground
crust,
rises
familiar
to
when earthquake shocks
me beyond
are in progress.
It seems
is a true one and will
a doubt that the theory
have a great effect on science, as it will revolutionize the

theory of wave motion. The whole lecture, in which Milne
expressed this great theory, took only about six minutes."
We do not know Prof. Milne's theory beyond that as
expressed above, so what
we may add
are our
own crude
Our
ideas coincide with the Professor regarding the

three different conditions inside of the crust of the earth,
ideas.
but he does not go far enough. We would compare the

earth in shape to that of an average apple, being shortest
the long way. With the earth, we believe the polar dia-
meter to be at
least 20 miles shorter that the equatorial

this condition is caused by the fluid
diameter, and that
condition of the third, or yolk compartment, inside this

If the earth was
flattened, egg shaped earth of ours.
no velocity given its perimeter would

at the poles, and increase its equatorial diameter,
the case with the earth today.
Conceding this point,
solid to its center,

flatten
as
is
it
then of what does this inner fluid consist? We believe

it consists of all the heavier metals
not only of those
with which we are familiar but metals with such excessive
specific gravity that they have never been thrown to the
surface of the earth.
We
firmlv believe that there
is
102
enough gold in a molten state, in the center of the earth

that would make a globe the size of our satellite, the
moon. A feather of proof to substantiate this theory is:
that gold is found in greatest quantities at the extreme
ends of continents; we believe it was thrown there in a
molten state, during a cataclysm or sudden changing of
the poles of the earth.
Finding gold in large quantities
elsewhere, is proof to us- that the ends of continents have
been in different positions, in past disturbances of this
same
character.
In future polar changes, continents
may
be expected to change accordingly.

Between 8,000 and 10,000 earthquakes have been
chronicled
by
different publishers since the year 1606 A. D.,
"The Earthquake Catalogue" of the British

Association, contains between 6,000 and 7,000 earthquakes
that occurred from the year 1606 down to 1842 A. D.; the
"Catalogue of Earthquakes" compiled by Perry, and published by the "Belgian Royal Academy" bring the list from
1842 down to 1872; and from 1872 down to June 30, 1905,
as follows:
may
be found in the different editions of the Statistician
and Economist, published between the year 1876 and 1905.

We believe that a surprise is in store for even the most
careful student of seismology, in the following carefully
prepared list of all important earthquakes

occurred since the Christian Era to date.
that
have
The following is a
(Sec. 6.)
of some of the principal earthquakes and volcanic
eruptions that have occurred since the Christian era, with
EARTHQUAKES.
list
the loss of
life,
no account being taken of the property
destroyed, which is variously estimated at from $100,000 to

Si 0,000, ooo for every 100 lives lost.
Records exist of many
convulsions of nature having occurred in the past, where

millions of dollars worth of property have been destroyed
and not a life sacrificed, viz., at New Madrid, Mo., on December 1 6, 1811, and continued with more or less vibration for
54 days; portions of the country sunk, islands were formed
and $20,000,000 would not cover the
in the Mississippi,
loss.
EARTHQUAKES
PERSONS KILLED.
PLACE.
YEAR.
17
103
(A.
Ephesus and other
D.)
over-
cities
Thousands
Hundreds
turned
63
Pompeii
79
(Aug.
Total destruction of Pompeii,
24)
Herculaneum and
Stabias
(eruption
of
280,000
Vesuvius)
105
Four
cities in Asia,
in Greece,
and
in
742
Galatia overturned
Many thousands
Antioch destroyed
Nicomedia, Caesarea, and Nicea, dest'd. .Thousands
In Asia, Pontus, and Macedonia 150 cities
and towns inj ured
Nicomedia again destroyed
Universal; felt over the whole earth
Constantinople, Turkey, over
15,000
In South Africa, many cities injured
In Syria, Palestine and Asia, over 500 towns
801
Heavy
936
Constantinople again overturned,
1 1 5
126
157
358
543
557
560
destroyed (estimated) loss of

loss of life in
Fran., Ger.
400,000
life
and Italy
all
Greece
shaken
1089
1114
1137
158
1268
1
Severe throughout England

Severe at Antioch, many towns destroyed
Cantania, Sicily
In Syria, etc
Cilicia,
Asia Minor
60,000
1318
Felt over England, Glastonbury destroyed

(Nov. 14) In Eng., greatest known to date
1456
(Dec.
1274
5.)
15,000
20,000
At Naples
40,000
At Constantinople
Thousands
At Lisbon, 1500 houses buried,
1509
(Sept. 14)
1531
(Feb. 26)
1580
nearby towns engulfed, loss of life

In London; part of St. Paul's
(April 6.)
and Temple churches fell
1596
(July 2)
In
Japan; several
ruins, loss of life over
cities
30,000
made
10,000
104
YEAR.
PLACE.
PERSONS KILLED.
1626 In Naples; 30 towns ruined, loss of life over 70,000
1638 (March 27) Awful at Calabria
1647
1667
(May
13)
Santiago, Chile
4,000
Ragusa ruined
1667
(April 6)
Also at Schamaki, lasted 3
1672
(April 14)
1690
1692
(Oct. 17)
Severely felt in Dublin
Total destruction of Port Royal, Jamaica,
At Rimini over
15.000
houses engulfed 40 fathoms deep

3,000
In
Sicily, 54 cities and 300 villages
(Sept.)
overturned; in Cantaria, of 18,000 inhabitants, not a trace could be found; loss.
100,000
(June
1693
5,000
80,000
mos
7)
1706
(Feb. 2)
Aquila, Italy
Jeddo, Japan ruined(Nov. 3) In the Abruzzi-
1716
(May and June)
1703
1703
At
5,000
200,000
15,000
20,000
Algiers
1726
(Sept. i)
1731
1732
(Nov. 30)
(Nov. 29)
Palermo, Sicily, Italy.

Pekin, China
In Naples, Italy.
1746
(Oct. 28)
Lima and
1751
(Nov. 21)
75 2
1754
1755
J
75S
1755
6,000
95,000
1,940
Callao, Peru. .......
Port-au-Prince, St.
Domingo Thousands
(J uly 2 9)
Adrianople, European Turkey Thousands

At Grand Cairo
(Sept.)
40,000
Quito, Ecuador, destroyed, over 30,000
(April)
(June ?) Kaschan, N. Persia, destroyed 40,000
(Nov.
i)
Great
earthquake
at
Lisbon,
Portugal, (50,000) extending over 5,000

miles, from the Madeira Islands to ScotTotal loss of life over
land.
1759
(Oct. 30)
1767
(August)
1773
(June
7)
In Syria; Baalbec destroyed.

At Martinico, W. I.
In Guatemala, great loss;
Santiago, Chile swallowed
1778
1780
18,000
up over
(July 3) At Smyrna, Asia, very destructive

At Tauris (15,000 houses destroyed) engulfs
70,000
20,000
1,600
50,000
45,000
EAETHQUAKES
PLACE.
PERSONS KILLED.
Messina and many towns in Italy
YEAR.
1783
105
(Feb. 5)
and Sicily destroyed life loss

Thousands
The earth was not perfectly quiet from
;
NOTE.
earthquake tremors, in Calabria,
E.
S.
Italy,
from 1783 1787, a period of four years, during

which period thousands of lives were sacrificed,
and millions of dollars of property destroyed.
1784 (July 23) Erzengan, Armenia.
1788 (Oct. 12) At St. Lucia, W. I.
1789 (Sept. 30) At Borgo di San Sepolcro..
1794 (June) In Naples; and Torre del Greco,
.
overwhelmed, over
Quito, Ecuador; Cuzco, Peru, and
Panama almost totally destroyed
Italy,
5,000
900
1,000
10,000
1797
(Feb. 4)
1800
At Constantinople, Turkey, deHundreds

stroyed the Royal Palace
At Frosolone, Naples(July 26)
6,000
(August n) At the Azores; a town of St.
Michael's sunk, and a lake of boiling water
1805
1
8 10
41,000
(Sept. 26)
appeared in
its
place
San Juan Capristrano,
1811
(Dec. 16)
1812
(March 26) Caracas, Venezuela

(June 16) District of Kutch, India, sunk
Throughout Italy, thousands perish
12,000
(Aug. 10 and 13 and Sept. 5) Aleppo, Syria

(Nov. 19) Coast of Chile permanently raised
22,000
1819
1819
1822
1822
1829
1830
1835
1835
1835
....
.
from
1828
Cal.
to
(Feb. 20) Concepcion, Chile, destroyed, over

Cosenza, Calabria; etc
(April 29)
(Oct. 12)
Castiglione, Calabria.
-
n)
(Jan.
1840
(July 27)
(Feb. 14)
2,000
miles wide
Island of Ischia, severe

(Feb. 2)
Murcia and other towns in Spain
(Mar. 21)
(May 26-27) Canton, China, and vicinity
1839
1840
50
28
6,000
6,000
20,000
1,000
100
Port Royal, Martinique700

At Ternate, total destruction Thousands
Mt. Ararat, Armenia
.over
800
-
106
YEAR.
1842
1851
PERSONS KILLED,
PLACE.
(May 7) At Cape Haytien, St. Domingo

(Feb. 28 and March 7) At Rhodes and Macri
Valparaiso, Chile,
(April 2)
1851
(Aug. 14) Melfi, Italy

(Aug. 18) Thebes, Greece, nearly destroyed
St. Salvador, S. Am., destroyed
(April 1 6)
Anasaca,
(Dec. 23)
Japan, and Samoda,
1854
1854
600
400 houses
1851
1853
5,000
14,000
Niphon destroyed
,
1855
(Feb. 28) Broussa, Turkey, destroyed
1855
(Nov.
n)
1856
(Mar.
2)
1856
ger Island
In the Mediterranean at Candia
(Oct. 12)
Jeddo, Japan, nearly destroyed

Volcanic eruption on Great San-
and Rhodes,
1857
3,000
etc
750
In Calabria,* Montemurro, and

(Dec. 16)
other towns of Naples
10,000
(*From the year
17 83 to 1857, a period of
the
75 years,
Kingdom of Naples lost over
inhabitants
1858
(Feb. 21)
by earthquakes.)
Corinth nearly destroyed
1859
(Mar. 22)
At Quito, Ecuador
1859
(June 2 and July 17) At Ezeroum, Asia

Minor, thousands perish
1860
(Mar. 20)
111,000
5,000
1862
At Mendoza, Argentine
Mendoza, South America
Guatemala; 150 buildings and
(Dec. 19)
1863
(April 22)
1863
(July
1861
1865
4 churches
some
lives
Rhodes; 13
villages.
300
and 3) Manila, P. I
At Macchia, Bendinella,
(July 18)
Sicily 200 houses and life loss
2
1,000
and
1867
(Feb. 4)
1867
(March
1867
(June 10)
Argostoli, Cephalonia
At Mitylene
Djocja, Java,; town destroyed
and
9)
7,000
12,000
64
50
1,000
400
EARTHQUAKES
1868
(Aug. 13-15) Arequipa, Iquique, Tacna, and
Chencha, and
many towns
1870
of
Peru and
$300,000,000 and
30,000 rendered homeless; life loss
Santa Maura, Ionian Islands
(Dec. 28)
In Calabria, several towns de(Oct. 9-15)
Ecuador destroyed;
1869
107
loss
25,000-
17
stroyed
1872
(March 26-27) Inyo County, Cal., 1,000

shocks in 3 days and 7,000 to April 4th,
1872
(Dec. 14-15)
1873
(Mar. 19)
1873
(June 29)
loss
life
34.
At Lehree, India
San Salvador, Cen. America.
At Feletto, Northern Italy, etc.
At Azagra, Spain, land slip.
.
1874
(July 22)
1874
Antigua,
1875
(May
1875
(May 12) At Smyrna, Asia Minor, over

(May 16-18) At San Jose de Cucuta, etc.,
etc.,
Guatemala; great
50
75
200
life loss
Kara Hiscar, etc., Asia Minor

3-5)
,
great destruction of life
.
1875
500
Colombia, South America

1877
(May 9-10)
Callao, Peru,
14,000
and other towns
1878
destroyed by tidal wave, life loss slight

(April 14) Cua, Venezuela, nearly destroyed
1879
(June 17)
1880
stroyed; loss of life slight

Several killed in Switzerland,
(July 4-24)
and Manila, P. I.; cathedral destroyed
1880
1880
(Sept.
(Nov.
9)
88 1
(Jan.
27
88 1
(Mar. 4 and 15)
13)
2,000'
Cantania, Sicily,
5 villages
300
de-
At Valparaiso and Illapel, Chile

At Agram, Croatia, many lives
and Mar. 3) Much damage in
10
3,000
200
Switzerland
Severe in
S. Italy; at
Cas-
amicciola, Isle of Ischia

1
88 1
1882
Chios (now Scio) Greek Archipelago, and several other towns

(Mar. 13) In Costa Rica, thousands of lives
114
(April 3)
lost
very destructive
4,000-
108
YEAR.
PLACE.
PERSONS KILLED.
1882 (Sept. 7-10) Panama R. R. partly destroyed
1883
(June 14) During a severe shock of earthquake, a mountain rose up to an elevation
of 6,000 feet, near Chernowitz, Austria
1883
On Ometepe
(June 15)
Island, Nicaragua,
volcanic outbreak over
500
1883
At Casamicciola, Ischia; 1990

known victims and estimated unknown
(July 28)
loss of life 2,000
1883
more; total
3>99
Beginning at midnight, Aug. 26,

on the I&land of Krakatoa, but simultane-
(Aug. 27)
ously extending to every island and portion of the sea for over 100 miles in either
direction, 30 square miles of the island
sank in less than three hours tidal waves

reached as far as the Cape of Good Hope
;
lowest estimate loss of
life
50,000
Eruption of Mt. Augustine on the

Island of Chernaboura, Alaska; one half
of the island and mountain sunk and in the
1883
(Oct. 8)
1883
(Oct. 16)
1884
(May 19) Asiatic shore of Sea

and Island of Kishm
1884
(Dec. 25)
1885
(Jan. 14)
vicinity a
new
island rose
Anatolia, coast of Asia Minor,

Ischesne, and 30 small towns devastated;
30,000 destitute
of
1,000
Marmora,
220
In
Andelusia, Malaga
Beginning Dec. 26, 1884, in Al-
266
hama, Grenada, South Spain, including 14
1885
other towns, with loss of 20,000 houses,

value $100,000,000; life loss alone was.
In province of Grenada
(Feb. 28)
1885
(April 20)
1885
(May
In Java.
13-31) At Strinagur, Cashmere, 7,000

dwellings and life loss
3,900
690
500
3>8i
EARTHQUAKES
YEAR.
PERSONS KILLED.
PLACE.
At Sopar, India
1885
(June 15-30)
In Asia Minor
(July 31)
1885
(Aug.
1885
tral
1885
1886
109
In
2)
Vemoeand Tashkend,
700
350
Cen-
Asia
Aug. 27)
Prygos destroyed life loss
States,
(Aug. 31) Atlantic
1886
Charleston, S.
chiefly
C., three-fourths of that
96
Long continued earthquake
1887
(Jan. 15)
1887
(Feb. 23)
1887
(April 7-8)
,300
at
city destroyed; 17 shocks, life loss
at
Tokio, Japan
Severe shocks, extending from
Milan, Italy, to Marseilles, France; there
were 12 deaths on French territory and
2,000 in Italy
2,012
Mendez Nunez and San Fran-
cisco, Cavite, P. I., terribly
shaken;
life
loss
170
In Hawaii
1887
(May
1887
(June 10)
1887
(Announced June
5)
Town
in
167
Turkistan destroyed
13)
Destruction
(Dec. 4)
Cosenza, in Calabria,
of Bisignano
S.
E. Italy; very
25
4,000
At Yunan, China
(March)
1888
(July 15-18)
140
and
destructive
1888
125
At Avernoe and
Almatensky, Turkistan, nearly destroyed

1887
54
30
In villages of Algeria
In Greece and Ionian Islands;
(Dec. 3-5)
Destruction of the peak ShoBandai-San, in Japan. This mountain had

an altitude of 6,000 feet and 3 miles
through its base but in less than 10 minutes over half of its cubic contents were
scattered over an area of 27 square miles
;
1889
(Jan.
n)
State of
1889
(April 13
Earthquake
felt
New York
On Ishima
14)
400-
throughout the
Island,
Japan
170-
110
YEAR.
PERSONS KILLED.
PLACE.
Earthquake
at
Florence, Wis.,
1889
(Sept. 8)
1890
(Dec. 12)
Village of Joana, Java
1891
(Jan. 15)
At
1891
(Same day)
1891
(Aug. 18) Earthquake and cyclone devastate the Island of Martinique; life loss
In San Salvador very violent
(Sept. 813)
damage $15 ,000
Algeria,
1891
and
Gouraya
12
Villebourg,
40
nearly destroyed
In Chihuahua, Mexico
villages
15
1891
Shocks severe throughout the

(Sept. 26)
states of Mo., 111., Ky., Tenn., Ind. and la
1891
(Oct. 28)
340
40
Very destructive earthquake on
the Niphon Islands, Japan; 1,477 shocks

followed within 3 days; 166442 houses and
1891
bridges were destroyed property loss over

$10,000,000; life loss
(Dec. 18) Violent earthquake in Sicily
1892
(Jan. 22)
1892
(Jan.
Severe earthquake shocks in

houses
wrecked and lives lost in
Rome,
the Italian provinces
nia
Severe
27)
New
1892
shocks
experienced
in
South Wales, Victoria, and Tasma-
some
loss of life
Vesuvius (Vol.) again
(Feb. 17)
fears of a
1892
7.5 2 4
in activity
new crater
Every building destroyed
(July 30)
Cristobal,
Mexico
in
San
13)
Earthquake at sea causes a
tidal wave that floods Paumoto group of
1893
(Jan.
1893
(Jan. 31)
islands near Tahiti
by
loss of life
over
Zante, Greece, suffered greatly

earthquakes, from the close of January
less than 100 lives (are

thousands were rendered
homeless, and over $3,000,000 is reported
to April 21
quoted
while
as) lost,
as the property loss
,000
EARTHQUAKES
PLACE.
PERSONS KILLED.
At Quetta, Afghanistan, many
YEAR.
1893
(Feb. 13)
1893
(April 8)
111
killed
injured;
Two
villages destroyed in Servia
3,000 houses wrecked at Milattia, Asia

Minor; the killed
130
Earthquake and tidal wave at

Zante, Greece; the ground opened 2 feet
wide and sank i foot; every house ruined,
1893
(April
1893
200 persons injured; killed

(May 5) Mt. Êtna active, repeated shocks
8)
throughout
Italy,
extending to the
30
Isle of
Man
1893
(May
1893
Shocks, with ground opening at

Greece
22)
Thebes
(May 28) Shocks cause the jail to collapse

and prisoners are crushed at Guayaquil,
Ecuador
1893
Destructive shocks with loss of
n)
(Aug.
at Mattinata, Italy; Vol. Stromboli in
life
eruption
1893
over
Terrible earthquake at
(Nov. 17)
Persia; 50,000 animals perkh,

loss
over
1893
(Nov. 19)
1893
(Nov. 27)
1894
(Mar. 17)
severe
Kuchan
human
,000
life
1
2,000
At Samark and Asiatic Russia,
life loss
over
At Montreal, Canada; great
,000
loss
to property
Earthquakes on Isthmus of Te-
huantepec, Mexico; very severe, and extend to Europe and Asia; again on April
6 doing
1894
1 1
1894
much damage
Earthquakes in Greece destroy

towns the life loss over
(April 20)
(April 28)
Earthquake destroys
300
6 cities in
Venezuela, one-half the population

over
killed,
3 ,000
112
YEAR.
1894
^894
PERSONS KILLED.
PLACE.
at
Shocks
Constantinople,
(July 10-15)
Turkey, and vicinity cause a property loss
of $29,000,000; life loss over
1,000
(July 27) Earthquakes destroy many houses
in Servia and Bulgaria and a considerable
number of lives
1894
1894
(Oct.
6)
New Hebrides
Island,
1894
causes the
villages
1894
(Oct. 22)
1894
(Oct. 27)
of
Eruption
(Oct. 21)
Java,
10
Severe throughout Sicily, killed

Volcanic eruptions on Ambrym
(Aug. 8)
60
life loss
Mt.
Galoongong,
destruction of
many
At Sakata, Japan, 3,000 houses

life
destroyed;
loss
360
Earthquakes throughout the Argentine Republic. City of San Juan al-
most
1894
totally destroyed; 20,000 persons

rendered homeless life loss
(Nov. 7) Eruption of volcano followed by
63 shocks covers the Island of Epi, New
Hebrides, with ashes
1894
(Nov. 13)
1894
1894
,000
Ambrym, New Hebrides, nearly
destroyed;
1894
life loss
At Messina,
(Nov. 1 6)
(Nov. 22)
50
200
Italy; killed
In the City of Mexico much

property, and a life loss of
Continuous shocks since Nov. 27
(Dec. 5)
throughout Ecuador;
many
15
people killed
and injured
1894
(Dec. 29-31) Throughout Italy
much
prop-
erty destroyed
1895
(Jan.
127
17)
Earthquakes at Kushan, Persia,
shocks,
thousands
1895
(Feb. 5)
Norway;
completely
over
city
killed;
levelled,
10,000
Earthquake at Molde and Bergen

life loss.
EARTHQUAKES
YEAR.
113
PERSONS KILLED.
PLACE.
1895
(Feb. 22) Destruction of Koutchat, Persia,

life loss exceeded.
1895
(April 3)
1895
1895
Volcano
Colima, Mexico, becomes active
(May 18) Severe shock in vicinity of Flor-
1895
(Aug.
1895
(Sept. 8)
tions in vicinity of
At Tuscany,
Italy; killed
Colima, in State of
(April 30)
27
ence, Italy great destruction
....;..
At Krasnovodsk, Russia
Earthquakes and volcanic erup-
i)
property
1895
(Sept. 18)
1895
(Nov.
1895
(Dec. 3)
1895
(Dec. 26)
$600,000; life loss

Lava flow from Mt. Vesuvius,
Violent
120
Metapan, Honduras;
loss
Italy, blocks the roads

i)
10,000
.\
damages much
shock
;....;
property in Rome, Italy
Volcano Vesuvius in Italy, active
Earthquakes
300
in
Samoa
-,-.: -.r,j.
begin-
ning on the 25th, at Tutuil" for 24 hours

the shocks were incessant at Fagolia Bay
a submarine geyser was produced; no loss
,
of
.,,..,,
life
1895
(Dec. 29)
1896
(Jan. 2)
Many
houses wrecked at Cic-
ciano, Italy, several persons killed
Earthquakes
trict, Persia;
life loss
in
Khalkhal Dis-
over
Volcano Kilauea, H.
1,100
active; a
1896
(Jan. 3)
1896
burning lake over 200 feet square and 250

feet deep formed in 6 hours
Shock of great severity at Colon
(Feb. 12)
Colombia
(Mar. 2) Violent shock at Colima, Mexico;
1896
1896
I.,
very destructive
(April 20)
Eruption of the Volcano Mauna
Loa, Hawaii; the glow is seen 180 miles
awav
114
YEAR.
1896
PERSONS KILLED.
wave on
PLACE.
(June 15) Earthquake and tidal

the Island of Yeddo, Japan; 9,616 houses
destroyed, resultant wave felt in Hawaii

1,244 persons wounded; life loss
Volcanic eruption of Kilauea,
(July n)
1896
37
,i
50
Hawaii, after one and one-half years quiet

1896
(July 13)
Shock
felt
at Whitby, Ontario,
lasting 20 seconds
1896
(July 26)
Earthquake, causing tidal wave,
devastates coast of Kiangsu province,
China property loss millions, life loss over

(Aug. 26) Earthquake in Northern Japan,
wrecks 6,500 houses; life loss
;
1896
1896
Recurring in the same section (on Aug. 31)

1,000 houses overturned and a life loss of
Severe shocks felt at Hilo, Ha(Sept. 13)
waii, the earth
ward
1896
opened from the sea
4,000
3>5
120
in-
for half a mile
Earthquakes in Iceland, ruin 150

farms large numbers of live stock killed
(Jan. n)
Earthquake on Kishm Island,
(Oct. 4)
1897
largest in the Persian Gulf; life loss

(Feb. 14) Destructive earthquake at Girau,
Formosa, and throughout the island;
2,500
1897
injured 120; killed

(Mar. 23) Severe shock at Montreal, Quebec
Severe shocks lasting a week,
(April 23)
56
1897
1897
1897
in the
Leeward Islands
killed
exceeded
(May n)
days;
S.
at Monserrat the
700
Australia 90 shocks in 3
much damage done
Jalisco,
1897
In
at
San Gabriel,
Mexico
(June 4) Eruption of Vesuvius, lava flow

one and one-eighth miles wide, greatest
since 1872.
EARTHQUAKES
YEAR.
1897
115
PERSONS KILLED.
PLACE.
Earthquake
(June 12)
in
Assam and other
provinces of India, lasted continuously

over 5 minutes; life loss over
1897
(June 20) Shocks destroy every building in

Tehuan tepee, Mexico; 15,000 people
homeless
(June 22) Eruption of Volcano Mayou,
1897
(Sept. 18)
1897
(Nov.
1897
(Dec. 28)
1898
an earthquake followed
leaving great fissures around the city
(Jan. 13)
Earthquake on Dutch Island of
1898
(Mar. 28)
1898
(Aug.
1897
Albayo, P. I. life loss

Severe shocks are
felt in
6,000
20
Turk-
and throughout Switzerland

Eruption of Vesuvius; fearful
istan, Asia,
8)
flow
After a great
fire
in
Port-au-
Prince, Hayti,
Amboyna,
Islands, cause
tidal
60
kills
Earthquake
many
in
New
gaps in the earth
Earthquake at sea, causing a

wave on Formosa Island, China Sea;
7)
2,073 houses destroyed, 995
damaged;
persons wounded, and the killed
1898
Hebrides
1.60
number
139
at sea, causing a
(Sept. 10)
Earthquake
tidal wave in St. Vincent
and Barbados,
I., destroys Bridgetown and Kingston,
with a property loss of $1,000,000 and a
W.
life loss
1898
of
400
Vesuvius eruption threatening;

lava streams descending equals 5 acres
(Sept. 23)
3
in area, 275 feet
1898
1899
deep
(Nov. 27) Earthquake in S. Austria, also
in Greece; tidal wave at Triest; life loss
Shock lasting 10 seconds in
(Jan. 21 )
Jamaica,
W.
I.,
severest in years
28
116
PERSONS KILLED.
PLACE.
Earthquakes in Greece for 4
YEAR.
1899
(Jan. 27)
days (continuous) 5 villages destroyed

many injured, deaths unknown
;
1899
Terrible earthquake in the
(Mar. 7)
Nara
Prefecture, Japan; killed
1899
(April
Volcano
1 8)
41
Houongo
towns destroyed; earthquakes
active,
in
Argen-
tine
1899
17) 45 shocks in
Montserrat, Br. W.
(May
hours on Island of
houses and crops
I.;
destroyed some lives lost

Earthquake near Herne, Westphalia, entombs 60 miners
;
1899
(July 14)
1899
(Aug. 9) Tidal wave at Valparaiso, Chile;

awful desolation; loss $1,000,000. Also
violent shocks at Corte, Corsica
1899
(Sept. 20)
Minor;
n)
1899
(Oct.
1899
(Oct. 16)
Earthquake
life loss
Aidin,
Asia
Island of
Ceram
at
exceeded
TownofAmhei,
1,500
destroyed; injured 500, life loss over.

Volcano San Martin, near Cata.
900
1900
1900
maco, Mexico, resumes activity

i )
Earthquake in District of Achalk-
(Feb. i)
ford, B.
800
life loss
Unusual severe shock at Abbots-
(Feb. 15)
Earthquake of great severity at
Lima, Peru; immense loss of property
(Mar. 27) Eruption in Mt. Baker district,
Washington; a
hill
thrown up 70
feet
high in a valley and it changed the course

of the Nooksack River; report heard 10
miles
1900
4,000
(Jan.
alak, Russia, severe;
1900
away
(April 12)
Earthquake
wrecks 70 houses
:*-
-.
at Lindai, Japan,
EARTHQUAKES
PERSONS KILLED.
PLACE.
YEAR.
1900
117
(July 17) Eruption of Volcano Mt.

Japan, destroys several towns;
Azuma,
life
loss
severity
at
200
over. .....................
1900
Shock
(Oct. 9)
of
Kadiak, Alaska;
property
1900
(Oct.
great
loss of
life
and much
and
Earthquake
8)
tidal
wave,
Island of Matapi, South Pacific, great loss

of property
1900
(Oct.
At Caracas, Venezuela, destroys
29)
much property
1900
(Oct. 31)
1901
(Jan. 4)
At
life loss
15
Jacksonville, Fla., 8 severe
shocks
Heavy shocks of earthquake in

Kans. and Mo. hundreds seek the streets
;
in terror
1901
Severe shock of earthquake at
(Feb. 14)
Union
City,
Tenn
1901
(Feb. 20)
Earthquake at Arica, Chile, inhabitants panic stricken
1901
(Mar. 9)
At Lima, Peru, houses cracked in

every direction
Shocks in S. E. Hungary cause
(April 2)
the destruction of many houses
Mt. Vesuvius again active
(April 14)
Severe in Italy, the inhabitants
(April 24)
;
1901
1901
1901
1901
panic stricken
(July 26)
Heavy shocks over a large area
of the State of Nevada
1901
(Aug. 16)
1901
Earthquake causes the disappearance of a mountain 500 feet high in

N. Japan
(Oct. 7)
Earthquake causes a tidal wave
on the Pacific side of Nicaragua; some
damage
1901
(Oct. 30)
cities
Severe shock
damage
felt in
at Gallarate
many
Italian

YEAR.
1901
PLACE.
shocks
Severe
(Nov. 8)
in
PERSONS KILLED,
Erzeroum,
Asiatic Russia ....... ................
1901
.......
Shock at Salt Lake
(Nov. 13)
City, Utah,
lasts 30 seconds loss over $100,000 .............
(Nov. 15) Terrible earthquakes visit Erzeroum, Asiatic Russia, 50 in all, 10 very
violent; 1,000 houses destroyed; 1,500
130
damaged; 15,000 homeless, the life loss.
;
1901
At Cheviot, New Zealand, many
1901:
(Nov. 17)
1901
over
loss
people injured; property
.....
.... .......
..................
$100,000
visits
seconds
Shock
(Dec. 15)
lasting 65
.
.......
injured ..........
Mexico
Guerrero,
Chilpancingo,
Manila, P.
1902
(Jan. 16)
in ruins;
1902
(Feb. 14)
I.
many
number killed .............

Shamaka, Russia, destroyed; 34
.
300
villages in the Transcaucasia suffer, 4,000

houses destroyed life loss ............
1902
(Mar. 8) Tchengeri, Asia Minor, destroyed
...
4 persons killed and 100 injured ........
;
,000
4
one
vibrations
for
Constant
1017)
.... week in New Hebrides Island; 3 volcanos
active
....... ............. ................
1902
(Mar. 12)
Kyankari, Asia Minor, destroyed known to be killed .................
4
.
1902
(Mar.
1902
Throughout Guatemala, 6
towns almost obliterated; many injured; known killed ...................
(May 3-7) Volcano Mont Pelee, near St.
(April 18-20)
large
1902
200
Pierre, Martinique, first eruption started
on
May
3rd,
and destroyed the Guerin
In four days it destroyed St.

Pierre, Lecarbet, Le Precheur and La
Mare the loss of property was $40,000,000
factories.
1902
number of lives ...................... 30,000

(May 18) Violent shocks in Southern Portugal, caused by upheavals in W. I ..............
EARTHQUAKES
YEAR.
1902
119
PERSONS KILLED.
PLACE.
(July 13-30) Violent earthquakes throughout Venezuela on the i3th. Severe shocks
Kingstown, St. Vincent, on the i8th,

and again on the 2ist, the sea receding.
On the 3oth the Volcano Poas, near AlaOn the
juela, Costa Rica, became active.
same date every building in San Cristobal,
Mexico, was destroyed. Many lives were
in
lost
1902
1902
(Aug. 14) Volcano overwhelms Island of

Torishima, Japan; life loss
(Aug. 21)
Eruption of Mont Pelee, Martinique, very severe, total darkness for 20
150
minutes; also 12 shocks at Zamboanga,

P.
1902
I.,
several Moras killed
Eruption of Mont Allomonte,

ako
severe shocks at St. Petersburg
Italy
Russia
(Aug. 30) Volcano at Masaya, Nicaragua,
(Aug. 22)
;
1902
becomes active
1902
Daily shocks, last 9 days in
(Dec. 6)
S.
E.
Iowa
Adijan, Russian Central Asia,
destroyed; 9,130 houses and 19 cotton
1902
(Dec. 16)
1902
(Dec. 27)
1903
(Jan.
gins destroyed; the killed

Earthquake at
China, causes a
13)
wave
life loss
1903
600
of
life loss
over
Earthquakes do much damage

in States of Tamaulipas and Tobasco,
Mexico
Summit of Volcano Mt. Pelee,
(Feb. 7)
(Jan.
4,800
Earthquake at sea causes tidal

that floods Paumoto group of
islands near Tahiti;
1903
numbered.
Hain Chiang,
14)
changes shape, Martinique
1,000
120
YEAR.
1903
PERSONS KILLED.
PLACE.
Violent eruption of Mt. Colima,
(Feb. 24)
Mexico; Mexican Cen. R. R. extension
stopped
1903
.-
Mexican Volcano Colima has

(Mar. 3-6)
violent overflows of lava; Tuxpan, Mex.,
panic stricken. ..............
Vesuvius again active ashes and

reach
incandescent
globes
explosive
1903
(Mar. 9)
1903
(Mar. 15)
Naples
Earthquake
1903
in the
Montana third
region of
in
mountainous
i
o years
(Mar. 21) Volcanos Mt. Pelee, on Martinique, and Soufriere, on St. Vincent, extraordinarily active
Earthquake at Tuxpan, Mexi-
1903
(April 21)
1903
cave in a mine; killed

shock at Alusi, Ecuador;
Severe
(June 8)
ashes fall there from Volcano Sangai
1903
(June 22)
1903
(Aug.
10
co, cause
Vesuvius in full eruption, spectacular sight from Naples, Italy
on
n)
Earthquakes destroy
Isle of
1903
(Aug. 12)
1903
(Sept. 19)
1903
(Oct. 19)
1903
(Nov.
3 villages
Cinthera
Shocks at Mendoza, Argentine,
destroys
many
houses; the killed
number
de Cuba, since 1895
Earthquake
town almost
was over
totally destroyed;
life
1904
(Mar. 10)
;
250
350
villages
loss
Tidal waves sweep coasts of

Hawaiian Islands much damage done
(Nov. 29)
at Turshez, Persia,
destroys 13 villages; life loss was

3)
Again at Turshez, Persia; the
1903
Most violent shake at Santiago
Earthquakes destroy
no lives lost
6 Italian
EAETHQUAKES
121
PERSONS KILLED.
PLACE.
YEAR.
1904
(Mar. 20) Earthquake felt from St. Johns,

N. B., to Boston Mass., causes much dam-
1904
(April 4)
and Bald
age,
Mt., in Maine, disappears

in Macedonia de-
Earthquakes
1904
stroy 1,500 houses; life loss was. .......

(June n) Volcano of Mt. Wrangel, in
Alaska, in violent eruption
(Nov. 6) Earthquake on Island of Formo^
1904
(Dec. 1-14)
1904
sa,
destroys 150 houses;
Francisco,
Slight
Cal.,
and near
since Dec. ist
1905
life loss
shocks
felt
24
78
at
vicinity;
San
14
Volcano of Momotombo, Central

much damage done
(Jan. 16)
America, active,
1905
(Jan.
At Shemakha, Russia, destroys

and kills many people
8)
bridges
1905
much
diers
1905
Earthquakes in India destroy

property; at Dharmsala, 470 solwere buried alive; total loss over
(April 4)
slide;
shocks continued for a week, the

camped in the open
inhabitants
1905
(May
(May
Severe shock
3)
Hilo,
1905
2,000
Severe earthquake at Bender,

(April 25)
Abbas, Persia; 200 yards of Mt. Kuhgando collapsed, 50 persons buried in a land-
felt
50
on Island of
Hawaii
Very severe shocks
9)
felt in
City of
Mexico some damage.

(June i) Earthquakes occur in Central
Japan; great loss of property at Scutari
and Albania where 200 persons were
;
1905
killed
and wounded; over 500 houses
life loss over

(June n) Volcano Mt. Pelee, Island of
Martinique, again active
collapsed;
1905
2,000
122
YEAR.
PERSONS KILLED.
PLACE.
[NOTE.
Our record
of
^^
the
earthquakes
from June n, 1905 to April 17, 1906,

were lost in the great fire that followed
the great earthquake of April 18, 1906
San Francisco, Calif., and vicinity.]
The "Great Earthquake" of
(April 18)
at
1906
1906;
central
at
San
Francisco,
Col.,
although extending (traceable) for over

2,500 miles; and extending from the
Aleutian Group of islands in Alaska, to
Lower
California;
must have started
in
the Arctic Ocean, and extended to the
equator in mid-Pacific.
At San Francisco the
first
shock occurred at
5:14.58 a.m., by Mt. Hamilton time,

lasted one minute and five seconds.
and
The
damage wrought in that short time was

immense, throwing down many buildings,
and damaging (more or less) thousands;
but the most disastrous results were:
the great loss of life, which it is conceded
exceeded (exact number unknown) 480,
and the destruction of the water mains of
the Spring Valley Water Co.; which left
the fire department helpless to cope with
the fires started by the breaking of gas
mains, electrical connections, etc. The
result was the almost total destruction of
The area burned over exceeded
the city.
2,593 acres, or 4.05 square miles; with a

destruction of over $350,000,000 of prop-
about $235,000,000,
since been paid.
[Comparative destruction between the San
Francisco Chicago and Baltimore big fires
i st. San
Francisco; area burned, 2,593
erty; insurance
of which
of
some 80% has

,
EAETHQUAKES
YEAR.
123
PERSONS KILLED.
PLACE.
acres; 25,000 buildings; loss $350,000,000.

Date, April 18-21, 1906; known killed
2nd. Chicago area burned, 2,1-24 acres;

;
7,4 50 buildings; loss $206,000,000. Date,
October 8-9, 1871.

3rd. Baltimore; area burned, 640 acres;
2,500 buildings; loss $80,000,000.
Date,
February 7-8, 1904.]

1906
By volcanic action, an island

(April 1 8)
arose from the sea in the Aleutian group,
Alaska, on the morning of the above date.
This latest accession to the U. S. territory
is
called "Perry Island"
it
contains about
17 acres;
highest point is about 700
Four months later, it
elevation.
its
feet
was
1906
(May
still
26)
piping hot
Fifty-seven
shocks
of
earth-
quake occurred at Houghton, Mich., and

vicinity, during the day; buildings rocked
like cradles; in several places the earth
1906
opened from 2 to 6 inches. The "Atlantic mine" had to close down for the day
on account of the disturbance
(May 29) A severe earthquake shock was
experienced at Fort de France, Martinique; which completely stopped political
disturbances that were in progress
1906
throughout the island

(June 5-6) Three slight earthquake shocks
on the 5th and a severe shock on the 6th,
were felt in Manila, P. I. and very severe
on the Island of Samar; no loss of life
1906
reported
(June 15) Between the hotirs of 9:40 and
10:35 p-Tn-, 4 slight shocks of earthquake
were felt at San Francisco and Oakland,
Cal.
and
vicinity;
no damage
480
124
1906
Two
severe earthquake shocks

(half an hour apart) occurred in the early
morning at Santiago, Cuba. While no
(June 22)
material
1906
PERSONS KILLED.
PLACE.
YEAR.
damage was done,
it
started
thousands of people into the streets for

the balance of the night
(June 27) Violent earthquake shocks were
experienced throughout the southern portion of Wales; hundreds of chimneys fell,
and some
buildings.
Also
felt
at Bristol,
England. No life loss

(June 27) A slight shock of earthquake was
felt at Cleveland, Ohio, and along the
southern shore of Lake Erie, for over TOO
miles, or from Pinesville to Marblehead.
Local scientists place the seat of this
disturbance beneath the bed of Lake Erie
(July 17)
Eruption of Volcano Stromboli,
in Sicily; incandescent material thrown
.
1906
1906
enormous heights, causing many fires;

phenomenon was similar to that
which preceded the disastrous earthto
the
quake at Calabria
1906
last
autumn
Severe
earthquake shocks,
(54 in 3 days) destroyed two-thirds of So-
(July 15-18)
New Mexico; San Marcia and Magdalena suffer also but no life loss
Four violent shocks at Fort de
(Aug. 2)
France, Martinique, terrorize the inhabicorro,
1906
tants
1906
(Aug. 16) At the John Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md., the seismograph was
broken after registering 51 shocks, the
jumped 3 1-2 inches sideways.

(For the cause see what follows.)
needle
EARTHQUAKES
YEAR.
1906
PLACE.
(Aug.
125
PERSONS KILLED.
The most severe earthquake
6)
(as to vibration) that has occurred for
over 100 years, is recorded at Valparaiso,

Chile, and other cities of that Republic.
at 8 p.m.
The first
shock lasted 4 1-2 minutes; 2nd shock, 2
minutes; over 100 shocks followed within
24 hours the estimated damage to prop-
The shock began
Valparaiso, including fire was

$40,000,000; at Santiago, $6,000,000; in
the other eight large towns nearly deerty
in
stroyed, $7,000,000 and $5,000,000 more

for the interior.
The loss of life at Val-
paraiso was over 2,000; at Santiago, 55;

other towns about 100; total
[Over 300 looters were shot by the authorities orders.]
1906
(Aug. 18) Tidal wave visits the islands of

Hawaii, (attributed to the earthquake at
Valparaiso) it carried away a wharf in
1906
(Aug. 22) Violent trembler visits Seahorse

and other towns in upper Silecia; over-
Malacca Bay, Island of Maui
1906
turning nearly everything movable

(Aug. 30) Violent shocks continue throughout Chile at intervals of from 12 to 24
hours, and have for the last 10 days;
shocks today at Tacna
1906
(Sept. 5)
Two
severe shocks felt at Hilo,
Hawaii, and on no other island of the

Hawaiian group caused hundreds of dead
fish to be thrown up on the beaches;
apparently they had been scalded
(Sept. 9) The German government operator
at Apia, Samoa, reported that he recorded
both the San Francisco and the Valparaiso
;
1906
2 I
55
126
PERSONS KILLED.
PLACE.
YEAR.
earthquakes on his seismograph, but that

on the above date (Sept. 9) he recorded
1906
one more severe and of longer duration.

As it has never been heard from, it must
have been at sea
Volcanic eruption of a moun(Sept. 10)
tain near Kwareli, Asiatic Russia; the
mountain emitted a sea of semi-liquid
sand and stones, burying human beings
alive to the
1906
number
of
255
shock
Severe
of
earthquake
lasting 30 seconds, visited Porto Rico,
and was general throughout the island;
(Sept. 27)
some damage ..-..-.....1906
An
Great earthquake at sea.
earthquake (located by seismographs in
(Oct. i)
different parts of the world) as occurring

in the Indian Ocean must have continu;
ed for over three hours

1906
(Oct.
Two
6)
Manila, P.
1906
1906
I..
violent
shocks
felt
at
1 8)
Sharp shock felt throughout
Idaho and Wyoming
(Nov. 10) Mount Vesuvius and the villages surrounding it, were severely shaken
(Oct.
at
noon accompanied by a
;
fall
of ashes
three more slight shocks followed during

the afternoon. Ottajano, that was almost
entirely destroyed in April last by the
eruption of Mt. Vesuvius, was the most
1906
severely shaken today

(Nov. 15) Severe shocks of earthquake were
general throughout New Mexico, between
2 and 4 a.m. today, extending south to El
Paso, Texas.
Although houses were
rocked to and fro, no material damage
was done
.
EARTHQUAKES
PLACE.
PERSONS KILLED.
Earthquakes, slight in character,
YEAR.
1906
(Dec.
127
i)
but frequent, occurring at Valparaiso,

Chile
1906
(Dec.
The north coast
2)
of the Island of
Sicily thoroughly shaken
1906
KINGSTON, Island
(Dec. 4)
of St. Vincent.
prolonged earthquake was
felt
here
It lasted fully eight seconds.
tonight.
The vibrations were slow.
The people
of
Kingston were thrown into a panic. No

other shocks felt here have ever lasted so
long. The Island of Barbados, about 100
miles to the east, and the island of St.
Lucia, about 250 miles to the northwest,
also felt the shock.
St. Lucia.
It
was most severe
at
There has been a continuation
of earthquake shocks here at irregular

intervals of varying severity since last
February
TUTUILA, Samoa. Fresh out5)

breaks have occurred in the volcano in
Savaii, and the field of lava now surrounding the volcano is thirty square
miles in extent
1906
(Dec.
1906
(Dec. 9)
At San Francisco, Oakland and

Berkeley, California; a shock of six
seconds duration occurred at 3:20-40
a.m.
at the
This shock was third in intensity

two former places; and 4 or 5 at
Berkeley.
sleeper felt
1906
No damage
done, but every
it
Another portion of the crater of

fell today and caused a
great eruption of ashes, cinders and sand.
(Dec. 20)
Mount Vesuvius
No
detonations or earth shocks followed.
But sand and ashes continued
to fall for
128
YEAR.
PERSONS KILLED.
PLACE.
hours afterward as far as Naples and
Pompeii
1906
(Dec. 22-23) WASHINGTON, D. C.-A special

bulletin issued by the Weather Bureau
"The seismographs of the Weather

Bureau recorded two earthquakes of con-
says
siderable magnitude, the first shortly after
noon of the 22d and the second about

twenty -three hours later, namely, afternoon of December 23. From the appearance of the records we are led to conclude
that the earthquakes originated at widely
separated localities, but this cannot be
definitely told. The first tremors were recorded at i .'51 :5op. m.of the 2 2d, and the
maximum
curred at
motion, of short duration, ocm. The record ended
2 :22 :4o p.
about 3 o'clock. The strongest action

was recorded in a north-south direction
and amounted to i 7 millimeter displacement of the ground. The displacement

in the east-west direction was only .3
millimeters.
The second disturbance was
recorded just after 12 o'clock, December
.
23
an d the motion in both north-south an d
east-west directions was greater in both

components and lasted longer than in the
first
earthquake.
The
first
preliminary
tremor began at 12:37:33 p. m., the

strongest motion beginning at 1 2 :49 and
lasting from three to four minutes. The
maximum displacement in the eastwest direction was 1.7 millimeters and 1.9
millimeters for the north-south compoThe end of the record occurred at
nent.
As far as can be judged from
1:11:21.
EAKTHQUAKES
YEAR.
PERSONS KILLED.
PLACE.
the records, the second disturbance was

not at such a great distance as the first,
but both disturbances must have been
several thousand miles
ton
1906
from Washing-
' '
.
(Dec. 23)
BERKELEY,
Cal.
The
Omori
seismograph at the students' observatory

of the University of California recorded
earthquake waves today at 9 hours 26

minutes and 35 seconds, Pacific Standard
time, which indicate that a severe earthquake has occurred at a distant point.
Careful measurements of the seismograph
gave the following: Time of commencement, 9 hours 20 minutes 35 seconds,
Pacific Standard time; duration of preliminary tremor, i minute 29 seconds;
duration of second stage of preliminary
tremor, 6 minutes 16 seconds; duration
strong motion, n minutes 38 seconds.
The motion is shown in the east and west
component only. The average period of

the waves was 16 seconds.
Owing to the
fact that the
ed
Omori seismograph is design-
for recording slight
origin rather than
shocks of nearby
heavy ones
of distant
origin, it is difficult to apply the ordinary

rules to determine the exact distance of
the origin of the shock. But it is safe to

say that the origin was not less than 2300
miles nor more than 4000 miles distant.
The record
very like the Valparaiso

not
so intense.
The shock
record, only
occurred in the north or south, probably
the south, close to the shore or in the
ocean.
is
130
YEAR.
1906
PERSONS KILLED,
PLACE.
LONDON.
(Dec. 23)
An
earthquake shock
was
of nearly three hours duration
re-
corded on the seismographs on the Island
Wight and at Florence. A dispatch

from Kopal, in the province of Semir-
of
Russian
yetchonsk,
news
at 11:20 p.
brings
m. Dec.
No
minutes.
1906
Turkistan,
of an extremely violent shock there

22, lasting ninety
details are given.
great earthquake has just

visited the sea coast of Chile; extending
over the entire province of Tacna, and
(Dec. 26)
destroying over one-half of the city of

The port of Iquique, 120 miles
Arica.
further south, however,
was not dam-
aged.
1906
(Dec. 27)
VALPARAISO,
Chile.
violent
earthquake visited this place today, fol-
lowed by two
and
slight shocks in the evening

at Arica, the scene of the recent
severe earthquake, caused landslides and

fissures, but there were no deaths.
wide
1907
HONOLULU,
(Jan. 9)
T. H.
At midnight
the people of nearly all parts of Hawaii

awoke to the realization that the splendid
spectacle of an outbreak of Mauna Loa
was before them. In Hawaii volcanic
activity
is
never dreaded;
it
is
always
means a spectacle
as long
welcomed.
It
as
incomparable, magnificent
it
and
lasts,
so far as the experience of a

years goes, Without danger to
hundred
life
al-
most without danger to property. From

the summit of Mauna Loa, a vast dome
which rears itself from a base fifty miles
in diameter and includes almost half of
EAETHQUAKES
YEAR.
131
PERSONS KILLED.
PLACE.
the Island of Hawaii, to a height of 13,675

feet above sea level, a great glow began
to be seen.
clouds,
an immense column
from the overhanging
It rose in
of light, reflecting
and seeming
to spread out over a
large area of the zenith.

column left the mountain
Where the
seemed almost white in the intensity of light. To

those who have seen eruptions of Mauna
Loa, it told its own story. Somewhere
near the summit of the great mountain
the molten lava had broken out in a fiery
stream, forming first a cone, and then,
bursting through the side of this, had
started as a river of fire and lava down
it
the gently sloping side of the mountain.

This wonderful spectacle was visible, as it
has
now been
ascertained, for a distance
hundred miles in every direction,

except where great cloud banks piled by
the trade winds on some parts of the
of one
mountain's
shoulder,
intercepted
the
view.
1907
(Jan. 10)
A tidal wave, caused by volcanic
action, has devastated
some
of the
Dutch
The
loss is
East Indies south of Achim.
1907
very great. It is known that 300 persons

perished on the Island of Tana, and 40
were drowned on the Island of Simalu.
As the latter named island has almost
disappeared, it is probable that over
1500 persons were drowned
A slight conception may be had
(Jan. 14)
of the magnitude of the eruption of the
Volcano of "Mauna Loa," that began on
Jan. 9th, at midnight, from the following
1,500
132
PLACE.
YEAR.
report,
days
later,
PERSONS KILLED.
from Honolulu:
"Lava from Mauna Loa volcano is flowing

down the western side at the rate of seven
One
miles an hour in uhree streams.
stream has crossed the Government road
and reached the sea, thirty miles from its
Some slight damage has been
source.
done to grazing lands, but neither life nor
The
property has been endangered.
attracted
has
many sightseers."
eruption
The second flow of lava at the end of the
first week was half a mile wide and mov1907
ing 720 feet a day.

Destructive earthquake almost
(Jan. 14)
entirely destroying the City of Kingston,
Jamaica; following in its wake by a fire

which consumed over half of the city.
The most conservative estimate of the loss
of
life is i
,000 persons.
The
financial loss
exceeded $25,000,000
In sympathy with the above, Mt. Vesuvius, in Naples, became more active;
Manila, P. I., was badly shaken up,
a tidal
1907
and
and
wave broke over the harbor works.
Two violent earthquake shocks

were experienced at Kuba, Government
of Baku, European Russia, at 5 .-30 a. m.
(Jan. 18)
Damage light. At the same

today.
hour, a severe shock occurred at Tolmezzo
at the foot of the
'
'
Carnic Alps
' '
,
Italy the
;
were panic stricken. And

in sympathy, a tidal wave of considerable
inhabitants
proportions occurred at the entrance to
Tokio Bay, Japan.

1907
(Jan. 19)
Severe shocks (without material
damage) felt at Alexandrousk, Sahkhalia

and Elizabethpol, Russia.
1,000
EARTHQUAKES
YEAR.
1907
133
PERSONS KILLED.
PLACE.
(Jan.
22)
Two more
severe
earthquake
shocks, and the heaviest since the "great

trembler" of the i4th inst., at Kingston,
1907
Jamaica; several more buildings were

thrown down, but no one injured.
Three shocks of earthquake
(Jan. 24)
occurred at the village of Prospect, 19
miles from Utica, N. Y., thoroughly
alarming the entire population.
1907
(Jan. 30) Several severe earthquake shocks

felt at Highland and Greenville, Illinois,
at 11:30 p. m.;
some
dishes broken, loss
trivial.
1907
A very severe earthquake shock

occurred at Unalaska, Alaska; in sympathy at the same hour, the inactive vol-
(Feb. 22)
cano of Akutan, on Akutan Island, of the

Aleutian Archipelago, started into activity. It has been inactive for several years.
1907
1907
(Feb. 28)
strong shock of earthquake
was experienced in the southern portion

of Carbon Co., Wyoming, on the evening
of the above date.
The seismic disturbance extended as far south as Hahn's Peak
and was so severe that the inhabitants
were thrown into a panic. At Slater, one
building was twisted a foot out of plumb.
(Mar. 29) The worst earthquake experienced in over 40 years, in the Erzeroum
volcanic regions occurred at 10 a. m. on
the above date at Billis, Asiatic Turkey.
Over 2,000 houses were damaged, from
$50 to $500 each; 300 houses entirely demolished, and eight lives were lost. Sur-
rounding villages suffered proportionately

but as it occurred in the davtime the loss
134
YEAR.
PERSONS KILLED.
although many were
PLACE.
of
was
life
light,
injured.
1907
An
earthquake of extraordinary
Can by, (and vicinity)
Modoc Co., Cal. the result was the opening of a gash of four feet in width, over a
mile long. This crack seems to be bottom-
(April 2)
severity visited
;
less.
1907
The City of Mexico, and the en(April 14)

tire coast on the Pacific, between Acapulco, Mexico, and the Isthmus of Panama,
was the scene of the most destructive
earthquake
many
years.
in that section
The following
known
for
places were
almost
completely wiped out, viz.

Chilpmcingo, Chilapa, Tixtea, Ayutla,
and Ometepec. On the height of the first
shock, the harbor of Acapulco, took on
the appearance of a typhoon-swept ocean,
and a tidal wave submerged one portion of
the city of Acapulco. The whole coast
from Acapulco to Salinas Cruz has been
damaged. Incomplete returns show a
death list of 98 persons and 300 injured
from various points in Southern Mexico.
Although the first shock in the City of

Mexico lasted for 41-2 minutes, no loss of
reported there. The property loss
throughout the Republic of Mexico will
life is
run into millions of
dollars.
The seismographs located all over the

world, including the "Weather Bureau"
at Washington, D. C., designate this particular earthquake as a "record breaker."
The disturbance lasted for over two hours,
and indicated that it was central somewhere in the Pacific Ocean
98
EARTHQUAKES
YEAR.
1907
(April 16-17)
135
PLACE.
PERSONS KILLED.
The "Atlantic Liner" steamer
La Provence, which arrived
at the port of
New
York, April 19, 1907, reported:

"That from midnight April i6th until 5 p.
m. April i7th, she passed through a storm
which, the officers of the ship say, has
rarely been exceeded in violence on the
At dinner time, the
i6th, the
to
fall
barometer began
rapidly and as
Atlantic.
midnight approached the ship reached

an area where the air was so heavily
charged with electricity that the compass
became worse than useless. Suddenly a
terrific storm swept down on the ship.
Great waves broke over the liner's decks,
but no rain fell, the night being perfectly
clear.
After five hours, the storm abated
as suddenly as it had come. No one was
injured, but the passengers were badly
frightened. Captain Aliax, of the liner,
believes the strange storm was the result
same
of the
forces
which caused the earth-
quake shocks in Mexico."

1907
Earthquakes are reported for

from widely separated sections,
a severe shock felt at 9:40 p. m. in
(April 19)
this date,
viz.
the region surrounding Mostagalea, in
Bulgaria no mention
;
is
made
of causali-
damage. A slight shock was felt at

Charleston and Summerville, S. C., at 3 :23
ties or
m.; three slight waving movements

from north to west, lasting 8 seconds.
Also a destructive shock experienced at
Nueva Caceres, Southern Luzon; many
buildings destroyed, but no loss of life
reported. And from Manila, P. I., inter-
a.
136
PERSONS KILLED.
PLACE.
YEAR.
mittant shocks for over three hours in the

morning; three of the shocks were severe.
To complete the list for this date, the
volcano Puyehue, now in activity, in the
the province of Valdivia, Chile, developed
several
1907
new
craters.
The volcano Stromboli, in

(April 24)
became
suddenly active, with a
Sicily,
loud explosions
series of
after
throwing
incandescent
quantity
almost
stones,
immediately afterwards,
returned to its normal state.
The foregoing extended tables of all the important,
destructive earthquakes, that have occurred in the last
out
large
of
1900 years, have not been introduced here to satisfy idle

curiosity, nor to awe the reader by the magnitude of the
destruction of life but to show, that the seismic phenomena
;
universal over the face of the earth, and least or nil

where our predecessors placed the Great Pyramid. If
is
this point clear, we will now introduce

another side issue, to assist us in the further elucidation
of our theory, as to the extraordinary intelligence of the
builders of that "first great wonder of the world," and of
the impossibility of such a race of people to have existed
we have made
at
any period between 2,000 and 10,000 B.
C.
USEFUL ELEMENTS OF ASTRONOMY,

(Sec. 7)
AND THE SOLAR SYSTEM. THE Sux Q The solar
system consists of a great luminous center, the sun, and
the planets and comets which revolve around that body.
The sun's diameter is computed to be about 850,000 miles.
Its mean distance from the earth is about 92,000,000
miles.
(Exactly 91,840,000 miles, as determined by
Prof. Howard Vyse, in the measurement of the Great
Pyramid Jeezeh.) The sun's volume is 1,400,000 times
Its mass is said to be about 350,000
that of the earth.
times that of our globe. The sun revolves upon its axis
THE SOLAR SYSTEM ASTRONOMY
137
once in about 25 1-4 days. (Does the sun's heat reach

the earth as is supposed? We say, no. See article at the
close of this chapter.)
THE ECLIPTIC SYSTEM.

The
ecliptic
circle
or earth's orbit,
is
divided into
12 equal parts or 30 degrees each.

The zodiac is also
divided into 12 equal parts of 30 degrees each; the zodiac
is also divided into 1 2 parts called signs of the zodiac of
30 degrees each, and includes 9 degrees on each side of the

ecliptic; these 12 signs of 30 degrees each constitute the
360 degrees of
all celestial circles,
and we may say
at
all
The planets traverse

distances from the center of the sun.
around this circle in various periods of time, and each one
at various distances from the sun, and at irregular motions.
All planets move from west to east; longitude is reckoned
from the first point in Aries in the same direction; celestial
latitude, or declination, is reckoned from ecliptic north
and south. The word "opposition" means when the
earth comes between any of the superior planets (which
have their orbits outside the earth's orbit) and the sun;
and when these planets are on the opposite side of the
sun to the earth, they are said to be in conjunction with
the sun.
When Mercury or Venus are in line between the
sun and the earth, they are said to be in inferior conjunction with the sun; when they are on the opposite side of
the sun to the earth, they are said to be in superior conjunction with the sun their orbits are located inside the
earth's orbit.
THE PLANETS.
The
principal planets are Mercury, Venus, the Earth,
Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus and Neptune, each member

having its own peculiarities. Mercury possesses a rapid
motion on an elongated orbit, that varies from the plane
of the ecliptic more than seven degrees.
Mercury passes
through about as much ellipticity in the same length of
time as all the other principal planets together, and moves
over more than double the number of degrees of longitude
138
a day at about its perihelion, than what it does when

about its aphelion while Venus, the next planet to Mercury, moves upon an orbit nearer to a circle than any other
planet in our system therefore Venus is the most perfect
planet among the solar members The earth the next planet
to Venus from the sun, has from three to four times as much
ellipticity in its orbit as Venus it is also attended by a satill
ellite
magnitude of the earth. The

from
the sun known to be attended
planet
Mars is the next planet from the earth, and
of a large size for the
earth
is
the
first
by a moon.
fourth from the sun;
it
is
rather small for
long, (and it possesses two tiny,

recently acquired, asteroid moons). There
its
orbit
is
its
location;
and perhaps
is
a belt of
very small planets, the Asteroids, located between the

orbits of Mars and great Jupiter.
Jupiter, the fifth and
satellites,
is attended by four
and possessed, apparently, with bands about
the
of the planet.
largest planet in the solar system,
body
Saturn, the sixth planet, has

Uranus, the seventh
rings.
and two great
eight moons,
planet from the sun, possesses four satellites.

Neptune,
the eighth and last planet known from the sun, has one
moon.
MERCURY AN INFERIOR PLANET.

mean distance from the sun is
Mercury's
$
35,000,000
miles; its shortest distance is 28,000,000 miles; its greatest

distance is 42,500,000 miles; its eccentricity is about
Its time of
14,500,000 miles; its diameter 2,962 miles.
axial rotation, 24 hours 5 minutes and 30 seconds; its mean
orbital velocity is about 106,000 miles an hour.
Its
variation from the ecliptic is 7

6'.
Its orbital periodic
time about the sun is; siderial, 87.96 days; synodical,
115.8 days. Mercury, Vciu.? and our moon come in transit
(apparently crossing the sun's disk), or in a direct line
between the sun and earth, at periodic times. These

bodies cannot withstand the undulating electric currents
that they are subjected to in this position, therefore, they
are, as it were, driven across the plane of the ecliptic at
THE SOLAE SYSTEM ASTRONOMY
139
various angles, as though this electric force was a repulsion

upon them or the matter composing them. This is the
case with
all
when placed
bodies
in this position.
The
body coming between

body
two other bodies, absorbs the electricity from the two
outside ones with great force, and by this force it expands
and leaves this position by moving to one side or the other
of matter in the middle, or the
of the plane of the ecliptic, or rather crosses the plane at

angle that does not place it between two bodies so
some
Mercury's rapid motion, its great density,

necessarily the remarkable change of this motion and
frequently.
and
density at about perihelion and aphelion passages, agitate

the whole solar system upon many of these occasions.
The great changes of motion, density, and electric currents

account for the rugged, rough mountains,, (supposed to
be 50,000 feet high) also luminous points as seen upon
Mercury's obscure disk which are supposed to be volcanos
in a state of activity, and which would seem to be a very
reasonable suggestion of facts.
(As the elements composing our moon must be in about some such a state
of agitated changes, the bright illuminated points and
lines upon the moon must be the illuminated gases escaping
to the dark surface of the moon as they move from the
illuminated to the dark side of the satellite.)
;
VENUS AN INFERIOR PLANET. $

Venus, alternately the bright morning and evening
star, moves on an orbit nearly circular, at about the mean
distance from the sun of 66,000,000 miles.
Its diameter is
7,500 miles. Its orbital velocity is about 77,000 miles an
hour.
It revolves on its axis in 23 hours and 21 minutes.
Its siderial periodic time about the sun is 224.7 days;
its synodical time is 583.9 days.
Venus varies from the
ecliptic 3
23'.
THE EARTH.
miles.
Its
mean
distance from the sun
is about 91,840,000
about 67,000 miles an hour.
Its time of
diameter, near 7,925 miles (7,924.9111).
Its
Its orbital velocity is
140
axial rotation, 23 hours 56 minutes and 4 seconds.

revolvs around the sun in 365 1-4 days.
It
The axis of the earth is inclined 23 1-2 degrees from

the perpendicular to its orbit. The axis of the earth is
constantly (or nearly so) pointing to the north star. At
the equinoxes one-half of the earth's surface is illuminated
from pole to pole, hence the days and nights are of equal
The earth passes its vernal equinox March 2oth
length.
its autumnal equinox September 22nd.
By the 2ist
June the earth's orbital motion brings the earth's position so that the sun is verticle 23 1-2 degrees north of its
and
of
This produces the summer solstice in

equinoctial point.
the northern hemisphere, and winter in the southern
The earth's orbital motion brings the earth's

position so that the sun is verticle over its equator again
September 22d, or at the autumnal equinox. The earth's
hemisphere.
motion brings the sun vertical 23 1-2 degrees south

of the earth's equinoctial point, on the 2tst of December,
orbital
or to the winter solstice in the northern hemisphere and

.summer in the southern hemisphere. The earth's orbital
motion brings the earth's equinoctial point to the sun's

and earth's equator again, March 2oth, and by
this illuminating one half of the earth's surface from pole
vertical line
to pole.
The extent
of declination of the sun's verticle
from the
north or south, or on each

23
equinoctial
At the summer solstice the sun is
side of the equator.
verticle 23 1-2 degrees north of the equator, and at the
winter solstice it is verticle 23 1-2 degrees south of the
earth's equator.
This is called the obliquity of the ecliptic.
is
1-2 degrees
'These various (seasons or) periodic positions of certain

parts of the earth's surface are brought to the sun's verticle
which
T^y a sort of a spiral motion of the earth on its orbit
orbital motion brings these certiaii parts of the earth's
surface under the sun's verticle at these certain seasons of
the (year or by the) earth's annual revolution about the
sun, as described above or at spring, summer, autumn
and
winter seasons and positions.

The earth
is
141
in perihelion about December 3ist, and in

ist of July.
Its perihelion is in lon-
aphelion about the
21'.
The earth's
21', and its aphelion is 280
volume, according to Airy, is only one part out of i ,400,000
volumes of that of the t>un. Its mass is one part out of
about 352,000 parts of the sun.
THE CHANGES OF THE SEASONS.
gitude 100
The following cut exhibits the earth in its various

positions as it moves, in its orbital motion, through the
season constellations its spring equinox, its summer
solstice, its
autumnal equinox, and
its
winter solstice, etc.
The equinoxes move westward about 50" annually.

Birth's perihelion point moves eastward about 12" a
year.
By this movement of the vernal equinox westward
and
the perihelion eastward 12", these two points
50",
become further apart each year (for a long time) by 62", or
The
revolution of 360 degrees, (of procession, or fallof the equinoxes) would require about 26,000
years while the advance of the perihelion, or apside,
eastward through 360 degrees, or a revolution, would
i'
2".
ing back
require about 110,000 years.
142
OUR EARTH'S SATELLITE.

our nearest planetary neighbor. It is a
body of matter revolving about our globe, and apparently
The
exercising considerable influence upon our sphere.
THE MOON
The moon
is
moon's mean distance from the earth

Its least distance
is
251,900 miles.
is
225,700 miles,
is
238,800 miles.
and the greatest distance
It is 26,000 miles
nearer the earth at
It revolves on its axis to the

perigee than it is at apogee.
sun, in 27 days 7 hours and 43 minutes, which is about
the same period of time as that of its sideral revolution.
It possesses no axial
Its synodical period is 29 1-2 days.
rotation to the earth, therefore it always turns about the
same side towards our globe. It appears to move around
the earth at about the rate of 2,273 miles an hour. Its
variation, or the inclination of its orbit to the plane of

the ecliptic, is 5 8'. The moon's orbit revolves around
the earth, as well as the
and
moon itself that is, its nearest

make a revolution around the
farthest orbital points
earth once in each 8 years and 310 1-2 days. This is

termed the progression of the apsides. The line of the
moon's nodes is also in motion, moving around the earth
and ecliptic in a retrograde direction, or from east to west,

in a period of about 18 1-2 years. The moon's nodes are
the two points where the moon touches or crosses the plane
of the ecliptic or earth's orbit, on its passages going from
north to south, or from south to north declinations, etc.
MARS A SUPERIOR PLANET. <S
Mars is the fourth planet from the sun. It is a small
body, with a long orbit. Its mean distance is 152,000,000
miles;
Its
its least
diameter
is
or perihelion distance is 126,300,000 miles.

It revolves around the sun
4,920 miles.
Its axial rotation

takes 24 hours 37
minutes and 23 seconds. Its variation from the plane of
the ecliptic is i and about 51'. Mars is about 26,000,000
miles nearer the sun at perihelion than at its aphelion.
Mars has two small satellites. They were discovered at
in 686.97 days.
Washington, D.
C., in 1877,
by
Prof. A. Hall.
The inner
moon
143
about 4,000 miles from the planet; its orbital

The outer one
is 7 hours and 39 minutes.
revolves about the planet in 30 hours and 17 minutes.
Mars is an oblate planet according to William Herschel, its equatorial diameter is 272 miles greater than its
polar diameter; but Mr. G. R. Hind makes its equatorial
diameter 85 miles greater than its polar diameter. But
Mars possesses 26,000,000 miles of elipticity in its orbit,
is
revolution
and the length of a planet's orbit governs the axial rotation

of the planet, and the axial rotation controls the quantity
of the ellipticity in a planetary path, and the length of the
ellipticity in
body
an orbit must regulate the shape of the planet's
or matter, itself
or the ellipiticity in a planetary
orbit regulates the amount of change that it goes through

each orbital revolution; and those with the longest orbits
go through the greatest amount of change, each orbital

A mass of matter having no axial rotation
revolution.
to the body that it revolves about is a perfect comet to that
A planet or body of matter, having a perfect
central body.
axial rotation possesses no ellipticity in its orbit, therefore
goes through none, or but little change of density or motion
Venus is nearly in this condiMars possesses 26,000,000, and the earth 3,000,000
therefore Mars contains
miles of ellipticity, in their orbits
in its orbital revolutions.

tion.
82-3 times as much
ellipticity, in its orbit, as
the earth
consequently, in the same proportion, if Mars has (in round

numbers) 160 miles of oblateness in its conformation,
the earth should have 20 miles, or 160-^-8=20 miles; this
making the earth's equatorial diameter 20 miles greater

than its polar diameter. Prof. Richard Mansill's theory
is, "that the remarkable illumination and brightness about
Mars, and its bright spots, are caused by and through
the illuminated gases that are about the planet, and
needed to enable the body to go through the great amount
of change of motion xnd density that it must pass through
to adjust itself to the great quantity of ellipticity that
This planet possesses about 20 percent.
is in its orbit."
,
144
of the element, or nature of a comet, in its ellipticity. This

is possibly the cause of this planet appearing to vary so
at times, as
much,
it is
said to do.
THE ASTEROIDS, OR PLANETOIDS, MINOR PLANETS.

This belt of numerous ^mall planets is located in the
spaca between Mars and Jupiter. Their orbits are included
in a wide ring at an average distance of about 255,000,000
miles from the sun.
Their orbits incline at various angles
to the ecliptic, and their paths possess considerable eccen-
These bodies are so small that little is known

about the elements composing them.
JUPITER, A SUPERIOR PLANET. 7/
Jupiter is the fifth principal planet from the sun it is
the largest of the planets. Its equatorial diameter is about
Its mean distance from the sun is about
88,000 miles.
475,600,000 miles; its least, 452,000,000, and its greatest,
498,000,000 miles from that body. The time of axial
rotation is supposed to be 9 hours and 55 minutes.
Its orbital motion is 28,700 miles an hour.
Its orbit il
is
time
periodic
4,332.58 days. Jupiter's equatorial diameter is supposed to be about 5,000 miles more than its
polar diameter.
Jupiter is about 45,000,000 miles nearer
the sun at its perihelion than at its aphelion passages. The
volume of Jupiter is about 1,244 times that of the earth.
The inclination of Jupiter's axis to its orbit is about 3
tricity.
The
degrees.
is
inclination of
18'.
its
orbit to the plane of the
Its
synodic period is 398.8 days. (Its

said to be about 301 times that of the earth.)
Jupiter has four moons, at the following distances from the
ecliptic
mass
is
and 1,1 18,000

SUPERIOR PLANET. T?
planet: 264,000; 423,000; 678,000;
SATURN,
miles.
Saturn, the sixth principal planet from the sun, revolves
around that body

at a
period
and
in 10,759. 22 days, or about 29 1-2 years,

distance of 872,000,000 miles.
(Its synodic
Its least distance is 823,000,000 miles,
378 days.)
mean
is
its
greatest distance
supposed to revolve on
is
its
921,000,000 miles.
Saturn
axis once in 10 hours
is
and 20
THE SOLAE SYSTEM ASTEONOMY
Its
equatorial diameter is 77,900 miles.
than
The
other
any
planet's
greater
planet.
diameter is considered to be 7,800 miles shorter than
minutes.
Its
oblateness
is
pol
ir
145
equatorial diameter. The inclination of its orbit to the

plane of the ecliptic is about 21-2 degrees. Saturn is about
98,000,000 miles nearer the sun at perihelion than at aphe-
its
Its velocity in its orbit is about 21,221 miles an hour.

inclination of its axis to the plane of its orbit is about
This planet is encompassed by three rings,
27 degrees.
and accompanied by eight satellites. (The astronomers at
lion.
The
large are as much at sea over the rings of Saturn, as the

architects are over the building of the Great Pyramid.)
URANUS, A SUPERIOR PLANET, l^t

Uranus is the seventh principal planet from the sun,
and revolves around that body at a mean distance of
1,753,000,000 miles, in a period of 30,686.82 days, or about
84 years. Its least distance is 1,672,000,000 miles, arid
Uranus is about
greatest distance is 1,835,000,000 miles.
163,000,000 miles nearer the sun at perihelion than at
aphelion.
Its
The
is 46 1-2 minutes.
Uranus' diameter is
inclination of its orbit
synodic period
is
369.65 days.
33,000 miles. Its equatorial diameter, like Jupiter and

Saturn, is greater than its polar diameter, but the difference
is
not exactly known.
The volume of Uranus is about 72

Uranus is attended by
1-2 times that that of the earth.
four moons, that revolve about the planet in the opposite

direction to that of the motions of other satellites about
their primaries.
Its velocity in its orbit
is
14,963 miles an
hour.
NEPTUNE, A SUPERIOR PLANET. tJJ

Neptune is the eighth princip.il planet from the sun,
around which body it revolves in 60,126 days, or about
164 1-4 years, at a
mean
distance of 2,746,000,000 miles.
md greatest dis2,770,000,000 miles.

Neptune is about 48,000,000
miles nearer the sun at its perihelion passage than it is at
Its least distance
tance
its
is
2,722,000,000 miles,
is,
aphelion passage.
10
The
inclination of its orbit to the
146
about 13-4 degrees. Its diameter

is about 367 1-2 days.
Neptune is attended by one satellite that revolves around
the planet in a retrograde motion, or from east to west like
the moons of Uranus.
ECCENTRICITIES OF THE PLANETS.
plane of the ecliptic
is
36,600 miles.
Its
is
synodic period
The
eccentricities of the planets, as considered by onehalf their major axis, are approximately:
Mercury, 1-5;
Venus, 1-145; Earth, 1-60; Mars, i-io; Jupiter, 1-21;

Saturn, 1-18; Uranus, 1-22; Neptune, i-iii.
THE EARTH AND WORLD BUILDING.

The above subject should have preceded
(Sec. 8.)
work in a full quarto volume; (as we stated in our
preface) but a short chapter introduced at this point of our
this
discussion, on the
above subject,
explanation when we come
will relieve
us of further
to the subject of the material
used in the building of the Great Pyramid.
THE CREATION AND THE CREATOR.
In refer-
ence to the creation and the Creator, we are led to suppose

that an all- wise and an all-powerful and an almighty Omnipotent or Being, who might govern all the matter of this
universe with his wisdom and will, but whom, we think,
would start the universal elements in their motions, changes

and combining conditions in such a manner as he intended
them to go in, in the start. Such a system as this appeals
to us, but we can hardly think that he would be patching
and mending the job or any personal parts of it on its way
as it moved along.
There are no known exceptions allowed
to
any reasoning individuals by way of emollients exempting them from the vital natural laws and forces, as they
all must eat (to live), drink, sleep and grow (and decay),
just like and as the wild brute or animal creation has to do.
Therefore, if reasoning persons seek pleasure to an extent
of violating natural laws and their requirements, the human
flesh or rubstance suffers for it to an equal extent of the
violation of such laws committed.
Therefore, there is no
FIEST GEEMS OF LIFE APPEAR
147
need of a Supreme or an All-Wise Being interfering with

the petty affairs of human beings. This theory may appear
to indicate to some extent that (cultivated mind) reasoning
human individuals, as being somewhat as free agents, but
who at the same time (we think) must piy the penalties
of their own follies and crimes with the pangs and pains
in their
own
living flesh.
The whole system is a grand one, and we are simply

trying to learn what elements our mass (the earth) is composed of, and about when and how it commenced to grow
or condense, and at about what stage or age animal and
vegetable life commenced upon our globe, and what is
As the masses
likely to be the final results of the earth.
are not ready for such a solution (or theory), our reward
will be, simply the love we have for this beautiful scheme.
APPEARANCE OF THE FIRST GERMS OF LIFE UPON THE

EARTH.
No
could have existed upon the earth until the

primary or crystalized rock formation had condensed and
become solid enough and sufficiently steady and quiet
long enough to support animal life. And, life even then,
and that of the lowest kind, could not have commenced
life
upon the globe
until dry land
hid appeared, and the carbon
existed in a state of solution, and this being washed about

the silicated shores where this element (carbon) could ex-
pand and unite with the oxygen of the air.

At or about this time the first life on this globe could
have commenced, or as soon as a single organic cell could
be formed, and this would occur coinciding with the first
formation of carbonic acid gas, and which would generate
at the same time a little alcohol and spirits, and as the carbon expanded upon the shore it is probable that a portion of
the atmosphere would be absorbed and condensed they
would constitute the the organization of the organic elements, or such as the hydrogen and oxygen composing the
water the carbon in solution and the nitrogen of the atmosphere, and until these conditions existed no life could have
148
taken place on this globe. But as soon as these conditions

did exist, nothing could prevent these elements from going
into animal and vegetable life; (the lower orders) of life
spread rapidly all over the dry part of the earth. Nothing
up to this day has or could prevent animal growth or decay,
nor is anything likely to put a stop to its progress for a long
time in the future. Two-thirds of the (dry) earth is covered
by a scum of life that cannot be suppressed as long as there
is carbon in water in solution and nitrogen gas in the air,
but as it is at this time and as it has been since the first
dawn of life upon our sphere. Those who contend that the
spontaneous generation of low orders of animals are going
on today are probably correct and those who contend that
;
life
life
started from a secret or unexplainable germ and that

is the continuation of a germ that no one knows any-
thing about, may hold their own for a time, for the reason
that natural life cannot germinate or develop without a
free access of moisture, or water and atmosphere and carbon
and nitrogen. They are all contained in the germs of life
when compounded in suitable (solutions and) quantities,
but when put under an influence that produces death or
something that prevents chemical action, then, of course,

there is no development of life.
But when the organic
elements, as referred to above, are left free to mingle, then
life is the result, and it cannot be repressed from developing
and making
or forms of
itself
life.
manifest in the shape of the lower orders

first organic matter collected on the
The
earth would likely be a corruption of organic elements

water and carbon in solution, and other earthy and slimy
matter and the atmosphere. From such a mass fermenand decomposition would be inaugurated, from
which a little hydrogen would escape, and where carbonic
acid would be developed by the expanding carbon and
condensing oxygen, and they united, and at the same time
a portion of nitrogen may be absorbed and condensed
and here would be the germ or development of the cell.
The carbonic acid would hang about the land or shore,
tation
AGE OF THE EARTH
149
uniting with other matter, and under the sun's influence

to develop a low order of vegetable matter
or such matter as the naturalists have been unable to
would commence
belongs to the animal or vegetable kingthe lichens, mosses, fungus, algae or

sea-weeds and other low orders, of a near compound of
decide whether
doms.
it
We now reach
animal and vegetable matter
from the decomposition of

monads, etc., would
The
fermentation
of
this
matter
would develop
appear.
carbonic acid to feed and support the growing of vegetation.
The decaying vegetation would furnish the juices about
the shores to support fermentation and the low orders of
animal life about the shores which would result therefrom.
Therefore, after life had reached this stage of progress, the
advance would likely be very rapid, both in quantity and
quality of animal and vegetable types.
THE AGE OF THE EARTH.
If we assume that it requires a year to grow vegetation
enough to form one ton of merchantable coal to the acre
when converted into that element, and there are about an
this class of infusoria, animalculae,
average of
,000 tons of coal to the acre in a vein one foot
thick or 4,000 tons in a bed four feet thick, and 8,000 in an

eight foot stratum or say it would require 100,000 years
at this rate to supply 100 feet of combined coal beds, or at
the same rate of building the earth's crust up by chemical
condensations it would need or require 1,000,000 years for

each 1,000 feet, or 100,000,000 years for each 100,000 feet of
the earth's crust. Therefore, it has been perhaps possible to
build up parts of the earth's crust at about the rate of one
foot in 1,000 years but, as there were always parts of the
earth covered by water, nothing like this much (under the
water) could be accomplished. Therefore, this time may
be multiplied by five, or say it would take 500,000,000 years
or
to build up the first 100,000 feet of the earth's crust
about this same proportion of time, let it (the thickness)
be more or less, to produce the same amount of the earth's
As it is possible that this contains most
crust or strata.
150
of the earth's crust (and perhaps more), as the temperature
increases one degree for every 60 feet of descent, and as this

would fuse everything known to us before reaching 100,000
feet
from the earth's surface, there
is
no doubt but the earth
has been principally built up by chemical condensations,

even from the first condensations (of oxygen and hydrogen)
when oxygen and silicium,

and
and
aluminium,
magnesium, and afteroxygen
oxygen
wards oxygen and calcium, were condensed together (also
oxygen and carbon). This is the manner and way in which
the crust of the earth has been condensed and built up to
and not by the spontaneous radiation
its present condition
of heat (from it) so-called, and which is generally supposed
to have been the case or cause of the cooling and condensing
and building up of the earth's crust. All the primary rocks
were formed and condensed in regular order by chemical
combinations. The primary crystalline rock formation
went on, followed by the Silurian measures then the Carbon
age appeared with its fermentations, and by this furnishing
food and substance for vegetable growth, and this vegetation became food again for animal live of both marine and
land species. We quote the following from "A New System
of the primary crystalline rocks,
of
to
it
Universal Natural Science," by Mansill: "Therefore,

the progress of our globe up to this time, in short
is this:
The earth's crust is constantly being worked
sum
over and over again by internal and external corrosians,

and by this it is made thicker and harder through the
absorption of oxygen from the air and space to supply the
chemical processes that are performed through the long
progress of the construction of the earth's crust.
The consumption of oxygen from the air for each individual amounts to about two pounds a day, and for every
6 pounds of pure carbon consumed in combustion, the world
over, consumes 16 pounds of oxygen to convert it into carbonic acid gas, much of which gas is absorbed by the waters
of the globe, and therein forming chemical compounds
with the earth v elements within the water and therebv
AGE OF THE EARTH
151
building up the strata of the earth. All the processes of

fermentation and decompositions absorb oxygen from the
this manner to support their operations.
Therefore the total consumption of oxygen extracted from
the air each day to support the chemical actions cannot be
atmosphere in
much
less than from 10,000,000 to 20,000,000 tons per day.

For every 81bs of hydrogen gas burnt there must 64lbs of
oxygen condense and contract its volume to form 72fbs. of
water. Just think of the quantity of oxygen and hydrogen
If this fluid averaged
stored in all the waters of the globe
thick
all
miles
over
the
we
should have two
21-4
globe
miles deep of a belt of oxygen and one-fourth of a mile
thick of hydrogen that is, if these two elements were
!
separated into their component parts.

We therefore, find our earth, at this time, existing as a
globe of matter composed (chemically speaking) of several
kinds and various densities, and possessing a diameter of
about 8,000 miles and a circumference of about 25,000 miles
and an area, of about 200,000,000 miles, and moving
through space at the rate of about 66,000 miles an hour,

and at a supposed distance from the sun of 92,000,000
(pyramidal measure 91,840,000) miles. The contents of its
volume is computed to be about 260,000,000,000 cubic miles.
The number of tons of matter it contains is computed to be
about 3,510,000,000,000,000,000,000 tons (this is computing the earth as being solid and three times the weight of
Therefore, if the earth was composed totally of
water).
it could have absorbed and condensed about 1 1 ,000,ooo tons of oxygen a day, or about four billion tons a year
for a period of 875,000,000,000 years in order to reach ito
But allowing half of this time for the
present condition.
in the shape
first accumulation of matter
as a mass of gas
of a globe or comet, and then take one-half of the other
half for the other matter contained in the composition of
the earth, then there could have been condensed by the
earth 11,000,000 tons of oxygen each day for more than
200 billions of years in bringing the earth to its present
oxygen
152
condition, and even if our earth consisted of only a shell

of dense matter not exceeding one hundred miles in thickness it could have consumed 11,000,000 tons of oxygen a
day
for
many
millions of years.
Therefore, such
is
the
supply of nature's resources."
ROCKS AND STRATA AND THEIR COMPOSITION.
GRANITE.
It
has
was the foundation and
been considered that granite

oldest rock of the earth's crust.
may be the oldest compounded consolidated rock, but

can hardly be the oldest rock making substone, for it is
composed of quartz, mica and felspar.
It
it
QUARTZ. Composed principally of silica and silex

composed of 51 parts of oxygen and 49 parts of the base.
Felspar is composed of 67 parts of silica, 18 of alumina,
2 of lime, 12 of potass and one part of the oixde of iron.
is
Mica is composed of 47 parts of silica, 22 of alumina, 14 of

potass, 15 of the oxide of iron and 2 parts of the oxide of
manganese. Therefore, when we reach the structure and
composition of granite in the building up of the earth's
we have
and oxygen united, forming silica

with alumina, potass, oxide of iron, a little
lime and a small quantity of oxide of manganese; consequently the earth must have been a long way advanced in
the progress of condensing and constructing its crust when
crust,
and
silicium
this united
granite
was compounded.
THE ELEMENTS CONDENSED TOWARDS FORMING THE EARTH'S CRUST. The first elements to condense in forming the earth's solid crust would appear to be
silicium, which appears to have the strongest absorbing
or uniting power for oxygen (excepting, perhaps, hydrogen

which probably had the strongest absorbing power for
oxygen, and claimed it to form the waters and vapors about
the globe) and by this forming silex and silica. Potassium would likely be the next element claiming oxygen with
the strongest force to condense with; and iron the next in
force and in order as uniting with the oxygen, and these
elements would probably unite with the alumina, together
FORMATION OF MINERAL SUBSTANCES
153
154
THE FIRST ROCK. From these compounds or comsilex, silica, sand, sandstone
pure silica sandstone would appear to be the first rock formation condensed
in the earth's crust.
This would seem to be the case from
binations
the strong power that silicium has to unite with oxygen,

and it being found b abundant in the earth's crust from
first
to last.
THE FIRST CONDENSED CARBON.
The very
carbon that condensed on the earth into a solid must
have contracted its volume mechanically, for it could not
have condensed chemically into the diamond or graphite, as
these elements are not compounds, therefore it could not
even unite with oxygen (to form carbonic acid), for when
carbon does unite with oxygen to form carbonic acid gas,
the carbon expands its volume to unite with it about as
first
much
as the
oxygen contracts
in
volume
and when
it
unites with oxygen to help to form a solid, it does so indirectly, as it does in the case of forming carbonate of lime,
absorbs oxygen enough to enable it to expand into

it then becomes absorbed (itself) by the
water water having a very forcible absorbing power for
it first
carbonic acid gas
water takes up about an equal volume of

The mechanical process of forming the diamond
(condensed pure carbon) by the action of the earth, could
have been accomplished during any great upheaval, or
carbonic acid
this gas.
sudden changing of the earth's polarity.
LIME.
with oxygen
The
metallic base of lime
like the other earths.
is calcium, combined
Most limestone con-
tains 57 per cent, of lime and 43 of carbonic acid.

When
burned in kilns the moisture and much carbonic acid is
driven
off,
but the caustic lime soon absorbs moisture and
carbonic acid from the air again.
HYDROGEN AND OXYGEN.
perhaps, harder
condensed (with
oxygen into water) than it is with any of the other elements
there were probably watery vapors mingled in the mass of
to tell or learn
when hydrogen was
It
is,
first
expanded gases that composed the earth the day that
it
FORMATION OF MINERAL SUBSTANCES
155
assumed its axial rotation and became a planet. Pure

hydrogen gas appears to be more naturally united with
oxygen gas in process of explosions than in any other way,
and by this forming water one pound of hydrogen gas
(which is two volumes) unites with eight pounds of oxygen
gas (which is one volume) to form nine pounds of water,
or the hydrogen as a gas is 194 1-2 feet, and the oxygen as a
gas is 96 1-2 feet, the water after the collapse is about onesixth of a foot and can produce a motion through space of
20,000 miles an hour, while the hydrogen could only support
a motion of i 2-3 miles an hour and the oxygen produce a
motion of 26 1-3 miles an hour such are the conditions
wrought among elements by chemical combinations.
[A more complete epitome of the planets, and the new
theory regarding the (supposed) heat of the sun, will be
found in the later chapters of this work.]
We have now to deal directly with the Great Pyramid
Jeezeh.
156
MEASURE OF THE
CIRCLE.
The Circle Squared.
o;
!
'
/.'
PY
M.S.,
OR
.-US.2*3
[Grrat Pyramid's square base, and
circle
with
radius----
Pjramid's Vertical height]
The above diagram shows, approximately, the proportions of

mid Jeezeh," of Egypt. NOTE. The Pyramid inch=1.001 inch
the "Great PyraEnglish, and the

sacred cubit-=25 Pyr. ins.
.First We will present the closest approximation to the above assertion, in
medieval and modern times, through the key of -what is termed pure mathematics.
Mathematicians and philosophers have asserted that the nearest approximation
possible to the
TT, or the value of the circumference of a circle in terms of its
diameter, =8. MliliB793MS4(; :MSJV32;9r,0*sM19;i6939937;iO:iS209;494492307114fl6286!08>
HMMMttiMtli;iiaai4mKllttaNiniNMMIKMH8ll7BIMMMtMM>+, &c., &c., &c.

S'fond The next nearest approximation is of applied mathematics, or of as-
tronomical and physical science, as furnir-hed by all the first-class nations of the
world, who have been working publicly for centuries, and at a cost of millions of
money, and have attained, or are on the point of attaining, an accuracy, sometimes only in the second figme. sometimes in the third, fourth, fifth, or even
lower figures, according to the greater or less difficulty in the nature of the
question concerned. As thus: Polar diameter of the earth =between 500,378,000
and 500,560,000 English inches.
Mean equatorial diameter of the earth bet. 502.0SO.OOO and 502,230,000 Eng. ins.
Mean density of the earth bet. 5.3 and 6.5; the two latest determinations by
powerful government institutions.

Mean distance of the earth from the sun bet. 91 and 93 millions of miles, Eng.
Obliquity of the elliptic in 1S77 A. D.=23 27' 17".9 to 23 27' 19".0.
Length of the solar tropical year in mean solar days=365.24222 to 365.24224.
Precession of Equinoxes in years=25,816 to 25,870.
Third To claim to have found anything that is new, or revive & problem that
la lost in the mist of antiquity, requires a courage in this day of enlightenment
and u jderetanding to be willing to stand alone to act, to think, to do
Til
I.
.UI.AT
PYRAMID OF
JJBEZEH.
Situated In the centre, and at the same time at t u e border, of the sector-shaped,
land of Lower Egypt, in the Geographical Centre of the land surface of
the whole world, and about 9 miles S. of W. of Cairo, the present capitol of
Egypt, on the west bank of the Nile, in 29 58' 51" N. Lat. and 31 10' 1" E. Lon.
is the Great Pyramid of Jeezeh, in Egypt.
Egyptologists referred to for the following notes on the Pyramids of Egypt, arer
Piazzi Smyth; Howard Yyse; Win. Osborn; Dr. Lepsius; Lane; Wilkinson; Rawliusou, &c.
of the Great Pyramid. Varieties of orthography by different authors, which may lead to the correct pronunciation, are as follows:
D*chiseh,
Dsjise, Dzireth, El-Geezeh, Geezeh, Gheezeh, Ghizeh, Gizeh,
D;iza,
Gyzeh, Jeezeh, Jizeh, &c.
Dr. J. A. S. Grant, writes from his Sanatorium, Palais Mantatia, in Cairo, in
March, 1877, that Jeezeh, or Geezeh, is the proper way of spelling this word in
English.
The Xame
Names of the Builders of the Three Largest Pyramids of Jeeceh,.

According to Various Authorities.
AUTHORITIES.
158
l-y
The
basis
ram id
We igti ts and Measures.
by which the following results were obtained, are
or Surface Measure,
viz:
For Lineal
the one 500-millionth of the Earth's Axis of Rotation,

which is=l Pyramid Inch, and equivalent to 1.001 Inch English.
"Weight
Measure, is based on the Earth's Size and Density. Capacity and Dry
Measure, on the Cubic Contents of the Coffer in the King's Chamber. Heat
and Pressure, Angle and Time, on Cosmical, Geographical and Pyramidal measures.
The Standard of Length employed in laying out the Great Pyramid, viz: The
Sacred Cubit=25 Pyramid Inches, in the measurement of the perimeter of the
building, found to represent a theoretical circle, brings out the true length of a
solar year, viz: 365.242 days.
Measures of Length.
NAME.
159
darkness (of the Great Pyramid) , it practically rises iipwards, or points to sun.
shine, daylight and sky, by nine* It is claimed by Mr. Wm. Petrie, C. E., that
the radius of the earth's mean orbit round the sun, however far away that may
be, is in this same proportion of 10:9. By this measurement the sun is estimated
to be about 91,500,000 miles distant from the earth.
Number
Number
=5
=5
of sides of the whole building, 1 square, and 4 triangular

of corners 4 on the ground and 1 anciently aloft
Aucient and present base-side socket length

Ancient and present base-diagonal socket length
Present dilapidated base-aide length, about
Sum of the two base-diagonals, to the nearest inch
Area of the base in square Pyr. inches, 3,376,074.1025=5,401.718564 Sacred Oubits= 13. 292 Pyramid Acres.
Ancient area of the square pavement, about 16. Pyr. Acres.
Ancient vertical height of apex completed, above pavem't
Present dilapidated height, vertical, about
Ancient inclined height at middle of sides, from pavement
to completed apex
Ancient inclined height at the corners, pavement to apex..
Ancient vertical height of apex above the lowest subterranear chamber
Elevation of pavement base, above the average water level
Elevation of pavement base, above the Mediterranean Sea..
Elevation of the lowest subterranean excavated chamber
above the average water level of the country
Length of side of present platform on top of Great Pyramid (it is flat, except in so far as it has four or five large
stones upon it, the remains of a once higher course of
masonry), roughly
.
Pyramid
Sacred
Inches.
Cubits.
9,131.05
12,913.26
=
=
365.242
516.5304
8,950.
25,827.
358.
=1033.08
5,813.01
5,450.
232.5204
7,391.55
8,687.87
295.662
347.5148
7,015.
1,750.
2,580.
280.6
250.
400.
218.
70.
103.2
10.
16.
Measurement and Quality of Material.

The pavement in front, and around the base of the Great Pyramid is formed of
stones 21 inches thick by 402 inches in breadth, their length is not known (as they
extend under the Pyramid). A chasm or crack in both pavement and rock beneath, near the North front, extends to the depth of about 570 inches. The whole
building from very base to apex is not solid masonry; but as clearly shown by
the N. East basal corner, and indicated more or less at a point or two in the wall,
and the descending entrance passage, includes some portions of the live-rock of
the hill. Such portion having been, however, trimmed rectangularly, and made
to conform in height and level with the nearest true masonry course. The supposed
complete mumber of masonry courses, including the original topmost cornerstone is 211; of which 202 are still in place, and a portion of 2 in fragment; and 7
courses are wanting entirely. These courses of squared and cemented blocks of
stone in horizontal sheets, one above the other, form the mass of the building of
the Great Pyramid; they vary in height from 19 to 79 inches, the first course being the thickest, (viz: 79 inches roughly; and the courses are laid without any regard as to thickness; to illustrate: the first five courses (in rotation) are 79, 56, 48
40 and 40 inches in thickness, the 35th to the 39th courses run 24, 50, 41, 39 and 38;
while the last five courses, that are still in position, are 22 each in thickness.
Material used. The casing-stone material compact white lime-stone from
the Mokattam Mountain quarries on the east side of the Nile, with a density
=0.367 (earth's Mean density=l). General structure material of all the ruder
part of the masonry nummulitic lime-stone of the Pyramid's own hill, with a
density=0.412. The inside finishing stone of the King's and Queen's Chambers,
the Coffer, the main entrance and the grand gallery, are numerous, the principal
of which are Red Granite, Black Granite, Gray Granite, Black Marble, Thebaic
Marble, Porphyry and Lime-stone; the granite of which, is supposed to have
been brought from the quarries of Syene, 550 miles up the Nile, as there is none
nearer, on the river.
/
Principal Measurements within the Great Pyramid.
Entrance to Pyramid.
This is. at present, only a hole, or doorway, or

upper end of a hollow passage-way, inclining thence downwards and inwards.
It is situated on the Northern flank of the Pyramid, in a very broken part of the
masonry now, at a height above the ground, rudely and imperfectly considered,
about=58S Pyr. ins. Distance of the centre of that doorway hole Eastward of
center of the Pyramid's Northern flank, as between its E. and W. ends=58d4 ins.
height of said doorway, transversely to length of passage way=47.S8-4 ins.;
;
160
breadth of

same=41.56
Entrance Passage. Angle of

sW; length downward and
ins.
descent of
Southward
buildings=O& ins.;
thence to Caliph Al Maruoun's broken entrance-way=5J14 ins; thence by the
game incline, to the Well's lower mouth =2,58:4 ins.; thence to the end of the
inclined passage=;JOG ins.; thence in a horizontal direction to the North wall
of the Subterranean Chamber 3*4 ins.; whole length of descending Entrance
Passag3=4,4O4 ins.^Bore, in horizontal subterranean region, for heigut=3tt
Subterranean unfinished Chamber, length
ins., and breadth=33 ins.
Flat finished Ceiling, floor not
E. to W. 552 ins., breadth N. to S, 325 ins.
out
of
the
and
cut
walls not full depth. Ascending .Passage,
rock,
yet
(Lime-stone) starts in an upward and Southward direction, from a point on the
'descending entrance-passage, 988 inches inside the Pyramid; and the first 180
(inches of its length is still filled up with fast-jammed granite plugs. The whole
(length, from the descending passage, up to the junction with, and entrance into
the Grand Gallery is 1,542.4 inches. Angle of the floor's ascent, Southward=
26 8'. Height and breadth, the same as entrance passage, anciently now, in
broken state, somewhat larger. &rand CJallery; (Lime-stone). Length of
inclined floor line, from N. to South wall is=1882ins. Measured angle of ascent,
Southwards=26 17'. Vertical height, at any one average point=339.5 inches.
There are 36 overlappingsof thereof, and 7 of the walls; the ramps, are 21 inches
in height by 20 in breadth. The floor between the ramps is 42 ins., and the
breadth of Gallery above the ramps, is 82 ins. At the Southern end of Gallery,
there is a great step, 36 ins. in vertical height, by 61 ins. on the flat top from N.
to South. Length horizontally from G. G. to ante-chamber 52.5 ins. Upper exit,
at top of Eastern wall at its Southern end, is 33 ins. in height by 20 in breadth,
nearlyand roughly. Ante-Chamber ; (Lime-stone and Granite). Length, N.
to S. 116.2S; breadth at top, E. to W. 63.2; and height, 149.3 ins. Eastern wainscot, granite, 103.03 and Western wainscot, granite, 111.80 ins. in height. Granite
(density=0.479, earth's density=l) begins to be employed in the course of the
length of this room, and in the C^rauite-Leaf which crosses it, at various distances, as 8 to 24 ins. from North wall, in floor, and side walls. Exit passage, horizontal, from ante-chamber, Southward to King's Chamber, in granite all the way;
length 100.2 ins.; height at North end, 43.7, and South end 42.0 ins.; breadth 41.4
ins. There are 4 grooves on the South wall, that are each 107.4 ins. in length.
King's Chamber (Granite) Structure entirely in granite, form rectangular,
floor of the passage,
Southward, is=jJB-
to the junction of the first ascending passage iu&ide the
length 412.132; breadth 206.066 ins.; height, floor to ceiling, 230.389: base of walls
to ceiling, 235.350 inches. The walls are in 5 equal height courses, and composed
of 100 blocks. Within the dark King's Chamber is a Coffer, and termed, according to various writers, stone box, granite chest, lidless vessel, porphyry vase,
black marble sarcophagus and coffer. It is composed of a darkish variety of red,
and possibly syenitic granite; now, much broken, and over one-third of which has
been carried away. The following are the (supposed* ancient measurements, by
Piazzi Smyth.
Measures of the Coffer in Pyramid Inches.

Length outside, from
89.92 to 89.62, corrected for concavity of sides breadth

outside, 38.68 to 38.61; height outside. 41. 23 to 4113. Inside measures: length,
77.85; breadth, 26.70; depth, 34.31. Thickness of bottom, 6.91; thickness of sides,
Exterior cubic size=142.316; interior cubic contents 71.317, with a possible
6.98.
error of .159 of a cubic inch in the measurement ; if so, the exterior is just double the
interior cubic contents. The cubic capacity of the King's Chamber, is just 50 times
that of the Coffer; the floor of which stands upon the 50th course of masonry of
the whole building, and 1.686 inches vertical above the pavement, upon which
the Pyramid stands. In addition to the above, regarding the King's Chamber, it
is shut out from the light of day by walls nearly 180 feet in thickness, with a tern,
perature almost unvarying the year round; as a depository of weights and measures, it is the best on the face of theearth. Queen's Chamber, (Lime-stone).
Length of the horizontal passage, to the Queen's Chamber, from the North end of
the Grand Gallery, Southward, to the beginning of low part of the passage under
G. G. floor=217.8ins., thence to low portion of floor=l, 085.5 ins., thence to North
wall of Queen's Chamber=216.1 ins. Average height of longest part=46.34; of
Southern deep part=C7.5; and breadth 41.15 inches. Length of Queen's Chamber,
from E. to W.=226.7; breadth. N. to S.=20.>.8; height of ceiling at N. and S. walls
182.4; height in centre of gable ridge of ceiling=244.4 ins. Height of Grand
Niche in the East wall=183.0; breadth, greatest, below=61.30 inches; it contains
4 overlaps, varying in breadth from 19.50 at the 4th to 52.25 inches at the first and
is removed Southward from the central vertical line of the wall just one Pyr.
Well : (Lime-stone) , enters near Northwest cor.
cubit, or 25 Pyr. inches.
ner of Grand Gallery, the shaft is square bore, length of side of bore 28 inchrs.
Vertical depth to grotto in the rock, under masonry of Pyramid=702; thence vertical, with some horizontal distance, to lower part of entrance passage near Subterranean Chamber=l,596. inches.
;
The
THE ONLY EEAL PYRAMID
161
(Sec. 10.)
Among the Jeezeh Pyramids, there is one
that transcends in intellectual value all the rest; one that
has been involuntarily by all the world named for ages past
the "Great Pyramid"; and which stands out the more it is
examined
by
its
into, distinct
particular
size,
and distinguished from all the rest

and wonderful internal structure,
more frequent historical notice by men of

The greatest of the "seven wonders of the
the days of the Greeks, and the only one of them
superior age, and

various nations.
world" in
all, which
in existence on the surface of the earth.

from
"Our Inheritance in The Great Pyraquote
mid," by Piazzi Smyth. "But as we approach, ascending
the stream of ancient time, in any careful chronological
survey of pyramidal structures, to the "Great Pyramid,"
Egyptian emblems are gradually left behind; and in and
throughout, that mighty builded mass, which all history
and all tradition, both ancient and modern, agree in representing as first in point of date of the whole Jeezeh, and
even the whole Egyptian group, the earliest stone building
also positively known to have been erected in any country,
we find in all its finished parts not a vestige of heathenism
is still
We
nor the smallest indulgence in anything approaching to

idolatry; nor even the most distant allusion to Sabianism,
and
its
elemental worship of sun, or moon, or any of the
starry host."
In certain unfinished, internal portions of the constructive masonry of the Great Pyramid broken into by Col.
Howard Vyse in 1837, there are some (said to be rude

Egyptian markings] daubs of red paint, evidently numbers
for temporary mechanical purposes only; which, if understood, might give a key to the language of the race of people
that preceded our race it is not Egyptain.
(Further on we
will quote from the "Source of Measures" by Skinner, to
;
show that the
We
origin of language was number).

also except, as a matter of course, any inscriptions
on the same pyramid by modern travelers, even

though they have attempted, like the Prussian savants of
inflicted
11
162
1843 A. D., to cut their names in their
own happily shallow
ideas of the ancient hieroglyphics of the old, thoroughBut with these

paced, Egyptian idolaters elsewhere.
simple exceptions
we can most positively say, that both
ex-
and
interior are absolutely free from all engraved or

sculptured work, as well as from everything relating to any
terior,
known form of idolatry or erring man's theotechnic devices.

From all those hieratic emblems, therefore, which from first
have utterly overlaid every Eygptian temple proper,
and
whatever other monuments they, the Egyptians, did build
up at any certain historical and Pharaonic epoch in connecto last
as well as all Egypt's obelisks, sphinxes, statues, tombs,
tion with their peculiar belief."
Was the Great Pyramid, then, erected before the

invention of hieroglyphics, and previous to the birth of
the different Egyptian religions? It most certainly was.
To quote and comment on the thousand and one
publications that have been published from time to time
on this great structure, would require hundreds of pages,
and months of time, to combat the absurd theories that are
extant.
But the following extract from Col. Howard
Vyse's "Pyramids of Gizeh, "published in London in 1840,

will not be out of place here.
Both he and Piazzi Smyth
concluded as self-evident, that the early Egyptians did
build the great pyramid (with the aid of a Deific Architect)
because of the red paint marks being in some kind of an
There is no Egyptian
(or supposed) Egyptian language.
in
or
otherwise
tongue,
yet discovered, but
hieroglyphics
what has been interpreted;
(this in
red paint has not).
"This very important conclusion results from the quarry marks of the workmen
being found in red paint on concealed parts of the stones and in interior places of the
structural mass of masonry never intended to be seen.
The marks arc superficial
and rude in the extreme, but are evidently in the Egyptian hincnairc or manner
freely handled; and in so far prove that they were put in by Egyptians, and of the
age or under the reign of that Kgyptian king variously called Bhofo, Khufu and
Cheops. They are excessively rough, no doubt, but quite suficient for their alleged
purpose, viz., checks for workmen, whereby to recognize a stone duly prepared
according to orders at the quarry, miles away and to see it properly placed in its
intended position in the building. Still further, that these marks were not meant
as ornaments in the structure, or put on after th stones were built into it, isaboundantly evidenced by some of them being upside down, and some having been
partly pared away in ad just ing the block into its posit ion :and, finally, by the learned
Dr. Birch's interpretation of a number of the marks, which seem from thence to be
mostly short dates, and directions to the workmen as to which stones were for the
THE ONLY REAL PYRAMID
163
south, and which for the north, wall. These marks, moreover, have only been discovered in those dark holes or hollows, the so-called 'chambers,' but much rather
'hollows of construction' broken into by Col. Howard Vyse above the 'King's Chamber' of the Great Pyramid.
There, also, you see other traces of the steps of mere
practical work, such as the 'bat-holes' in the stones, by which the heavy blocks were
doubtless lifted to their places, and everything is left perfectly rough. Nor was
there the least occasion for finishing it up, rubbing out the marks, or polishing off
the holes, for these void spaces were sealed up, or have been built up outside in solid
masonry (excepting only the lowest one, known for a century as 'Davidson's Chamber,' and having its own small passage of approach from the southeast corner of
the Grand Gallery) and were never intended to be used as chambers for *human
visitation or living purposes.
In all the other chambers and passages, on the contrary, intended to be visited, and approached by admirably constructed white stone
passages, the masonry was finished off with the skill and polish almost of a jeweler
and in them neither quarry marks nor 'bat holes' nor painted marks, nor hieroglyphics of any sort or kind are to be seen excepting always those modern hierogylphics
which Dr. Lepsius put up over the entrance into the Great Pyramid 'on a space of
five feet in breadth by four feet in height.' in praise of the then sovereign
Prussia
o_f
;
and which recently (1870) misled a learned Chinese envoy, by name Pin-chi-un, into
most absurdly claiming a connection between the Great Pyramid and the early
monuments
*
his
How
life,
up
of his own country."

should he know? He had never taken a degree in any secret order in
to that period.
THE AUTHOR.
Piazzi Smyth's 4th edition
numerous
<7wcm'-copies,
for
(in
1880) reads:
sepulchral
purposes,
"The
of the
Great Pyramid, which are now, in the shape of other

pyramids, to be observed further south, along that western
side of Egypt; always betraying, though, on close examination the most profound ignorance of their noble model's
chiefest internal features, as well as of all its niceties of angle
and cosmic harmonies of linear measurement. And such

mere failures, as those later tonibic pyramids, and never
found, even then, at any very great number of miles away
from the sight, nor any great number of years behind the
The
date, of the colossal parent work on Jeezeh hill.
ostensible architectural idea, indeed, of that one grand
primeval monument, though expensively copied during

a few centuries, yet never wholly or permanently took the
fancy of the ancient Egyptians. It had, or rather simulated
them to have, some one or two suitabilities to their
before
employment of lasting sepulchure, and its accompanying rites; so they tried what they knew of it, for
such purpose. But they soon found that it did not
admit of their troops of priests, nor the easy introduction
of their unwieldy 'sacred' animals.
Nor bulls, nor crocofavorite
diles, nor the multitude of object worshippers, could enter

a pyramid with the facility of their own temples; and so,
on the whole, mature Egypt preferred them. Those
164
accordingly more open and columned, as well as symbolically sculptured and multitudinously inscribed structures,
of their
own
we now
find to
entire elaboration, are the only ones which

have held, from their first invention, an
uninterrupted reign through all the course of ancient and

mediaeval Egyptian history, or that period when Egypt
was most rich, most powerful, most wicked; and to reflect

themselves continuously in the placid, natural Nile, from
one end of the long-drawn Hamitic land to the other.
They, therefore, those Karnac and Philoe temples, with all
their sins of idolatry
on
their heads, are architecturally,
its hundred adorned Pylon

Egypt.
and
and
statues,
basso-relievos, and incised
temple gates,
outlines of false gods, must be confessed to be intensely
Egypt. But the Great Pyramid is, in its origin and nature
Thebes, too, with
something pure and perfectly different.

Under whose direction then, and for what purpose,
was the Great Pyramid built; whence did so foreign, and
really untasteful, an idea to Egypt come; who was the
mysterious carrier of it to that land; and under what sort
of special compulsion
was
it
that, in his day, to his
command
though he was not their king, the Egyptians, King and

people all alike, labored for years in a cause which they
appreciated not and gave, in that primeval age of generally
;
sparse, and pastoral population only, their unrivalled mechanical skill and compacted numerical strength for an end
which they did not at the time understand, and which they
never even came to understand, much less to like, in all
their subsequent national ages
This has been indeed a mystery of mysteries, but may

yet prove fruitful in the present advancing age of knowledge
of all kinds to inquire into further; for though theories
without number have been tried and failed in by ancient

Greeks and mediaeval Arabians, by French, English, Germans, and Americans, their failures partly pave, and render
so much the safer, for us the road by which we must set out.
Pave it poorly, perhaps, or not very far; for their whole
THE ONLY EEAL PYEAMID
165
up to the present time, been little more than this,

that the authors of those attempts are either found to be
result has,
repeating idle tales, told them by those who knew no more

about the subject than themselves or skipping all the really
;
crucial points of application for their theories which they

should have attended to or finally, like some of the best and
;
men who have
given themselves to the question,

Hence the
fairly admitting that they were entirely beaten.
exclusive notion of temples the sun and moon, or for sacred
ablest
or holy water, or burial places, and nothing but burial

places of kings, or granaries for Joseph, or astronomical
observatories, or defenses to Egypt against being invaded
fire,
by the sands of the African

mankind in a second deluge,
desert, or places of resort for

or of safety when the heavens
should fall, have been for a long time past proved untenable
and the Great Pyramid stands out now, far more clearly
than it did in the time of Herodotus (no less than 2,440
years ago), as both a prehistoric monument, and yet,
;
rivaling some of the best things of modern times, not only

in practical execution and workmanship, but in its eminent-
grand design and pure conception or in forming a testimony which, though in Egypt, is yet not at all of, nor
according to, historical Egypt, and whose true and full explanation must be still to come."
Piazzi Smyth was not the first writer on Egyptology
ly
and pyramidal building
to suggest the interposition of
God
Great Pyramid by Deifying its

that
credit
Architect;
(if any) is due to Mr. John Taylor,
of London, who in his work entitled "The Great Pyramid:
in the construction of the
It Built and Who Built It?" published in 1859,

first
the
It would take at
gave
publicity to that theory.
least a dozen pages of this work to even epitomize his theory
Why Was
he was not only a devoted student regarding all that was

said or written on the subject of the pyramids, but a devout
and over-zealous Christian he looked upon all the ancient
Egyptians (or what he termed ancient, within the last
;
5,000 years) as a race of idolaters, and as such, totally unfit
166
to erect a structure that

as great
and good,
as he
would harmonize with anything

had traced in the construction of
the"Great Pyramid." His carefull investigation of the different theories (and they were "legion") placed him in the
front rank to suggest something new. As nearly every
theory under the sun had already been suggested (in a
secular way) he saw nothing left but a miracle to harmonize
its different parts, so, interposing the mathematics of the
Scriptures, regarding time (past and future dates), height,
dip, angle, weight and measure, and from the squaring of
the circle, to the distance to the sun he had also the second
coming of the Saviour fixed for the year 1881. Also, the
harmonious measurement of the Garden of Eden, Noah's
Ark, King Solomon's Temple, etc. Piazzi Smyth came on
;
the scene before the demise of Mr. Taylor, who died July 5,
1864; they had many pleasant audiences, and the Royal
Scottish Astronomer (Smyth) was thoroughly converted
over to the theories of Mr. Taylor, and he kept the world

and guessing for nearly twenty years more.
interested,
He lived, however, to see the year 1881 pass, without the

second visitation of the Saviour. During his life he spent
over six months at the Pyramid Jeezeh and vicinity, in
scientifically measuring the
his final comparisons of his
same; we firmly believe that
own (previous) measures, and

the engineers, astronomers, and mathematicians that
preceded him are more nearly correct than any other yet
all
His "Life and Work" published in three

published.
volumes, about the year 1869, and his last work "Our
Inheritance in the Great Pyramid," which reached its
4th edition in the year 1880, show great painstaking, and
a desire to be correct (in his measurements at least), in all
that he gave publicity to in his different issues. While we
do not agree with him, in any particular, regarding his
theory of the building of the great structure, or the date
of its erection, and who its builders were, we shall quote his
last verified measurements, believing that a just criticism
will acquiesce in his conclusions.
GEOMETRICAL PROPORTIONS OF THE OUTER

SURFACES OF THE GREAT PYRAMID.
n.) The first discovered mathematical proporwith regard to the Great Pyramid's shape, was by
John Taylor. That is, as derived from modern
(Sec.
tions,
Mr.
measures and calculations, which
that the Great Pyra-
is
mid's height, in the original condition of the
monument,
four sloping triangular sides was made

into a perfect plane by means of the polished outer sloping
surface of the bevelled casing stones, and when those sides,
when each one
of
its
being continued up to their mutual intersections, terminated

that its central,
at, and formed the summit in, a point,
vertical height then was, to twice the breadth of its square
base, as nearly as can be expressed by good monumental
work, as the diameter to the circumference of a circle. Or

that the vertical height of that Pyramid was to the length
of one side of its base, when multiplied by 2, as the
diameter
the
to
circumference
Or
etc.
as
shown
of
later
circle;
by Mr.
i.
e.
as
St.
1:3.14159
John Day,
the area of the Great Pyramid's right section (i. e. a vertical,
central section parallel to one of the sides of the horizontal
base)
is
to the area of the base, as
Or
same
to the
same 3.14159
admits again of being differently

the
vertical
height of the Great Pyramid is
expressed,
the radius of a theoretical circle, the length of whose curved
etc.
as the
circumference
is
fact
equal to the
sum
of the lengths of the four
and practical square base of the

Which
is
neither
more nor less than that celebuilding.
brated practical problem of the modern ages, of "the squaring of the circle"; and the thing was thus practically done,
straight sides of the actual
at the Great Pyramid, thousands of years before the

mediaeval days of our forefathers. And we venture the
opinion, that if we had the ability to measure the outer
surfaces of that great "first wonder of the world" with

exactness, that are stated above, that such measurement
would be found
remainder.
to exactly square the circle without any

(See index for squaring of the circle in another
portion of this work.)
THE fJREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH
168
For
it
was so accomplished by the architect who
<h
signed that pyramid, when, over and above deciding that

the building was to be a square-based pyramid, with, of
the necessary mathematical innate relations
which every square-based pyramid must have, he also
ordained that its height, which otherwise might have been
anything, was to bear such a particular proportion to its
course,
all
breadth of base, as should bring out the nearest possible

value of pi as above mentioned and which proportion not
one out of any number of square-based pyramids would
be otherwise necessarily endowed with; not one out of all
the thirty-seven other measured pyramids in Egypt has
been proved to be endowed with even approximately.
If, therefore, the quantity is really found built into
the Great Pyramid with exactness, as well as magnitude,
characterizing and utilizing the whole of that vast mass, it
;
not only discriminates that building at once from all the

other pyramids of Egypt, but proves that such a distinguishing feature must have been the result either of some most
marvelous accident, or of some deep wisdom and settled,

determined purpose; in this case, too, not less than 30,000
years ago. The royal Scottish astronomer, Piazzi Smyth,
placed the date of the building of the Great Pyramid in
the autumn of 2170 B. C. because that was the time that a
;
Draconis was crossing below the Pole, and at the particular

distance from the Pole indicated by tlte (supposed north side)
entrance-passage, in the autumn season of the Northern
hemisphere of that year; when the meridian of the equinoctial point of the heavens coincided with the Pleiades.
This
was only about 4,076 years ago. Prof. H. L. Smith has

shown that the circuit of the Pyramid, at the level of the
King's Chamber, measures 25,827 Pyramid inches, which is
the exact number of years that it takes the procession of the
equinoxes to repeat itself. Therefore, 27,997 B. C. is the
latest date that we place the completion of that "Great
First
Wonder
of the
World"; and
it
may have
multiple of that procession and carried the date

51,654 B. C., (of this, more hereafter).
been a
back to
DEPOSITORY OF WEIGHTS AND MEASURES

The wisdom
of
the Great Pyramid's founders
169
is
so
well exemplified, in its mathematical proportions, that it

is conclusive evidence of the double intent of its purpose;
was intended
and Measures."
And, evidently, intended to last for the inspection of a most
distant posterity knowing well that a fundamental mathematical truth like pi, would infallibly come to be understood both in and by itself alone, and be appreciated in the
in addition to the schooling of its Initiates,
as an International depository of "Weights
it
fact without any written inscription, in that then distant

day when mathematics (or numbers) should again be the
language of all mankind. (See quotation from the "Source
of Measures" in another portion of this work.)
Our own experience teaches us, that neither mathematics nor mechanics can progress in any country without
knowing well the numerical value and calculational value
of^'. On the subject of pi, the respective authors are not
only numerous, but their accounts of mensurations, as a
Colonel Howard
rule, are most strangely contradictory.
Vyse, in Volume
II.
of his important work,
"The Pyramids
of Gizeh," published in 1840, gives extracts from no less

than 71 European and 2 Asiatic authors, and as many more
this momentous quesUnless a very great number be read, no sufficient
idea can be formed as to how little faith is often to be placed
in the narratives of even highly, though too exclusively
have been added since that date, on

tion.
mentally, educated men of modern university, and competitive examination, on a very simple practical
matter.
Successive travellers (each of whom had published
a book), could with ease, string together a series of so-called
measures, on the same parts of the Great Pyramid, which

would show its blocks of solid stone expanding and contracting between different visits to it, like elastic indiarubber air-bags. But it will suffice for the present to indicate the necessity of weighing the evidence in every case
most scrupulously; to have a large quantity of evidence,

a great variety of observers, and to place in the first rank
170
of authors to be studied in the original, closely in every

word they have written, but not necessarily to be always
followed therein
^_
The French,
w
-
>
or Napoleon Bonaparte, Expedition in
1799-
.i
IH--J
they are
in 1638.
f.
PROFESSOR JOHN GREAYES, the Oxford astronomer
COLONEL HOWARD VYSE, in 1837.

SIR GARDNER WILKINSON, from 1840 to 1858.
MR. JOHN TAYLOR, 1859 to 1863.
PIAZZI SMYTH, noted astronomer, from 1867 to 1880.
The Great Pyramid, at this writing, inspected extern-
ally, is a rough, huge mass, about 454 feet (English) high;

the angle stones having been carried away, it looks like
(from its four sides) so many steps. On close examination,
by the different layers of stone,

21
to
varying
59 inches. As all the material
above the 202 layer of stone has (like the original casing
these steps are represented

in height
from
stones) been carried away, the top, with some irregularities,

The whole
represents a floor of about 32x32 feet square.
structure is regularly and masterly built of worked and
cemented limestone blocks, in horizontal sheets, or courses

(To what extent these sheets of masonry are
continuous
absolutely
throughout the mass can never be
known unless the whole structure is taken to pieces. Each
stratum, however, records itself similarly on each of the
of masonry.
four sides, excepting only the small interruption of a porand also a small hole
tion of rock at the northeast corner,
with rubble work which is reported by Dr. J. A. S.

Grant, as located about a third of the way up one of the
The flattened top gives the pyramid at a distance
sides.)
filled
an abnormally blunted-looking summit mediaeval dilapidations and forcible removal of the Pyramid's once polished
white stone casing, with its outer surface bevelled smoothly
to the general slope, (see plate) which has stood at least
30,000 years, and had in its day given to the structure al-
most mathematical truth and perfection.
This state of
171
things was that described by Greek, Roman, and early

Arabian writers; and it existed until the Caliphs of Egypt,
about the year 1,000 A. D., began methodically to strip off

the polished and bevelled casing stone blocks; they built
two bridges to convey them more easily to the river, after
chipping off the prismoidal angles and edges; and then
employed them in building mosques and palaces; for the
lining of the great "Joseph" well, and for other public
structures which
adorn their favorite city, El Kahireh,

the Cairo of vulgar English. (During
the year 1879, Dr. J. A. S. Grant and Mr. Waynman Dixon
visited the celebrated Mosque of Sooltan Hassan, in Cairo,
still
or the victorious
if any of the component blocks forming its walls

could be identified as having belonged to the Great Pyramid
they found them to be undoubtedly of the same Mokattam
to see
stone, but too well squared to retain any of the outside

bevelled surface. The inquiry was, however, put a rude
stop to,
some
by the Mohammedan janitors, before it had reached

more likely places near the top of the mosque,
of the
wherein to meet with an accidentally or carelessly
left
oblique surface of the other far older building.
The original, and not the present size and shape, is

what we require and must have for testing Mr. John Taylor's measurements; and for approximating, by whatever
degree of exactitude may be reached, to whether it was
accident or intention which decided the shape of the Great
Pyramid; and he has well pointed out that no one had any
pretence to have obtained the old base side length until the
French academicians,
in 1799, cleared
away
the
hills of
sand
and debris at the northeast and northwest corners, and

reached beneath them the levelled surface of the living
rock itself on which the Pyramid was originally founded.
There, discovering two rectangular hollows carefully and
truly cut into the rock, as if for 'sockets' for the basal
corner stones, the said academicians measured the distance
between those sockets with much geodesic accuracy, and

found it to be equal to 763.62 English feet. The same
172
being measured thirty-seven years afterwards

by Colonel Howard Vyse, guided by another equally sure
distance
direction of the original building, as 764.0 English feet

the mean of which, or 763.81 feet, is close enough for a
approximation to the ancient base-breadth.

But the ancient height of the Great Pyramid, which
we also need to have for instituting the calculation, is not
first
at all easy to measure directly with any sufficient approach

to exactness; chiefly because so very much of the original
top has actually been knocked away during the middle ages
so as to leave a platform described by the Arabs as "large
enough for eleven camels to lie down," several feet therefore beneath the apex, where once the four sloping sides, or
external flanks, of the building were continued up to, and
Colonel Howard Vyse's
in, a sharp point.
providential rinding of two of the ancient "casing-stones"
in their original situation, with their sloping faces, at the foot
terminated
of the Pyramid,
was the keystone to John Taylor's
first
efforts in obtaining the ancient height of this great structure,
they enabled the problem to be attacked in a different

manner, and without any dependence on the missing portion at the top; or by angular, as contrasted to, but afterwards made to furnish an idea of, linear, measure. For
iuch angle can give forth by computation a complete verticle
height, to be used with the already obtained, by measure,
for
complete base-breadth.
(Sec. 12.)
OBJECTORS TO THE MEASUREMENTS AND CONDITION OF THE GREAT PYRA-
MID, loom up, and assert their opinions in all parts of the
earth; some of them filling the highest positions in their
several countries.
Two prominent members of the Royal
Society of Edinburgh, in 1867, after listening to a lecture
on the exterior of the Pyramid, remarked: First objector,
an engineer, said "that he had twice passed through
Egypt, been to the Pyramids, saw no symptoms of casing
stones, and therefore would not believe in anything about
them;" Second objector, an Indian naval officer, had also
OBJECTORS TO MEASUREMENTS ANSWERED
173
been to the Pyramids on a visit, and "found such heaps of

rubbish about the great one, that he could not see how any
man could measure even its base side length with any degree
of correctness,
much
less
the angle of casing stones which
he also could not see."
Both speeches, although uttered by men of rank, are

only too faithful examples of the small extent of information
on which many persons of commanding social rank, will
even yet persist in speaking most authoritatively on both the
present and past state of the Great Pyramid. The engineer
above referred to, questioning the existence of the casing
stones, should at least
have read the accounts of Herodotus,
Strabo, Pliny, and many of the early Arabian authors too,

who described what they saw with their own eyes, when the
casing was still complete, eminently smooth, and by all
men, who had seen them, called beautiful. Next he should
have taken up Colonel Howard Vyse's book, describing in
detail how he succeeded, after immense labor with hundreds
of workmen, in digging down to, rinding, and measuring
probably the last two of the northern side's bevelled blocks
and adhering
(still were they in their original situation,
closely by their original cement to the pavement base of the
btiilding) and then how he failed, though he covered them
up again with a mound of rubbish, pending an application
to the English Government to remove them to the British
Museum how he failed to save them from the hammers
;
Mohammedan prowlers by night; deadly jealous as they

were of Christians obtaining anything really valuable from
the country they ruled over.
Besides which, the large
of
amount
of casing stones, bevelled externally to the slope,

upon other pyramids, as on the two large ones
Dashoor; the well preserved ones of second Jeezeh
still
of
existing
Pyramid, conspicuous near its summit, and on a bright

day "shining resplendently afar," as says M. Jomard; and
the granite ones of the third pyramid, so excessively hard
that modern workmen have not cared to have much to do
with them all this, which has long been known, should
174
effect
much
in convincing unwilling
minds as to what was
the original state of the outside of the Great Pyramid,

previous to the year 840 A. D. About forty years ago a
similar case of spoilation
stone pyramid of Dashoor,
was perpetrated, on the south

by Defterdar Mohammed Bey in
order to procure blocks of ready cut stones of extra whiteThe

ness wherewith to build himself a palace near Cairo.
should
facts
have
convinced
historic
recorded
foregoing
Objector No. One, as far back as the year 1864.

Replying to (the Indian Naval Officer) Objector No.
Two, about the possibility of other men succeeding in

measuring what would have puzzled him as he looked
idly, and never held a measuring rod of any kind in his
hand, should have read the whole account of the active and
hard working French Academicians in Egypt of which the
following from "Antiquities, Description," Vol. II., is
worthy of being more generally known than it seems to be
;
down through the rubbish heaped

lower part of the Pyramid, "They recognized
W2.,that after digging
up about the
perfectly the esplanade upon which the Great Pyramid

originally established; and discovered happily, at
had been
the northeast angle, a large hollow socket (encastrement)

worked in the rock, cut rectangularly and uninjured, where
the cornerstone (of that one basal angle) had been placed
an irregular square, which is 9 feet 10 inches broad

English measure, in one direction, and n feet 5.8 inches in
it is
another, and 7.9 inches deep" all over its floor (measures
by Piazzi Smyth, but only after
since then were tested
several days spent in digging and clearing the locality over

again by a civil engineer with a party of Arabs). The
French savants made the "same research at the northwest
and there also discovered a hollow socket (encastreto the former; the two were on the same level.
similar
nicnt}
It was between the two exterior points of these hollows
angle,
and with much care and precaution, that they measured

the base side length. They found it 763.62 English feet."
The 'encastrement' so brought to light in the basal rock
CASING STONES FOUND

at the northwest angle,
the large French plates;
is
175
duly figured in the plan amongst
and
since verified
by
Piazzi
Smyth,
has the inner corner curiously pared away, evidently indicating the well-shaped rectangular outer corner to be its
true starting point for measure; and because, also, it was
originally the terminal point of the Pyramid's material at
From the outer corner of the
that lower angle or foot.
northeast to the outer corner of the northwest 'encastrements' of their happy discovery it therefore was, that the
skillful French surveyors extended their measuring bars, and
with the result given above. They also triangulated the
ground round about, and from thence measured the altitude
and flat topped summit of the Great

with
an
Pyramid
accuracy which would have been quite
for
enough
any ordinary remnant of archaeological structure.
The Great Pyramid, however, has to undergo severer tests;
as there has been no ancient trustworthy mark at the apex
of this building since about the year 1,000 A. D. to enable
of the present depressed
savants to supply the exact quantity of the now missing

portion of the original summit, we have, after all, for restoring that, to return to the angular inclined plane of the
two original casing stones below, so happily uncovered
by Colonel Howard Vyse in 1837, and proved by him to have

been the very beginning of the northern upward sloping side
of the building.
THE CASING STONES
found by Howard Vyse, were

These angular relics were of the original
number of the casing stones, and actually in situ and undisturbed, and therefore showing what was once the real
outside of the Great Pyramid, viz., smooth, polkhed, dense,
white limestone, almost like marble, in a sloping plane; not
because they exhibited such matchless workmanship, more
correct and true than the work of a modern optical instrument maker, but performed in this instance on blocks of a
height of nearly 5 feet, a breadth of 8 feet, and a length,
perhaps, of 12 feet; with the finest of joints, said to be no
thicker, even including a film of white cement, than "silverof extreme value.
176
paper."
The angle
of the bevelled or inclined outer surface,
measured very carefully by Mr.
Brettel, a civil engineer,
and being computed from

linear measures of the sides, made for him by another enThe results are not identigineer, came out 51 52' 15 5".
cal, and might have been made better, with more care at
the time; but yet extremely close with one another, as
for the Colonel,
came out
51
50';
compared with the French angular determination (before

there was anything on which to determine accurately, other
than the present ruined and dilapidated sides of the edifice)
19' 4"', or of previous modern observers,
actually found anywhere, between 40 and 60.
of 51
who
are
JOHN TAYLOR'S THEORY IS SUPPORTED BY

VYSE'S CASING STONE ANGLE. Taking
HOWARD
everything into fair consideration, the ancient angle of the

Great Pyramid's slope may be considered to be somewhere
between the two measured quantities of 51 50' and 51
52' 15.5"; there are many other reasons for believing that it
How many mere

51
5 1' and some seconds.
modern mathematicians are not competent to
and a second of space is an exceedingly small
must have been

seconds,
decide;
quantity even in the most refined astronomical observaIf we assume for the time 14.3" and employ the
whole angle, viz., 51 51' 14.3", with the base-side as al-
tions.
7 63 .81 feet (English),

ready given from linear measure
to compute the original height quantity which we have been
aiming at so long, we have for that element 486 .2567 (feet)
And from the values for the
of the same linear units.
ancient height and base-breadth, computing the proportion of diameter to circumference, there appears 486 2567
.
763.81 x
2::i
for
14159, etc.
(John Taylor's figures

13
the vertical height and the base-breadth of the Great Pyramid were 486.764 feet; evidently the nearest possible
.
feet.
Further, we should menthe
Great
of
the
that
tion
Pyramid, trigonometriheight
cally measured by the French scientists, is perfectly agree-
approximation by whole
able to the above
computed
result; for
when
it is
increased
JOHN TAYLOR'S THEOEY CONFIEMED

by something more than 30
feet, to
177
allow for the evidently
missing portion at the summit, it amounts to the same

This result so far shows, that the Great Pyramid
thing.)
does represent as closely as the very best modern measures
can be trusted, the true value of pi; a quantity which men
in general, and all human science too, did not begin to
trouble themselves about until long, long ages; languages,
and nations had passed away after the building up of the
Great Pyramid; and after the sealing up too, of that grand

primeval and prehistoric monument, of an age, which no
one living today, can (exactly) determine.
CONFIRMATION OF JOHN TAYLOR'S THEORY

BY PIAZZI SMYTH. From the 4th edition of "Our
Inheritance in
the
Great Pyramid:"
"Hence the
first
stage of our trial terminates itself with as eminent a confirmation as the case can possibly admit of, touching the
truth of John Taylor's theory, proposition, or statement;
and now begins the second stage, wherein I can add the
absolute weight of direct personal examination, as well as
of practical researches carried on at the place by myself
for a longer time and with better measuring instruments
than any of
my predecessors had at their command.
not, indeed, so fortunate as Colonel
anything
like
Howard Vyce
was
in finding
such large, entire, unmoved, and well pre-
served casing stones as he did; but was enabled to prove

that the enormous rubbish mounds now formed on each
of the four sides of the
Pyramid
consist
mainly of innumer-
able fragments of the old casing stones, distinguishable

both by the superior quality of their component stone and
their prepared angle of slope always conformable, within
very narrow limits, to Colonel Howard Vyse's determination.
And a number of there almost 'vocal' fragments
were deposited by me, on my return, in the museum of
the Royal Society, Edinburgh.
"Also, by careful measures of the angle of the whole
Pyramid along all four of its corner or arris lines from
top to bottom, observed with a powerful astronomical
12
178
circle and telescope, as more particularly described in

For that
larger book, in 1865, the same result came out.
corner angle so measured (see Plate) was found to be
my
41 59' 45" nearly; and that gives by computation (according to the necessary innate relations of the parts of a squarebased pyramid) for the side slope of this 'Great' one, 5 1 5 1'
and some seconds or without any doubt the representative

Howard Vyse did observe on the side
directly; and the one which, if it is there, necessarily makes
the Great Pyramid, in and by its whole figure, express the
value of that most scientific desideratum, -pi.
"Nor has the proving of the matter stopped with me.
For other explorers have now been induced to search the
rubbish mounds about the Pyramid, and have seldom left
without carrying off some fragment, wherein two evidently
anciently worked sides met, not at a right angle, but at
;
of the angle Colonel
the angle of either 51 51' or 128 9', nearly one being the
angle at the foot, the other at the head, of every casing
;
stone of a pi pyramid, if built as the Great Pyramid is,

but some other Pyramids are not, in accurately horizontal
courses of masonry.
"I learn, too, from an American
book
of travel, that
my
former Arab assistant in measuring the Great Pyramid,

Alee Dobree by name, and who was very quick in seizing
the idea of angle expressed in numerical amount when I
first explained it to him in 1865
that he is now driving
a
the travelers
almost
trade,
quite
exclusively, with
who visit the Monument, by selling them 'casing stone
fragments with the angle'; which fragments he is able, by
the gift of a sharp and appreciative eye, to pick out of the
very same
hills of
"Yet even
cended
by my
rubbish they walk carelessly over.

that way have been far trans-
all his feats in
friend, Mr.
Waynman
Dixon, C. E., who,
taking advantage of an extensive cutting into the Great
Pyramid rubbish mounds by the Egyptian Government

merely for material wherewith to make the road by which
the Empress of Fraace visited the Monument in 1869,
CASING STONES
179
discovered almost a whole casing stone. Not a very large,

one, indeed, and a loose block only, but with portions
more or less of all six original worked sides or a completer
;
example than is known at the present moment to exist

anywhere else all the world over. This most unique specimen, Mr. Waynman Dixon graciously sent from Egypt as a
present to me, and I have deposited it under a glass case
in the official residence of the
Astronomer-Royal
for Scot-
has been closely measured, and its ascending

53' 15" and 51
angle found to be certainly between 51
49' S5"' or as close as could be expected, from the block's
land, where
it
and fractured condition, to be that typical 51 51' 14"

about which all the fragments of the Great Pyramid are
found to collect. But none of the fragments of the other
pyramids of Egypt do so. Their casing stones were sometimes worked with equal hand skill, so as to preserve one
particular angle very closely over the whole surface of
a large building, but it is always a wrong angle. The
size
ability of
of
head was wanting
there,
43, 50, 57, 63, and even
73
and meaningless angles

occupied, and wasted
the time of their workmen, if a mathematical demonstration

and not a mere architectural adornment, was really their
object.
Closer
up
in the
very neighborhood of the Great
Pyramid, as on the hill of Jeezeh itself, some of the subsequent smaller imitation pyramids could hardly fail to
be nearer their
original,
and were
in fact, within half, or
But
three-quarters of a degree of its particular angle.
on
constant
and
are
all
over
their
side
surfaces,
they
every
at that deviation; and that so very large a one, as to throw
numerical value of pi into utter error; and leave the
Great Pyramid the sole example throughout all Egypt of any
building whatever, giving, by its whole proportions, or
their
and within the closest limits of the best

modern measures of it, the one, and only true practical
expression for pi which modern science admits."
entire geometry,
180
STANDARD OF LENGTH EMPLOYED IN LAYING

OUT THE GREAT PYRAMID.
(Sec.
13.)
Conceding the results arrived at by the

past, regarding the standard
most noted savants of the
of length used in the architectural construction of the

Great Pyramid, viz., the "pyramid cubit of 25 inches"
equal to 25.001 inches English; and that the said measure

expresses exact pi in the different triangulations and
measurements of that structure; and further, that the 12
inch rule, or foot measure, does not so express itself, we will
proceed to the array of proofs that they jointly employ.
Recomputing Mr. Taylor's circumferential analogy of that

most notable of buildings, after his own manner, by linear
vertical height and linear horizontal base-breadth, the
quantities named on a previous page, were expressed in
English feet, viz., verticle height 486. 2567 feet, and length
of one side of base, 763.81 feet; but it is not therefore
intended to imply that they, or indeed any foot measures,
were employed by the ancient builders. Certainly the
length, want of meaning, and inconvenience of the fractions
obliged to be introduced (by us) in order to represent the
(closest approximate), or pi, proportion of the one pyramid
element to the other, in these particular, absolute, linear
terms, tend to forbid the idea: (We, nevertheless, believe
that architect and builders of the Great Pyramid knew the
exact proportion, or the ratio of the diameter to the circumference of a circle without any decimal. One of the
proofs offered for this is: that no two mathematicians or
engineers, in our day and age, obtain exactly the same results in the measure of any part of this "First Great "Wonder
As a foot measure was not likely, and the
of the World.")
Egyptian cubit whose length was close to 20.7 English

inches, gave similarly inconvenient fractions, what sort
of standard of linear measure ivas likely to have been employed at the building, or rather by the actual builder and
architect of the whole design of the Great Pyramid ?
PI
MEASURE VALUES
WHAT STANDARD WOULD
181
SUIT PI ON THE SCALE
OF THE GREAT PYRAMID?

Our first step of inquiry will be, to see if an equally
exact proportion between linear height and twice basebreadth, to what our long fractions of feet gave, cannot be
obtained from some simpler numbers. Take for instance
These do not give the value of pi exactly
(and as far as we know) no simple numbers can, when the
proportion itself (is considered, and) belongs to the incommensurables but it is an astonishingly close approach
and an admirable clearing away of fractional troubles in all
approximate work, for such plain and small numbers to
116.5
366.0.
make; and the exceedingly
trifling fraction (either
116.-
5014 1366.0000, or 116.5000 -'365.9956, would be closer,

but not so convenient in multiplication and division) and
by which the one should be increased and the other
de-
creased, does not, in the existing state of our pyramidal

knowledge thus far, make much practical difference upon
most
up.
which we shall have presently to take

Are there, however, any other reasons that such of
of the questions
mere arithmetical convenience, why we should attach much

significance, in the design of the Great Pyramid, to these
There are some reasons of really
particular numbers?
In
the first place, 366, which repregrand suggestions.
sents here (for our arbitrary diameter of a circle 116.5)
the pi circumferential analogy of that circle, is also the
number of days in a year; or more precisely,

solar days in a mean tropical solar year (of the
or again, of day-steps in the circle of the earth's year,
nearest even
of
mean
earth)
which year
cal life of
the exact
is
the most important of
man.
number
We now
all circles to
know, by modern
the physi-
science, that
of these day-steps in such terrestrial year
at this present time in the history of man upon the earth

an almost endless fraction of unascertained
365. 2422
is,
So that the proportion of the day to the year is in

a. manner another incommensurable; in practice, though
not in theory, as interminable as pi itself; and yet for the
length.
182
ordinary purposes of life, all civilized nations now use

365 even; except in leap year, when they do, evenly also,
make
their year to consist of 366 days.

In the second place, it may be stated that the portion
of the Pyramid employed as the chief datum of linear
measure in the problem under discussion, viz., the length

of each side of its square base as determined by the 'socket'
measurements, both of the French savants and Colonel
Howard Vyse, when
it comes to be divided into 366 parts

each
of
them a length approaching to one
give
round and even ten-millionth of the earth's semi-axis of
seems
to.
rotation, or nearly 25 English inches.
Equivalent, there-
and independent confirmation shall be obtained, to the architect having laid out the size of the Great
Pyramid's base with a measuring rod 25 inches long, symbolical in modeiii science of the earth's diurnal rotation on
its axis, in his. hand
and in his head, the number of days
and parts of a day so produced in a year of the earth's
revolution round the sun; coupled with the intellectual
and instructive intention to represent that number of days
in terms of that rod, on each base side of the building.
fore, if further
A DAY AND YEAR STANDARD INDICATED

WITH REMARKABLE AND HARMONIOUS EARTH
COMMENSURABILITY Piazzi Smyth says: "Now this
a
was
is
feature, in all sober truth,
if
that quantity of length
really used intentionally as a standard of measure

of the most extraordinary importance; for it is only since
Newton's time that men knew anything exact about, or

have attributed anything peculiar in its size to, the earth's
axis of rotation as different from any other diameter thereof.
It is therefore, to
modern
man
science alone;
evidently a result of modern, very

civilized nation
and every modern
has, during the nineteenth century, been obliged to per-
form gigantic trigonometrical operations and "degree

measurings," in order to arrive at any approach to accurate
knowledge of the true length of that Polar earth-line, or
rotation axis of the earth and they are still pursuing the
;
DAY AND YEAR STANDARD

inquiry with most extensive establishments of well trained
surveyors and scientific calculators. Their best results
oscillate generally about 500,500,000 English
inches within very narrow limits, though some of the results,
from unavoidable errors of even the most advanced modern
hitherto
scientific
mensurations, are as great as 500,560,000, and

Such then is the range of
others as small as 500,378,000.
uncertainty in which England, France, Germany, America,

and Russia are placed at this moment with regard to the size
of the world they live on.
And yet they are immensely
closer in accord,
and nearer
to the truth, than they were
fifty years ago; while 1,000, 2,000, or 3,000 years

since, even the most scientific of men knew nothing but
only
what was childish about the size of that earth-ball or; which
had pleased God to place His last and most wondrous
act of creation
Man to dwell, and play his part, for, who
it
knows,
how
short a season.
possible, then, that at a much earlier date still

than 3,000 years ago, or on the primeval occasion of the
founding of the Great Pyramid in 2,170 B. C. (which date
"It
is
we
consider an impossibility, owing to the lack of intelligence at that period; 27,970 B. C. would come nearer) the
author of the design of that building could have known both
the size, shape and motions of the earth exactly, and have
intentionally chosen the unique diameter of its axis of
rotation as a physically significant reference for the standard of measure to be employed in that building ? Humanor by human science finding it out then, and in that age,
But if the thing was
course was utterly impossible.
inserted there in grandly monumental fact -too grand, too
ly,
o.f
often repeated arid too methodic to be owing to accident

there was something of supernatural in its origination.
And
if
traces of the supernatural in goodness and truth are

and to his Divine inspiration,
attributable only to God

then this most ancient, yet
still
existing monumentalization
superhuman contemporary cosmical knov/ledge of that time

must be one of the most remarkable facts that occurred at
of
184
the beginning of the post-diluvial career of man, outside

of Scripture history; and stands next in importance to
and religious mankind to

and
what
foe
end, it was allowed or
how,
aided by the Almighty both to take place, and in a manner
which has enabled it to last down to these days."
The above quotation from Piazzi Smyth's 4th edition
of "Our Inheritance in the Great Pyramid" is significant of
the man; his religious fever knew no bounds, so much so,
that everything he found or discovered in science, not
Scripture itself for
all intellectual
inquire into, as to
immediately explainable, he attributed to Deity. I am

sorry that he is not now in the body to defend his pet
As he has passed to the beyond, let me address
theory.
his friends and followers, (and they are legion), viz., if a
special Dispensation has protected this great stone edifice
for (even as he suggests
4,000 years) all the time that the
has
been
race
making history, then why should not
present
that same Divine influence have been extended to the
churches throughout Christendom? and if not as a whole
The
to some isolated sect? that was better than the rest?
no building on the face of the earth (outside of the
fact is
Great Pyramid) has withstood the ravages of time, the
flood, one-half the number of years
that this great stone building is known to have done
(not counting the thousands of years that history does not
earthquake and the
record)
We will try and answer both sides of this question
purely a physical reason viz., during the great seismic

disturbances in San Francisco, Cal., in April, 1906, and
Valparaiso, Chile, in July of the same year will do to
It is
illustrate; it
is
a noted fact: that the different churches
(regardless of denomination) suffered
more proportionately
than the buildings occupied by the lowest callings on earth.

And why (?) not because they were churches, but because
that class of buildings are tall, and most of them have
spires that are not earthquake proof, built of wood or brick
that will not stand a two minute seismic vibration. The
lightning plays similar pranks, and is no respector of persons
aiming as it does at the highest points.
TIME
IIAS
The other
NOT AFFECTED THE PYRAMID
side of this question:
Why
185
has the "Great
these thousands of years, although

Pyramid" stood
taller than any church edifice in the world?
And only
all
three other buildings of any character excel it in height, viz.,

the "Eiffel Tower," at Paris; the "Washington Monument,"
Washington; and the "City Hall" at Philadelphia.

which are built practically earthquake proof, and
each contain conductors for directing the lightning peaceBut why has the Great Pyramid stood?
fully to the earth.
about it. The extraordinary intellimiraculous
Nothing
of
of
the
race
mankind that flourished from 50,000
gence
to 100,000 years ago, led them to knoiv, that there was but
one spot (and that of limited area) on the face of the earth
(on land) but what had changed places with the waters of
the earth, some of it several times, and would do so again
at different (long) intervals.
That spot is located in the
at
All of
geographical center of the land of the earth: in 29 58' 51"

10' i" E. Long.; where they erected the
N. Lat. and 31
greatest stone structure that ever existed, or is in place
And when they
today, viz., the "Great Pyramid Jeezeh."
did so they had scientific physical reasons for believing that

would stand until the earth should cease to obey its
it
polarity and the orb itself disintegrate.

cause the earth, being unequally balanced
And why?
Bewater
area
(the
containing about three-fifths and the land area about twofifths), the land portion, or that portion of the land above
water, is principally located north of the equator, the
geographical center of which (or weight center) is located
between the following extreme points: N. W. Alaska, and

S. E. Australia; and N. E. Asiatic Siberia, and Cape Horn,
South America, in the S. W. or as above described, the
If you have
spot whereon stands the "Great Pyramid."
followed carefully what we have stated in our chapter on
earthquakes, tidal waves, and other seismic disturbances,
;
will grasp at our opinion, in the belief

that the earth
never perfectly quiet no more so, than a human being.
This state of inquietude ranges from the slightest sensation
you
is
186
noted on the seismograph, to the sinking of a continent.

During all such disturbances, great or small, there is a
point within the earth (the center of its weight) that is al-
most perfectly quiet; that point being nearer the surface

on one side of the earth than the other (owing to the inequalities of the weight on the surface) causes that same
quietude to exist on the surface nearest that point. The
strongest circumstantial evidence exists that that point
located 9 miles S. of W. of Cairo, in Egypt, where stands
is
This building was there,

white limestone casing
arrayed
to
when
the
base
second Pyramid of
from
stones,
apex,
in
the
so
was
built
(or
reported)
year 2,130 B. C.;
Jeezeh
the Great Pyramid was then so old that no human being
the "Great Pyramid Jeezeh."
in all its beauty,
with
its
then living knew when it was built.

the date of which is pure guess-work
All history regarding

totally unreliable.
and
The
fact that this building still stands, without the least

crack in the whole structure, except those known to have
been made by vandals, marauders, etc., since the advent
of the present race of men, is sufficient evidence that the
locality surrounding the Great Pyramid is the most quiet
spot on the face of the earth. We do not know what influence is brought to bear on our frail orb, the earth, to
cause it to change its polarity, or swing out of place and come

back again nor will we attempt to ascribe a theory for this
For our present purpose, it will be suffifreak of nature.
ciently satisfactory to say that such phenomena have
;
somewhat at length in a previous

Our
theory of the difference between a severe
chapter).
a cataclysm, or its effects on the surface
and
earthquake
occxirred
(explained
of the earth
is:
that the earthquake
is
caused
by a
force
from within the earth, while a cataclysm is caused by i force

without,. or on the surface of the earth; and this occurs
when the earth suddenly disobeys her polar attraction.

The result of which is, to cause some continents to sink,
with a corresponding amount of land to rise from the depths
of the oceans.
During such ordeal, the earth behaves
in
BASE-SIDE LENGTH OF PYRAMID
187
a similar manner that she does during an earthquake,

except, that she revolves around the point of least resistance
(having changed her course) with greatly accelerated speed.

That pivotal point, we claim, must be where the Great
Pyramid is located; for we believe that it has passed through
We deem no explanation necessary
several such ordeals.
to prove that the Great
Pyramid (or any other structure)

would stand and remain unmoved, during such a calamity,
if the disturbing matter moved evenly around the point
on which the said structure stood.
INQUIRY OF A MORE RIGID CHARACTER INTO

THE ABSOLUTE LENGTH OF THE BASE-SIDE
OF THE GREAT PYRAMID.
(Sec.
is
Smyth
We
14.)
there; or to
says
desire to ascertain
what degree of accuracy

"For in all practical work
if
the alleged fact
it is
there.
Prof.
of physical science
measurement, good scientific men know that

can be ascertained absolutely, but only
whatever
nothing
within certain limits of error those limits becoming smaller
Is
as observation improves, but never entirely vanishing.
and nicety
of
then, the ten-millionth part of the earth's semi-axis of

rotation, or 25.025 English inches (according to the best
modern estimate
of that axis, which in a manner,
and with
the shining of the sun to help, makes the days, of the earth,
being 500,500,000 English inches long) multiplied by 365.-
2422 (the now known number of solar days in a year),

the true length of a side of the square base of the ancient
Great Pyramid; and if it is not, by how much does it differ?
"The foregoing theoretically proposed quantity, or

25.025x365.2422, evidently amounts to 9,140
*
*
*
The only admissible,
English inches, nearly.
inches
because the only socket-bounded^ determinations of the baseside lengths that I was acquainted with were, ist, the French
one
763. 6 2 English feet
9, 163 .44 English inches; and,
2nd, Colonel Howard Vyse's of 764 English feet
9,i68
English inches; and both of them are far too large. This
188
error did not iffect our determination in a previous chapter

for the pi shape of the Great Pyramid because we computed
;
the height, in terms of this same base-breadth,
by
reference
to an angle observed quite independently of any linear measBut now we require to icnow more positively whether
ure.
the numerical length then used was real, or figurative only;
and when
I was actually at the Great Pyramid in 1865,

Aiton
and Inglis, engineers, succeeded in uncoverMessrs.
all
four
of
the
Great Pyramid's corner sockets, and then
ing
from socket to socket every one of
to
measure
proceeded
the four sides of the base; and with what result? They
all shorter, far shorter; to me it was at first
than both the French and Howard
shorter
incredibly
Vyse determinations; for it was equal only 9,110 English
Either their measures
inches on the mean of the 4 sides.
made them
then must have been very bad and too short; or those of
the French and Colonel Howard Vyse were also bad, but
too long. And why was there so much badness amongst
them? M.iinly because the ground to be measured over
is
covered, and heaped, and thrown into horrible confusion

and downs by those hills of rubbish, formed by the
of ups
fragments of casing stones (of which we treated at some

length a few pages back). Very useful were they then,
for the angular fragments they yielded, on being dug into
and turned inside out; but dreadfully obstructive are they
now, when an accurate linear measure over a long distance
wanted; and when like all distance measuring in surveying

work, it must be in a straight and level line only, for ultimate use or reference. Each measurer hoped that he had
cleverly corrected his really up and down measures over
is
hills and down into the hollows of rubbish, to what they

would have been if the ground had been level but when
their severally independent measurements are brought
the
together, behold
how they
differ!
And
this,
remember,
is
modern
science, so critical of the antique ages of the world.

"After much consideration I was inclined to divide
the errors very nearly evenly between the several parties,
INACCURACY OF DIFFERENT MEASUREMENTS

in
189
1867; adopting therefore, neither the 9,168 or 9,163

And in
side, nor the 9,110 on the other, but 9,142.
on one
1869, when the Royal Engineer surveyors (of Great Britain)

returning from the Sinai survey, went (according to orders)
to the Great Pyramid, and announced, through their
,
colonel at home, that the mean length of a side of its square

base from socket to socket, was 9,130 British inches, they
were nearer to the theoretical 9,140 than to any of the other
measured
results.
But as there are internal features
of
evidence showing that none of the measures, not even the

last, were accurate enough to be depended upon to the
third place of figures (whether measured upon only one
side, or all four sides, of the base considered square by every-
body)
all
men
are at this very moment left by the last

of modern times in this
Pyramid base-side measurers
predicament viz., the theoretical length of 9,140 inches

which would imply such almost unutterable wisdom, or
such inconceivably happy accident, for that primeval time
on the part of the designer of the Great Pyramid, is really
found amongst, or as though it were the thing really and
centrally certified to,
may
by the
best conclusions of
modern
indeed, notably confirmed by them; or

be asserted upon and by means of them, within such
measure.
It
is,
can confirm anything; and if those limits are

that
coarseness
is entirely the fault of the modern
coarse,
of
not
the
ancient
measurers,
building; which, founded on
limits as they
a rock (and an admirably firm and nearly unfissured hill

of dense rock of nummulitic limestone, in nearly horizoncould not possibly have expanded and contracted
between the successive modern dates of 1799, 1837, 1865,
and 1869 A. D., as the recent measurers seem at first,
most absurdly, to imply. The variations, therefore, first
from 9,163 to 9,168, then to 9,110 and then to 9,130, must
be merely the plus and minus errors of the modern measures,
or of men intending honestly to do well if they could, but
erring involuntarily, sometimes to one side and sometimes
tal strata)
to the other of absolute exactitude."
190
THE EARTH-AXIS AND YEAR-COMMENSURABLE, RESULT FURTHER INDICATED. "Of course

all that have been yet taken, might
be made in the present age of science, and should be in-
better measures than
stituted forthwith, to clear up so notable a point in the

primeval history of man; but the expense to be incurred
ground from those obrubbish

of
broken stones, to allow of accustructing
heaps
rate measuring apparatus being brought to bear effectually,
is beyond the means of any private and poor scientific man
and the Great Pyramid is not a favorite subject either with
in the preliminary clearing of the
men
rich
or the powerful governments of wealthy nations
while the invaluable corner sockets, never properly covered

up since 1865, are daily being trodden and cruelly broken
down
at their edges out of shape
and out
of size, so that
we
are not likely to see speedily, if ever, any better measurers

of the Great Pyramid's base-side length than those already
when considered by any experienced

computer fully, honestly, and fairly, do include the theoretical 9,140 English inches, we are already justified so far
(and we shall have in a future chapter signal confirmation
obtained.
from the
But
as they,
interior of the
Pyr imid)
in
upholding the high
degree of probability that the reason why the Great Pyramid

(made already of a particular shape to enunciate the value
of the mathematical term pi) had ako been made of a
particular size, was, in part, to set forth the essence of all
in
man
in recording the order of his works,

the
chief physical basis on which alone
understanding
true chronology for
and
ordained to prosecute them, upon this earth. For

evidently this was accomplished there, by showing that
the number of times that the Pyramid's standard of linear
measure would go into the length of a side of its square
base, was equal to the number of days and parts of a day in
the course of a year. That standard of linear measure
being, moreover, with a marvelously complete appropri-
he
is
ateness of symbology, the ten-millionth (or, in mathemati7th

part) of the length of the earth's
cal expression, the io
WHAT
DID THE BUILDERS DO WITH THEIR CHIPS
191
semi-axis of rotation: or of half of that axis, by the earth's

rotating upon which before the sun, that particular number
of days for
work and nights
for rest
is
constantly being
produced for all humanity in the course of the earth's

annual revolution around the sun. Hence, there is here
wheel within wheel of appropriate and wise meaning, far
above all the then contemporary knowledge of man, and ineating far more than any mere single case of simple coincidence of numbers. A grouping, indeed it is, implying
something vastly beyond mechanical accident on the part
of the unknown ancient architect.
The affair was, moreover, perfectly open, because it was on the surface, during
antiquity; and especially open during the days of the
Greek philosophers in Alexandria, when the Great Pyramid
was still complete in size and finish, with its be veiled casing
stones forming the then outside finished surface of the whole
and the ground round about so eminently free from both
all
the present obstructions, and all others, too, accompanying

ordinary mason's work, that Strabo declared the building
looked as if it had descended upon its site ready formed

from Heaven, and had not been erected by man's laborious
toil at all.
The question which chiefly troubled Strabo was
"What have the builders done with their chips 1 Here is
the most enormous building in the world, constructed almost entirely of stones squared by man's hand, so that the
involuntary production of chips must have been immense;
but none of them are to be seen all around the Great Pyramid is a level area swept as clean as if no stones at all had
ever been chipped or squared upon it." Yet what he could
not discover, time and the weather of over 1,800 years since
his day have abundantly revealed; for the said primeval
chippings by the original masons (a totally different affair
from, and on an enormously larger scale than the hills of
;
rubbish of the casing stone fragments of Mohammedan

time now to be seen about the building) were all thrown
over the northern edge of the Pyramid hill, or firmly banked

up against the natural cliff on that side, and levelled on the
192
top so as to extend the esplanade on the northern front of

the monument. And there, a good photograph from the
northeast sand-plain shows them still to be; discriminating
admirably between the natural hill, and this adventitious
addition to it."
(See Plate.)
REFERENCE TO THE GREAT PYRAMID'S

NUMBERS.
(Sec.
15.)
And
the affair grows in wonder the further
we
For Mr. Taylor, led by the numbers

inquire into it.
of British inches which measure the earth's polar axis length
and other men, ako led by the dominance of fives in the
Pyramid's construction (as that
it
has
five angles
and
five
bace mathematically
as one)
ventured the suggestion, that the author of the
Great Pyramid's design both employed decimal and quinary
arithmetic and had, and used, as his smaller unit of measure
one-fifth of a fifth part of his particular cubit, forming theresides, including the lower plane of the
An inch, larger indeed

by, let us say in English, an inch.
than a British inch, but only by a thousandth part, i. e.,
hair's breadth; an apparently unimportant
quantity, and yet it is that which enables the round, and
at the same time grand, Pyramid number of five hundred
millions of them, viz., Pyramid, not British, inches, even
about half a
to measure the length of the earth's polar diameter with

exactitude.
With these truly earth-commensurable inches, the

day standard of linear measure for the side of the base of
the Great Pyramid is 5x5, or just 25 of them; and that
length
we
shall
scientific design.
call
But
the cubit of the Great Pyramid's

in its own inches, the side of the
Great Pyramid's base, we must remember, will no longer

Next, as there
9,140, but 9,131.05 inches.
are four sides to the Pyramid's base, the united length of
now measure
all
of
them evidently equals
36,524.
of the
same Pyramid
inches; or, at the rate of a round hundred of those inches

to a day, the whole perimeter of the building (already
NOTED PYRAMIDAL NUMBERS

shown
to represent the theoretical pi circle)
to symbolize once again, in

practical
It
is
day
193
is
here found
lengths, 365.242, or the
day and night circle of the year.

not ominously significant, that the ancient cubit
of Pharaonic Egypt, 20.7 British inches long nearly, if

applied either to the Great Pyramid's base-side, or base-
diagonals, or vertical height, or arris lines, or any other

radical length of the building, brings out no notable
known
physical fact, no mathematical truth. While the other

length of 25.025 British inches, brings out in this and other
cases so many of the most important coincidences of this
earth
we
inhabit, as
make
the ancient
earth-axial
That
the
IO
is,
25
present day,
for a
moment
all-important
365.242 day matter.
inch standard, and

their base-side lengths,
none of
at once,
the scientific
monument,
speak both intelligibly and intellectually to

understanding of all intelligent men of the
"withersoever scattered around the world."
No other pyramid in Egypt can presume
to compete with the Great Pyramid in this
when divided by
number
7th
of days in a year, are able to show that crucial

of the earth's axis quantity, or anything near it, or
The general inof cosmical importance.

human
of
the
whole
race
stinct, therefore,
through all ages,
in so readily and universally allowing, as it did, to the first
anything
else
Pyramid the surname of 'Great,' has been borne out

beyond all that had been expected, by the application of
modern measure and scientific research.
While the ancient base-side length of the Great Monument has been quoted so low as 9,110, it has also been
quoted as high as 9,168 British inches, and in a manner to
lead to the inference that 9,140 of those inches must be
very nearly the true quantity.
Note the measures of the base-side lengths of the
greatest of the other Pyramids of Egypt, taken in the same
terms.
When measured by Colonel Howard Vyse and his
assistant Mr. Perring (the authors of the 9,168 inch measure
for the Great Pyramid, and therefore rather liable to err
13
194
than defect) they, that is, the respective ancient

base-side lengths of those other pyramids, are reported
in excess
thus
British Inches.
Second Pyramid of Jeezeh

North Stone Pyramid of Dashoor
South Stone Pyramid of Dashoor
8,493
The
4,727
Chief, or 'Great'
8,633
7,400
Pyramid of Saccara
Third Pyramid of Jeezeh

The Chief Pyramid of Aboosier
Northern Brick Pyramid of Dashoor
Southern Brick Pyramid of Dashoor
Pyramid Base of Mustabat el Pharaoon
Foundation for a Pyramid at Aboo-Roash
4,254
4,317
4,200
4,
no
3,708
3,840
the thirty-seven, continuOne of the pyraally diminishing, until the last of them.
mids of Aboosier has a base-side length of only 905 English
We
might go on through
all
inches.
(Sec.
16.)
THE
PYRAMID'S
LINEAR STAN-
DARD.
The nations of the world from the dawn of written

history, down to, less than one hundred and -fifty years
ago, of their "own selves and by their own knowledge, cared
about their national measures beyond their daily,
and knew nothing but what was childish
with regard to the size of the earth so that all our present
exact acquaintance with it, as a reference for standards of
length, is confined within the history (as above stated) of
the last one hundred and fifty years. The French philosophers in the early portion of the last century, in fixing on
the Meridonal quadrant of surface for their metre's derivation, did not take into consideration the fact, that the progress of geodesy would within the century reveal that the
earth's equator was not a circle, but a rather irregular
curvilinear figure, perhaps ellipsoidal on the whole, so that
it has many different lengths of equatorial diameters, and
little
social use as such;
therefore also different lengths of quadrants of the Meridian

in different longitudes.
Although a majority of the coun-
VARIATION OF THE GRAMME IN GRAINS
195
tries of the earth have adopted a "Metric System," it is

noted, that at least fourteen different nations have each a
different length for their 'Metre.'
This, as a matter of
course varies the weight of the 'gramme'; the

table will illustrate
following
WEIGHT OF THE GRAMME

ent communities the second in the
;
IN GRAINS by
list is
differ-
the one generally
adopted.
I5-43 2
15.4323488 15.433159
15.438395 15.44242
15.4323487^ 15.432349
15.434
15-44
15-44402
i5-43 2 34875 15-4327
15-43402344 15.4402
When the system was adopted by France the metre
was assumed to be the ten millionth part of the quadrant of
For
the meridian passing through Barcelona and Dunkirk.
the reason of the above named contention, we claim that
the system as originally promulgated, can never become
universal.
Again, the French shipbuilder himself uses
the fractional system to lay out a vessel's keel. And yet
these things were all taken into account, or provided for
by the great, and as yet, mysterious architect that directed
the building of the Great Pyramid, probably over 30,000
years ago.
For a series of "Weights and Measures" based on the
capacity of the 'coffer,' and other measurements in the
Great Pyramid, see another portion of this work. We

think they should be universally adopted. The ruling
7th
or ten -millionth part of the earth's
standard, the io
shown
to have been adopted by the archisemi-axis,
polar
tect of the Great Pyramid, by the general progress of all
learning, to be the only sound and truly scientific reference
which the earth itself possesses. Through the long mediaeval periods of darkness, confusion, and war, not even the
most progressive nation thought of such things as mathema,
tics,
geodesy, and linear standards;
if
not the same master
mind, very much like Providence, prevented our hereditary

and <?wcm-Pyramid, smaller unit of measure, the inch, from
We believe
losing more than the thousandth part of itself.
196
that the Great Pyramid is the one necessarily material

and memorial center from which those practical things,
weights and measures, sometime in the misty past, were

distributed. To whom, and when, is as yet unwritten history.
Sir John Herschel, after careful examinations of the
subject of Earth-size and Sun-distance, stated "that a
band encircling the earth, of the breadth of the base of the
Great Pyramid, contains one hundred thousand million

square feet." The built size of the Great Pyramid is here
stated to bear such a remarkably round and even number,
as its proportion to the created size of the natural earth,
that an argument for intention rather than accident may
spring therefrom, if it hold closely in fact and in sequence
to other coincidences independently ascertained. The
be used on such an occasion can hardly be any other

than Pyramid feet, or 12 Pyramid inches set in a line;
feet to
and the part of the earth for the colossal band to encircle,
what should that be? Though it is allowable in approximate work, to speak of the earth as a sphere, whose every
great circle, or section through its center, will have the
same length of circumference early investigation at the
Pyramid indicated to the contrary; and that its design
successfully
discriminated between the axis of rotation
diameter, and any and every other possible diameter

through the really spheroidal, or ellipsoidal, or chiefly
flattened-at-the-poles figure, of the great mass of the earth.
LENGTH OF THE EARTH'S POLAR

(Sec.
17.)
AXIS.
Expressed in Pyramid inches, (o ooi of an

.
inch longer than the English inch) the polar diameter,

or axis of rotation of the earth, has been stated by different
observers of the best modern schools of the present time
to be either 499,878,000 or 500,060,000 Pyramid inches
in length, or any and almost every quantity between those
The matter cannot, in fact, be determined much

by the best measures of the best men in the present
and
although one nation publishes its own results to an
day
limits.
closer
;
LENGTH OF THE EARTH'S POLAR AXIS
197
arithmetical refinement of nine places of figures, that is

not physical exactness; and it cannot convince any other
nation of its correctness beyond the first three places of
Some of them may agree to four places, few or
figures.
none of them to five or six or more places. Therefore, in

this case and all other similar ones throughout this work,
we shall try to simplyfy all numerical statements of measures by only entering the significant numbers as far as they
can be depended upon. Hence the three ooo with which
the above statements terminate are merely to give the
proper value to the preceding figures, and not to indicate
that any one man's measures of the earth gave forth an even
number of inches in units, tens, hundreds, or thousands.

Colonel Clarke, R. E., chief mathematician of the
Ordinance Survey of Great Britain, in one of his reports
issued some 40 years ago, gave two different statements,
arrived at by different modes of computation (reduced
here from British into Pyramid inches) first as 499,982,000
and lastly as 500,022,000 leaving the reader to chose which
he likes, or any mean between the two. The extremes of
Prof. Smyth and Col. Clarke are represented in the accompanying table, without attempting to decide the correctness
;
of either one.
TABLE OF THE EARTH'S SEVERAL DIAMETERS IN

PYRAMID INCHES.
Parts of the Earth
Referred to
198
TESTING OF JOHN TAYLOR'S ANALOGY.

Having the data at our command, let us return to the
Taylor-Herschel Pyramid analogy, which asserts that a
"band of the width of the Great Pyramid's base-breadth
encircling the earth, contains 100,000,000,000 square feet."
An equatorial band is the only one which could encircle
the earth in a great circle, and at the same time in one and
the same parallel of latitude. We proceed, therefore,
thus:
from the equatorial diameter given above, we com-
pute the equatorial circumferences by multiplying them

by that almost magic number to work calculations with,
the pi of the Great Pyramid and modern mathematics
Reduce them
or 3 14159, etc.
.
by
12,
to
Pyramid
feet
by dividing
and next multiply by the already determined Pyra-
mid base-breadth
9131.05
'
in
Pyramid
feet, viz.,
12
=760.921
the following results then come out, viz: They all give
smaller figures than the required 100,000,000,000; for the
smaller equatorial diameter gives 99,919,000,000, and the
diameter gives 99,949,000,000. Not

absolutely true, therefore, with any allowable equatorial
diameter, further than the first three places.
largest
equatorial
PYRAMID AND SOLAR ANALOGY.

(Sec. 18.)
Something then further than earth-size
had been deemed possible in the Great Pyramid;

but it was at last obtained by Mr. William Petrie, C. E., in
October, 1867, when he deduced the mean distance of
the sun from the earth; in fact, the "Sun -distance," to be
the quantity hitherto vaguely expected only. An enormous
length of line, is this sun-distance; and before which the
mere size of the earth vanishes into almost nothingness.
Mr. Petrie had remarked, and naturally enough, that the
circle typified by the base of the Great Pyramid has alreference
ready been proved to symbolize a year, or the earth's

annual revolution around the sun; and the radius of that
DISTANCE TO THE SUN
199
typical circle had also been shown to be the ancient vertical

height of the Great Pyramid, the most important and
which can be drawn within the whole edifice.

line, said he further, must represent also
the radius of the earth's mean orbit round the sun, however
far away that may be; and in the proposition of 10.9, or
unique
line
Then that
1,000,000,000; because, amongst other reasons 10:9

practically, in one mode of viewing it, the shape of
to
i
is
the
Great
Pyramid.
For this building, notwithstand-
of, its pi angle at the sides,

by
has practically and necessarily, and closer than any of the
modern scientific measures have come to each other, just
such another angle at the corners (see Fig. i and 2 in Plate
ing, or rather
virtue
every ten units which its structure advances inward on the diagonal of the base to central, nocturnal
1
8) that for
darkness,
it
practically rises upward, or points to sunshine,

by nine. Nine, too, out of the ten charac-
daylight and sky,
five angles and five sides being the number of

those ten parts which the bun shines on in such a shaped
Pyramid, and in such a latitude, at noon, through the
greater part of a year; when the sun "sits on the Pyramid
teristic
with
all its
rays," and the building

all, "to devour it."
no shadow at
enters Libra, on
March aoth
is
then said, as
Further,
it
throws
when the sun
of each year, at 12 o'clock
noon; and again when the orb enters Aries, on September

22nd, the sun stands poised directly over the apex of the
Great Pyramid.
THE PYRAMID SUN-DISTANCE.
Mr. Petrie in-
computation, reducing the 5,813

Pyramid inches of the Great Pyramid's height to English
inches, multiplying them by 10.9, and reducing those inches
to English miles when he worked out the quantity
"Alas!" sighed he,
91,840,000 (nearly) of those miles.
"the analogy does not hold even in the second place of
stantly
proceeded to
figures, for the real sun-distance by modern astronomy

has been held during the last half century (this was 40
years ago) to be 95,233,055 miles." So he threw his papers
THE GBEAT PYRAMID JEEZEH
200
on one
he had erred altogether in the very

attended to other matters; until one
and
then
conception,
fine morning he chanced to hear, that although the above
number of ninety-five millions and odd miles, had been
held so long by all the modern world mainly because it
had been produced by the calculations of the then last
transit of Venus across the sun's disc, by a late first rate
German astronomer (calculations so vast, so difficult, and
with such a prestige of accuracy and power about them,
that no living man cared to dispute their results) yet the
astronomical world had been forced to awaken during the
last few years to a new responsibility, and not only admit
that the number might possibly be erroreous, even very
side thinking
erroneous (or actually in the second place of figures) but

many series of difficult observations on either
to institute
same time, for endeavoring to

determine what the correction should be. One group of
astronomers of several nations declared the true mean
sun-distance to be about 91,500,000 miles; and another
group of the same and other nations declared it to be from
Mr. Petrie steps in and
92,500,000 to 93,000,000 of miles.
shows that the Great Pyramid results, which he had formerly allowed to drop from his hands, out of his exceeding
side of the world at the
respect to all modern science from the beginning of learning

up to the year 1855 A. D., is between these two latest, and
supposed best, of all the conclusions or so-called determinations; indeed, it is almost exactly the mean between the
contending parties, and forms therefore in itself, in simplicity and antiquity a single representation of the whole of
the numerous, laborious, and most costly sun-distance

humankind even up to the present age; and
results of all
it is
now safe
to assert, that the investigations of all nations
(since the above dates) have gradually come a little closer

to Mr. Petrie's figures, as shown by his measurements of
the Great Pyramid. And further, that in the near future,

the principal nations of the earth will be led to acknowledge
and adopt
as a
"key to the universe of measures" those to
MORE ABOUT THE DEIFIED ARCHITECT

be obtained, from the Great Pyramid Jeezeh.
201
Our advance
in astronomical science in the last 3 ,000 years (not generally

known) reads curiously, viz. "In the age of the Greeks, the
distance attributed to the sun from the earth began with

the infantine quantity of about ten miles; it increased
slowly to 10,000; still more slowly to 2,500,000; then after

a long delay, increased to 36,000,000, under German Keplar;
to 78,000,000 in the days of Louis XIV., through means of
the South African or trans -equatorial observations of the
Abbe La Caille and only at length reached the full quantity,

and then clumsily overpassed it, at the beginning of the
last century, under the leadership of German mathematical
;
astronomy."
Quoting from "Our Inheritance in the Great Pyramid,"
"Modern astronomers are involuntarily proving
4th edition
that Man, unaided by supernatural Divine Power, could not
possibly have measured the Sun-distance accurately in the Age
of the Great Pyramid; and yet it is recorded there with exceeding accuracy." The author, Prof. Smyth, should have
added: that no living astronomer in this age, at this late
day, can state the exact sun-distance; nor solve a much
easier problem: "Give us the exact measurements of the
Great Pyramid."
If the reader has noted our argument in the early part
of this work, he should know what our answer would be
to the above quotation; viz., that a "Deified Architect" is
out of the question at any period; and secondly, that as
we do not place the date of the building of the Great Pyra:
in 2,170 B. C., we escape the criticism of our ideal

architect, living in an age of (almost) absolute mathematical
mid
and astronomical ignorance. While we do not claim sufficient inspiration to assume any fixed period for the erection
of this "First Great Wonder," we are deeply impressed,
that it was at some one of the dates in the misty past,
when "a Draconis" (the pole star) was on the exact meridian
either above or below the pole in the North.
And those
dates were: 2,170 B. C.; 27,969 B. C.; 53,767 B. C.
and
;
THE GREAT PYBAMID
202
79,564 B. C., etc. As geology and astronomy have proved

our orb to have been many millions of years in existence, it
is safe to assume that it has been inhabited at least a half
of million years.
Also, that it has been depeopled a number
of times.
As the first date mentioned above occurred at a
time within our recorded history, and that history records
that no one living at that time and age had the architectural ability to direct such a structure; we assume that the
very earliest date that it could have been erected -was in
27,969 B. C.; and it might have been either of the previous
dates mentioned. Before the people of the earth will be able
to duplicate the Great Pyramid, they will have to re-dis"
cover (at least) the following
Lost Arts:" viz., "perfectly
hardened copper;" "overcoming gravitation ;" "navigating

the air;" "communicating (through the language of number) with the inhabited planets;" "a telescope with from
1,000,000 to 2,000,000 power;" also, more perfect mathematics; and measuring apparatus sufficiently correct, at
least, to survey or measure the same object twice with the
same
result.
The
builders of the Great
Pyramid knew
all
those things, to be able to accomplish what they did.

This is why all those writers of the past, that have delved
deeply into the mystery of that structure, "have Deified

the architect," to be able to give an apparent answer.
Of
this,
IN
more
hereafter.
REGARD TO THE HEIGHTS
of the different
stone structures of the world (see table of Pyramids in

another part of this work) it will be noted that no other
,
pyramid
in
Egypt approaches nearer than 32 feet of

the Great Pyramid, and only three other
all
the height of
structures in the world, at this date, exceed it in height;
viz., "the Eiffel Tower, of Paris, France, 984 feet, built of
steel; the City Hall and tower of Philadelphia, Pa., 537 1-3
feet,
the last 200 feet of which
Monument,
But no one
is
steel;
and the Washington
at Washington, D. C., 555 feet, all stone."

of the latter named structures have any claim
to mathematical proportions in their construction.
THE PYRAMID'S PEBFECT OEIENTATION
203
ORIENTATION OF THE SIDES OF THE GREAT

PYRAMID.
The square base of the Great Pyramid is perfectly
oriented, or placed with its sides facing astronomically
due north, south, east and west; this fact abolishes certain
theories to the effect that all
phenomena
have to do with pure geometry alone;
of that
Pyramid
for, to
pure geometry
as well as to algebra and arithmetic, all azimuths or orientations are alike; whereas, one most particular astronomical
azimuth or direction was picked out for the sides of the
base of the Great Pyramid.
This point of perfect orientation may be possible in
this our day and age but the fact that in all the wide world
over, no other building large or small, can be said to possess
this peculiar characteristic, hints at the fact that it is also
to be classed as one of the "lost arts."
The nearest ap-
proach to the Great Pyramid's orientation with which we

is the Mormon Temple, at Salt Lake City,
Utah, which was engineered by the celebrated mathematician and astronomer, Orsen Pratt, in his day.
Our belief
in the fact that the Great Pyramid is perfectly adjusted to
are familiar,
the four cardinal points of the earth is strengthened every

time a new set of engineers attempt to solve this mystery
;
as
no two
Smyth
of
states
them agree within several minutes.

in his "Life and Work" that it only
Prof.
varies
4' and 30"; the French engineer, Nouet (in 1878) placed
the measurement to vary 19' and 58". And others too
numerous to mention cause it to vary in opposite directions.
Prof. Smyth adds, "The more an astronomer looks into
the pointings of a magnetic needle, the more full of serious
uncertanities and vagaries he finds it.
But the more he
examines, by mechanical instruments and astronomical
observations into the north and south of the axis of the
world or the polar point of the heavens, the more admirably
certain does he find it and its laws, even to any amount of
microscopic refinement. No astronomer, therefore, in a

fixed observatory ever thinks of referring to a magnetic
204
The very idea, by

an
absurdity. And of
simply
course in my own observations at the Great Pyramid in
1865, I had nothing to do with occult magnetism and its
rude, uncertain pointings, but employed exclusively, for
the polar direction, an astronomical alt -azimuth instrument
needle for the direction of the north.
whomsoever brought up,
is
of very solid construction, and reading to seconds.

In that
the
socket
defined
of
sides
the
base, and
way comparing
also the signal defined axis of the entrance passage, with the
azimuth of Alpha Ursa Minor is, the Pole Star, at the time
its greatest elongation west; and after reducing that observed place, by the proper methods of calculation, to the
verticle of the pole itself, the cynosure was reached."
of
GEOGRAPHICAL POSITION FURTHER TEST BY

LATITUDE.
"Another test of nearly the same thing, not
19.)
but
by angl,
by distance on the surface; and further, that
the architect did propose to place the Great Pyramid in the
astronomical latitude of 30 north, whether that exact
quantity was to be practical or theoretical; while my own
astronomical observations in 1865 have proved, from the
(Sec.
results of several nights work, that it stands so near to 30

as to be in the latitude parallel 29 58' 51".
"A sensible defalcation this, from 30 it is true, but not
all of it necessarily error
for if the original designer
had
wished that men should see with their bodily, rather than
their mental eyes, the pole of the sky, from the foot of the
Great Pyramid, at an altitude before them of 30, he would
have had to take account of the refraction of the atmosphere and that would have necessitated the building standing not in 30, but in 29 58' 22". Whence we are entitled
to say, that the latitude of the Great Pyramid is actually
by observation between the two very limits assignable, but
not to be discriminated by theory as it is at present. The
precise middle point, however, between the two theoretical
latitudes being 29
59' n" and the observed place being
;
CHANGE OF LATITUDE AT GEEENWICH
205
29
58' 51" there is a difference of 20" which may have to
be accounted for. Though Dr. Hooke's question upon it
would pretty certainly have been, can the earth's axis
have shifted so little in 4,000 years with regard to its crust
that the latitudes of places hav altered no more in that

length of time than a miserable 20" of space. Unfortunately none of the Greek, Roman, Indian, Alexandrian, or any
of the older observatories of the world, had their latitudes
determined in their day closely

illustrations for this purpose.
"At Greenwich, the
enough to furnish additional
oldest
and best supported
of
mod-
ern European observatories, there has been a continued decrease in its observed latitude, with the increase of time.
In the large volumes of its published observations, I find

the latitude successively stated as: In 1876, 51 28' 40"';
28' 38.2".
This change of
1834, 51* 28' 39"; 1856, 51
i' 8" in eighty years, implies a quicker rate of decrease than
the 20" at the Great Pyramid in 4,000 years if the observations were perfect; but they are not, and it is said, I
both the instruments and the

employed may be found eventually to
believe, that small errors in
tables of refraction
Hence, all
explain away the apparent latitude change.
the known practical astronomy of the modern world cannot
if we apply to physical astronomy
great mathematicians of the day who are
supposed to be able to compute anything, and have announced long since how many millions of millions of millions
help us in this matter and

;
some
of
its
of years the solar system is going to last, these great computers also announced a few years ago that they had found
the interior of the earth to be solid, and as stiff as hammered

But
steel; so that no change of latitude could take place.
within the last few years, they have concluded again that
the interior of the earth is fluid, and steadied only by vortex
motion of that
fluid; also, that in the earlier geological ages,

man
before
long
appeared on the scene, great changes of
latitude did take place in those almost infinitely long periods
and that, therefore, some small change of the same tort may
206
have been experienced within human history; but it can

only be a very small change, even as the Great Pyramid
has already indicated."
GEOGRAPHICAL APTITUDES OF THE
GREAT
PYRAMID.
(Sec.
20.)
The
engineers
and
geographers
Napoleon Bonaparte, during his visit to Egypt,

were not slow to perceive how grand, truthful, and
under
in 1799,
effective
a trigonometrical surveying signal the pointed shape of the

Great Pyramid gratuitously presented them with and they
not only used it for that purpose, as it loomed far and wide
over the country, but they employed it as a grander order
of signal, also, to mark the zero meridian of longitude for all
;
Egypt.
It
is
plain to see that, in
coming to
this conclusion,
they could hardly but have perceived something of the

peculiar position of the Great Pyramid at the southern
apex of the Delta land of Egypt, and recognized that the
pyramid's passages produced northward, passed through the northermost point of Egypt's
Mediterranean coast, besides forming the country's central and most commanding meridian line; while the N. E.
and N. W. diagonals of the building similarly produced,
enclosed the fertile Delta's either side in a symmetrical
and well balanced manner. (See Plate II.) But the first
very particular publication on this branch of the subject
was by Mr. Henry Mitchell, Chief Hydrographer to the
United States Coast Survey. He, having been sent by
the U. S. Government, in 1868, to report on the progress
of the Suez canal, was much struck with the regularity
of a certain convex curvature along the whole of Egypt's
verticle plane of the
("Lower Egypt's") northern coast. To his mind, and by

the light of his science, it was a splendid example, on that
very account, of a growing and advancing coast line, developing in successive curves all struck one after and beyond
the other, from a certain central point of physical origina-
MORE EARTH AND LESS SEA IN THAT MERIDIAN

tion in the interior.
And where?
207
With the curvature
of the northern coast, really the Delta land of the Nile, on

a good map before him (see in a small way, Fig. i, Plate II.)
Mr. Mitchell sought, with variations of direction and radius

carried southward, until he got all the prominent coast
points to be evenly swept by his arc; and then looking to
where
found it upon the great

in his mind that "that
he
decided
immediately
Pyramid;
monument stands in a more important physical situation
than any other building yet erected by man." And the
importance of its position does not end there. For proceeding along the globe due north and due south of the
Great Pyramid, it has been found by a good physical
geographer as well as engineer, Mr. William Petrie, that
there is more earth and less sea in that meridian than in any
For this reason,
other meridian all the equator around.
the Great Pyramid's meridian is caused to be as essentially
marked by nature, in a general manner across the world
from Pol? to Pole, or rather from the North Cape of Norway
to the diamond fields and Zululand of South Africa, as a
prime meridian for all nations measuring their longitude
see
his southern center was,
from, or, "the unification of longitude."

Again, taking the distribution of land and sea in
parallels of latitude, there
is
more land surface
Pyramid's general parallel of 30
in the Great
than in any other degree;
so that the two grand, solid, man -inhabited earth lines,

the one, of most land in any meridian, and the other, of
most land in any other latitude, cross on the Great Pyramid.

Finally, on a careful summing up of the areas of all the dry
land habitable by man all the wide world over, the center
of the whole falls within the Great Pyramid's special territory of Lower Egypt.
Commodore Whiting,
of the U. S.
Navy,
is
quoted as
saying (in 1879) that the chief claim in his eyes to the
Great Pyramid as a Zero of all nations' longitude "is
not merely that it is so eminently set in the midst among
all
busier haunts of men, on
its
own
side of the earth,
but
208
its Nether meridian, or the continuation of its Egyptian

meridian round the opposite side of the world, forms the
that
most
suitable possible line of locality for circumnavigators

of the globe to change their day of reckoning, as they pass
it, accordingly as they are proceeding from East to West,
West to East because that Nether meridian of the

Great Pyramid ranges its whole length from South to
North Pole, excepting only near Behring's frozen straits,
through foaming, tossing sea realizing, therefore, almost
exactly the precise Nether meridian long desired by the late
most eminent Captain Maury, in his grand and worldor from
wide
facilitations of the navigation of all nations."
There is every reason to believe that the dry land surface spot, which was central when the Great Pyramid was
built, is central still, and will continue to be so until the end
of the present races of men on the earth.
We expect to be
further enabled to illustrate, before closing this work, that
the directors of the building of the Great Pyramid were not
natives of Egypt, but came into Egypt out of a country
having a different latitude and longitude, and went back
again into that country of theirs immediately after they
had completed the Great Pyramid in all its beauty and

perfection; and that there, in their own country, though
they were at the head of their calling as architects; yet
they built no more Pyramids (although they had built
many before). This will go far to indicate that they had
been taught, and well knew of early time, that there was
only one proper and fully appropriate and safe spot, all
the wide and round world over, whereon to found that
most deeply significant structure that they had been commissioned to build, with every detail of which they were
perfectly familiar, but entirely unknown to the then wandering nomads of that vicinity.
The
exterior of that great central building of the whole

the
Great Pyramid, has furnished us much food for
earth,
thought up to this stage of our theory; notwithstanding

the almost ruinous continuous attacks of twentv nations
EXTEEIOE MEASUEES
209
upon its exterior there is still proof, when carefully studied

and scientifically measured, in spits of all those dilapidations
to prove (at least) its size and location
the like of which
were never made out in all past time for any other building
on the face of the globe, not even for a single one of. the
other Pyramids of Egypt, all of which err utterly in angle,
What may we not expect from the
size, and position.
building's better preserved interior?
We will conclude this earliest division of our work

with a complete epitome of the outside measurements,
including the "Geography and Masonry Courses" of the
Great Pyramid; from the average prevailing testimony of
those who have measured and thoroughly investigated the
subject scientifically.
PRINCIPAL MEASURES CONNECTED WITH THE

GEOGRAPHY OF THE EXTERIOR OF THE
GREAT PYRAMID.
(Sec.
POSITION.
21.)
E. Longitude, 31
N. Latitude, 29
10' i".
58'
ELEVATION OF PAVEMENT BASE:

Feet
Above the neighboring plain as now covered by
sand
51";
Pyramid
Above the average water level.

Above the Mediterranean Sea level.
.
Inches.
125
145
10
215
Elevation of the lowest subterranean construction or subterranean excavated chamber above the average water level of the
20
country
HEIGHT- SIZE;
Present dilapidated height
verticle
*454
Ancient verticle height of apex completed,
above pavement
484
Ancient inclined height, at middle of sides,
from pavement to completed apex

tîS
Ancient inclined height at corners, pavement
to apex.
t7 2 4
u/^
14
JL
210
Ancient verticle height of apex above the lowest subterranean chamber

BREADTH SIZE: Present dilapidated base
584
side length
*745
Ancient and present base side socket length 760
Ancient and present base diagonal socket
I0
length
,076
Sum of the two base
diagonals
2,152
Present platform on top of Great Pyramid,
in length of side, roughly
33
n^
i
y^
*/
(It
except in so far as it has four or five
stones
large
upon it, the remains of a once
course
of masonry.)
higher
is flat,
Ancient length of side of Great Pyramid,

with casing stone thickness complete, at
the level of the present truncated summit
48
33
47
51
51'
14-3"
41
59'
18.7"
76
17' 31 .4"
platform, roughly
Pavement
and round the base of the

Great Pyramid, formed of stones 21 inches
thick, at center of North front
A chasm or crack in both pavement and rock
beneath, near the North front, extends to
a depth of, more or less
SHAPE AND MATERIAL:
in front,
Ancient angle of rise of the casing stones

and the whole Great Pyramid, when
measured at the
side-
Ancient angle of rise of the whole Great

Pyramid, when measured at the corners or arris lines-
Ancient angle of the Great Pyramid,

at the summit, sideways
Ancient angle of the Great Pyramid at
the
summit, diagonally, or corner-
ways---
96
i'
22-6"
EXTERIOR MEASURES
211
CASING STONE MATERIALS: Compact

white limestone from the Mokattam
Mountain quarries on the east side
of the Nile, with a density equal to
0.367 (earth's mean density equals i).

About
t Nearly
GENERAL STRUCTURAL MATERIAL OF ALL THE RUDER
PART OF THE MASONRY: Nummulitic limestone of the
Pyramid's own hill, with a density equal to 0.412.
Number of sides of the whole building, including the
square base as one 4 triangular and one square
5
Number of corners of the whole building 4 on the
ground and one anciently aloft
5
AREA, WEIGHT, ETC.:
Pyramid Acres.
*
Ancient area of square base of Great Pyramid 13.340

Ancient area of the square pavement, on which
the Great Pyramid is supposed to stand, but
which has only been tested as yet on the
Northern side, probably
16 oo
If the pavement extends the same width on the
east, south and west sides, as it does on the
north ( ?) then it is
1 7 75
The whole building from very base to apex is not solid
masonry; but as clearly shown by the N. E. basal corner
and indicated more or less at a point or two in the wall,
and the- descending entrance passage, includes some portions of the live rock of the hill.
Such portion having
.
been, however, trimmed rectangularly, and made to conform in height and level with the nearest true masonry
course.
Solid cubits of masonry contained in the Great Pyramid's whole equals 10,340,000.
Tons (P}Tamid) of squared, cemented building material
equals
5,274,000.
THE GBEAT PYBAMID JEEZEH
212
UNITS OP MEASURE REFERRED TO.

i.ooi
English^ inch.
12.012
Pyramid
English inches.
cubit.
.25.025
Pyramid
English inches.
........
cubit.
inches.
.25.000
Pyramid
Pyramid
0.9992 English acre
Pyramid acre
...
.1-1499 English avoirdupois ton.
Pyramid ton.
See also Plates III. to XX. inclusive.
Pyramid inch
foot
i
i
i
i
.',.
ONE INCH OF THE GREAT PYRAMID

subdivided into tenths, equal in length to one 5oo-millionth
of the earth's axis of rotation.
The above pictorial representation must be

considered approximate only, on account of the expansions
and contractions of the paper it is printed on, from moisture.
N. B.
.-.;Iy
:.o
MASONRY COURSES OF THE GREAT PYRAMID.

Table of the courses of squared and cemented blocks
of stone in horizontal sheets, one above the otjier, which
form the mass of the building. They vary from 20 to
79 inches in height.
of
in
Number Course
Ascending
214
of
in
Number Course
Ascending
MASONEY COURSES
igl
Concluded.
215
216
THE SOURCE OF MEASURES.

PART II.
BY
J.
RALSTON SKINNER,
Cincinnjati, Ohio, 1875.
T
following copious notes from the
"Source of Measures" are by permission of the author when
(Sec.
22.)
The
he lived:
"The
following, in place of a work,

strictly speakIt is like the study of an
rather an essay or study.
artist, where it comprehends many details in outline going
to make up a whole, yet unfinished and subject to change,
ing,
is
here and there as the blending of details may prove inharmonious or incongruous to the general scope of the
Unlike such a study, however, others can join in
design.
the labor of completing the task and

prove an incentive to that end.
;
3^ 'The whole constitutes a
it is
series of
hoped that
it
may
developments, based
upon the use of geometrical elements, giving expression in

a numerical value. These elements are found in the work
of the late John A. Parker, of the City of New York, setting
of a
forth his discovery (but in fact, the re-discovery)
quadrature value of the circle. Upon this one, that of
Peter Metius, of the sixteenth century, seems to be a variation.
"Mr. Parker makes use of an element of measure of the

equilateral triangle, by which, as a least unit of measure,
to express the measure of the elements of a circle in terms
of the numerical value of a square: so that, as a conclusion,
a square of 81 to the side, or 6561 in area, shall contain a
circle whoseârea equals 5153; or, rectifying the circumference, a diameter of 6561 shall have a circumference of
5153X4=20612.
value of that
#j|"Let it be understood that the question of
as to
Mr.
or
whether
Metius,
Parker,
by
by
quadrature,
whether it is the expression of exactitude of relation, does
not arise; nor
is it,
save incidentally, pertinent to the sub-
QUADEATURE OF THE CIECLE BY PARKER
217
matter in hand. While this work thus is relieved of any

necessity of examination into the question of the possibility
ject
of
what
is
called
'the
nevertheless,
circle,'
it
quadrature' or 'the squaring of the

is necessary to a proper
under-
standing of the whole that some, to many persons very

dry, details of Mr. Parker's construction of his quadrature
should be set forth in the very commencement. Incidentally, however, it is thought that the matters established
herein, as having a direct relation to the holy things of God,
as laid down in Scripture, will force an inquiry on the part
of devout people, into the abstract question of 'the quadboth as received and as set forth by Parker and by
rature,'
Metius and also into the very question of any special value
by Parker, as related to the generally
;
of the quadrature
accepted one.
"One development
is
as follows:
The numerical value
20,612 of a circumference is made use of to derive from it a

unit of measure for linear, superficial, and solid measure.
Thus, as a common unit of measure is the edge of one of the
and
faces of a cube,
division of 20,61
by
as there are 12 edges to the cube, the

1 2 is the distribution of this value onto
these 12 edges; so that the quotient, which

is that unit of measure which is, however it
is
1717.66+,
be used,
convertible into circular, and again, back into the geometrical elements whence derived.
And this is obtained by
may
the special numerical value, i7i7.66+the one-twelfth of

20,612, whether, as a fact, it be used as a whole or as a part,
as 1.71766
Now as a fact, i 71766+ of the British
the ancient cubit value; hence, the whole scheme thus

far displayed has been practically utilized, inasmuch as
foot is
20,612 is thus seen to be the value of British inches, while

derivative of 171766
so divided or scaled as to represent 1.71766
is the ancient cubit.
its
is confirmed from the fact of restoration, by

of these numerical values, of the Great Pyramid of
Egypt, in terms of the British measures thereof made of
"This
means
late years.
Another development
is
that,
by a
variation
.
218
of the use of these numerical values, taken systematically,

not empirically, a diameter value to a circumference value
of 6
is
found, which
Hindu method
is
discovered
to be the basis of the
and
and
and
the
orbits
of
cosines, tangents
cotangents,
planetary
bodies; which variation, as an enlargement of the above
for the calculation of tables of sines
values, on application, is found to give the exactitude

of the pyramid measures, agreeably to the design of the
modern with an ancient use.

"Another development is that the British system of
long and land measures is discovered to contain an occult
or obscure system of time calculations, based on the factor 6,
by which it is seen that the entirety of the British measures
rests upon these anciently developed elements, and thus
it is in fact, but a phase of the Hindu system.
The factor
6 is the basis of the acre and mile measure, running up from
the inch and foot, and the equivalent of the base side of the
architect, thus again coupling a
pyramid (which
is
a diameter value to a circumference of
the side of a square, divided into four equal parts of

24)
6x6 each, in terms of the British foot, and necessarily the
inch; hence the advanced measures as far as the mile, are
thus involved. But while this is so, the means of obtaining
is
this pyramid measure is through use of the Parker elements

hence the Parker elements are thus connected with the
whole range of British measures.
"But the greatest development is that the entire system
seems to have been anciently regarded as one resting in
nature, and one which was adopted by nature or God, as
the basis or law of the exertion practically of creative power
i. e., it was the creative design, of which creation was
This seems to be established
practically the application.
fact
set forth, measures of
the
the
under
that,
system
by
planetary times serve co-ordinately as measures of the size
;
i. e., in
of planets, and the peculiarity of their shapes
the extension of their equatorial and polar diameters, in
terms of the British measures, or the cubit measures arising
as stated,
from the forms of Mr. Parker.
The true study
QUADRATURE OF THE CIRCLE BY PARKER
219
of the Deity by man being in the observation of his works,

the discovery of a fundamental creative law (in numbers and
measures) as regards His works, of as wide and comprehensive grasp as shown would locate the substance of such
,
a discovery as the practical real tangible link between God

and man, as that by which man can in a measure realize
the actually existing working qualities of God, just, speaking most reverentially, as he would those of a fellow-man
a mason, or of a carpenter; thus revealing tanlikeness, relationship, and, remotely,

companionship. Such a link, once found, would constitute
a base for superstructures of recognition, praise, worship,
as, say, of
gible
existence,
and copy. As a fact, this system seems to underlie the

whole Biblical structure, as a foundation for its ritualism,
and for its display of the works of the Deity in the way of
architecture, by use of the sacred unit of measure in the
Garden of Eden, the Ark of Noah, the Tabernacle, and the
Temple of Solomon.
"Such seem to be the characteristics of development
from the elements of quadrature of the late Mr. Parker.
The extent to which the development is made so as to
compel a mental assent, must be tested, of course, through
the contents of this work. There is no disposition on the
part of the author to make any assertion as to the strength
What he has done has been done to the best
of his work.
of his ability, and he believes that a studious careful reading
of the work done, will be that, and alone that, upon which
any fair criticism can be based. Since, after all, all matters
of science subordinate themselves to anyone by which man
can arrive at a realizable knowledge of God, all things in
book are
of poor value in every other regard, comparaas

save
tively,
they lead up just to this kind or condition of
Such
being the case the following statements
knowledge.
be
as
made
introductory.
may
"(i.) The 'Quadrature of the Circle,' by John A. Parker
this
sets forth the integral relation of diameter to circumference

of a circle as 65 6 1 to 20612, derived from area computations,
220
area of square being 6561, area of inscribed circle is

5153; and diameter being 6561, rectification of circum-
viz.:
ference
5153x4=20612.
is
It appears that nature was regarded as making

"(2.)
use of this numerical relation, as a law or application of
to measures, by which to construct the mechanical

properties of the universe so regulating the times of the
numbers
planets that they should move by a numerical system such

that by the measure of their shapes was to be obtained
in a definite class or scale of mesures adapted to the same
system: so that
movement should
co-ordinate with size
under the same system.
However man obtained knowledge of the pracmeasure, ike British inch, by which nature was thought
"(3.)
ticle
to adjust the planets in size to harmonize with the notation

of their movements, it seems he did obtain it, and esteemed
possession as the means of his realization of the Deity

that is, he approached so nearly to a conception of a Being
its
having a mind like his own, only infinitely more powerful,

as to be able to realize a law of creation established by that
being, which must have existed prior to any creation
(kabbalistically called the Word).. The knowledge thus
gained was simply that of the measure spoken of with its
uses, in connection
whence
it
"(4.)
with the geometrical elements from
sprang.
This knowledge as to
its origin,
interpretation,
became somehow that of a caste condition. As

such it was most sedulously concealed, and when set forth
One way of
it was only in a secret or very obscure way.
This
method
was
it
forth
writing.
hieroglyphic
by
setting
Another was by
is the burden of the Hebrew Bible.
The greatest ever made was in the
architectural display.
and
use,
Great Pyramid of Egypt; the next greatest seems to have

been in the Temple of Solomon.
It is thought the restoration of this pyramid
"(5.)
agreeably to the design of the architect, will afford the
means of translation of the hieroglyphic meanings of the
THE HEBREW ALPHABET
221
Hebrew Bible, as, on hypothesis, the one was written and the
other built to set forth the same natural problems.
"The first step, therefore, necessary to the deciphering
of the hieroglyphic or symbolic meanings of the Hebrew
Bible, is the restoration of the Great Pyramid after its
architectural
this
This
conception.
work, and
it
the chief
is
that the
is
burden
of
intent of the
thought
far recovered
as to justify
it
to
be
shown
that
the Temple
is
publication.
Secondarily,
was but another architectural style of setting forth the same
measures with the pyramid. The balance of the matters,
condensed as much as possible into brief outline, chiefly
architect
has
been
so
serves to exemplify the method of Biblical application of

the pyramid system. This balance is noted here and there
in the text, and is contained in the appendices.
It serves
to relieve the dry details of figures and calculations, to
hhow related connections, and is hoped to excite interest in

the whole subject, and to stimulate those who may read,
to an earnest effort in the further prosecution of this subject
so fascinating in its elucidations."
The relation of 6561
20612
:
is
both in the pyramid
structure and in the Bible coupled with the form 113 .'355Some connections between the two will be shown, but
what the exact
basis relations
between them were, as
anciently recognized, remains to be discovered.
THE HEBREW ALPHABET.

For the general reader to understand how
(Sec. 23.)
a numerical or mathematical system may lie closed up in
the Hebrew Bible, it may be well to state that the Hebrews,
so far as has come down to us, have no numerical system
apart from their literal one i. e., their alphabet held their
numerals, just as if, in English, our a, b, c, stood for 1,2,3,
and so on, in lack of the Arabic system of numerals, borrowed by us, and now of exclusive use (although it would seem
that they were in possession of this system also). The
following is a table for reference, giving the Hebrew alpha-
222
power of the letters, their symbols to some extent,

with the numerical value fixed to each letter. The laws
bet, the
of symbolic use of words as numbers in the narrative of

the Bible are not known, and the real uses are only to be
accepted or received to the extent for which there is intrinsic proof.

Otherwise, it is to be observed that where
the letter values rise above units to tens and to hundreds
while the letter character may stand for, say, 20 or 200,
very frequently the characteristic value is used as giving
the expression of the unit value of 2 alone. These subjects
can be but touched on in this work. It must suffice to
close with the alphabet table (English pronunciation)
without the characters.
NO.
1.
2.
NAME.
Aleph.
Beth.
FORM AND POWER.
A scarcely audible
b,
breathing.
bh, or bv.
SYMBOL.
Ox
or Bull
House.
Camel serpent
4.
Gi'mel
Da' leth.
5-
He.
d,dh.
h; Latin
6.
Vau.
v or w.
Nail, hook, crook.
7.
Zayin.
Cheth.
z.
Weapon,
3.
e.
Window opening,
womb
8.
ch, kh,
hh
Latin h; rough
breathing.
9.
erect.
Door, hinge ^
Teth.
(Kabbala)
scepter.
Fence, Venus.
Affinity with He, as
womb.
the
Snake, basket, figured in Eleusinian

mysteries in wor-
by women.
Love apples, etc.
Hand, bent forefinship
10.
Yodh.
y,
i,
or
;.
ger,
ile
membrum
with
vir-
testes.
The perfect
ber, or one.
num-
THE HEBEEW ALPHABET

NO.
NAME.
20.
Caph.
Concluded
FORM AND POWER.

C, C'h, k,
kk
223
SYMBOL.
The hollow
of
the
bent hand; measure of hollow

sphere.
30.
La' medh.
/.
40.
Mem.
m.
Water.
50.
Nun.
n.
Fish,
Ox-goad; sign of a
form of the god
Mars.
symbol of Yoni
O, woman, or
woinb.
60.
Sa' mech.
prop, a pillar; teshence, egg.

Divisions of the
tes,
perhaps indicating a square.

Divisions of Paracircle,
dise.
70.
Ayin
no power
80.
Pe.
P, ph.
90.
Tsa'-dhe
ts,
tz.
Eye.
Mouth.
Fish-hook,
hunter's
dart.
100.
Koph.
Back
k.
of
head from
the ears hence sig;
nificentoibalances.
Ancient pillow to
back of the
head on.
Skull?
rest the
Eye of needle.
200.
Resh.
300.
Shin, Sin. sh,
400.
Tau.
Head, sphere,
r.
t,
s.
th.
circle.
Tooth.
Cross,
tion
+ Foundaframework of
construction.
224
QUADRATURE OF THE
BY JOHN
CIRCLE.
A. PARKER.
Kabbala was a species of symbolic writing

the
initiated, setting forth the secret teachings of
among
the Bible; and a key of Kabbala is thought to be in the
(Sec. 24.)
geometrical relation of the area of the circle inscribed in the

square, or of the cube to the sphere, giving rise to the rela-
numeThe rela-
tion of diameter to circumference of a circle, with the

rical value of this relation expressed in integrals.
supreme one connected with the god-names Elohim and Jehova (which
terms are expressions numerically of these relations,
respectively the first being of circumference, the latter of
diameter), embraces all other subordinations under it.
Two expressions of circumference to diameter in integrals
are used in the Bible:
The perfect; and, (2.) The
(i.)
One
of
the
relations
between these is such that
imperfect.
from
a unit of diameter value
substracted
will
leave
(2)
(i)
in terms, or in the denomination, of the circumference
value of the perfect circle, or a unit straight line having a
perfect circular value, or a factor of circular value.
Of course as to the fact of these expressions residing in
the Bible, it remains to be seen whether this is, or is not, so.
It will be sufficient if it is so; but if it shall so appear,
tion of diameter to circumference being a
beyond contradiction,
as to
it will
afford
much
food for thought,
whether so sublime a work as the Holy Record can be
a refuge for that much oppressed and bedeviled idea

"squaring the circle," unless the actuality of such relation
exists, or unless an approximate of a certain nature and
value was found to be of some natural use.
One of the values
It is very remarkable:
(Sec. 25.)
thus used in the Bible was rediscovered in about A. D.
1585, by Peter Metius, as 113 for diameter to 355 circumference, which, in the sacred record, is the imperfect value;
the other was rediscovered by the late John A. Parker, of
the City of New York, 6561 for diameter to 20612 for cir-
QUADRATUEE OF PAEKEE
Continued
225
cumference, which, in the Sacred Record, is the perfect

What the means of discovery by Metius were, is
value.
The "Quadrature" of Mr. Parker is

and therein the steps are fully set forth. As to
not known.
in print,
these, as
they contain the geometrical key for the proper understanding of Kabbala, it is necessary to set them forth somewhat
at large, premising that his value is obtained through the
value of areas of shapes. His leading propositions (each
proposition, in the text being followed by its demonstration are as follows
PROPOSITION I. "One of the relative properties

between straight lines and a perfect curve or circle is such
that all regular shapes formed of straight lines and equal
sides, have their areas equal to half the circumference
multiplied by the least radius which the shape contains
(which is always the radius of an inscribed circle), than
which every other radius contained in the shape is
greater, and the circle has its area equal to half the circumference multiplied by the radius, to which every other
radius contained in the circle
PROPOSITION
II
is
equal."
"The circumference
of
any
circle
that circumference be brought into the form

being given,
of a square, the area of that square is equal to the area of
another circle, the circumscribed square of which is equal
if
in area to the area of the circle
whose circumference
is first
' '
given
"The circle is the natural basis or

and the square being made so in
mathematical science, is artificial and arbitrary."
PROPOSITION IV. "The circumference of any circle
PROPOSITION
beginning of
all
III.
area,
being given, if that circumference be brought into any other

shape formed of straight lines and of equal sides and angles,
the area of that shape is equal to the area of another circle,
which circle being circumscribed by another and similar
shape, the area of such shape circumscribing the last-named
circle is equal to the area of the circle whose circumference
is
given."
15
226
PROPOSITION V.
"The circumference
of a circle
by
the measure of which the circle and the square are made
equal, and by which the properties of straight lines and
curved
lines are
made
equal,
is
a line outside of the circle
wholly circumscribing it, and thoroughly inclosing the

whole area of the circle, and hence, whether it shall have
breadth or not, forms no part of the circle."
PROPOSITION VI. "The circumference of a circle,
such that its half being multiplied by radius, to which all
other radii are equal, shall express the whole area of the
circle, by the properties of straight lines, is greater in value
in the sixth decimal place of figures than the same circum-
any polygon of 6144 sides, and greater also than

the approximation of geometers at the same decimal place
ference in
in
any line of figures."

Under this proposition
states:
"And
it is
after his
evident that
if
demonstration, he
and a polygon
circle,
number to which Play fair carries his

have the same circumference, the area of the
circle is greater than the area of the polygon in the sixth
decimal place; and because the circumference of one diameter must be four times the area of the circle, therefore,
of 6144 sides (the
bisection) shall
,
by the
transition of shape to a circle, the true value of

is greater in the sixth place than any approxi-
circumference
mation which can be obtained from a polygon of 6144 sides,

whether inscribed or circumscribed."
PROPOSITION VII. "Because the circle is the primary
shape in nature, and hence the basis of area; and because
the circle is measured by, and is equal to the square only
in ratio of half its circumference
by the
radius, therefore,
circumference and radius, and not the square of diameter,

are the only natural and legitimate elements of area,
by which all regular shapes are made equal to the square

and equal to the circle."
PROPOSITION VIII. "The equilateral triangle is the
primary of
and
all
shapes in nature formed of straight lines,

and angles, and it has the least radius,
of equal sides
QUADRATURE OF PARKER
Continued
227
the least area, and the greatest circumference of any possible
shape of equal sides and angles."

PROPOSITION IX. "The circle and the equilateral
triangle are opposite to one another in all the elements of
their construction, and hence the fractional diameter of
one circle, which is equal to the diameter of one square, is
in the opposite duplicate ratio to the diameter of an equilateral triangle
whose area
is
one.
of the triangle, the perpendicular is here

explained in the introduction to Section I.,
"By diameter
meant, as
or a line passing through the center of the triangle,

perpendicular to either side.
"Let
and
be supposed that the areas of the equilateral

C each equals one.
triangle
"It has been shown (Proposition VIII.) that the triit
A and the square
angle has the least

in nature
matum
number
of nature in
of sides of
any possible shape

and the circle is the ultiextension of the number of sides.
formed of straight
lines
In this particular, therefore, they are opposite to one another in the elements of their construction. By Proposition
PLATE
VII.,
it is
PLATZJL.
shown that circumference and radius
are the only
natural and legitimate elements of area
by which different
and are made equal to one
shapes may be measured alike,

another.
By Proposition VIII., it is shown that the
has
the least radius of any shape formed of straight
triangle
lines of equal sides and of the same circumference, and by
Propositions II. and IV, Section I., it is seen that the circle
228
has the greatest radius of any possible shape of the same

circumference.
By the same propositions, the triangle is
shown to have the greatest circumference and the least area
any shape formed of straight lines and equal sides, and

is shown to have the least circumference and the
greatest area of any shape.
By a well known law of numbers
and geometry, by which the greatest product which any numof
the circle
ber or any line can give, is, to multiply half by half, it will be
seen that if we take the aggregate of circumference and
radius in each shape, it is most equally divided in the circle,
and the most unequally divided in the triangle of any
In every case, that which is greatest in

the triangle is least in the circle, and that which is least
in the triangle is greatest in the circle and in every particular
possible shape.
the two shapes are at the extreme and opposite boundaries

of nature, being the greatest and the least that is possible.
They
are, therefore, opposite to

of their construction.
elements
one another in
all
the
Therefore, the square

the artificial basis of area (Proposition VII.),
being made
the diameter of the circle B (Plate II.) shall equal the
diameter of the square C, then, in the fraactional relations
of B and C such diameter shall be in the opposite duplicate
The
ratio to the diameter of A correspondingly situated.
diameter of A correspondingly situated with the diameter
of B to C, it will be seen, is a line drawn across the center
if
A perpendicular to
either side; therefore, the diameter of

B, in its fractional relation to C, is the opposite duplicate
of
ratio to the perpendicular or diameter of A, and no other

result is possible in the nature of things.
The proposition
is therefore
demonstrated."
PROPOSITION X. "The fractional diameter of one

circle which is equal to the diameter of one square, being in
the opposite ratio to the diameter of the equilateral
angle whose area is one, equals 81.
tri-
THE SOUECE OF MEASURES

"Let the area of the equilateral triangle
229
(Plate III)
equal one, and let the area of the square B (Plate IV) also
equal one, then the diameter of the circle C, which is equal
JZ.
to the diameter of the square B, also equals one.

And it
has been demonstrated that in their fractional relations
to the square, the diameter of A and C are in opposite
ratio to one another.
By the diameter in the triangle it
is known that the perpendicular is here meant (as in PropoNow if the area of the equilateral triangle A
sition IX).
shall equal one, then the diameter of A is found to be_ equal
to the square root of three twice extracted, or 1/1/3.
Hence the
fractional diameter of C, being in the opposite

is the squares of diameter), shall
duplicate ratio (which
2
2
equal three twice squared, or 3 x 3 and 3 x 3
9, and
81.
The
is
therefore
demonstrated."
9x9
proposition
The opposite duplicate ratio of Mr. Parker has relation
to the numerical values.
The shapes being opposite to
,
each other, he desires to get an integral number to coordinate with the shapes. When the area of A=i, then
the diameter is found to be 1.316074
But this will
not do, for, if possible, it must assume the form of a least
Square this value, and it equals
integral number.
This will not do. Square it again, however,
i 7320508
and it equals three, which is just that to be desired. Having,
however, obtained this, the value in the opposite ratio
must
suffer the
same
process,
and
2
=9, and 9 =8i.
230
PROPOSITION XI. "The fractional area of one square,

which is equal to the area of one circle, equals 6561 and
the area of the circle inscribed in one square equals 5153."
"It has been proved (Proposition X.) that the fractional diameter of the circle C, which is equal to the diameter
of one square (B), whose area is one, being in the opposite
ratio to a b (Fig. 8), equals 81 hence the area of B equals
8 1 x 81
6561 therefore, B equals one of 6561 equal fractional parts.
Now let B equal H in area. It has been
;
proved (Proposition II) that H equals E in area; and if

It has
H=i, then E i and if 11 6561, then
6561.
also been proved (Proposition II) that if the circumference
of F equals the circumference of E then F and G are also
And because one circle which is equal to
equal in area.
area
of the square being one), is in 6561
one square (the
fractional
equal
parts, therefore, an y circle which is equal
to any square (the diameter of the circle being a whole
number) shall be in some definite and certain number of
6561 parts. Hence the areas of the circles C and G (their

diameters being each 81) are some definite and certain
F1C. 8.
F/G. 9.
It is proved by the
of 6561 parts of B and H.
approximations of geometry, obtained by the properties
number
231
of straight lines, that
less)
than
--
C and
are
each
therefore (Reductio ad
greater
absurdum)
(much
they
6561
because they can be nothing else, there

6561
being no other 6561 part between 5152 and 5154.
"The proposition is therefore demonstrated; and the
fractional area of one square, which is equal to one circle
(the area of each being one), is 6561, and the fractional
area of one circle inscribed in such square is 5153."
shall be each
The
expression, "It
is proved by the approximations

the properties of straight lines,"
obtained
by
geometry
Mr. Parker
contains a very subtle allusion and meaning.
as
the
obtained
value,
by
approximate
Play fair,
approves
after the method of its obtainment, viz., by the properties
of straight lines, where such lines are defined as being
without breadth or thickness. Assuming the property of
of
measure, or obtaining the value

works a change on the
Now if Mr. Parker is correct
Playfair result necessarily.
in his taken relation between triangle and circle to obtain
a least integral unit of measure i. e., the number 3 then,
without at all conflicting with the Playfair results, his own
breadth to a
of
it
line or unit of
by means
are right
if
of area computation,
Play fair's are
PROPOSITION XII.
to diameter of all circles
so.
"The true
is
ratio of circumference
four times the area of one in-
scribed in one square for the ratio of circumference, to the

area of the circumscribed square for the ratio of diameter.
And
hence the true and primary ratio of circumference to

diameter of all circles is 20612 parts of circumference to 6561
parts of diameter."
"It will be known that
G inscribed in H = i
known
if
the diameter of the circle
then the area of
also, that the area of
H also =
G equals half the
It will
be
circumference
232
^x M =
M; hence,
multiplied by half the diameter, and
the diameter of G being one, then the area of G equals
its
circumference, and, vice versa, the circumference of G
equals four times its area. And the diameter of G being
therefore equals the area of H, because the area of

Therefore, the first part of the proposition is
demonstrated, four times the area of any inscribed circle
one,
it
H~
i.
for a ratio of circumference, to the area of the circumscribed

square for a ratio of diameter, is seen to be a true ratio of
circumference to diameter of all circles.
"It has been proved (Proposition XI) that the pri-
mary
between straight lines and curved

developed by the opposite ratio of the equilateral
relations existing
lines as
and the
triangle
circle,
the fractional area of 11
= 6561,
and
the true and primary ratio

of circumference to diameter of all circles
4G, for the
the area of
G=5i$3;
therefore,
ratio of circumference to the area of
diameter; and since
and primary
circles
5153 x 4
true
G=5i53, and
for the ratio of
= 6561,
therefore the
ratio of circumference to diameter of all
= 20612 parts
11
of circumference to 6561
parts of diameter."
"The proposition
is
therefore demonstrated,
and the
Mr. Parker
quadrature of the circle is demonstrated,"

should have added, to be explicit, and exceptional to the
Playfair method, "by way of area computation."
QUADRATURE.
BY PETER METIUS.
Some
years ago while examining into the

reasoning of Mr. Parker, the author found notice of the
He wrote Mr. Parker, asking him if he
ratio of Metius.
with
the grounds on which Metius obtained
was acquainted
(Sec.
it.
He
26.)
replied that he
was not; but, upon testing the
ratio
own, he found some very curious numerical

sent, by
of
difference.
relations
Subsequently, in a proposed second
work
his
of
edition
(published after his death) he notices
his
this ratio
and these
relations as follows:
THE SOUECE OF MEASUEES
233
"The ratio of Metius, known for more than a century

past (113 to 355), is the nearest approximation to the truth
ever made in whole numbers, but it does not answer the
imperative law contained in our twelfth proposition, and
The circumference cannot be
therefore it cannot be true.
divided by four, without a fraction or remainder.
By whatever
means Metius may have obtained his ratio, its examination

it to be of the same composition as mine, but im-
shows
For example, if 113 shall be the diameter

properly divided.
of a circle, then circumference (355) is 1-20612 part too
little.
But if 355 shall be the circumference of a circle,
then diameter (113) is 1-6561 too big. It thus affords a
very perfect evidence that my ratio 20612 to 6561 is the
true one, as we have fully proved it to be."
The conclusion thus drawn does not seem to be so
manifest as stated. The relation between the two ratios
is,
however, very, yes, exceedingly remarkable, as the statewill show:

20611
20612
112
355 :: 6561
20612
ment
6561
113
::
20612
355
6561
Parker has confused the results.) The relation
seems to be one which has, at some time, been found as a
variant on the Parker forms, because of showing the same
composition, as he says. The reverse of the case will not
hold; for, if the Parker forms be tested by those of Metius
no similar relation will be found to exist therefore it would
seem that those of Metius were derived from those of Mr.
(Mr."
Parker.
REFLECTIONS ON THE QUADRATURE.

BY
(Sec. 27.)
It is
Mr. PARKER.
averred that the quadrature by Mr.
It is not, however, because of

of great value.
the intrinsic value of his work that it is so largely set forth
Parker
is
234
from any immediate motive to advocate or sustain

because his can be shown to be that identical
measure which was uced anciently, as the perfect measure,
in the construction of the Great Pyramid, which was built
to monument
and its uses', (2) because, from it, the sacred
cubit value was derived, which was the cubit value used in
nor
it.
is it
It is (i)
-it
construction of the Temple of Solomon, the Ark of Noah,

of the Covenant
the value of all which con-
and the Ark
sisted in the value of the
measures used;
(3)
because
it
affords that Kabbalistic value which before all others conveys

in the Bible the idea of God, the meaning of the term, and
,
the values of his works in the Cosmos (4) because the

geometrical symbols out of which it is seen to spring, with
their primary numbers, are seen to have a kind of elemental
relation to each other, and were made use of in the mysteries
to convey the esoteric teachings; and finally, (5) because
it appears bound up in, and as making a fundamental
part of the English system of long and land and time meas;
statements are true, there will admittedly

it is well worthy of being set forth.
All who appreciate the intense labor of research for light
upon these matters will attach a value to this work of Mr.
ures.
If these
be no use to assert that
Parker far beyond that of the standard method, even though

should be defective, because its value will consist in
its being a literary key such as has never yet, it is thought,
it
rewarded the generations upon generations of searchers

in the Bible, in mythology, and in the antiquarian fields.
In this view, the question simply of its mathematical value
is one of the least possible importance as a primary one;
although once recognized to have been used as stated, there
is no doubt but that it would cause the foundations of the
standard methods to be reviewed with an intensity of
thought, which might, perhaps, in the end, establish Mr.
Parker's method as the one giving a more useful result i.e.,
perhaps, such an integral one, in area computation, as
could be followed or copied after in material construction
albeit, it might, just as the Play fair method, be, after all,
;
THE SOURCE OF MEASURES
235
but an approximation. With this apology it may be well

to suggest some thoughts in relation to this quadrature
value, which, to some extent, are worthy of attention, and,
to
some extent are
curious.
QUADRATURE VALUES OBTAINED

BY AREA COMPUTATIONS.
MR. PARKER'S
It seems to be of importance, and it will be

from
observed, that,
beginning to end, Mr. Parker seeks the
quadrature through area measure, in terms of area, and
finally obtains his numerical value of rectification by an area
(Sec.
28.)
computation. His numerical values are all area values to

correspond with his geometrical figures; and even so in this
final value, for it is in area terms where it exhibits a necessary value of linear measure of circumference. This being
the case, it is evident that his computations are susceptible
of material realizations, as in object building or copying.
If his process is correct, then, under his Proposition XL,
he has raised a test by which to work a change on the
standard method to make it conform to area conditions and
requirements. The fact that independently he has reproduced exactly the same formulae which the ancients
had, which formulae had with them application to the same
end, viz., relation of diameter to circumference, goes far
to prove that his steps of ascertainment must have been the
same as with them, though they may have had other and
methods of illustrating and enforcing the

His process seems to depend for its correctness
upon the Tightness of his ground of the opposite qualities
If this is rightly taken, his
of the triangle and circle.
numerical integral relation founded on the number 3 must
more
satisfactory
result.
obtaining the area 5153 of the

inscribed circle depends upon the question whether the
Legendre, or Playfair approximate, is right as a transcendental one.
be right.
His
final step for
236
CURIOUS FEATURES OBSERVABLE IN THE DETAILS OF THE PLAYFAIR METHOD.

It must be known that the results as to the
(Sec. 29.)
value of pi, by Legendre and Playfair, were not of universal
acceptation. They were, for instance, criticised as being
incorrect, by Torelli, in the preface of an edition of the
works of Archimedes, printed at Oxford.
Reference
is
made
to this preface, and also to Playfair's comments on

the same, as they are to be found in the supplement to
Playfair's
"That
Euclid.
Torelli
held,
according to
Playfair:
impossible, from the relation which the

rectilineal figures inscribed in, and circumscribed about, a
given curve have to one another, to conclude anything conit
is
cerning the properties of the curvilineal space itself, except

which he has not precisely des-
in certain circumstances,
cribed."
The
following practical truths seem to the author to be
exceedingly remarkable as looking, in this specialized way,

toward the support of Torelli's assertion, though no assertion must be considered as made that it affects the
truth of the general results of the Legendre method. The
effort of Legendre is to show that by the
burden of the
growing diminution and equality between the circumscribed C' B' and the inscribed C B, the curved line penned
up between them becomes measureable which curved line
at any stage of bisection, being an even and known part
of the whole circle, from it the length of the entire circumference, and consequently th^ area of the curved space,
is to be had.
The measure of this growing equality is always to be tested by the difference of value, at any stage
In the diagram,
of bisection, between C B and C' B'.
which may stand for any stage of bisection C B' is the chord
;
and therefore E E' is B B' for every succeeding bisection. Now, from B', as a center, with C B' as
a radius, describe the arc C D. Then C' D will be the
quantity which, vanishing by diminution, the triangle
of half the arc,
237
C B'
C' will eventually become C

B' D, and isosceles when the curve
lying between C B' and D B' must,
;
by hypothesis, become equal to

or to D B', as a straight line.
as a fact, taking the value C'
difference between C B and
C B',
Now,
(the
C' B')
of bisec-
and E E', for a number

tions, and it will seem to show
that,
with relation to the diminution of C'

7
D, E E is increasing, and by an increasing ratio. It becomes a question,
on the showing, whether the arc is not,
relatively, separating
from, instead of approaching the chord. If so, the question
What does it mean? If E E'
is, what is the effect of this?
thus increasing, what
is the value of the arc becoming ?

some incompatibility between the geometrical
conditions, as presented to the eye and the numerical calculations of these forms ? The rigid result of such a condition would seem to be that, the ratio increasing, the step
would come where, as Mr. Parker avers, C B' curve would
is
Is there
7
necessarily pass in value beyond that of C' B diminished
an absurd conclusion, unless some unnoticed incompatibi-
lity
has existed between the condition of the curve and the
calculations of the sides of the polygons.
It
is
possible
may be the case, since, in fact, the relations between them are not known, but only inferred. Practically,
a calculation of the value of pi to 6144 sides of the polygons
taken from the base that the perimeter of the polygon of
six sides is one with twenty-five ciphers making the radius
one with 6 repeated twenty-four times, yields the following
data as to the relation or ratio between C' D and E E', as
they respectively diminish with continuing bisections of
that this
the arc:
238

6 -sides, C'
239
while yet, absurdly enough, the chord and arc have not as
yet assimilated? Not only so, but have separated by a
(relatively) infinite quantity.
MATHEMATICS (OR THE STATEMENTS OF MATHEMATICIANS) IS FAMILIAR WITH DEFINITIONS

WHICH ARE UNTRUE.
-
It is unfortunate for mathematics that, in

(Sec. 30.)
attempting to set forth methods of comparative measures of
right and curved lines, it has been found necessary to assume
truths as the very groundwork of such measures, which,
in fact, and in the nature of things, are not so.
As to the
Calculus, for instance, its results are taken as exact, when
the differentials, which are real quantities belonging to
those results, are eliminated because, as it is said, on account
of their smallness, they can afford to be dropped.
The
Newton's
of
for
another
in"Principia,"
very inception
a
is
false
founded
stance,
statement,
geometrically
upon
;
as
regards exactitude of
"Lemma
I." states:
which in any
palpably
so.
His
the ratio of quantities,
time converge continually to equality, and,

approach nearer the one to the other, than by
difference, ultimately
Let
equal."
"Quantities and
finite
before that time,
any given
definition
ABC
become
be any triangle,
and with the length A B as a radius,

let the arc B D be drawn to intercept
the line
both
for
C.
Suppose this figure,

triangle and segment of
continually and proporas A B' C', A B'

reduced,
tionately
D';the relative differences will never
circle,
be
be changed, and, consequently, the

remain
the same. The pioposition is axiomatic, and does not require demon-
ratios of difference will always
stration.
area
AB
But take the triangle ABC, with the circular

D, as decreasing toward A B, by different and
240
successive steps, one of which

B F. By this
circular area
is,
say,
ABE,
with the
method, no geometrical
can be preserved.
The ratio of diminution
be calculated by numerical
combinations.
But there being a ratio of diminution, in which the difference
between the straight line and the curve is, say, a decreasing
one, it is, nevertheless, plainly to be seen that the only
equality of the curved line B D with the straight line B C,
in any possible diminution, will be when the line A C shall
so close upon A B as to wholly coincide with it (as to the
value of their lengths now or at last becoming alike), and
become, with A B, one and the same line, at which stage or
condition there can be neither curved line nor straight left
ratio
has
for
to
comparison: therefore, so long as those
and B
straight,
curve, exist at
all,
lines,
i. e.,
CB
either in whole or in
by possibility, be no equality between them.

Hence the lemma is false in its terminology; nor is it even
part, there can,
right in a showing of a growing or proximate equality,

as regards the ultimate structure of the lines, as was shown
above.
There is a certain ridiculousness in the matter, in this,

that while the schools assert the impossibility of th^re being
an integral relation between circle and square, because of
the essential difference between a curved and a right line
(which is true to all intents), the possibility of this integral
and mainbreadth that a curved and

straight line are not comparable.
Straight and curved
lines conceived of as without breadth may be taken as
comparable, because of the possibility of their reduction
relation
is
tained.
here,
by
inference, falsely set forth
It is because a line has
to points.
NATURE SEEMS TO AFFORD CONFIRMATORY

EVIDENCE THAT MR. PARKER IS RIGHT.
(Sec. 31.)
Mr. Parker
is
of the opinion that there
is
numbers some, so to speak, flux of notation of quantity,

by which geometrical shapes can be integrally noted as
in

changing the one into the other.
is
a unit square, which
is
Thus,
if
he is
24l
right, there
of the denomination of ^--: of
6561
also at the
same time of a denomina-
of a circular area.
Evidently, then, what-
a square area, while

tion of a
it is
ever rectuangular figure
is
represented in terms ,of. this unit
square,. its equivalent circular area value in integrals can
be given in the same terms; as
of
of a square=-^
6561
5 I S3'
be that nature assumes r in some
-
a circular area. It may

of her practical constructions on the, principals of plane
and spherical geometry, a least cubit one; and it may be
that it is in terms of this least one that she performs her
works, approximating the form of a sphere by its use., It
may be that Mr. Parker's method is right as a natural
mechanical one, while that by Play fair may be right
as a transcendental one.
It is certain that
nature does lend
some data,ai touching seme of her methods of construction.

The condition of substance to form what is called water, is
one resting upon the quality of heat as affecting atomic
particles
motion of
Heat being but a modification of

spheroid 01* drop of water is such
particles being in some peculiarity of motion
of matter.
particles,
becatise of its
-a
on
themselves, through perhaps the intervention of some

Thus the
subtler substance in which the atoms may act.
The effect of cesglobule, or spheroid, of water is formed.

sation of this motion is indicated by a, cessation of spheroid
Motion giving place to rest, the change is characterof shape; and this change seems uniformly to be that, as to shape of particles of the equilateral
<-hape.
ized
by change
triangle as part of a hexagon.

take place. In one form, at
On
this form, other
and growing out
shapes
of the cor-
ners of the hexagon, are little squares or. cubes.

(See
description by Professor Tyndall of .these forms, as becoming
manifested in the breaking down of ice particles in the interior of a mass, when heat rays are passed through it.)
16

In this shape the substance has become ice. If chemically
the components of water are in integral atoms, and if,
in its structural form, in passing from shape to shape, it
passes from one integral form to another, as lo shape, this
would serve as a strong hint that nature recognizes the
alliance and interchanges of shapes in subdivisions of wholes
not fractions. It is noteworthy that the primary material

one here indicated in ice seems to be triangular or pyramidal
than cubic; and this in a measure serves to strengthen Mr.
Parker's assertations, for it is on the triangle as the natural
originator of plane shapes that he raises a least integral
in the number 3 by which to express the value of the circle
,
in terms of the square and cube; and, again, he accomplishes this by an integral relation, so close to the Play fair
transcendental one, that the difference only becomes manifested at the sixth decimal place, in a circumference taken
to a diameter of unity.
PROBLEM OF THREE REVOLVING BODIES.

thus seen that the process of Mr.
Parksr is founded geometrically upon the elements of the
circle and of the equilateral triangle, being, as related to
each other, the extreme opposites in nature, of which the
(Sec. 32.)
It
is
the primary of all shapes, and hence the basis of all

the triangle is the primary in nature of all shapes
and
area,
formed of straight lines, and of equal sides and angles.
Of these the equilateral triangle is numerically measurable
and it being requisite to translate shapes by numbers, as
circle is
to the conditions required by a least numerical integral

value, with which to determine the value of the circle,
number
is found to be 3.
By means of
he obtains the value of the circle,
that shape of greatest extension as compared with the
Numerically, \/ 1/3 is
triangle, in terms of the square.
2
2
x
of his square, or the
8i=diameter
3
opposed by 3
2
8i
of his square, in terms
of
=area
its
side.
length
6561
of his least numerical integral.
The area of the contained
that integral least
this
shape and
this integral
243
and, by the process set forth, changing area

represent rectification, diameter being 6561,
;
value
to
circumference
(1)
(2)
2 0612.
The
results, therefore, are:
Area of square
Area of contained
Diameter of circle
Circumference of
circle.
circle
=6561
=5153
6561
= 5153x4
=20612
PROBLEM OF THREE REVOLVING BODIES.

BY MR. PARKER.
(Sec. 33.)
Mr. Parker follows up the ascertainment
of these data with his problem of three revolving bodies,

founded upon the principles of the quadrature. This
problem is as follows:
PROPOSITION I. "The respective and relative motion
of three gravitating bodies revolving together and about
each other is as four to three, or one and one-third of one
primary circumference.
"I have always considered this proposition as selfevident on the face of it, and that no mathematician would
deny it and hazard his reputation on sustaining the denial
with proof. But as I shall perhaps be called upon for proof,
I
add
after
here, at
some
my own method
length, the solution of the problem,

as follows
:
"The problem of three gravitating bodies revolving

together and about each other is one which like the quadrature, has hitherto baffled all attempts of mathematicians
But since this, like others of the kind, is of itself
to solve.
a problem, which is daily performed and consequently

solved by the mechanical operations of nature, the failure
of mathematicians to reach the solution proves nothing
but the imperfection of the reasoning applied to it.
"It is a principle, I think, clearly demonstratable
that whatever can be constructed by mechanics out of
given magnitudes, can be exactly determined by numbers,
and that which cannot be constructed by mechanics out of
any given magnitudes, cannot be exactly determined by
,
244
numbers, having the same relation as the magnitudes one

is for this reason, and for this reason only,
not, out of the same magnitudes, construct a.
square which is just twice as big as any other perfect
square neither can we find the perfect root of such a square
to another.
that
It
we can
;
by decimal numbers. If this reasoning be true, then,

because the problem of three gravitating bodies is a mechanical operation daily performed in nature, it is hence a thing
capable of being proved by numbers. The great difficulty
of this problem has arisen, I think, from the impossibility
of its full display by diagram, and the difficulty of embracing, in any formulae, all the conditions contained in its
elements. The plan of exacting a display by diagram ,of
all the geometrical propositions is safe, and perhaps it is
the only plan by which the yet untaught mind can be initiated into the truths of geometry; but is always necessary
in every original demonstration?
Are there not other
means equally true and equally safe in the hands of one
accustomed to examination, and acquainted with the properties of numbers and of shapes?
I think there are; and
without taking the least unwarrantable latitude, or departing from the clearest perceptions of reason,
think
be easily and accurately solved.

"The thing required of every demonstration is, that,
it shall give a sufficient reason for the truth which it asserts.
But, in order that a reason may b&sufficient, and the conclusion drawn from it safe, it is necessary, not only that
the relations of cause and effect shall be made, clear to our
perceptions, but also that the conclusion, when drawn,
this problem,
may
shall abide the test of practical application.

stration which does less than this cannot
Any demon-,
be relied on,
and no demonstration ever made has ever done more than
this.
"We know
very well that things are possible or impossible to be done, only in proportion as the means applied
are adequate or inadequate to the purpose.
know also,
We
that because different principles exist in the various forms
245
it is impossible to demonstrate everythe same means or same principles. It is a narrow
of matter, therefore
by
minded prejitd
thing
ce, therefore,
which exacts that every dem-
made by
the prescribed rules of science,
onstration shall be
as
^f
embraced every principle which exists

Yet none are more frequently guilty of this
science already
in nature.
narrow-mindedness than mathematicians, who often require

that things shall be done by the means which the written
science affords, well knowing at the same time that such
means are inadequate. Such has always been the case in
Mathematicians
respect to the quadrature of the circle.
have demanded that it should be demonstrated by the
properties of straight lines, knowing at the same time that
lines are inadequate.
Therefore (and therefore
only) the thing has been found impossible, and all other
demonstrations are rejected, because they cannot be shown
straight
I do not consent to such unreasonablestraight lines.

ness of decision; but, in every proposition where the sufficient reason is manifest, I hold the proposition to be demon-
by
it can be disproved.
"In entering upon the solution of the problem of three
gravitating bodies, we must first examine and see of what
elements the problem is composed.
"The elements which I shall consider in this case, will
not be such as a mathematician of the schools would
think it necessary to consider. They will be far more simple,
more conclusive (for such as the schools can furnish, have
strated until
yet decided nothing), and I think, more comprehensible,

yet equally true to nature (for I consult nature's laws only
and not the method or opinions of any other man), and

equally accurate and precise with any which can be given
by any other method.
"And, first, each revolving body is impressed by nature
with certain laws making it susceptible of the operation of
which being applied, impels motion. These laws
be expressed under the general term forces, which,
though various in their nature, possess an equalizing power,
force,
may
all

controlling each other in such a way that neither can predominate beyond a certain limit; and consequently, these
bodies can never approach nearer to each other than a

certain point, nor recede from each other beyond another
certain point.
made
Hence, these forces
perfectly equal,
are, at
and therefore they
some mean point,
may be
considered
and hence but one element in the problem.

"Secondly, these revolving bodies have magnitude,
shape, density, etc., which affect the operations of force
as
but one
force,
These properties of revolving bodies

have all the same inherent power of equalization as forces.
For example, if density be greater in one than another,
then magnitude will be relatively less, force will be less
(the direct force), and the momentum from velocity greater,
but the whole shall be equal. On the other hand, if magniin producing motion.
tude be greater, and density less, then force will be greater

and velocity less, but the whole shall be equal.
"The second element of this problem may, therefore,
be comprehended under the term magnitude, which shall
include shape, density, and every other quality or condition
which affects the operation of force in producing motion,
and the whole constitute but one element in the problem,

which I term magnitude, as referring to the bodies themselve; rather than to any of their qualities, as density,
gravity, or otherwise.
"The third element in this problem is distance, by
which I would be understood to mean the chosen distances
from one another, at which these bodies perform their

It is well understood, that from
revolutions in space.
the nature of the case, these revolving bodies must take
up
their
mean
distances from one another in exact propor-
tion to their respective magnitudes and forces, and in

proportion as these are greater or less, the distance from
each other will be greater or less. Hence, it is seen that

the same inherent power of equalization exists in respect
to distances as in respect to the forces and magnitudes,
and whether their distances from each other be greater or

less,
equal or unequal, they
still
247
constitute but one element
in the problem.
"The fourth and last element in this problem is motion,

or velocity, by which distances are to be performed or overcome by revolution. And here again, it will be seen, that
because the distances to be thus performed by revolution
depend entirely on the chosen distances from one another,
and these again depend on magnitude and force, therefore
the same equalizing power exists in regard to motion or
velocity, as exists in regard to all the other elements, and
also constitutes but one element in the
which
I will term velocity, as including momenproblem,
other
tum, and every
quality, condition, or effect of motion.
"These jour in number, are all the elements necessary
for the mechanical performance of the problem, and con-
therefore this
sequently all that are necessary for its determination by

numbers; and it has been seen that such is the nature of the
problem itself, and the power of these elements over one
another, that every other quality or condition affecting
either, is equalized by, and held in subservience to these,
and these again are equalized by, and held in subservience

to one another, and all controlled by magnitude, so that th<*
whole constitute but one problem or mechanical operation
in which four elements are concerned.
"The difficulty of reducing impalpable things to a
palpable standard of measure is generally conceded; but,
in this case, I think the difficulty does not exist, and that
these elements may all be as truly represented by numbers
and magnitudes as if they were palpable things in themselves, having the qualities of length, breadth, and thickness.
For example,
let
a stone be a magnitude, having
Now, a force which can raise

^hape, bulk, density, etc.
this stone one foot from the ground, and hold it suspended
there, is, in its relation to the magnitude or stone, exactly
equal to one foot of measure; and because the stone is
held suspended, and does not descend again, nor rise higher,
it
is
evident that the force and magnitude have become
248
equal at that point* of elevation,

the magnitude or stone is, in
and
its
therefore, vice versa,

relation to the force,
exactly equal to one foot of measure, and consequently

distance and motion are each seen to be equal to one foot
and the tame principles of applicability to measure exist in
;
suspended in space, and made to revolve about

each other by forces inherent in themselves. It matters
not that other and disturbing forces exist outside or inside
the space in which these bodies revolve, because, if another
and disturbing force be considered, then it ceases to be a
problem of three gravitating bodies; and also, because such
disturbing forces, if they exist, operate proportionally on
three bodies
of the revolving bodies,
all three
lution,
and consequent change
and
in the course of a revo-
of relative position, these
disturbances must find their perfect equality.

"Now, let us suppose that we have here three bodies,
revolving together in space by their own gravitating power,

and let the magnitudes of these bodies be exactly equal to
one another; then their forces shall be equal, their distances

equal,
and
and
their velocities equal,
be seen that they cannot revolve about each other, but

must follow each other round a
it will
common
center,
and
their relative b
in respect to
any point in
or
the
star
A) must
point
space (as
be on the value of the circummotion,
B, which
of each body, as in the accomcenter
the
passes through
ference of
the circle
panying figure.
."Now, let us suppose that each of the elements contained in the problem of three gravitating bodies, is an equal
portion of the area of the circle which these bodies describe
in a revolution; then the circle will be divided from the
center into four equal parts, as at the points a, b, c, d, and
It will be seen that in each
let each part be equal to one.
relative change of position, each revolving
body passes over
THE SOUBCE OF MEASURES
249
an area equal to one and one-third. In other words, their

motion is as jour to three. So, also, if each element
shall be an equal portion of the circumference of the circle
B, or an equal portion of the square of the diameter of B,
the same result is manifest, and the relative motion of
relative
each revolving body is as jour to three of such magnitude as is

made the standard of measure.
"Again: Secondly. Let the area of the circle inscribed
whose sides make the distance

between these revolving bodies, be one, as in the following
It is seen that the circle B, whose circumference
figure.
in the equilateral triangle,
these bodies describe

er
by
than such inscribed
their revolution,
is
four times great-
Hence again,
circle.
their relative
change of position is seen to be as four to three, or one and

one-third of the primary magnitude which is made the
standard of measure, and (Proposition I, Sec. 31.) it is
seen that the circle inscribed in the triangle, (as follows),
forms the basis of the area of that
c
triangle, when it shall be measured
by circumference and radius, which
are the only legitimate elements of

area in all shapes alike.
"Again:
that
Thirdly.
It i^ seen
the
equilateral -triangle [see

preceding figure] whose sides make
the distance between these revolv,
ing bodies, is an angular shape and being measured in the

usual way of measuring angular shapes, its area equals
the perpendicular Pd, equal one.
Then it is seen that
the diameter of the circle B, which these bodies describe
in a revolution, is one-third greater than the perpendicular.
Hence, in performing a complete revolution, these
bodies describe a circumference equal to one and and one

third the circumference of one diameter.
In other words,
their relative
motion
is
again seen to be as four to three
of one primary circumference.
250
These bodies, which are revolving together,

hypothesis) to be equal to one another in
and
magnitude,
consequently equal to one another in all
the elements concerned in their revolution. Now, let us
suppose that their distance from each other equals one.
That distance is seen to be the side of an equilateral triangle inscribed in the circle B, whose circumference they
describe in one complete revolution.
[See preceding figure.]
Now, the side of an equilateral triangle inscribed in a circle
equals the perpendicular from the base of an equilateral
triangle, whose side equals the diameter of the aforesaid
circle; and therefore, because the square of the side of any
"Fourthly.
are
known (by
added to the square of

because
the
and
square of the side of the
perpendicular,
equilateral triangle equals one-third

its
equilateral triangle inscribed in B equals only, therefore the

square of the diameter of B equals one and one-third.
Hence the area of B equals one and one-third the area of
a circle whose diameter
is
one.
Hence, in describing the
circumference of B, the relative motion of the three revolving bodies shall be as four to three, or one and one-third
the area of a circle whose diameter is one.
Proposition XII., Sec. 23, it is shown that the
and primary ratio of circumference to diameter of all
circles, which can be expressed in whole numbers, is four
"By
true
times the area of one circle inscribed in one square, for the
ratio of circumference, to the area of the circumscribed square,
for a ratio of diameter.
Therefore,
[See preceeding figure]
it is
evident that
if
the circumference of
shall
be resolved
into such primary parts as shall express the circumference of

one diameter in whole numbers and in its exact relation to
,
area and diameter, without a remainder in either, then the

circumference B shall equal one and one-third of one primary
circumference, such as may be expressed in whole numbers;
because the area of the square circumscribing B equals one
and
one-third,
inscribed in
when ths
equals one.
side of the equilateral
triangle
THE SOUECE OF MEASUKES
251
"Fifth and lastly. These revolving bodies must be

supposed to revolve upon a value, in which diameter and
area form exact and equal portions, and the only circle in
nature whose diameter and area are equal to one another,
and identical in numbers is a circle whose circumference is
four; hence the relative motion of three bodies of equal
magnitude, revolving together, can not be otherwise than
one and one-third of such parts.
"It
evident from
all the foregoing demonstrations,

the elements of which this problem is
composed to be magnitudes, and take them as a standard of
measure, whether such magnitudes shall be equal portions
of the area of a circle, or of its circumference, or of the square
is
we suppose
that,
if
of
diameter or wnether we take as our standard of meas-
its
ure the distance between these revolving bodies, which

makes the side of a triangle, or the perpendicular of such
triangle, or its inscribed circle; in all cases, and in every
case, the relative motion of these three revolving bodies
must be as jour
made
to three,
or one
and
one-third of such magnitude
is no other
standard of measure which can be mathematically assumed
in the premises which I have not here considered.
"The proposition is therefore demonstrated that three
as
is
the
standard of measure, and there
gravitating bodies of equal magnitude, revolving together,

their relative motion shall be as four to three, or one and onethird of one primary circumference.
"It will be obvious to anyone that, in the foregoing
demonstration, I have assumed that the magnitude of the
revolving bodies are

forces, distances,
all
and
equal to one another,
and hence
their
velocities are all equal to one another;
consequently they all revolve on the same circumference

as shown in the several plates; therefore, they cannot
revolve about each other, but must follow each other round
a common center.
But, in the problem of the revolution
of the moon about the earth, and the earth and moon together about the sun the magnitudes are all unequal, and
hence their distances from each other, their forces and velo;
252
unequal, and they are known not to follow each

the foregoing demonstration, but to revolve
about each other in the order above stated.
cities, are all
other, as in
"It may perhaps, therefore, be inferred that the foregoing demonstration is not applicable to such gravitating
bodies.
But it must be observed, also, that the equalizing
power of all the elements of the problem are in full force

and operation here, as well as in the problem just solved,
.and that the chosen distances, forces, and velocities are
in exact proportion to the relative
magnitudes of the bodies
revolving; and hence their relative motion shall be still

the same, with this difference only, that because the moon
revolves about the earth, and the earth and moon together
revolve about the sun, therefore their relative motions

being expressed by time (which is also relative), the fol-
lowing proportions ensue."

While Mr. Parker seeks to set forth his
(Sec. 34.)
own clearly conceived opinions that nature, in the construction of the solar system, and of the cosmos, founds all
size, shape, density, motion, relation to
each other, and relative motion to each other, upon an
underlying law, capable of mental realization and of geometrical setting forth, by which, if some one unit fact of these
^phenomena is known, then all these various elements may
be had in a correlating and co-ordinating method of notation, he also intends to say that there is one, and but one
number form, for a flux through which all these relations
may become manifested and known. The base of the law
is the relation of the geometrical elements of the triangle,
the circle, and the square; the second, or measuring, or
bodies as to their
notating, stage is the relation of the area and rectification

of the circle in terms of the square
Now, these relations
.
be variously set forth, as of unity for diameter to

for circumference, and so on; but there is but
one numerical form for the expression of these relations,
through which all these phenomena will correlatively work
themselves out, and that is in the Parker forms of 6561
5153x4 =206 12, and none oilier; and this is the form on which
may
3.14159+
253
under his quadrature value, and his problem of three

revolving bodies, Mr. Parker proceeds to the calculation of
the time periods of the earth and moon.
Suppose that nature herself recognizes the division

day into the same subdivisions that man does,
viz., 5184000'" (or, in other words, suppose that -man has
been taught these number relations from nature, as by
revelation, in whatsoever way we may understand it as'
of the solar
coming), as a time circle actually made by the revolution

of a planet; and suppose she herself has so adjusted her
works that this circle has relation to the abstract relation of
square area to circular area and circular rectification in

one peculiar number form, and none other, to that she shall
preserve harmonious connection in
all
her works, between
geometrical principles of change and the power of translating or notating them through just these number forms,
and none other. The conclusion is irresistible that the numer-
methods, which we as mortals do possess, are, after all,

but the very ones which some unseen power has been working by in the very creation of our cosmos, and in some way
has actually implanted in us for our Use. The test of this is
in the application.
Mr. Parker has the right of comparison
of two distinct forms of circular use.
For instance, a point
on the equator performs a circle of time in what we call
ical
360 degrees of space, or 24 hours of time, or 5184000 thirds

of last subdivisions of time.
Then" 5184 is the index of
this work done and of a circular value accomplished".
Again, Mr. Parker finds that 5153 is abstractly the area of
a circle inscribed in a square of an area of 6561. He has the
right to institute whatever comparisons he sees fit between
these two relations, because of the common property which
they have of being circular admeasurements. But this is
but his right, and it does not follow that nature has had any
like weakness or any like strength of design.
However,
she has a measure of her own to mark the same time period,
which is in the rising 'and setting of the sun as a fact, or
THE GEEAT PYBAMID JEEZEH
254
in the alterations of
day and
night.
If
Mr. Parker's uses
seen accurately to fit and adapt

to them, then instead of speaking of "Mr. Parker's applications" we can say and should say "Nature's applications
are such that nature's use
is
Mr. Parker."
as discovered by
Mr. Parker takes the characteristic value

(Sec. 35.)
of a solar day as a circular admeasurement in its division
of 5184.
With this he claims that in nature, the abstract
value of circular area is connected in mechanical construction
which value is 5 1 5 3
As the one is the solar day value in
he makes the second the abstract circular value in
.
thirds, so
He
denomination.
thirds, or like
says:
"The length of one 'circular day' is

"The length of one 'solar day' is
"The length of one 'sidereal day' is
"The difference between one circular
5153000'"
5184000'"
5169846'"
and one solar
is 8' 36" 40'" (or, it is 31-000"', the differential 31

being a number of great use)
"The difference between one circular and one sidereal
day
day
is 4'
40" 46'"."
His relation of area of square to that of inscribed

circle is:
area of square, 6561;
area of
inscribed
circle,
5153.
His relation of rectification
is:
diameter
of
circle,
6561; circumference of circle, 5153 x 4 =2o6i2.

His general formula for the calculation of time periods,
under his "problem of the revolving bodies," is:
2061 2x4
and this x =36643.555
27482. 666
:
which the base is the area of the inscribed circle x by 4 its

rectification; the second term is numerically the value of
the moon's lunation, and the third is the base of the calculation of the solar year.
To illustrate what has been said:
Take the second term as the value of the moon's lunation;
in
numerically
it is
one-third of itself,
the value of abstract circumference, plus

and Mr. Parker says of it that it is "the
value of the moon's passage around the earth over the value
of one complete circle in space, in circular days"; that is,
255
terms of the abstract value of 5153 and in its denominations, for it was raised from it. Reduce this to
it is
in
solar time, thus:
27482666
* I
^
= 273183220164+
184000
Take this result as 27 .3183220164 50^ days, and reduced

to the proper divisions of solar time, there results 27d.
Now, this result is too small for a
7h. 38' 23" i'" 20"".
by the quantity 4' 40" 46'", but strangely

enough, or rather magnificently enough, as proving all that
has been advanced, this quantity as will be seen by reference
to the differences above, is just the difference between one
circular and one sidereal day, that difference being just
Thus there are the integral calculations: (i.)
4' 40" 46"'.
The Parker abstract form, raised by his problem of
three revolving bodies, to a numerical value of a sidereal
sidereal lunation
lunation, which, (2.) reduced to solar circular value, by

the addition of the difference between the abstract circular
value and the real sidereal value of a solar day, gives the
mean lunation in natural periods of days. There could
real
be no stronger proof that in our resultant number forms of

360 degrees, 24 hours, and 5184000"', we have simply been
making use of a system with which we have had no hand
or part in its invention.
It is to be observed that this result
is one-fifth of one second in a lunar month, less than the
period given in astronomical time. But let it be remembered that from the received astronomical value, it has been
inferred that with regard to ancient astronomical time, the
moon's motion has been accelerated, and this has given
opinion that the solar system of movement is
winding down, or closing up. By Mr. Parker's time, on
this same ground, the moon's is shown to be equable and
perfectly true to itself, going to show that the solar system
is not a system of projectiles, but is a permanency, having
rise to the
a far more subtle and
life-like
cause of movement.
The
third term of Mr. Parker's application of his problem of three revolving bodies, is 36643.555
which he
256
says is "the exact value'of the earth's passage around the

sun, over the value of one complete circle in space, in
circular days"; and on this he proceeds to the reduction to
the exact. period of the earth in solar time.
His periods of time agree to a marvelously

small fraction with the standard periods. The following
(Sec. 36.)
tabulation shows this:

(i.)
Astronomical time
By: Mr. Parker
A SIDEREAL LUNATION.
i
-
(2,.)
2jd. 7h. 43'

2 7 d.
?h. 43'
4"
'"
*>""
3" 47
SOLAR LUNATION.
Astronomical time as usually given 2gd. lah. 44' 3"

296.. rah. 44' 2" .84
By Mr. Parker
The synodic period, as given by

McKay, the English navigator icjd.
i2h. 44' 2" 48'"

at;d. iah. 44' *" 50'"
By
Mr. Parker:
(3.)
Astronomical
time
31""
MEAN"YEAR.
as
given
"sixty-one years since,"
3^sd. sh. 48'
"By the latest authorities as taken
49'.'
from a work of Dr. Dick" 36501. $h. -48' 51"

53*i? $6$d. $h. 48' 50" 53'" 6""
By Mr: Parker
SOLAR!
YEAR.
(4.)^,
3^5^. sh. 48' 6"
Astronomical time
By- Mr.; Parker
:
'
s-u^'Sec. 37.)
the use
3653. jh. 48' 6" i'" 6""

are given to exhibit
The above statements
made by Mr. Parker
of his problem of three revolvon

based
his
abstract
circular values, and the
ing bodies,
use of the factors 4 and 3 in the formula
2061 2xi.
27482.66 -f and this x
36643. 55+ ;
the use of which factors will be shown to be very prominent
in the pyramid works and measures.
And here,
as in relation to his
Quadrature,
it is
stated
distinctly, that the setting forth of the problems or claims

of Mr. Parker are not in any way as affirming either his
-
establishment of the Quadrature or o-f the problem of

three revolving bodies. // is absolutely necessary to set

forth the results of his labors, because
it
257
will
be shown
beyond
controversy, that the construction of the Great
the architectural display of his results; and
was
Pyramid
without the use of his conclusions and results, it will
all
forever
prove impossible to reconstruct that mass agreeably
to the conception of the architect.
THE ANSATED CROSS OF THE EGYPTIANS AND

THE CHRISTIAN CROSS THE EMBLEMATIC
DISPLAY OF THE ORIGIN OF
MEASURES.
If it is desired to display the process of
(Sec. 38.)
the establishment of the co-ordinating unit of measure
spoken
of,
by way
of symbol,
it
would be by
the figure of the
cube unfolded ^ in connection with the circle, whose measure

is taken off onto the edges of the cube.
The cube unfolded
becomes, in superficial display, a cross proper, or of the tau

form, and the attachment of the circle to this last gives
the ansated cross of the Egyptians with its obvious meaning
of the origin of measures.
Because, also, this kind of
measure was made to co-ordinate with the origin of human
,
it was secondarily made to assume the type of the

pudenda hermaphrodite, and, in fact, it is placed by repre-
life,
sentation to cover this part of the human person in the

Hindu form. It is very observable that, while there are
but six faces to a cube, the representation of the cross as
the cube unfolded, as to the cross-bars, displays one face

of the cube as common to two bars, counted as belonging to
either; then while the faces originally represented are but 6,
the use of the two bars counts the square as 4 for the upright and three for the cross-bar, making seven in all.
Here we have the famous 4 and 3 and 7. The 4 and 3 are

the factor numbers of the Parker problem. But, what is
very much .to the purpose here, is, that the golden candlestick in the
temple was so composed that.
Counting on
either side, there were four candle-sockets; while, at the

apex, there being one in common to both sides, there were
17
258
one side and 4 on the other,

upon the self -same idea of one
in common with the cross display.
Take a line of one
unit in breadth by 3 units long, and place it on an incline
take another of 4 units long, and lean it upon this one, from
an opposite incline, making the top unit of the 4 in length
the corner or apex of a triangle. This is the display of the
in fact 3 to be counted on
making in all the number 7
Now, take away the
candlestick.
and
cross it
length,
cross form results.
line of three units in
on the one of 4 units
The same idea
is
in length, and the

conveyed in the six
days of the week in Genesis, crowned by the seventh,

which was used by itself as a base of circular measure.
These are symbols of ancient use of the
(Sec. 39.)
Parker forms and their connections. It serves but to
confirm this use to notice the conclusion to which Professor
Seyffarth arrived at from the study of the Egyptian hieroglyphic signification of the ansated cross. It will be observed that this cross, being surmounted by the circle, or
circular figure, in fact roughly represents the
arms
with
extended.
represents, as I
seat of the soul,
now
Professor
form of a man,
Seyffarth
says:
"It
believe, the skull with the brains, the
and with the nerves extending
back, and eyes or ears.
to the spine,
For the Tanis stone translates
repeatedly by anthropos (man), and
it
very word is
Hence we have
this
alphabetically written (Egyptian) ank.

the Coptic ank, vita, properly anima, which corresponds
with the Hebrew anosh, properly meaning anima. The
Egyptian auki
It
is
signifies
my soul."
curious that this
Hebrew
equivalent,
"man" by
Anosh,
Prof. Seyffarth, reads numerically 365

i,
i =366, or
which could be intended to mean either 365
for
= 364, or
the time phases of the solar year, thus

forth
the
astronomical connection.
shadowing
The Hebrew word for a lunar year, "shanah," directly
365
"man" with an astronomical value,

an abstract circular value. As said, the two values
connects the idea of

as also
of 113 to 355
and 6561
to 20612 are, as
it
were, welded

together in ancient use.
cross
would
fact, this is
The attachment of a man
259
to the
symbol of such welding. In

a plainer and more perfect symbolization of
be, in display, the
It was one made use of in

the ancient use than any other.
In fact, the Old Testathis form of display by the Hindus.
ment is rabbinically and kabbalistically familiar with the
expression of crucifying a man, or men, before the Lord and

In symbol, the nails of the cross have for the shape
ike sun.
of the heads thereof a solid pyramid, and a tapering square
obeliscal shaft, for the nail.
Taking the position of the
three nails in the man's extremities, and on the cross they
form or mark a triangle in shape, one nail being at each

corner of the triangle. The wounds, or stigmata, in the
extremities are necessarily jour, distinctive of the square;
and, as in the candlestick, there have been two used as one,
or rather one used as two, in the connection of the three
The three nails with the
nails with the jour extremities.
three
wounds are
in
number
6,
which denotes the six
faces of the cube unfolded, on which the man is placed; and

this in turn points to the circular measure transferred onto
the edges of the cube. The one wound of the feet separates
when the feet are separated, making three together
another and
for all, and four when separated, or 7 in all
into two
most holy feminine base number.

PRIMORDIAL VESTIGES OF THESE SYMBOLS
Under the general view taken of the nature of the

number forms of Mr. Parker, it becoms a matter of research
of the utmost interest as to when and where their existence
260
became known. Has it been a matter of

what we know as the historic age a cycle
exceedingly modern when the age of the human race is
and
their use first
revelation in
contemplated?
possession
seems, in fact, as to the date of
It
by man,
its
to have been further removed, in the
past,
from the old Egyptians than are the old Egyptians
from
us.
(Sec.
40.)
(i.)
THE
EASTER
ISLES
in
"mid-
W. coast of
17' W. Long.,
Pacific" located about 2,300 miles from the S.
South America, in 27 6' S. Lat., and 109

present the feature of the remaining peaks of the mountains
of a submerged continent, for the reason that these peaks
are thickly studded with cyclopean statues, (some of which

exceed 27 feet in height), remnants of the civilization of a
dense and cultivated people, who must have of necessity

occupied a widely extended area. On the backs of these
images is to be found the "ansated cross," and the same
modified to the outlines of the human form. A full description with plate showing the land, with the thickly planted
statues, also with copies of the images, is to be found in
the
January number,
1870,
of
the
"London Builder".
Some of the statues exhibiting the markings of the cross, it is

thought, are in the British Museum. It will be noted, that
the "Easter Isles" are the exact "antipodes" of the territory
of Southern Egypt, immediately surrounding the Great
'This will, in a manner, account for
a
(at least)
partial preservation of the "Easter Isles" during
the last cataclysm, occupying as they do, the poising point
of the earth, exactly opposite the Great Pyramid.
CRUCIFIED MAN OF SOUTH AMERICA. In the
(2.)
Pyramid Jeezeh.
"Naturalist," published at
Salem, Mass., in one of the
early numbers (about 36), is to be found a description of

some very ancient and curious carving on' the crest walls
of the mountains of South America, older by far, it is
averred, than the races now living. The strangeness of
these tracings is in that they exhibit the outlines of a man,
stretched out on a cross, by a series of drawings, by which
THE SOUKCE OF MEASUEES
261
from the form of a man that of a
cross springs, but so done

be taken as the man, or the man as the
cross; thus exhibiting a symbolic display of the interdependency of the forms set forth in the text.
that the cross
may
THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE GREAT PYRAMID.

To a mind unbiased by the possession of
(Sec. 41.)
previous fixed theories, the assertion that the Great Pyramid of Egypt was built for the dual purpose (i.) "to perpetuate a series of weights and measures, astronomical and
otherwise, containing a system of mathematical and geometrical admeasurement," and (2.) for an "Initiates Asylum
wherein adepts were obligated in the hidden mysteries,"

can be received with credulity and the only possible
theory left, but what has already been investigated and
in the main found wanting.
None but proof of an extrato
as
to
kind
reconstruct, after the mental
ordinary
ability
of
what
the
architect
intended to represent,
conception
ought to become, or will become, acceptable. This is

especially the case where the time of the building of the
mass dates back beyond what may "be called the historic
age, and where every theory advanced must rest for support upon its own intrinsic merit, unsupported by positive
evidence of any kind.filtering through the historical channels
of the world.
The
and
further step required
is,
01 eliminating all theory,
probability, and all possibility, leaving a standard

of measure as fixed and rigid, for instance as the English
inch.
As a sequence to this, the restoration of the mass is
to be made in terms and divisions of this measure.
Subject to these considerations, and they seem to be fair and
pertinent, if a standard of measure can be arrived at, as
a rigid and fixed one, derivable from an elemental source,
by use of which a structure can be erected, as to its whole
and most of its parts, similar to that of the Great Pyramid
in its geometrical shapes, and in such manner that the
evidence is convincing that the actual measure of its original
all
262
construction is being used, then, indeed, the recognition of

that standard, its source, and its use in that connection, it is
thought, should be conceded, even though the particularities of the method of use may not be certain.
Before closing this work in a coming chapter, we shall

attempt to show that there are other and even more im-
portant rooms in this great asylum, than have yet been

exposed to "eavesdroppers" and the vulgar public. To
any that have "traveled extensively" or knocked at the
outer portals of any of the principal Secret Organizations,
will recognize in the great stone Sphinx, a part and parcel
of the Great Pyramid.
You may call it, the Tyler, or
Sentinel, or Outer Guard, etc., through which, some time
in the future, the entrance to the Great Pyramid will be
and not via the northern, narrow, astronomical

passage, built only for the purpose of exposing to an
effected,
"guiding star" during his travels.

(Sec. 42.) Professor Piazzi Smythhas given to the world
a mass of measures of this structure. He was laboriously,
and even painfully, careful in their taking, on a measure
adjusted to the British standard at Edinburgh, even to the
initiate, his
balancing and dwelling upon tenths and sometimes hunHe had found such discrepancies in the
measures of the multitudes of those who had preceded him
that he was prepared beforehand for his work.
Besides,
dredths of inches.
he desired to discover who of those others had done their

work well. Of those who had preceded him, he found the
measures of Col. Howard Vyse, of the French savants, and
of Professor Greaves, exact and reliable.
That it is next to impossible to have measuring instruments alike, though taken from a same standard; and
it is almost impossible that, even though having the same
measures, their uses will bring out the same results. Discrepancies are liable, from these causes, to show themselves
in tenths of inches, and even more, where lengths of thirty
or more feet are taken.
No one better appreciated this
statement than Professor Smvth.
263
As to the objects of construction of the Great Pyramid

of Egypt: the one most generally accepted is, that of an
astronomical center, from the facts that the north base side
of the structure coincides with the parallel of 30 north
latitude, and that the mass, as to its sides, evidenced by its
corner socket lines, are oriented more perfectly than could
be expected of human ability today.

The Rev. Mr. Taylor, who made this structure a study
in his day, saw its geometrical side more than any other,
and thought that it was so built that its height should be
to one-half its circumference as diameter to circumference
of a circle.
Corroborated later by the measurements of
Prof. Smyth; who upon carefully taken measures, linear
and angular, and upon computation, comes to the result
that the structure was:
In height, 486 feet 2 inches;
and that its base side was, by the measures of Col. Howard
Vyse, in length, 764 feet, and by the measures of the
French Corps, 763.62 feet.
STANDARD MEASURES OF THE KING'S CHAMBER.

Take, as one set of derivations in detail,
(Sec. 43.)
the dimensions of the King's chamber:
206. 1 2 inches -+- 1 2
10 cubits
or 17. 1766
feet.
(i.)
2o cubits
feetx2
or 34. 3533
feet.
(2.)
17. i766
=
=
(3.)
20.612
+
+
+
+
17280
-L
16
or
19.0851+
feet.
10
34-3533 x
18
Which measures, agreeably

measures, taken at
to
the
the standard, of
conditions,
are
th e
the King's chamber',
(i.) or 17 1766
being standard breadth, (2.) or 34. 3533
being standard length, and (3.) or 19.0851
being the
standard height, all in English feet; subject to variations
therefrom for special purposes, as will be shown. The
measures of this chamber, as given by Prof. Smyth are:
.
breadth,
17.19
fr-et;
length,
34.38
feet;
height,
from
264
(As to height, Professor Smyth

19.1 feet to 19.179 feet.
gives his measures 19.1 to 19.179, with allowance, or as
conjectured, because of the broken state of the floor
when
"Floor broken up thus since the

he took them.
measures of Col. Howard Vyse."
His measure for height
was 19.1
feet.)
ACTUAL PYRAMID MEASURES, AS ENLARGEMENTS ON THE STANDARD, WITH THE

REASON FOR THE VARIATION.
The following is a method of variation on
as given; and one which seemingly
measures
the standard
The Parker elecontrols the entire pyramid structure.
ments are 20612 to 6561. The cubit value is 20,612^-12
(Sec. 44.)
If the
feet.
i .71766
feet; and 10 cubits are 17. 1766
value of diameter 6561 taken as feet, be divided by 17.-
1766+,
or
the measure of 10 cubits, thus derived, the
feet.
This method is given
quotient will be 381.97166
for its results in the actual measure desired.
same
This, in effect, is the

of diameter value of 6561
as the division, or quotient,

circumference
value, or 20612,
by
under a formulation to obtain a diameter value to a circumference of unity, thus
20612 16561 :: i
and,
(i.)
.3183097
:
+
+
31.83097x12=381.97166
;
(2.)
and
The
effect
(3.)
is
this
a very curious one.

2
4
20612 x
x 2
763.94333.
Take the following:
= 36643.55-^48 = 763.407 +
where the standard base side
is
obtained from the primary
circumference value.
By (i.), 31830907 is a diameter value,
and raising it as shown, it becomes 763 94333, being almost
.
the same
Then, working in circumference

values, the standard pyramid measures are found; working
in diameter values, the exactitude comes by the enlargement.
by comparison.
Referred to a primary principle, original

value,
20612; changing to diameter
is
20626.47001
+.
circumference
it
becomes
265
The standard of the size of the pyramid is,

(45.)
763.4074+ feet. The half of this is 381. 7037+ feet.
Compare this value with that obtained by the method of
variation shown in (Sec. 44.):
standard, 381.7037 +
,
variation, 381.9716
This last multiplied by 2

feet for the side
763 94333
of base of pyramid, instead of 763 .4074
feet; and let
it be assumed that this was, in fact, a variation taken on
the standard measure, yet one growing out of the Parker
.
elements.
Taking the base side at 763.94333+ feet, the proportionate height of the mass would be, 486.341+ feet, instead of 486 feet as by the standard.
This measure of the pyramid's base agrees with that
taken by Col. Howard Vyse, as follows:

Vyse, 764.000
feet, Above 763-943
feet, Difference. 05 6+ feet, or, to be
within less than one inch in 9168 inches.
If this variation on the standard be applied, for the
admeasurements of the king's chamber, to ascertain the

enlargements on the standard, there will result the following
breadth, by 13-10000 (.0013) of a
26-10000
(.0026) of a foot; and less
by
in height by 15-10000 (.0015) of a foot.
Or, literally the
difference has become so inappreciable that there is no
method of ascertainment as to what the correct admeasuredifferences: viz.
less in
foot; less in length,
ment is by any practicable test of actual measure. //,

however, a law can be ascertained, which will in its fulfillment demand the use of these variations on the standard,
then they should be considered as data correctly taken.
There is such a law; and its demands as to their nature
coincide with the spirit or genius of the pyramid structure, as
a measure of time.
ENUNCIATION OF THE LAW.

The very great value of the number 6 as a
(Sec. 46.)
factor, is at once recognized in the base of the English
(British
and U.
S.) long
and land measures, and
also in the
266
construction of the celestial time

of the value of
thirds, etc., in
360;
it is
the scale of
circle.
That
circle
is
divided into minutes, seconds,
6o'=i, 60" = i',
6o'"r=i", and
so on.
This
subject to another division, as applied
to the
to
the
earth, where 360-^- 24
15
geographically
is
as
6 x 4
also
a
of
hour of longitude, where 24
6,
multiple
circle is
= 24,
and where each degree =. 6 9+ miles English.

primary division of this circle is on the base of 6
The
parts,
subdivided for each part into 3600 parts, or 6 x 3600

21600'.
21600'; or, 360 x 60'
on the Parker elements (stanthe
variation
Now, by
as
seen, through the simple use of the
dard), worked out,
elements themselves, the result is obtained of a diameter

value (by change on a circumference value), of 190985
From enlarged length of the King's Chamber, viz., 34.-
= 19.0985.
3774 x
This
factor, 6,
which
is
of such great
18
value, .is not taken empirically, merely because it proves to

be of such great practical use in the admeasurement and
subdivision of time periods of land measuring rests, or
stops, but it is a legitimate circumference value, derivable
from this variation on the standard of the Parker elements
of diameter
and circumference,
6561: 20612
::
for
381. 97166: 1200::
where thereduction from
20612
(i
.)
190.985+
=3i8309 + x 12=^38197166
381 .97166, divided by2
or
:6oo:: 1.90985 :6
190.985, becomes
17. 1766
the diameter value of a circumference of 600; or, i .90985

becomes the diameter value of a circumference of 6; and
this properly, and rightly, and exactly, belongs to the use
of the Parker elements so, this height of the king's chamber
See the play of
is diameter to a circumference of 60.
;
change! The Parker circumference 20612, changed to a

diameter value of variation, gave the exactitudes of measure
of the pyramid in diameter for circumference terms.
267
Among these is the height of the king's chamber, which

now turns out to be a means of regetting an integral cir-.
cumference value, in the Number 6, or 60. The obtaining of
this
(2.)
end seems
to
be the law of
inches
19.0985
pyramid actual
216,
10
6
or
10
construction.
= 412. 5294 +
inches,
which equals the length of the king's chamber in inches, as

the enlargement or variation on the standard; and,
20612 :: 412.5294
1296;
(3.)
6561
there
or,
results, the length of the king's chamber, in inches,
as a diameter value, proportioned to the number of inches
in the square yard British, as a circumference; and it is

well to reflect that 1296 x 4
5184, the characteristic
value of one solar day reduced to thirds.

41259. 24 129600
:
-=6875.48+
(4.)
6
.
6875.48
- = 19.0985
21600, and,
21600
(5.)
:6o;
360
where the celestial, or geographical earth, circle of (6 x 60,

or) 360 x 60', equals 21600' of division, in terms for circumference to height of the king's chamber as diameter.
This, as a foundation, embraces all the time subdivisions
of that circle into hours ( 24 equal to
x 1000
= 5184000"',
day of
solar
I 2 J
as well as the distance divisions of
the circumference of the earth in miles to the degree),

minutes, or primes, seconds, and thirds.
So, also, as to the
width of the king's chamber.

20612 :: 206 264
inches 648 inches.
(6.)
6561
So the law of construction of the pyramid is assumed to
have been found on this showing.
NOTE
That the base side of the pyramid, by actual
measure, being thus shown to be a diameter of 763.943
:
to a circumference of 2400 feet, this is 24 x 100, and 24 is

four times the factor 6.
The base of the pyramid, then,
would be co-ordinately represented by a square of
24, or
268
x 4
and,
= 24, to the side; and this

also, it is
is
the Garden of
Hebrew Zodiac
the square
Eden form:
of the 12 months.
THE DISCOVERY OF THIS LAW.

The discovery of this law, and of its appliarose
from
a suggestion of thought on reading a
cation,
"Historical
in
the
View of the Hindu Astronomy,"
passage
(Sec. 47.)
by Mr. John Bentley.
It is
almost evident that one inten-
tion of the architect of the pyramid, has been exactly

reproduced in the use of a numerical system; and this
accomplishment
is
but the going back to the original sources
of the numerical instrumentalities which are in use today.

Considering the value of this discovery, it is appropriate
made on the subject as follows:

remarkable
very
blending of all these systems can
be given, arising from the actual method used by the Hindus
to give the original notes
for tne calculations of sines, tangents, cosines, cotangents,
which belongs to their most ancient system of astronomical calculations. This method is given by Mr. John
etc.,
Bentley, in his ''Historical View of the Hindu Astronomy"

He is giving the various values for
(Sec. 3, page 156).
the computations of the value

until
-of
pi,
one after the other,
coming to one very nearly approximating the true
relation,
he says:
"But Argabhatta,
in the iyth chapter, in speaking of

the orbits of the planets, gives us a nearer approach to the
truth; for he there states the proportion as 191 to 600, or
as i
3. 14136, which gives the circumference a small
:
matter
less
than the proportion of Bhaskara
in the Lilavati.
This, however, is not the invention of Argabhatta; for it

is employed in the Brahma Siddhanta, Surga Siddhanta,
and by
all
astronomers before the time of Argabhatta, as
well as since, for computing the tables of sines, etc., though

not immediately apparent. Thus, in computing the sines,
they take the radius at 3438', and the circumference they

divide into 21600'; the diameter is therefore 6876: hence
the proportion
is
6876
21600.
Reduce these numbers

to their last terms
be
by
dividing
them by
269
36, the result will
Mr. Bentley,
600, as stated by Argabhatta."
greatly familiar with Hindu astronomical and mathematical
knowledge not as a foreigner studying the reach of a nation
191
but as a resident in Hindustan of some

statement of his may, then, be taken
The same remarkable trait, among so many
in such matters,
-This
fifty years.
as authentic.
Eastern and ancient nations, of sedulously concealing the

arcana of this kind of knowledge, is a marked one among
the Hindus. That which was given out to be popularly
taught, and to be exposed to popular inspection, was but
the approximation of a more exact but hidden knowledge.
And this very formulation of Mr. Bentley will strangely
exemplify the assertion; and, explained, will show that
was derived from a system exact beyond the European
one, in which Mr. Bentley himself, of course, trusted, as
it
far in
advance of the Hindu knowledge, at any time,
in
any generation.
"This formulation is the taking of a radius of 3438 to
obtain a circumference to be divided into 21600 equal parts.
The diameter would be 6876, and the reduction of this

3
by 36 would be 191. Now 216 is 6 or," 36 x 6, whichshows
,
use of a system founded on a multiple of which 6 is the

basic factor;
3438- is an exceedingly near approach to
a pure circumference value, which goes to show, as it is
used as a radius, that which has been so observable heretofore of the expression of diameter, or straight line, values
terms of circumference.
in
"Take the reduction
of 2061
2,
the Parker circumference
value, that give the dimensions of the king's chamber:
= 34.3533 + feet = standard length.

= 17 66 + feet = standard width.
(i.)
20612-^-600
(2.)
20612-^-1200
(3.)
20612-^-1080^
> =19.0851
feet =standard height.
TO
190 85
J
"These are the standard measures of these dimensions,
for comparison; or, on which variations are raised in the
343.533-^.
-=-
18
270
for which they were the

Take it that this Hindu problem involves these
measures, and that the system of factoring by 6 is introduced, by which with these measures to work out tables
of sines, cosines, tangents, cotangents, etc., and for calcula-
working out of various problems

base.
tions of planetary times, or distances.

So (i.) perfect circular elements are required; and (2.) the circumference of
these elements is to be divided into 21600 equal parts.
Cannot the Hindu system be traced back
an absolutely
And, at the
same time, cannot this same Hindu system be attached
through the same Parker elements, by actual measures, to
the king's chamber, the passage way therefrom, and to the
ante-chamber works? If this can be done plainly, and
mathematically, it will be an important achievement.
to
perfect one, based on the Parker elements?
MEASURES AS ACTUALLY MADE OR COMPUTED

IN TERMS OF THE ENGLISH INCH
AND
FOOT.
(Sec. 48.)
Height (estimated or
in
feet
Smyth)
Side of base (French measures) in feet

Side of base (Col. Vyse's measures), in feet
Length of King's Chamber, in

Width of King's Chamber, in
Height of King's Chamber, in
feet
Prof.
computed by
486
763 .62
764.0
34 38
.
feet
feet
iQ
7-
EQUATORIAL AND POLAR DIAMETERS OF THE

EARTH.
(Sec. 49.)
Equatorial diameter (as ascertained) of
+
+
144,154 +
the earth in feet
41,852,864
Polar diameter (as ascertained) in feet
41,708,710
Difference
Equatorial diameter in English miles

Polar diameter in English miles
Difference
7,926.9268
7,899.6248
27 3020
.
271
Let the values of the earth's diameters be taken at, for

Equatorial diameter .................. 41,854,174+ feet
And another at some other point. ..... 41,739,954+ feet
.
Difference
If
..........
is. ...
the larger diameter be divided
quotient will be 366.4355
and
by
114,219.758
this difference the
this is numerically that

,2
value springing from the Parker elements of 206.12 x

;
366.4355 +, which as he says, is "the exact value of the

passage of the earth about the sun over one complete
circle in space in circular days'; and used otherwise for
pyramidal purposes, is in 36643.55 inches the standard
circumference of the pyramid.
[The question has been raised, by what authority
Parker points this value at 366.4355
and in truth he is
not clear on this. But a way can be shown, by throwing
the values from inches into feet, thus:
-=
2o6 I
12000
or the value of one cubit;
,2
and
this
=366
4355
120 cubits, then,
is
1.71766 feet,
206. 12 feet,
as the Parker time
day value,
thus shown to be in British feet.]

In this formulation, since the smaller diameter taken
is less than the dividend by the amount of the divisor,
the quotient of the smaller divided by the difference, will
be one less than the first quotient, or 365.4355
There
results
.,
'
x 114-9.758=
365-4355
41, 739.954
+ feet
where the products are the return of the diameter values of

the earth as taken.
THE DIMENSIONS OF THE DESCENDING PASSAGE

WAY.
(Sec. 50.)
[NOTE. This (misnamed) 'entrance' or
"descending passageway" of the Great Pyramid is located
272
on the north side of that structure, at a point 24.42 feet

east of the axial line of the pyramid, and begins its descent
in a southerly direction at a point 49 feet above the pave-
To
mouth of this (misnamed) "entrance

when
the
north pavement was clear from
passageway,"
ment.
get to the
sand and other
debris,
and the angle casing stones were
all
in position, a visitor would have had to scale the side of the

pyramid at an angle of 51 51' 41.3", up 49 feet, then
shorten his height (by crouching) to 47 inches, to be able

for
to descend this narrow 'passage' at an angle of 26
82 feet, before he, .could stand erect. A very improbable
proposition.- For these and other tangible reasons, we shall
presently state that this was not the original entrance to
the building; in fact, never intended as an entrance at
Another, and the real entrance,
all.
will
named
be
to
worthy and
those
well qualified to enter, before closing

the final chapters of this work.]
The questions as to the descending passageway may
all
now be taken
Jt has been seen that all the measures of
up.
pyramid have their origin in the

ence and diameter values of a circle.
this
relation of circumfer-
It will be exceedingly
in
act
that
the
of
entering the passageway,
appropriate
one should, as a matter of fact, enter through the actual
expression of those values.^ Such seems to have been the
Col. Vyse's
case.
(i
.)
Breadth
measures of this passage are:

.........41.5 inches
Height perpendicular to incline. .. .47 .o inches

Professor Smyth's measures are grouped together, as means
of a series and are as follows:
i
(2.)
Breadth near bottom

Breadth near top
Mean
41.61 to 41.46 inches

41 .63 to 41 .41 inches
41 53 inches
to
incline:
(3.)
Height perpendicular
West side of floor
47. 1 6 to 47.30 inches
East side of floor
47 14 to 47.32 inches
of
all.
Mean
of all
but he characterizes
this
47-24 inches
measure as 47.3 inches.
273
(4.)
Height verticle to base of pyramid:
In one place, 52.68 inches; in another place, 52.36 inches.
There seems to be very little, if any, difference between

the dimensions of the descending, and of the ascending,
passageway; and, as the red granite portcullis blocks
to have been intended to give these measures, it is
well to give Prof. Smyth's measures of the same, viz:
seem
(5.)
Height perpendicular to incline

Breadth
Height verticle to base of pyramid
47-3 inches
41.6 inches
.
.53.0 inches
The commenceTHE TROWEL FACEment of the pyramid proper was by placing an ideal
pyramid in a sphere. In that problem, all the pyramid
(Sec.
51.)
So that a mason's
elements of construction are displayed.
trou'el constructed after those proportions, on the scale of the
English inch, would afford to the mason the whole elaborate
plan of his work with the relations of the elements from
whence these plans took their rise. Let us now diverge
from the pyramid proper, for an investigation of the measurements of the Temple of Solomon.
It was an old tradition that in the accomplishment
of any great and good work involving the more abstruse
and recondite knowledges, the workmen would be beset
by the powers of the realms of darkness, with their frights,
and horrors, and scares. As against these the master
workman would protect his work by the display of the seal
of Solomon, the wise man, and the king, even over the
But even here, he had to
Efreets, the Jinn, and the Jann.
summon up an amazing amount of resisting force nor could
he do this unless by the assistance of the unseen powers of
As encouragement to
light, of truth, and of goodness.
the failing power and courage of the master workman,
on whom the whole charge rested, a voice, like as the
Bath-Col, Daughter of the Voice, would come, in terms, like
the following, which were given to Hasan El Basrah in
;
his terrible trials:
is
274
in
"I disposed thine affair at the time

thy mother's womb,
"And
inclined her heart to thee so that she fostered
thee in her
"We
when them wast
bosom
thee in matters that occasion thee
will suffice
anxiety and sorrow
"So, submit to us, and arise:
we
will aid thee in
thy
enterprise."
THE TEMPLE OF SOLOMON.

passed down in
about to erect the
temple, he found the measure wherewith to build it, by
placing the name of Jehovah upon the round mouth of
Kabbalistic tradition,
(Sec. 52.)
states
that
when Solomon was
Succoth,
the well hole in digging the foundations; and, again, it is

said, by placing this name upon the 'bung-hole' of a cask.
The round mouth and the bung-hole were circles. The

Israelites converted circular and spherical measures into
square and cubic measures, in their representations of them.
It will be shown that the, or one of the, values of the name
/ehovahwas that of the diameter of a circle and it especially
meant the unit measure of a right-line, or sqaare surface,
or cube-solid, having a purely circular value. Hence the
;
definition of the architectural idea of construction
conveyed
The
in Succoth,
if
this
was the channel
is
thus
of the tradition.
description of the temple measures are to be graded
in the following order
From
the Book of Kings.

(i.)
(2.) From the description of the Tabernacle; because it was perfect in all its
proportions, and Solomon could do no more than to reproduce it, however much he might vary the style of archi(3.) From the Book of Chronicles, not so authentic
but rather a targum, or paraphrase, on Kings; and (4.)
from fosephus.
DETAILS OF DESCRIPTION.
tecture.
The entrance to the temple faced toward the

and the holy of holies was in the extreme west end.
(a.)
east,

As
to the
275
ground plan, the description in I Kings 6, is

and specific. This ground plan has three
concise, plain,
The house, 'Bayith.'

separated parts: (i.)
temple, or open vault of heaven, before the face
or door of the house, 'Hecal.'
The porch before
(3.)
the face or door of the temple, 'Olaum.'
Verse 2 says:
distinctly
The
(2.)
"And
the house which King Solomon built for the Lord

(Jehovah), the length thereof 60 cubits, and the breadth
thereof 20, and the height thereof 30 cubits." Verse 3 says
"And
the porch before the mouth or door of the temple of

the house 20 cubits was the length before the face of the
breadth of the house, 10 cubits the breadth before the face

Verse 17 says: "And 40 cubits
(or door) of the house."
was the house, that
is
to say
hua, the temple, before
its
face (or door)."
There
then the house, bayith, 60 cubits; the temple,

and the length of the porch, olaum, 20
cubits, one length connected with another, for the ground
This gives, or embraces,
plan, or a total of 120 cubits.
is,
hecal, 40 cubits;
in the house
and
and temple inclosure, the length of the tabernacle

As to the porch, olaum,
court inclosure, of 100 cubits.
in front of the temple, II. Chronicles, chapter 3, verse 4,

"And the porch that was in the front, the length was
says
according to (or agreeing with) the breadth of the house, and
:
the height was an hundred and twenty (120) cubits, and he

overlaid it within with pure gold."
Here, it is observable
that the holy of holies was lined with gold it was at the
;
extreme end of the length of 120 cubits. Here, the base of

the porch, or bottom of a height of 120 cubits, of the same
dimensions as to the length, and one-half the width of the
most holy place, is also lined with gold, going to show what
the connection of these gold-lined rooms had to do with the
distance of 120 cubits. Josephus says there was a superstructure above the house equal to it in height (30 x 2
60)
and then doubled, making a total height of 120 cubits.
What
the inclosure of the temple, hecal, part was, as
distinguished from the house, bayith,
is
not specified; but
276
simply stated that the door
it is
of the house
opened into
the temple part, and the door of the temple part into that of
It may have been an intermediate court like
the porch.
the court of 60 cubits before the tabernacle structure;

the difference not being in the sum of the lengths, which,
was 40 60=100 cubits, but in the one case

The
40, and in the other 60 cubits long.
a
court looking to the open vault of the
temple, likely, was
But
heavens, and surrounded by other inclosures?
?
altar
table
what became of the
of incense
Of the
Of that for the golden candlestick?
for shew bread?
These supposed to be placed in the most holy place before
in either case,
the court
is
the veil, as in the tabernacle, then the only further change

of arrangement seems to have been simply in the location of
the brazen sea in the northeast corner of the house inclosure,

part of the court before the tabernacle, now, or here,
placed under roof; the great brazen altar being located

II. Kings 16, 14,
before the house in the temple part.
mentions this as
again implied in
I.
in the forefront of the house,

It
and
this is
could not be located with-
Kings 8,64.
would be no space around
in the house, as there
fact of its being before the house, gives a distance
it.
This
between
the house and the porch, as the temple part. I. Kings 6,

says that there were two pillars -Jachin, which, according
to Josephus,
on the north
was on the south
side,
and Boaz, which was

They were 18
side of the porch entrance.
cubits in height each, or, together, 36 cubits, or the i-io

of
360; and they girded 12 cubits.

The holy of holies was a cube
of 20 x 20 x 20 cubits,
as
in
of the house, bayith.
the
west
end
located,
stated,
It was,
Five colors seemed to be involved about and in it.
to
or
color
of the
in
the
built
white,
according
Josephus,
ether.
was
Inside
it
was
lined with red cedar.
lined with orange gold.
The
interior
This again,
was closed against
the light, and was in the blackness of darkness, as the proper

place for the ark of the covenant (or the meeting together
of two opposite principles).
It is thought that these
277
colors typical
red, earth; golden, of the
sun in general,
or the sunny part of the year, when, or as, contrasted with

the brazen sun of winter; white, or silver color, of the moon
womb, of the nadir. The

condition of the room as to colors would seem to indicate
time and earth measures, and also the place where those
earth measures were to be found, or to be originated,
and
as
black, of the night, of the
down
in the depths at the center of a mass, in the dark;

a starting point of construction by placing a
like finding
pyramid
in a sphere.
The holy of holies was divided, as to its cubical

There seems
contents, by the placing of the cherubims.
to be no especial meaning to this word, fitting it for such
(b.)
a place. The meanings usually assigned, though perhaps

pioper enough after a fashion as man, angel, cherub, are
really not proper to the term. The word comes from Carab,
meaning prehensile, to seize, grasp as with talons, or between
talons; as substantive, it means a bird (as a griffin or eagle),
fierce, because of its quality of closing upon something, or
anything, with its talons. It is the English word crab, that
seizes with its circular pincers
the fingers upon something.

signs for
June and
October,
it
also the
word grab,
as closing
at
Zodiac
the
looking
will be seen that they are
On
represented as closely alike one as the scorpion, and the

other as the crab; and, in fact, for the zodiac, these two
answered, as stretching over or embracing the two cubes

lepresenting that quadrant of the year between cancer
and scorpio, just as the cherubims stretched over and em-
braced the covenant or meeting of the two halves of the ark.

This word is especially used as to the Garden of Eden,
guarding the way to the tree of
life
in the center of the space,
the place of covenant or of meeting. In one sense, they may

be taken as the hooks barring the opening of the sistrum.
It is used as spanning half the space over the ark of the
covenant; and the same use is here made as for one spanning half the space over 10 cubits. The real value of the
word is thought to be in its numerical value, which is
278
Caph=2o, Resh 2oo,Beth=2,or a total of 222. These

cherubims were 10 cubits in height, and stood with outstretched wings of 5 cubits in length, each touching as to
each, the wall upon one side, and the tip of the wing of the
Underneath the meeting or covenant
other, in the midst.
of the wings was the division line, either of separation or of
meeting of the two rectangular solids of the ark of the cove-
nant (signifying the two sexes).
COMPARISON OF THE MEASURES OF THE TEMPLE WITH

THOSE OF THE GREAT PYRAMID.
18 cubits =20. 612

to the pillars.
30.918 feet; and these are the numerical
values, divided by 10, to give the standard measures of
the vertical axial line of the pyramid, to embrace the distance between the top of Campbell's chamber and the base
of the pyramid, and between the base and subterranean
(i.)
(c.)
10.306
(floor
As
feet, or
of)
passageway.
=25.765, and
30.918^-
1-2
I 2
the length of the ark
was
is
= 20.25.765
612
inches.
The
girth of the
feet, showing that the cirpillars

cumference was in terms of a perfect circumference value.
12 cubits
Whether the sum
of the heights, or 36, was to represent

a reduction of the circle of 360, is a matter of conjecture;
but it is strengthened by the fact that Boaz was the representative of Typhon, or the North, or the dark or winter
part of the year, and Jachin was the opposite, and as a

division of the standard circle of 360, each would indicate
180: and
If the conthey are each noted as 1 8.

the
one
the
entered
jecture
right,
gateway of the
temple
birth of the year circle.
This is perfectly paralleled by
the qualities of the descending passageway in the pyramid,
as it involved both the circular elements and their application to the measures of the earth in its equatorial value
of 360, by its diameters in miles, and then the measures
of the time circles about the sun made by this very equa-
the half, or
is
torial.
279
The porch was 120 cubits high, or 206.12 feet,

(2.)
that so familiar value of the pyramid. It was 20 cubits
long, or 34. 3533+ feet, or the standard length of the king's
chamber in the pyramid. It was 10 cubits broad, 17.1766
feet, 206 1 2 inches, the standard width of the king's chamber
The
and house
lengths, together,
while the holy of holies
plus the most holy place, or 40 cubits in all, or 68 7064 feet,
was, as to measure, and comparative location, the veritable measure of the king's chamber region, with respect
(3.)
porch, temple,
were 120 cubits, or 206
12
feet, also
to its like location in the 120 cubit height in the pyramid.

The temple and house lengths, together, or 60 40
(4.)
= 100
cubits
71
766+
feet, or
2061
inches,
was that
beautiful proportion, as extending from the base of the

pyramid to the center point of the king's chamber region.
From the base of the pyramid to the roof of Campbell's
chamber
68. 7066
206. 12 feet, or 120 cubits
137 509
(taken at the standard measures). The king's chamber
region taken from a point in the center of the floor, with
is
a radius of 34 3533 + feet, 68 706 feet, or 20 x 2 =40 cubits.

There can be no mistake as to the sameness of intention as
regards these like measures. (The value 206.12 feet, or
120 cubits, was a great governing measure, and as it implied also the full numerical value 20612, being constructed
from it, it was the great number value, after all, of all
.
is fully set forth in the foregoing sections

This number of 120 cubits, then, thus com206, and its use thus, and in its original term of
implied in the great measuring word throughout
construction, as
of this work.
posed,
20612,
is
is
Scripture and Kabbala. That word is Dabvar, in Hebrew,

or 206, and is the Logos word.)
The holy of holies, as a cube of 20, was just 1-8
(5.)
of the cube of the king's chamber region in the pyramid, or
the full cube of the length of the king's chamber.
(This
referred to elsewhere; but it is of so

The primal
well to state it again.
use, emblematically,
is
curious a nature that
it is
one, or cube,
was taken as containing
all
material and
all
280
It was male-female; but when disinteitself.

took
of
the one into two separated and opposed
gration
place
existences, as of male and female, each had to be a perfect
life
within
To make, therefore,
one, also, in its special construction.
a perfect one, which will combine these opposed relations,
they were to be used together, and it requires just 8 of the
smaller cubes, viz., 4 males and 4 females, together to make
the larger. The king's chamber region is the great cube
and the king's chamber, as to its length

was the eighth part of the whole cube, and,
of this union;
of
20 cubits,
of
itself,
itself,
length, an oblong of two cubes, or, in

male-female.) The division by the cherubims
was, as to
its
divided into halves, making a nearer approximation to

the king's chamber proportions. The ark, though similarly
a small rectangular solid or oblong, placed in the holy of
holies, as the coffer was in the king's chamber, was differently proportioned, showing a difference of use in the meas-
urement.
(6.)
As
to colors, the white
with the
and
red,
and
black of the
pyramid, the golden being

temple
an exception. (And, possibly that exception would not
have been noted, in the palmy days of its practical use).
tallied
like of the
As to the ark, it was 2 1-2 cubits long, or 51 53

(7.)
inches, or, numerically, the area of the circle inscribed in
Its height added to its breadth
the square of 6561.
.
3 cubits, or 5 .153 feet; showing, for one thing, that it was

so contrived as to be reducible back to the elements whence
and all the temple measures were derived; and this

could not be done by possibility, except by the intervention
of two grades of measure, and those were, respectfully,
the English inch and foot.
its,
But the sameness of relations of the temple

(8.)
with those of the pyramid seems to be confirmed by the use
of the cherubims.
They were 10 cubits high, and by their
use marked out the division of the holy of holies into 10
Take some pyramid developments:
cubits measures.
41224 inches, the circumference of the

C 1 -)
5*53 x 8
base of the pyramid placed in the sphere.
20612; 206. 12
( 2 -)
5*53 x 2
17.17666 feet, or 10
17.17666 x
cubits.
12
3053
+ feet, or 36643. 55 inches, or
the circumference of the base of the pyramid proper;

1-8 this circumference is 381.7037+ feet, or,
+ CUbitS.
222.222
10 cubits value develops the

1-2 base side of the Great Pyramid in the measure of 222
cubits.
It is seen that in the development of the holy of
It is thus seen that the use of the
ark contains the original measures. It is placed

This 10 cubits measure of division
is made by the use of the (Hebrew word) cherub, and the
numerical value of cherub is 222.
holies, the
in a space of 10 cubits.
There is a most strange and far-reaching

(Sec. 53.)
value connected with this cubit value of 444.444 for the
base side of the pyramid. The four sides would equal
+ cubits.
1777 777
.
The pyramid was constructed from
that value of the Parker elements of 206 1
= 36643 55 +
.
3"
.
for circumference value,
and 6 56 1 x
= 11664
for
diameter
Now,
value, or for height.
(i-)
3 66 43-55~^ 20 6l2
-
777-77.and
11664-^-6.561
1777.77; or, numerically, this
very pyramid base value. This is brought about by the
(2.)
factor
as
common
to both.
6
;
3"
and, as was shown,
embraces the factors of the square foot

16 x 9
1 44
because
The reverse use or 1 6 -=- 9
English
that
factor
these
numbers, by another
1777.777
showing
of
at
once
the
foundation
of the pyramid
use,
change
lay
and temple works the knowledge of the scales of measure,
and the use as applied to geometrical elements, being implied.
this expression
Somehow,
all
the systems
Hindu, Egyptian, Hebrew, and
282
belong to one another, and are, in fact, one system.

and its holy of holies, and its
ark, we have the ear-marks of the full" use of the pyramid
measures, under another style of architecture. Was there
ever such a concordance of measures, unless attended by
a similarity of use?
British
So, here in this temple
The representation
(d.)
tical cross section is as follows
of the holy of holies, in ver:
The ark was the residence
of Jehovah,
and he
specifies
his place as at the meeting of the cubes of the ark, between

the cherubims. What was his numerical essential, to
all these measuring properties ?
He was the
o, or a straight line, one, of a denominaperfect one, or i
tion of the perfect circle, o viz., 20612 reduced evenly and
accord with
by
scale, to
the eye,
an inappreciable minuteness, not
nor conceivable by the senses,
to
be seen
by
yet, nevertheless, this
perfect one.
KABBALISTIC MATTERS CONNECTED WITH THE TEMPLE

DESCRIPTION.
The astronomical features about the temple were

The entrance was toward the rising sun, or theplain.
vernal equinox.
The holy of holies was in the west of the
structure, toward the place of the setting sun, the autumnal
equinox. The great quadrangular was oriented and faced
to the four ivinds, or N., E., S., and W.
The brazen sea
had on its ledges the ox, the cherub or man, and the lion.
The lion was the sign of the summer, the man of the winter
(e.)
THE SOURCE OF MEASUEES
283
and the ox of the spring. The sign of autumn, or Dan,

was left out that worm all-devouring, never-dying, the
This has an architectural parallel. Nork relates
scorpion.
that the temple of Notre Dame, in Paris, was formerly a
On this temIsis, or the sign Virgo.

its
of Virgo
with
that
was
the
zodiac
signs;
sculptured
ple
whole
was
was
because
the
dedicated
left
out,
(Isis~)
temple
to her.
So with the temple. The whole religious cultus
of the Israelites was located in the sign Dan, or Scorpio,
for it was here that "I have waited for thy salvation, O
Lord (Jehovah}." Take the two squares of the zodiac,
representing two quarters, or quadrants, of the year; one
temple of the goddess
by Leo, the lion, next to the summer solstice,

and then going west and downward, the second qttadrant
is reached, extending to the winter solstice, and lorded over
lorded over
This upper
scorpion, who holds the entrance.
of
or
is
the
full
the
male,
cube,
golden,
square,
fructifying
power of the sun; the lower one is the female, and black,
the womb, the brazen part. Now it will be seen that Solo-
by Dan, the
mon, the son of David, of the tribe of Judah, whose sign

was the lion, made all the gold work. But it was Huram
that made tne brazen sea and all the brass work.
Wno was
Huram? The son of a widow, a woman of dark or black
weeds, of the tribe of Dan, whose sign was the Scorpion.
He made the work pertaining to his portion of the zodiac
that
is,
the place of Typhon, of winter, of darkness, of
woman, etc. So, here is represented the western half and

the summer and winter quarters of the celestial sphere,
,
squared, or cubed.
There
is
something peculiar as to the opening of the

I. Kings:
"And it came to pass, in the four
6th Chapter of
hundred and eightieth year after the children of Isreal

were come out of the land of Egypt, in the fourth year of
Solomon's reign over Israel in the month Zif, which is the
second month, that he began to btild the house of (Jehovah)
the Lord." The chronological date here pointed out has
been a very great vexation and stumbling-block to commen-
284
tators.
It is generally
But
well
looked on as a date falsely taken.
enough a determination of the meaning of the

structure which was about to be built, for 480
4+ 2=486,
it is
feet, as
which, in
= 11664
coming from 6561 x
inches,
was the height
of the great pyramid, or sun measure, the

works of which were copied after in the temple,
as has been shown.
interior
QUADRATURE OF THE CIRCLE, AND SQUARE

ROOT OF TWO.
BY W.
A. MYERS.
Of Melchizedek (Pater-Sadie), Hebrew

has
handed
down that he was without beginning or
learning
True, but he was a means also of determinending of days.
ing both by correction, holding the balance of the ecliptic.
(Sec. 54.)
(As to the value of Melchizedek of 294, this
number
as to the
49, or
attention
is
49 x 6; and
called to "Proposi7
tion 2, Theorem," and to "Proposition 3, Theorem," of a
"Quadrature of the Circle," and "The Square Root of Two"
,
is
Ky. (Wilstach, Baldwin &

be
Mr. Myers has reproduced
that
may
an ancient method for the calculations of circular elements as
His Proposition 3 is as follows:
sines, cosines, etc.
"(i.) If a circle be described with the square root of two
for a radius, and the one-fiftieth of the square described on
the radius be deducted therefrom, the square root of the
remaining forty-nine fiftieths can be extracted exactly.
The square root of the one-fiftieth so deducted will be
(2.)
by W. A. Myers,
Co., Cincinnati.)
of Louisville,
It
the sine of the given arc.

remaining forty-nine fiftieths
arc."
In
many
respects his
(3.)
will
The square root of the

be the cosine of the given
work
is
well
worth mention
285
NOTE AS TO FISHES.
From The Source of Measures.
BY J. RALSTON SKINNER.
"The symbol
of the 'fish' was a favorite one

Mr. Bryant shows its origin, in
the mythologies, to have been in the figure of the Deluge;
In Pncenithe type being of a fish with the head of a man.
cia, especially, it was of great import in the idol Dagon.
(Sec. 55.)
among
all
the ancients.
The Christian Kabbala,

in the
mention of
or Gnosticism, deals very largely

it may be said to
fishes; in such sort, that
be rested upon the symbol, though its use everywhere is

made to appear as incidental and natural. The New
Testament narratives have been so highly colored by the
kabbalistic import, that,
commonly, too sweeping or em-
bracing a quality has been given to the idea of fishermen, as

applied to the apostles. The character of fishermen, it is true,
attached to Peter and Andrew, to John and James; but,
beyond the little that is said of their catching fish with
nets in boats, no great stress is laid on fishing as a trade,
or fixed occupation.
There was sufficient to introduce the
use of the ancient symbol, without departing from what
is
might truthfully have been the case as to fishing in the

Jordan. The fishing as conducted by these men, was in
the Sea of Galilee, or of Tiberius. This, lake or sea, is but
an enlargement of the river Jordan, where it spreads out
into wide water, or small lake, or rather pond, of some ten
to twelve miles in length by about six miles in breadth.
The fishing carried on in it was in ships, or small fishing
vessels,
with
sails,
by means of seines
was a dense one
or nets.
The popula-
at that time, and the

occupation is represented as pertaining to quite a class,
thus exhibiting a settled business. It seems impossible
tion to be supplied
that this could have been the case.
The only condition
fishing of that kind could have existed, and could

been carried on as a trade, in such a piece of water,
by which
have
would have had to depend upon a constant supply of
fish to
286
some large body of water as a breeding ground,

the fishing taking place in what is called the run of the fish,
at stated seasons. Communication with such a body of
catch, from
ocean would stock such a

but not in such quantity
as to justify an occupation as described, save at certain
seasons of the year. This is a simple and truthful state-
water
as,
for instance, the
pond with a few
ment,
fish at all times,
by all the registered experience in such

But the conditions of the Jordan river are fearful
justified
matters.
for sustaining fleets of fishing vessels plying the trade on the

waters of the sea, or pond, of Tiberius. It is almost a
straight stream, with a very rapid descent from its source

to its mouth (it is called The Descender), save when it
enlarges out in the morass of Merom and into the waters

of this inland sea.
Its condition parts of the year is that
of a brook. It rises in the springs of Mount Hermon, and,
after a run
down
tum
lake, in
was
far
hill
of 150 miles, empties into the asphalfish can live or breed.

If the river
which no
enough north, brook trout might abound to some

waters, but these would have to be preserved
for
it would require but little angling to depopuwith care,
late it of this species.
The whole of the fisheries of the Sea
of Galilee would, therefore, have to depend upon its own
extent in its
breeding-grounds, of which, it may be said, there can be

none, save of the species of what are called mud or cat fish,
which were prohibited from use, as having no scales, and

a few others, utterly unfit to found a fishery on, as a business of continuous calling. The conclusion seems irresistible, that to have stpported a mode of fishing, such as is
commonly thought and taken to have been the case, would
have required a continuous miracle of keeping up the supply.
All this seems to confirm the idea that the relation of fishing
was to raise a symbol, comporting with and necessary to
display ancient uses and meanings."

As is seen, the great display of the creative
(Sec. 56.)
law of measure among the Egyptians was in the "first
great wonder of the ivorld," the great pyramid.
Among
the
ESOTEEIC TEACHING LIMITED
287
Hebrews it was in (i.) the Garden of Eden; (2.) the Ark of

Noah; (3.) the Tabernacle; and (4.) the Temple of Solomon.
Around these actual displays, descriptions were conveyed
by the hieroglyphic reading of the narratives of Holy Writ.

<l
Woe be to the man who says that the Doctrine delivers
common stories and daily words! For if this were so,
then we also in our time could compose a doctrine in daily
words which would deserve
far
more
If it
praise.
delivered
usual words, then we should only have to follow the lawgivers of the earth, among whom we find far loftier words
to compose a doctrine. Therefore we must not believe that
every word of the doctrine contains in it a loftier sense
and a higher meaning. The narratives of the doctrine are

The simple look only at the garment that is,
the
narrative
of the Doctrine; more they know not.
upon
The instructed, however, see not merely the cloak, but
what the cloak covers." (The Sohar, III., 152; Franck
its cloak.
119.)
THE ESOTERIC TEACHING CONFINED TO THE FEW

The author believes that no man can study
(Sec. 57.)
the Bible a great while, carefully and dispassionately noting
its place in the world, its surroundings, its handings down,
its prophetical bearings, not considered in detail, bt;t in
and comprehensive scope, without coming to the
that a Divine power and providence doth
in some way or sort hedge it about, and without coming to
the conviction that this Divine Power is a conscious entity,
just as we are; that he is, by his superiority, wisdom, and
power, continually and everywhere, intelligently present
their large
conviction
as the immediate cause of each sequence in
however minute.
all
the universe,
(Not working by positive fixed laws

of construction, which, once enacted, the work can forever
go on, without any immediate supervision of the Master,
a postulate so commonly assumed; for it is observable,
where investigation can reach, that while every type of
work seems to be under a general type law, yet every indivi-
288
dual production under a type is clearly enough seen to be

a variation upon every other individual, thereby necessitating the actual intervention of creative power for every
He who considers
individual created under such a law.)
that man alone is the "only phenomenon in all the wide
universe of a conscious intelligence, as concreted from an
number of blind happenings or accidents, arrogates

to the superiority of his accidental position,
much
very
when
he takes into view his own acknowledged
especially
littleness and inferiority; for he that can make nothing is
infinite
yet superior to the blind working of the elements to which

he is indebted for himself, which elements come under the
general term of God or Nature. What a picture of selfThe conscious entity, man, simply proves
sufficiency!
series after series of such a class of entities, graded upward,
Man's ego, as connected,

past man's power of recognition.
with
his
even, say inseparably
body, is just that phenomenon of nature that implies an ego function of nature herself,
as inseparably connected with grosser material than that
The only question is as to whether, in man, or
function.
function can shed its covering for another;
this
otherwise,
or whether, in fact, he
may have two
kinds of material
body, one of which

But apart from
may continue, the other perishing.

this, and as to the Bible this being said,
there are, nevertheless, some strange features connected
with its promulgation and condition. Those who compiled
this
Book were men
and
realized,
we are. They knew, saw, handled,

the
through
key measure, the law of the living
no faith that he was, that
needed
ever-active God.
They
he worked, planned, and accomplished, as a mighty mechanas
and architect. What was it then, that reserved to them

alone this knowledge, while, first, as men of God, and second,
as apostles of Jesus the Christ, they doled out a blinding
ic
and an empty teaching of faith, and no substance as proof, properly coming through the exercise of
just those senses which the Deity has given all men as
ritual service,
the essential
means
of obtaining
any right understanding?
IS
THIS ESOTERICISM LOST?
289
Mystery and parable and dark saying and cloaking of the

true meanings are the burdens of the Testaments, Old and
New. Take it that the narratives of the Bible were purposed
inventions to deceive the ignorant masses, even while
enforcing a most perfect code of moral obligations: How
is it possible to justify so great frauds, as part of a Divine
economy, when to that economy the attribute of simple and

perfect truthfulness must, in the nature of things, be as-
What has, or what by possibility ought mystery

to have, with the promulgation of the truths of God?
cribed?
ARE THE KEYS OF THIS ESO-TERICISM LOST?
Men like ourselves, who were capable of

58.)
the
multitudes, held this knowledge, both in the
teaching
times of the Old and New Testament. If at all, when was
(Sec.
knowledge lost? There is witness, by the emblems

remaining in use, that two modern bodies have at one time
been in possession of the keys viz., (i.) that order called
the Roman Catholic Church, which is catholic to the extent
this
of possession of the
emblems
of the universal knowledge,
which was confounded by the confusion of lip, and which

possession has been dropped by all sects, creeds, etc.,
which have dropped the consideration of the "basic knowledge" or dabvar; and (2.) that body of men called Free
Masons. It is probable that the Greek Church, and the
Brahmin system also, come under this category. The elimination of the vestiges of the workings by the key system can
even be seen in the English Church; for one of the great
functions of the church was to regulate the order and times
of its holidays.
This was done agreeably to the passage
of the sun in his circuits through the signs but in the preparation of the order of service, as it is to be seen on the origi;
nal rolls (see fac-simile of the Black Letter Prayer Book,

made in 1663, as taken from the original rolls or scrolls
in the British Archives), it was deemed, for some reason,
best to wipe out these calendars teaching the progress of
the sun through his signs.

(There is but little doubt that
the rules for the calculation of tables of time, to mark the
19
290
proper observance of religious festivals, which tables are

prefixed to the Book of Common Prayer, are precisely
the same to be found in the first chapters of Genesis, relating
to the founding the year values on lunar tables.
Christianity
almost undoubtedly indebted to the ancient Jewish and

Egyptian calendar rules, on which she built up the special
is
exceptional details of her own forms.)

Mr. J. R. Skinner, at the close of his work, "The Source
of
Measures"
states:
"One of the most remarkable proofs of

the existence of this knowledge (of the foundation of these
mysteries on the Parker and Metius relations of circum(Sec. 59.)
ference to diameter of a circle) down to a very late day,

lays, as it would seem, in the resolutions passed by those
two learned bodies of men, the Academy of Sciences at

Paris and the Royal Society of London.
(See Parker's
It was in the period of the revival of knowQuadrature.)
ledge,
when
the world, possessed of extraordinary intellects
and wholly athirst for

cranny and department
learning,
of nature.
was investigating every
All recognized the fact

that in nature one of the most interesting relations was
that of circular to plane shape, and the flux of one into
the other. Ordinarily, in matters of research, promising

great rewards, none so persistently encouraging of interminable effort in the pursuit of the obscure realms of science
as these bodies.
What was
the reason, then, that on the
production by Legendre of his acknowledgedly approximate value of pi, the Academy of Sciences passed that
famous resolution that it would never entertain any thesis
on the subject of the quadrature of the circle ? What was

trie reason that, in a few years afterward, upon Play fair's
following in the footsteps of Legendre, the Royal Society of
London passed, perhaps, a copy of the same resolutions?
Since that time, every man daring to venture into that

field of research has been, by a mysterious com-
forbidden
mon
consent hooted down, laughed
at,
and derided, by
the manifestations of a mocking false piety; and just in
MODERN KNOWLEDGE IN SYMBOLISM
291
the measure that his works have proved valuable, just in

that measure has the effort been strong to remove them
from the study of the people. Now it is barely possible
that the keys of these old mysteries are still known and
held by very few; that these few are recognized by the

very highest of the order, so that an order to that effect
of procurement of just such a piece of chicanery as that
by these societies, once promulgated, would be

and
carried into effect willingly, and even zealously,
obeyed
m
altitudes
of those who might remain in perfect ignorby
practiced
ance as to the source of the order or as to

"There are, moreover, two evidences of
its real
the
object.
modern
exist-
ence of this knowledge in symbolism.

"In 'The Gnostic,' Plate VI., i, is to be found a
(i.)
or
Rosicrucian emblem.
It is of that 'Idol' or
Templar
man,' a worship of which was charged against the TemIt is an old man, with his arms crossed in front.
At
plars.
'old
his feet, on one side,
and on the other
is
a celestial globe, with
its
subdivisions
side the pentapla, or five pointed star,
Here are displayed the man, 113, or

diameter value to a circumference of 355, or the Hebrew
or seal of Solomon.
and the pyramid. The pentapla, as

but the lined display of a pyramid. It is
a pentagon, as well as a rayed star. Retain the rays, and
then join the corners by lines, and the object of setting
The pyramid involves
forth a pyramid is at once apparent.
all the measures, with the purposes
thereof enumerated in the text; so
the whole of this picture symbol,
man,
it is
the celestial circle,
drawn,
is
though modern
in its use, really dis-
plays the possession of the keys of the

ancient knowledge in a most masterly
manner.
In "Land-Marks of Free Masonry," by Oliver,
be found a frontispiece, which, for magnificence of
conception and for comprehensiveness of grasp, is most
remarkable. "It is said to contain the svmbolization
(2.)
is
to
THE GKEAT PYKAMID JEEZEH
292
of the genius of free masonry, and is said to have been

designed by Bro. Com. J. Harris, P. M. and P. Z. The
author ventures to state positively that if this was really

designed by this gentleman that is, if he did not compile
it from simply traditionary
sources then, indeed, he
must have been acquainted with the elements of the quadrature as John A. Parker has, since that time, set them
forth, their astronomical application in architecture, and
their Biblical containment, in a fashion of such
that
if
tae author
had possessed
it
wisdom
in its details, his efforts
work could have been
relieved of suggestion.
The
of
this
its
with
even
the
reading
frontispiece by
symbols,
is
of
the
a
source
of
author,
imperfect ability
always
exquiin this
site delight
and unalloyed amazement. The representation
in a rectangular oblong of too squares.

At the center of
the top line there is located the triple circle, or three circles,
is
one within the other, with an inclosed triangle.
In the
written the great name (Jehovah).

It exhibits
triangle
the origin of measures, in the form of the straight line one
of a denomination of 20612, the only numerical value of the
is
perfect circle, the straight line being male and the circle
female; which 20612 is the Logos, or Dabvar, or Word.
The
triangle and circles indicate the pyramid containing the

use of the measures, with the three sets of circular elements
necessary to the display of
emblem
is
in
various problems. This

light, above the brightness
its
an effulgence of
and the One of the word is the holy 10, and circumference to 3 1 8, the Gnostic value of Christ, whence this
From this upper essence of effulgence,
spiritual effulgence.
a strong bar of light descends obliquely to the foot of the
On the one side of this all is darkness, and chaos,
oblong.
and confusion, containing darkness and dragons, and
of the sun,
At the foot
the female or sin side.
a pavement of squared blocks, in cubes,
alternating in black and white chequers, indicating the
female and male elements of construction; and on the dark
It
deeps.
of the oblong
all
side, this
is
is
pavement
is
not made, but
is
in confusion.
At
ESOTEEIC EXPLANATION
293
the foot on the dark side, stands a little cherab, striving

to work out one of these pavement cubes from a rough
block or ashler, but without success. He stands holding

and hammer in a helpless sort of way, as if having
a dim idea of what is wanted, but as lacking in the requisite
knowledge for elaboration. The other side of the bar of
his chisel
On
light is bathed in the essence of wisdom and peace.
this side the foot has a completed pavement of the black
and white chequers, of a general oval, indicating the measure of the surface of the earth. Just opposite the discontented cherub is seated another, but on the light side. He
is looking with a pleased expression at his brother in the
His right arm is raised, and he is pointing
obscurity.
with his forefinger, the rest of his hand being closed, aloft
up the bar of light to its source. This forefinger thus
pointing is the symbol of the Hebrew jod, or Jehovah, or
the number 10, whose origin is in the male-female word
Jehovah, significant of the same number as emanating from
the Deity name in the triangle above. His left arm is

thrown over as embracing two parallel upright bars, inclosing a circle in the square, the measures of which have
been revealed to man from above. The parallel bars are

supported on a cube, which is one of the cubes of the pave-
ment
raised out of its place to the level of the floor,
and
the upright bars are but the extension of the sides of the
cube. This is the cubical stone, and the square of the bars
6561, and the value of the circle is 5153. The reading
instruction on the part of the enlightened cherub to his
brother, telling him that from the geometrical elements,
is
is
with the least one of a denomination of 20612, located aloft,

as the law of the Deity, the measures of work have been
revealed to man, and are under his control, as exhibited
in the circle, the square, and the cube; that with these
measures the cubical blocks measuring the earth are to be
formed. In this is the lesson. The oblong then contains
the sun and the moon and the stars as further being measurable
by man through
this knowledge.
In the center of the
294
piece there flies or hovers a female, as the geniits of the

Her badge is on her forehead, and it is the pentawhole.
pla, or live rayed star, denoting, as shown above, the
all measures.
The moon,
with the seven planets, represent the Garden of Eden woman
while the sun denotes the issuance of lunar measures in
pyramid as the containment of
terms of
solar.
"All this condition of things goes to show that the mystery held, as not to be thrown open to the people, but to
be retained as the property of a class, and a caste, in the
more ancient days, may never have passed away; but, to
may even exist today, dominating the souls

men, women, and children, by keeping them in perpetual
ignorance, and in religious feeding them on the worn-out
husks of faith, without any relief, by way of setting forth
actual connections between man and the Deity."
the contrary,
of
THE PROVINCE OF RITUALISM.

"How
(Sec. 60.)
plainly can
now be
seen the origin
and reason of ritualism. Ritualism was not an

empty thing. The adoration of the Deity was simply a
constant reminder of man's dependence upon, connection
The worship, then, was,
with, and knowledge of Him.
or source
the expression under this or that form,
by
gesture, action,
accompanied by visible symbols of

some one or more of the exact mathematical formulations,
signs,
voice,
dress,
or geometrical formulations, or numerical combinations,

pertaining to the known method of measuring the works of
the Deity."
conclusion of Sir William
Drummond
in
Edipus Judicus indirectly favors this view: "The priests

of Eg} pt and of Chaldea," he says, "had made a progress in
the science of astronomy which will be found more astonishing the more it is examined. Their cycles were calculated
with extraordinary precision, and their knowledge of the
most important parts of astronomy must appear evident to

who candidly consider the question. But the people
appear to have been purposely left in gross ignorance on
all
THE PROVINCE OF EITUALISM.
295
Their vague and their rural years were

them correct. The festivals were fixed according
calendars made for the people, and the religious insti-
this
subject.
neither of
to
tutions were only calculated to confirm the errors of the

The truths of science were the arcana of the
ignorant.
priests,"
because they were the sources of religious cultus.
Thus ritualism was an intelligible rite, one to be understood in all its parts and ramifications one in which there
was no possible deception as to the use of a symbol, to
;
who could read the symbol. No danger then or at

that time, of paying a worship to the thing. A carpenter
might as easily be taught to fall down before the instru-
those
ments by which he copied the sums of his Father in heaven.

Intrinsically, one would be as silly and fruitless of good
It has been the gradual and finally
results as the other.
almost perfect extinguishment of the knowledge of the
origin of ritualism on the part of the priests themselves that
has entailed a superstitious use on the part of the laity.
On the other hand, Free Masonry holds to the elemental
working by geometrical display i. e., by the harder, more
and purer outlines of the same system of problems.

As between the two systems, in their ultimate, there is no
Lord God of a common humanity loosen
difference at all.
the shackles from the bodies and enlarge the souls of men.
Let freedom be the seed, and let wisdom, love, peace but
exact
above
and
before
all,
SO
charity
MOTK
IT
be
\',E.
the
harvest.
And
296
THE CHRISTIAN
The commencement
of the Christian Era
ERA.
the 1st of January in the 4th year of

the 194th Olympiad, the 753d from the foundation of Rome, and the 4713th of the
Julian period. It is usually supposed to begin with the birth of Christ, but the
opinions with regard to his birth are various. The generally accepted opinion ig
that his birth took place three years and seven days before the first day of the
Christian Era.
The observance of the 25th of December in commemoration of the birth of Christ,
is ascribed to Julius, bishop of Rome, A. D. 337-352.
The Eastern Church had previously observed the 6th of January in commemoration of the birth and baptism of
is
Christ.
The year of the birth of Christ, according to different authorities,

Benedictine Authors of L'Ari de Verifier les Dates
Kepler, Pagi, Dodwell, etc
Chrysostom, Hales, Blair, Clinton, etc
Sulpicius (Sacred History) and Usher
Clemens, Irenaeus and Cassiodorus
Eusebius, Jerome, Epiphanius, Orosius, Scaliger, etc
Chron, Alex., Tertulian, Dionysiua, Luther, etc
Norisius and Herwart
is as
follows:
B.C.
Dec.
5
25,4
3
2
1
A. D.
Paulof Middelburg
2
3
Lydiat
MONTHS OP THE YEAR.

JANUARY Latin, Januarius, is named after Janus, an ancient Italian deity, the
god of the eun and the year, whom the Romans presented on the first of this month
the Janual, an offering consisting of wines and fruits. The month was added to the
calendar by the Emperor Numa Pompilius.
FEBRUARY Latin, Februarius, is supposed to have been BO named from the Februalia a feast of purification and atonement celebrated in Rome during this month.
The Emperor Numa added it to the end of the year, and from this the name of the
month is supposed to have been derived from an old Latin word, fibar, meaning the
end. The decemvirs placed this month after January in the year 452 B. C.
MARCH Latin, Ma.rt.ius. The name is derived from Mars, the god of War. March
was the first month of the year in the old Roman calendar.
APRIL Latin, Aprilis. The word is from aperire, to open, refering to the opening
of the buds during this month.
MAT Latin, Maim, from a word which signifies to grow, so named in honor of
the goddess Maia, daughter of Atlas, and mother of Mercury, by Jupiter.
JUNK by some is said to have been derived fromjuniores, the young men, to whom
Romulus is said to have assigned it; by others from Juno; by others from Junius
Brutus, the first consul, and by others from jungo, to join, with reference to the
union of the Romans and Sabines.
JULY this month was originally called Quintilius, the fifth, it being the fifth
mouth of the old Roman calendar. It was named Julius in honor of Julius Caesar.
AUGUST this month was originally called Sextilis, the sixth, and was named in
honor of the Emperor Augustus.
SEPTEMBER is from the Latin septum, seven.
OCTOBER is from the Latin oclo, eight.
NOVEMBER is from the Latin novem, nine.
DECEMBER is from the Latin decem, ten.
DAYS OF THE WEEX.

SAXON.
ENGLISH.
ROMAN.
Dies Solis Day of the Sun
Sunday.
Sunnandaeg Day of the Sun
Dies Lunae Day of the Moon
Monandaeg Day of the Moon .... Monday.
Dies Martis Day of Mars
Tuesday.
Tuesdaeg Day of Tuisco
Dies Mercurii Day of Mercury... Wodensdaeg Day of Woden
Wednesday.
Dies Jovis Day of Jupiter
Thursday.
jlThorsdaeg Day of Thor
Dies Veneris Day of Venus
Friday.
'Frigadaeg Day of Friga
Dies Saturni- Day of Saturn
Saturday.
;Saterdaeg Day of Sator
An Astronomical Day commences at noon, and is counted from the first to the
!
twenty-fourth hour.
Civil
Day commences
at
midnight, and
ie
counted from the
hour, from which time the count is repeated.

A Nautical Day is counted as a civil day, but
at
commences
first to
the twelfth
like an astronomical day,
noon.
A Solar Day is measured by the rotation of the earth upon its axis, and is of different lengths, owing to the ellipticity of the earth's orbit and other causes. A meaa
solar day is twenty-four hours long.
HISTORY OF THE INTERIOR OF THE PYRAMID.
PART
There
(Sec. 61.)
is
little
III.
enough of hollow
interior
space to enter into, in any of the Egyptian Pyramids, as

they are generally all but solid masses of masonry. And
yet what very
little
there
is,
will
be found quite character-
enough
up a most radical distinction of kind,
as well as degree, between the Great Pyramid and every
other monument, large or small, pyramidal or otherwise,
in all tne continent of Africa, and Asia as well.
to raise
istic
The progress of historical knowledge, with regard to

what constituted the hollow interior of the Great Pyramid,
from the earliest times down, not only to Greek and Roman
eras, but to this enlightened day and date (1907) has been
both slow and peculiar. Had we now before us in one
meridianal section of the monument, all that is now publically known and arrived at, the tale would amount to
little more than this
(r.) that when the Great Pyramid
stood on the Jeezeh hill in the primeval age of the world
in white masonry, unassailed; a simple, apparantly solid,
crystalline shape, with the secret of its inner nature untouched. Clothed completely on every side, with its bevelled sheet of polished casing stones, the
whole structure
rising from a duly levelled area of also white rock surface

in four grand triangular flanks up to a single pointed sam-
mit.
about
This
is the
sum
total of all
this "first great
wonder
that was positively
of the
known
world" down to the
spring of the year 820 A. D., (all other authorities to the

contrary notwithstanding) by the present race of people;
when the Egyptian Caliph Al Mamoun forced his passageinto the north side of the pyramid, and thereby accidentally discovered the present way of entering that world
way
renowned structure.
The author does not desire to intimate that Al
(2.)
Mamoun,
the Egyptian Caliph, was the
first
man
to enter
298
the "great pyramid" since it was sealed up by its original

builders; but that his men, whom he employed to force a
passageway, were the very first, that history records as

having entered this particular pyramid. In our researches,
extending over 35 years, we have laid under contribution
the principal authorities published on both sides of the
Atlantic,
and we have utterly
failed to discover
any
positive
If
contrary of the above assertion.
known to have entered it, before 820 A. D.,
information to the
any one
else is
how
did he get in? The secret passageway (which we

have hinted at) extending from (under) the Sphinx, by a
circuitous course, and entered at the N. E. corner of the
building, the entrance being completely stopped with granite
plugs, has not been open to the uninitiated during the ad-
vent of our present race of people.
no possible way
of entering the
Therefore, there
pyramid (known)
was
until
the hirelings of the Caliph Al Mamoun, forced the key

stone out of the (present) entrance passage, from the inside,
through his forced passage way, in the year 820 A. D.

And that "key stone" as well as tne lid to the coffer
in the king's chamber, together with many of the (outside
covering) angle stones, have been carried away into India;
and possibly are now in the possession of the wealthier

Maharajas of that country.
(3.)
Barring the space occupied by the forced pasof
sageway
Caliph Al Mamoun, the following named
chambers and passageways will account for all the hollow
space in the interior of the great pyramid, so far as is
known to the scientific world, at this date, 1907: viz.,
The King's Chamber, located on the soth layer of stone
at an elevation of (about) 142.82 feet above the pavement
and (about) 9 68 feet south of the verticle axis of the
.
pyramid.
The Ante-Chamber is situated adjoining the king's
chamber, on its north side, at the same elevation; the vertiole axis of the pyramid forming its north boundary.
HOLLOW SPACE IN THE PYEAMID
299
The Queen's Chamber is located on the 25th layer of

stone, at an elevation of (about) 75 58 feet above the pave.
ment, the verticle axis of the pyramid forming
its
south
line.
boundary
The Subterranean Chamber
is
situated (about) 100 feet
below the basal plane of the pyramid ( 'n native limestone

rock), the center of which chamber is located directly under
the verticle axis of the building and the floor of which is
about 586 feet below the apex of the structure, as it stood
The entrance to
in the early part of the year 820 A. D.
which is reached (at present) through the entrance on the
north side of the pyramid: you descend at an angle of 26
The
for 340 feet to reach the subterranean chamber.
Inheritance
from
the
of
"Our
extract
edition
4th
following
1
in the Great
Pyramid" by Piazzi Smyth, will thoroughly

and present (and ancient) condition of
this chamber; and at the same time show that Prof. Smyth
did not know, or conceive, the purpose for which this
chamber was originally constructed; viz. "that then it
contained within, or beneath its foot (trending down from
the north, and entering at a point about 49 feet above the
ground, near the middle of that northern side) merely an
illustrate the shape,
inclined descending passage of very small bore, leading to

a sort of subterranean, excavated chamber in the rock,
about 100 feet vertically under the center of the base of
the whole built
monument.
"This one subterranean chamber did really exist, in so

far as it had been begun to be carved out, deep in the heart
of the rock, with admirable skill.
For the workmen,
having cut their sloping way down to the necessary depth

by the passage, commenced with the chamber's ceiling,
making it exquisitely smooth, and on so large a scale as
by 28 broad. Then sinking down the walls

edges in verticle planes, there was every promise
of their having presently, at that notable xoo-foot depth
inside, or rather underneath the surface of the otherwise
solid limestone mountain, a rectangular hollow space,
46 feet long
from
its
300
or chamber, whose walls, ceiling and floor should all be

But when the said men, the originperfect, pattern planes.
al
workers
it
must be presumed, had cut downwards from
the ceiling to a depth of about 4 feet at the west end, and

13 feet at the east end, they stopped in the very midst of
their occupation.
small, very small, bored passage was
pushed into the rock merely a few feet further toward the
south, and then that was also left unfinished; a similar

abortive attempt was likewise made downwards, but with
the only result, that the whole floor, from one end of the
chamber to the other, was left a lamentable scene of holes,
and up-and-down, fragmentary confusion. Verily,

(seeing that the whole light of day was reduced down
there to a mere star-like point at the upper end of the long
rocks,
entrance passage, nearly 340 feet long) verily, it was an

answering locality for "the stones of darkness and the
of death."
(See Plate VI. and IX.)."
Will any enthusiastic Egyptologist of this day, that
has already accepted Prof. Smyth's theory of a Deified
Architect, still believe with him, that the Subterranean
shadow
Chamber, or any other portion of the pyramid, is unfinished,

or in other words, not completed in exactly the way it was
We think not; for, when the reader
originally designed?
broadens out to the theory that the whole pyramid, including the Sphinx, the different passageways and this
Subterranean Chamber, constitutes one "grand initiatory
asylum," he will perceive that the perfection of the
ceiling,
and the chaos
of the floor, represents "the tin"

This is where the candidate
1
finished state of the temple.
was first brought to light and received his first lesson in

astronomy.
The remaining portion of the hollow or vacant space
in the pyramid, is to be found in the passageway (descending) from the north side of the pyramid down to the subterranean chamber, 370. 5 feet; the horizontal passage from
the lower end of the grand gallery to the entrance of the
Queen's Chamber, 108.6
feet; the
ascending passageway
MORE CHAMBEES SUGGESTED
301
from a point on the descending passage way 82 feet from

the north end, to the beginning of the Grand Gallery,
128.5 feet; the Grand Gallery, ascending, from a point
commencing at the entrance of the horizontal passageits ending at the Ante-Chamber, 156.75 feet.
then the well, 191 feet, nearly verticle, and the Grotto,
an enlarged space within the well. The above mentioned
points constitute about all the space known to exist within
way, to
And
The area and size of each will be

To the student who has followed
our argument and conjectures up to this point, we would
the Great Pyramid.
given in another chapter.
put the query: Do you think, or imagine, that the above

mentioned "hollow" or blank space, or chambers and passageways are the only chambers, etc., contained in that massive
grand structure ? Think of the size of it covering as it does

over 13.34 acres and about 48 6 feet high when it was perfectly
encased in its original form, and containing over 93,060,000
cubic feet of masonry.
Unless, some time in the future
other chambers are discovered, and found to be even more
spacious than those now known to the world at large,
intelligent humanity will begin to query, and stand in awe!
at this wonderful waste of material.
It will be on a par
with the heavenly bodies, i. e., if we discover that this little
insignificant earth of ours, is the only planet inhabited?
The author does believe that many of the fixed stars are
inhabited; and further (which will be possible to prove)

that the Great Pyramid Jeezeh contains at least three
more chambers, located between the King's Chamber and

the apex and at least one with double the capacity of the
latter.
And we will now suggest their location. After
Chamber on the 25th layer of stone; and the

King's Chamber at the 5oth layer; we would place the next
larger chamber on the 75th layer, and the very largest hall,
or chamber on the icoth layer of masonry.
This chamber
should equal in capacity the other three below it. The
final, or fifth chamber on the i2oth course of masonry;
the Queen's
and
its
size
should be just one-half that of the King's
302
Chamber.
in
further explanation of the above will appear
our closing chapter.
The records of all past history (regarding

(Sec. 62.)
the Great Pyramid) are a unit on the "tombic subject"
that "No remains of any kind of coffin have ever been reported to have been found in any chamber or passageway of
the Great Pyramid."
There has been some scholastic question of late years
as to whether Herodotus in 445 B. C., Strabo 18 A. D.,
Pliny 70 A. D., and others of the more medieval ancients,
or their immediate informants, were ever actually inside
the Great Pyramid for sometimes it has been maintained
;
that the edifice was inviolably sealed, and that what they
mentioned of the interior was only on the reports of tradition.
All written history seems to corroborate the above
statement.
That subterranean chamber, which ought to have been

thing finished, according to both all ancient Egyptian ideas and the "Lepsius Law" of profane Egyptian-Pyramid building, but was not. The very chamber
which ought to have contained (if it was built for the same
the
first
purpose, that all subsequent pyramids were) a real sculptured sarcophagus, mumrny, paintings, and inscriptions,
but which only really held the rough, natuial rock-contents of the lower part of the room, not yet cut out of the
bowels of the mountain.

In short, all the classic and idolatrous nations of old
(say from 1400 B. C. to 820 A. D.) knew nothing whatever
about the now known real interior of the Great Pyramid's
construction or purpose.
THE GREAT PYRAMID ENTERED FOR THE FIRST

TIME, SINCE ITS ORIGINAL BUILDERS SEALED
IT UP,
THE DATE OF WHICH
IS
UNKNOWN.
(Sec 63.)
Caliph Al Mamoun, son of Harctm Al
Raschid, of the "Arabian Nights", during the early part of
the year 820 A. D. with the aid of his Mohammedan workmen, has to his credit "the first to enter "( by a forced pas-
sageway)
this First
Great Wonder of the World.
He
Mohammedan workmen
to begin at the middle of the northern side; precisely, says Sir Gardner Wilkinson, "as the founders of the Great Pyramid had foreseen,
when they placed the entrance, (present entrance) not in
directed his
the middle of that side, but 24 feet and some inches away
many feet above the ground level.
to the east, as well as
Hard labor, therefore, was it to these masons, quarrying

with the rude instruments of that barbarous time, into
stone-work as solid (almost before them) as the side of a hill.
They soon indeed began to cry out "Open that wonBut the
derful Pyramid! It could not possibly be done!"
Caliph only replied, "I will have it most certainly done."
So his followers perforce had to quarry on unceasingly by
night and by day. Weeks after weeks, and months too, were
consumed in these toilsome exertions; the progress, however, though slow, was so persevering that they had penetrated at length to no less than 100 feet in depth from the
But by that time becoming thoroughly exhausted, and beginning again to despair of the hard and
hitherto fruitless labor, some of them ventured to remember
entrance.
certain improving tales of an old king, who had found,

on making the calculation, that all the wealth of Egypt in his
time would not enable him to destroy one of the Pyramids.
These murmuring disciples of the Arabian prophet were in
the midst of their various counsel, they heard a great stone

evidently fall in some hollow space within no more than
a few
feet
on one side of them
In the
fall
of that particular
304
stone, there almost seems to have been an accident that

was more than an accident. Energetically, however, they
instantly pushed on in the direction of the strange noise
hammers, and fire, and vinegar being employed again and
again, until, breaking through a wall surface, they burst

into the hollow way, "exceeding dark, dreadful to look at,
and difficult to pass," they said at first, where the sound

had occurred. It was the same hollow way, or properly
the pyramid's inclined and descending (present) entrance
passage; but now it not only stood before another race, and
another religion, but with something that the others never
saw, viz., its chief leading secret, for the first time since
the foundation of the building, nakedly exposed; and
exhibiting the beginning of an internal arrangement in
the Great Pyramid, which is not only unknown in any and
every other Pyramid in Egypt, but which the architect
tiere, carefully finished, scrupulously perfected, and then
most remarkably sealed up before he left the building to
fulfil its
prophetic destination at the end of
thousands of years.
had made
for ages,
A
with
its
appointed
large angular fitting stone that

its
lower
flat side,
a smooth and
polished portion of the ceiling of the inclined and narrow

entrance passage, quite indistinguishable from any other
part of the whole of its line, had now dropped onto the
and revealed that there was just

and in that point of the ceiling which it
had covered, the end of another passage, clearly ascending
therefrom and towards the south, out of this also southward going but descending one! (See Plate IX.)
But that ascending passage itself was still closed a
litcle further up by an adamantine portcullis, or rather
stopper, formed by a series of huge granite plugs of square
wedge-like shape dropped, or slipped down, and then
jammed in immovably, from above. (Note che above
To break
fact, which we shall hereafter commenc apon.)
them in pi eces within the confined entrance passage space an d
pull out the fragments there, was entirely out of the quesfloor before their eyes;
behind
it,
or at
PYRAMID ENTERED, FIRST TIME NOTED
305
so the grim crew of Saracen Mussulmans broke away

sideways or round about to the west through the smaller
ordinary masonry, and so up again (by a huge chasm still
to be seen, and indeed still used by all would-be entrants
into the further interior) to the newly discovered ascending passage, at a point past the terrific hardness
of its lower granite obstruction.
They did up there, or
at an elevation above, and a position beyond the portcullis, find the passage way still blocked, but the filling
material at that part was only limestone; so, making themselves a very great hole in the masonry along the western
side, they there wielded their tools with energy on the long
fair blocks which presented themselves to their view.
But
as fast as they broke up and pulled out the pieces of one of
the blocks in this strange ascending passage, other blocks
above it, also of a bore just to fill its full dimensions, slid
down from above, and still what should be the passage for
human locomotion was solid stone filling. No help, however,
tion
for the
workmen
the
Commander of the
Faithful
is
present
and insists that, whatever the number of stone plugs still

to come down from the mysterious reservior, his men shall
hammer and hammer them, one after the other, and bit
by bit to little pieces at the only opening where they can get
at them, until they do at last come to the end of all.
So
the people tire, but the work goes on; and at last, yes! at
last the ascending passage, beginning just above the granite
portcullis, and leading thence upward and to the south
is announced to be free from obstruction and ready for
!
Then, by Allah, they shouted, the treasures of

essay.
the Great Pyramid, sealed up from the fabulous times
of the
mighty Ibn Salhouk, and undesecrated, as
by mortal eye during
it
was
the intervening
thousands of years, lay full in their grasp before them.
long supposed,
all
On they rushed, that bearded crew, thirsting for the

promised wealth. Up no less than no feet of the steep
incline, crouched hands and knees and chin togecher,
through a passage of royally polished white limestone, but
20
306
only 47 inches in height and 41 in breadth they had painto crawl, with their torches burning low.
Then
suddenly they emerge into a long tall gallery, of seven times
the passage height, but all black as night and in a deathlike calm (see Plate XL); still ascending though at the
fully
strange steep angle, and leading them away farther and

still more far into the very inmost heart of darkness of this
imprisoning mountain of stone.

entering into this part of the
In front of them, at
now termed "Grand
first
Galleiy,"
and on the level, see another low passage; on their right

hand (see Plates IX. and X.) a black, ominous-looking
well's mouth, more than 140 feet deep, and not reaching
water but only lower darkness, even then; while onwards
and above them, a continuation of the glorious gallery
.or upward rising hall of seven times, leading them on, as
they expected, to the possession of all the treasures of the
great ones of antediluvian times. Narrow, certainly, was the
way only 6 feet broad anywhere, and contracted to 3
feet at the floor
but 28 feet high, or almost above the
power of their smoky lights to illuminate; and of polished,

(See
glistening, marble-like, cyclopean stone throughout.
Plate XIV.)
That must surely, thought they, be the high-road

and wealth. Up and up its long ascending
floor line, therefore, ascending at an angle of 26, these
determined marauders, with their lurid fire-lights, had to
push their dangerous and slippery way for 150 feet of
to fortune
distance more; then an obstructing 3 foot step to climb

over (what could the architect have meant by making a
low doorway to bow their

heads most humbly beneath ("It is a rocky road up to
the zenith of the hill of science and even the king on his
throne, must stoop to conquer.")
(See Plates XII. and
to
then
a
XIV.)
pass, almost to creep
hanging portcullis
another
low doorway,
most
then
under,
submissively;
in awful blocks of frowning red granite both on either side,
and above and below. But after that, they leaped without
step so tall as that?); next a
CALIPH AL MAMOUN ENTERS PYRAMID
307
further let or hindrance at once into the grand chamber,

is still, the conclusion (so far as is known)
which was and
of everything forming the Great Pyramid's interior; the

chamber to which, and for which, and toward which,
according to every subsequent writer (for no older ones
knew any fragment of a thing about it), in whatever

other theoretical point he may differ from his modern
fellows
the whole Great Pyramid was originally built.
(See Plate XV.)
And what
find they there, those
maddened
followers
in Caliph AlMamoun 'strain ?

right noble apartment, now
called the King's Chamber, roughly 34 feet long, 17 broad,
and 19 high, of polished red granite throughout walls,
floor, and ceiling; in blocks squared and true, put together
with such exquisite skill that no autocrat emperor of recent
times could desire anything more solidly noble and at the
same time beautifully refined.
Ay, ay, no doubt a well-built room, and a handsome
one, too; but what does it contain? where is the treasure?
The treasure! Yes, indeed, where are the promised silver
and gold, the jewels and the arms? The plundering fanatics look wildly around them, but can see nothing, not a
single dirhem anywhere.
They trim their torches and
carry
them again and again to every part of that red-walled,

but without any better success. Nought but
flinty hall,
pure, polished, red granite, in mighty slabs, looks calmly
down upon them from every

garnished too, as
it
side.
The room
is
clean,
were; and, according to the ideas of
founders, complete and perfectly ready for its visitors,

so long expected, and not arrived yet; for the gross minds
of those who occupy it now find it all barren; and declare
its
is nothing whatever of value there, in the whole

extent of the apartment from one end to another; nothing,
except an empty stone chest without a lid.
that there
The Caliph Al Mamottn was thunderstruck, on receipc

He had, through his workmen, arrived
of this information.
at the very ultimate part of the interior of the Great Pyra-
308
THE GEEAT PYKAMID JEEZEH
mid he had
so long desired to take possession of;
now, on at
last carrying it
and had
by storm, found absolutely
nothing that he could make any use of, or saw the smallest
value in. So being signally defeated though a commander
of the Faithful, his people began plotting against him.
But Al Mamoun was a Caliph of the able day of Eastern rulers for managing mankind so he had a large sum of
money secretly brought from his treasury, and buried by
night in a cercain spot near the end of his own quarried entrance-hole. Next day he caused these same workmen to
dig precisely there, and behold! although they were only
digging in the Pyramid masonry just as they had been doing
during so many previous days, yet on this day they found
a treasure of gold and the Caliph ordered it to be counted
and lo! it amounted to the exact sum that had been incurred in the works, neither more nor less. And the Caliph
(of course) was astonished, and said he could not understand how the kings of the Pyramid of old, actually before
the Deluge, could have known exactly how much money he
would have expended in his undertaking; and he was (ap;
parently) lost in surprise. But as the workmen got paid for

their labor, and cared not whose gold they were paid with
so long as they did get their wages, they ceased their complaints, and dispersed; while as for the Caliph,
to the city, El Fostat, notably subdued, musing
he returned
on the won-
had happened; and both the Grand Galand

the
King's Chamber, with its "stone chest withlery,
out a lid" were troubled by him no more.
The way once opened, though no more traversed, by
the Caliph Al Mamoun (as he presently left Egypt for his more
imperial residence in Bagdad, Asiatic Turkey, and ended his
derful events that
days there in 842 A. D., about 40 years before the time of

Alfred the Great. That way into the Great Pyramid then
remained free to all; and "men did occasionally enter it,"

says one of the most honest chroniclers of that period, "for
many years, and descended by the slippery passage which
is in it, with no other alleged result than that some of
them came out safe, and others died." (?)
CITY OF EL FOSTAT BURNED
309
The history of Egypt, from the reign of the Caliph Al

Mamotin down to the invasion of that land by Napoleon
Bonaparte, wich his 70,000 red-republican soldiers in
the year 1798, is one of bloodshed and murder; as very
few, if any, of its rulers actually died a natural death.
Under
stick
circumstances, very
little reliable
either regarding that country, or the Great

still stands on the banks of uhe Nile.
history exists
Pyramid chat
;
The city of El Fostat, in sight of the Great Pyramdi

was taken and burned, and the women reduced to slavery,
A. D., 905. From that time down to 970 A. D. when El
Kahireh, or Cairo, was founded by Gohar anarchy,
bloodshed, rival and shortlived rulers, invasions, desolations, slaughters and battles form the record; and little or
no better for a century following.
PROFESSOR JOHN GREAVES, THE OXFORD ASTRONOMER, VISITS THE GREAT PYRAMID.
(Sec. 64)
Among
the
first
of the scientists to visit the
Great Pyramid in modern times, was Prof. Greaves, in the

year 1637 A. D. His conclusions, after making many scientific measurements, were given to the public through his
writings,
and
lectures,
and started the
scientific
world to
thinking. His example soon found imitators, that visited

the pyramid, and they increased in numbers as the centuries
passed by.
The natural instinct of nations soon singled out the
Great Pyramid as being far more interesting than any ocher
monument
Pyramid kind; while in that one

same
building again, the
empty stone chest, which had so
of the general
affronted the Caliph Al Mamoun, still offered itself there

in the interior too, as the chief object for explanation.
Why was it in such a place of honor? Why was the whole
Pyramid arranged in subservience to it? Why was it,

mere coffer-box, so unpretending and plain? Why
was it empty, lidless and utterly without inscription,
(It should be
continually demanded modern Europe?
no enigma to an "Illustrious Mason.")
this
310
Gradually the notion grew that it might be a sarcophagus; and that it was a sarcophagus; and that it had been
intended for "that Pharaoh who (in 1542 B. C.) drove the
Israelites out of Egypt; and who, in the end, leaving his
body
in the
Red
Sea, never
had the opportunity
of being
deposited in his own tomb."

But this idea was effectually quashed, for amongst
other reasons, this forcible one that the Great Pyramid
was not only built, but had been sealed up too in all its
more special portions, long before the birth even of that
Pharaoh. Nay, before the birth of Isaac and Jacob as well
;
which disposes likewise of the attempt to call the Great

Pyramid "the tomb of Joseph," whose mortal remains
being carried away by the Israelites in their exodus, left
the vacancy we now see in the coffer or stone box. Also
the story of its being the coffer of King Cheops, or Chemmis,
of the Royal and Fourth Dynasty, and supposed builder
of the Great Pyramid according to the Greeks.
Whereupon Professor Greaves pointed out "that Diodorus had
left, over 1,600 years since, a memorable passage concerning
Chemmis (Cheops) the builder (supposed) of the Great Pyramid, and Cephren (Shafre) the equally royal founder
of the Pyramid adjoining.
Although," said he, "those
kings intended these for their sepulchres, yet it happened
that neither of them were buried there. For the people
being exasperated against them by reason of the toilsomeness of these works, and for their cruelty and oppression,
threatened to tear in pieces their bodies, and with ignominy
to throw them out of their sepulchres.
Whereupon both
of them, dying, commanded their friends to bury them in
an obscure place."
Again, both Professor Greaves and other scholars salutarily brought up to check the then public mania for calling the coffer Cheops' coffin, the very clear account of
Herodotus that King Cheops could not possibly have been
buried in the Great Pyramid building above, simply because
he was buried low down, in a totally different place; viz.,
SARCOPHAGUS THEOEY EXPLODED
311
"in a subterranean region, on an island there surrounded

by the waters of the Nile." And as that both necessarily
and hydraulically means a level into which the Nile water

could naturally flow, it must have been at a depth of more
than fifty feet beneath the very bottom of even the unfinished subterranean chamber, the deepest work found
yet underneath, or connected in any way with, the Great
Pyramid. Exactly such a locality, too, both sepulchral, and
with precisely the required hydraulic conditions, has since

then been found about i ,000 feet southeast of the Pyramid
building.
(See Plate
XIX.)
THE SARCOPHAGUS THEORY SUCCESSFULLY
EXPLODED!
All the single sarcophagus propositions

for the benefit of that most remarkable stone chest in
(Sec. 65.)
the red-granite chamber of the Great Pyramid having failed

their remains have been merged into a sort of general sar-
cophagus theory, that some one must have been buried in it.
this notion finds much favor with the Egyptologists,
And
as a school; though facts are numerously against them,

even to their own knowledge. They allow, for instance,
that in no other Pyramid is the sarcophagus as they boldly
the empty stone chest, or granite box of other authors

contained high up in the body of the Pyramid, far above
the surface of the ground outside; that in no other case,
("excepting the sarcophagus of the second Pyramid, but
which is not known to have ever been occupied by a mummy"), it is perfectly devoid of adornment or inscription;
that in no other case, not even, the exception just alluded to
in regard to the Second Pyramid, has the lid so strangely
call
vanished; in no other case are the neighboring walls and

passages so devoid of hieratic and every mythological
emblem; in fact, they confess that the red granite coffer,
all that part of the Great Pyramid's chambers and
ascending passages where it is found, is entirely unique
with
312
was unknown before Caliph Al Mamoun's day (820 A. D.)

and is strictly peculiar to the Great Pyramid.
Observe also with the alleged "sarcophagus," in the
King's Chamber (for so is that apartment now most generally termed), that there was no ancient attempt to build
the vessel up and about in solid masonry, in the most usual
and truly effective manner for securing a dead body inviolate.
On the contrary there were magnificently built
white stone passages of a most lasting description ready to
lead a stranger right up to such far interior sarcophagus
from the very entrance itself; while, more notably still,
the shapely King's Chamber was intended to be ventilated in
the most admirable manner by the "air channels" discovered by Col. Howard Vyse, in 1837 A. D.; evidently
(as the actual fact almost enables us to say with security)
,
men might come there in the latter day,

and look on and deal with, that granite chest, (key to the
"Source of Measures") and look on, and deal with that
open chest and live and not die.
Meanwhile, some few men with broad views and true
in order that
witness M. Jomard in the celebrated

de
1'Egypte," and Sir Gardner Wilkinson in
"Description
had begun to
his own most deservedly popular works
as
to
occasional
doubts
whether
any dead body
express
either of a king or of any other mortal man ever was depositin scientific researches
ed in the open vessel of the King's Chamber.

To quote all the "pro's and con's" of even the
scientific
and noted men of the past, requiring this "stone puzzle,"

would require over 100 volumes, as large as this to give
the subject fair publicity.
the celebrated
We
cannot, however, overlook
JOHN TAYLOR'S THEORY.

In the midst of such scenes, illustrating, unfortunately,
actually going on, and chiefly applauded still,
the
among
Egyptologists of the nineteenth century, came into public favor the celebrated John Taylor.
(He was born
what
in
is
1781 and died in 1864.)
The
result of his long
and
TAYLOR'S COFFER THEORY
313
respectful researches, suggests more or less that, "The

coffer in the King's Chamber of the Great Pyramid was
intended to be a standard measure of capacity and weight

primarily in a special, exclusive, or selective manner,
but ultimately for all nations; and certain nations, he considered, did thence originally receive their weights and
;
measures; so that those of them who still preserve, to some

degree, with their language and history, their hereditary,
and measures, may yet trace their

connection
prehistoric
substantially with that one primeval,
standard, metrological center for all the future world, the
aboriginal weights
Great Pyramid.
"When
the British farmer measures his wheat, in
what term does he measure it? In quarters.

Quarters of
what? The existing British farmer does not know; for
there is no capacity measure now on the Statute book
above the quarter; but, from old custom, he calls his largest
corn measure a quarter.
Whereupon John Taylor adds
in effect:
"The quarter corn measures of the British
farmer are fourth parts or quarters of the contents of the
coffer in the King's Chamber of the Great Pyramid; and
the true value in size of its particular corn measure, has
not sensibly deteroriated during all the varied revolutions
of
mankind
in the last 4,000 years."
JOHN TAYLOR'S COFFER THEORY PRACTICALLY

EXAMINED.
The above is a statement not to be implicitly accepted
without a full examination and something in that way can
fortunately be instituted very easily; as thus: The first
part of the problem is merely to determine the cubical
contents of the vessel known successively, from Caliph
Al Mamoun's day to our own, as the "sarcophagus,"
"the empty box," "the lidless stone chest," or more philosophically and safely, so as not to entangle ourselves with
any theory, "the coffer," in the King's Chamber of the
Great Pyramid. From Colonel Howard Vyse's important
;
314
work are drawn

all
forth and arranged, in the following table,

the chief mensurations taken between 1550 A. D. and
1840 A. D., some of the principal authors being consulted

their original writings.
Their measures, generally
in
given in feet, or feet and inches, (the feet of all authors

when not otherwise particularized, have been here assumed
as English feet, and in some cases may require a correction
on that account, but not to any extent sufficient to explain
the chief anomalies observed) or Metres, are all here set
down in British inches, to give a clearer view of the progress of knowledge in this particular matter.
And now
our only bounds to exactness will be, the capability of

these educated men of Europe to apply accurate instrumentation to a regularly formed and exquisitely prepared
specimen of ancient mechanical art.
MODERN MEASURES OF THE GREAT PYRAMID COFFER UP TO

Authors of
Measurements
1864
EEVIEW OF COFFER MEASURE
315
plying to the exterior measures the "thickness", as given

by the observer; such thickness being supposed to apply
to the sides.and not to the bottom, which maybe different.
REVIEW OF THE "COFFER MEASURE"
AS
GlVEN ABOVE.
not the list a little appalling? An ordinary carpenter amongst us uses sixteentos of an inch quite
frequently, and sometimes undertakes to make a special
piece of cabinet work "fit to a thirty-secondth of an inch";
but our learned travelers commit errors of many whole
Look at them,
inches;
and
this
is
when they
are voluntarily,
and
of their
own prompting
only, measuring the one and only internal

which
object
they found to measure, or thought should be
described by measure, in the whole interior of the Great
Pyramid.
Professor Piazzi Smyth, after making several visits,
and spending many months in measuring the Great Pyramid
both inside and outside, with the most carefully prepared
implements of measure, says: "I feel compelled to

say, that out of the twenty-seven quoted authors no less
than twenty-two must be discharged summarily as quite
special
incompetent, whatever their mental attainments otherwise, to talk before the world about either size or proportion in any important practical matter.
"Professor Greaves in 1638, the French Academicians
in 1799, and Colonel Howard Vyse in 1837, are therefore
the only three names that deserve to live as coffer measurers
in the course of 250 years of legions of educated European
visitors.
Of these three parties thus provisionally accepted,
the foremost position might have been expected for the
Academicians of Paris.
Professor Greaves lived before
the day of European science proper. While Colonel Howard Vyse did not lay himself out for very refined measurements; but rather went through what he felt himself
obliged to undertake in that direction, in the
same
fearless,
thorough-going, artless but most honest manner in which

the Duke of Wellington was accustomed to review a picture
316
exhibition in London, beginning with No. i in the catalogue

and going through with the whole of them conscientiously
to the very last number on the list.
"The Colonel's measures, therefore, are respectable
and solidly trustworthy with regard to large quantities,
but not much more.

"With the French Academicians it is quite another
thing; they were the men, and the successors of the men,
who had been for generations measuring arcs of the meridian, and exhausting all the refinements of microscopic
bisections and levers of contact in determining the precise
standard scales. Their measures, therefore, ought to be

true to the thousandth, and even the ten-thousandth part
of an inch; and perhaps they are so in giving the length
and breadth
of the coffer; but, alas! in their statements of
the depth inside, and the height outside, there seems to have
been some incomprehensible mistake committed, amounting

to nearly three inches.
Under such circumstances and after
having failed to obtain any satisfactory explanation from
the Perpetual Secretary of the Academy in Paris, I have
been compelled to discharge the French Academy, also,
from the list of fully trustworthy competitors for usefulness
and fame in Pyramid coffer metrology. Only two
names therefore, are left Howard Vyse, who has been
already characterized and Greaves, in whom we have most
fortunately a host indeed."
SKETCH OF THE
EASTERN TRAVELING OXFORD ASTRON-
OMER, PROF. GREAVES, IN 1673
He lived before the full birth of European

but on the edge of an horizon which is eventful
in scientific history; with an unusual knowledge, too, of
Oriental languages, and a taste for travelling in the then
turbulent regions of the East, Prof. Greaves belongs almost to the heroic time. Immediately behind him were,
if not the dark ages, the scholastic periods of profitless
verbal disquisitions; and in front, to be revealed after his
death, were the germs of the mechanical and physical
(Sec. 66.)
science,
317
natural philosophy which have since then changed the

face of the world.
Now every other visitor to the Great Pyramid, both,

before and since Greaves, paid vastly more attention to
the exterior than the interior of the coffer, he defined it
"It is in length on the west side 6.488
particularly thus:
"in breadth at the north end, 2.218 feet," "the
feet,"
depth
2.860 feet."
is
GREAVES' AND VYSE'S COFFER CAPACITY DETERMINATIONS.

Cubical contents of the coffer in English inches
full measures, in 1838
77. 856 x 26.616 x 34. 3 20
71 118.
Greaves'
by
And by Howard
78. ox
Vyse's measures, taken in 1837:

26.5 x 34.
= 71. 311.
may possibly be applicable

as read off; we may accept for a first
approximation the mean of the above statements, or 71,214
cubic inches, as the apparent capacity contents of the coffer
Several small corrections
to these
numbers
of the King's
Chamber.
Now, what proportion does that number bear, to the

capacity of four modern English corn quarters, in terms of
which British wheat is measured and sold at this date
(1907)?
One English gallon is declared to be equal to 277.274

cubic inches; which quantity being multiplied for bushels,
quarters, and four quarters, yields 70,982.144 English
cubic inches.
Whence the degree of agreement between
a quarter modern British and a fourth part of the ancient
coffer, or granite box, and possible type of a both primeval
and ancient corn measure in the Great Pyramid, is at this
present time as 17,746 17,804.
:
RED GRANITE THE TRUE MATERIAL OF THE COFFER.
By
reference to the third column in our last table of
"Modern Measurements
of the Coffer,"
it will
be observed
that travellers have assigned the coffer to almost every
318
mineral, from black marble to red granite, and porphyry

of a color which no one has ventured to name.
Yet John
Taylor concluded for porphyry, and called the vessel the

"Porphyry Coffer," even Piazzi Smyth in his early volume
of "Life
and Work," published before
named it porphyry.
He says: "Nevertheless,
Egypt
of
my
visiting the pyramid,
having at
last
visited
in 1864-5, after the publication of the first edition

work, spent almost whole days and weeks in the
Chamber of the Great Pyramid until all sense of

novelty and needless mystery in small things had worn
away; and decided without the smallest hesitation, for the
King's
material of the coffer being syenitic granite, exceedingly

like but perhaps a little harder as well as darker than
the constructive blocks of the walls of the King's
Chamber
it."
containing
In every possible or even imaginable instance, such
hard granite is wonderfully distinct, naturally from the
soft
limestone
(sometimes,
but with
less
error,
called
marble) of the rest of the Great Pyramid's structure; and

it is not a little important, in all Pyramid research there
to be able in that
monument
to detect for certain
when-
ever the primeval architect abandoned the use of the limestone he had at hand, and adopted the granite procured
with utmost toil and expense from a distance; whether
came from Syene, as modern Egyptologists usually determine, or from Sinai, as Professor Greaves infers; or
from Atlantis, or America, as we think.
it
Professor
Smyth again
"Sad confusion here

says:
in the seventeenth century
between granite and porphyry
while in the 'unheroic eighteenth

ignorance of granite culminated.
century' Anglo-Saxon
No
fresh granite
was
then being worked anywhere direct from nature, and the
monuments
of antiquity composed of it were first suspected,

to be fictitious as thus stated by a Medi-
and then alleged
terranean traveller in 1702:

at Alexandria.
Some think
it
'The column of Pompey'

of a kind of marble, but
WHERE THE GRANITE CAME FROM
319
it was manufactured
some
it
writers
'of melted stone' cast
stone, or,
put
in moulds upon the place.
The latter reason is indulged
in by many, for two reasons, (i.) for there is not the least
-piece of that stone to be found (naturally) in any part of
the world, at this time; (2.) and the pillar is so prodigiously
big and high that it could hardly be erected without a
others incline rather to believe that

as
"I know it is alleged by those

Prof Smyth says
believe the story of the Rhodian colossus that the
ancients had the advantage of admirable machines to
miracle
' '
who
bulky pieces; but I should reckon myself extremely obliged to those gentlemen if they would show
me any probable reason why among so great a variety of
Egyptian monuments of antiquity, there is not one of
marble; and by what unaccountable accident the stone
called granite, which was then so common, is now grown so
scarce that the most curious inquiries into the works of
nature cannot find the least fragment of it, that was not
raise such
employed
in ancient structures ?
"And even though

saries, that the quarries
should suppose with my adverout of which this stone was dug
were by degrees so entirely exhausted that there is not the

least footstep of 'em left, and that Nature herself has lost
so much of ancient vigor and fecundity that she is not able
to produce new ones, I may still be allowed to ask why
granite was only used in obelisks or columns of a prodigious bigness for if it were really a sort of (natural) stone
or marble, I see no reason why we might not find small
;
pieces
of
it,
as well as of porphyry
and other kinds
of
marble."
Replying to Professor Smyth's argument, and queries,

as quoted above, we would say: (i.) the reason why we
cannot find any similar piece of marble, or granite, to correspond with that of the coffer or walls in the King's Chamber,
Column of Pompey (or Pompey's Pillar) that stands

about i, 800 feet south of the walls of Alexandria is, that
none of this stone was ever formed on, or brought from
or the
320
any landed continent now in
existence.
But, as one of
the proofs of our theory, is, that it came from the "Continent of Atlantis," or the land that once formed the conti-
And the
nent, now known as the Atlantic Ocean.
(2.)
reason why it seems miraculous to most students of Egyptology, in this enlightened day, that such massive stones
as constitute the principal parts of the Great Pyramid,

and such Monoliths as above mentioned, could be brought
any great distance, or be raised, or placed in position when

on the ground is: that they cannot conceive of any "lost
art" or wisdom, not possessed by the mechanics and wise
men of this enlightened day. (3.) While our present day
mathematicians, have (practically) found a correct "quadrature of the circle," and the "Aztec Tempered Copper
Manufacturing Company," of Seattle, Washington, has
successfully tempered copper (97 per cent pure) to equal
or excel the very best quality of steel, and the "Georgia
Girl" has accomplished

tion"',
the feat of "overcoming gravitato accomplish before the wise
we have much more
architects of this enlightened day and age, can duplicate

the Great Pyramid.
WISE MEN DIFFER AS TO WHAT is
(Sec. 67.)
LIMESTONE OR GRANITE
Prof.
wife and
Smyth
says:
"When,
were living through several months in a tomb of the eastern cliff of the Great
Pyramid Hill in 1865, a Cambridge man, with a most
for
instance,
my
name in science, and a sage-looking, experienced

head of iron-grey hair, called upon us and remarked (to the
lady, too, who knows a great deal more about minerals
than I do) 'What a fine granite cavern you are living in!'
respectable
Granite, indeed, poor
man! when the
petrified
mummulites
were staring at him all the time out of the nought but
limestone on every side! And other travellers within the
last few years have confidently talked of having seen granite
in the entrance passage of the Great Pyramid, granite in
subterranean chamber, granite forming the casing
stone heaps outside, granite, in fact, anywhere and every-
the
GRANITE OR LIMESTONE, WHICH?

where; and basalt dykes in the Pyramid
hill too, though

mummulithic limestone.
"They, however, being free and independent writers,
cannot be easily interfered with; but will my readers at
in a country of pure
me for insisting upon it, that for any wouldbe Pyramidist scholar it is a most awful mistake to say
granite when he means limestone, or vice versa; and to
least excuse
see limestone
where the primeval architect went
pains to place granite.
To
to infinite
talk thus interchangeably of
the two
is, indeed, over and above saying the thing that

not in minerology over and above taking hard for soft,
and soft for hard Neptunian for Plutonian repletion with
traces of organic existence for nought but crystals that
never had a breath of life in them it is also on the part
of such individual a depriving himself of the only absolutely
is
positive feature that can, or should, speak to in all Pyramid

inquiry; as thus: Questions of amount of angle, length
of line,
and measure of weight are
all,
even in the best
modern
science researches, questions of degree of approximation only or of limits of approach to a something which
;
may never be actually touched, or finally defined. But

if white mummulithic limestone cannot be distinguished
absolutely from red granite, or if one of those substances
is
said to glide so insensibly into the other, that
no man
can say with confidence where one begins and the other
ends the age for interpretering the long secret interior
of the Great Pyramid has not yet arrived.
"But I will not consent to any such state of mind
and would
amdngst friends and often, in
afflicting the readers of this present edition;
rather, with them, as one
many
their
other learned subjects, betters than myself, request

(before further discussing the coffer in
attention
the King's Chamber) to a prevailing feature of the manner

in which the Great Pyramid makes its chief mechanical
use of this triple rock, of strong colors and strange traditions, granite.
"There
21
is
granite in the Great Pyramid,
and granite
322
Pyramids yet so far from their being thereon

that very account, or by that very means,
fore
that most difference may be detected both in their designs
and even in the minds of their designers.
"Take the third Pyramid as an example; the Egyptological world hailed it as the 'Coloured Pyramid' coloured, for sooth, because its casing-stones more than half-way
up, were of red granite. That that little third Pyramid was
therefore more expensive than the Great one, all its friends
admit, and even boast of; but what else did it gain thereby
Lasting power, is the general idea; because granite is so
in various small
alike, it is
'".
proverbially hard.
also
very
and
is
brittle
But, alas granite, besides being hard,

!
on account chiefly of
so largely expansible
by
heat,
is
its tri-crystallization,
(NOTE
Having pre-
pared in 1873, a number of slabs of different materials, both

natural and artificial and then examined their lengths with
a misroscopic beam-compass both in summer and winter, I
found all the harder stones, agate, chalcedony, green-stone
flint, porphyry, and marble too, afflicted with larger heat
expansions than the soft, fine-grained lime-stones, such as
either the white lime-stone of the Great Pyramid, or the
black lime-stone of Ireland) that under the influence of a
hot sun by day and cold sky by night, it loosens and crushes minutely the materials of its own surface to little pieuntil now, after 3.000
ces, film by film, and age after age
years, those hard granitic casing-stones of the third Pyramid are rounded along their edges into pudding shapes,
which can hardly indicate the angle they were originally

bevelled to, within a handful of degrees. Yet the softer,
and fair, white lime-stone which was chosen of old for
casing of the Great Pyramid (a variety of which
lime-stone is found in the Mokattam hill on the east side
the
of the Nile)
and which was begun to be exposed to the weaPyramid or its builders were born, has
ther before the third
joined to that softness, so
much tenacity,
smallness of heat
expansion, and strong tendency to varnish itself with a

brownish iron oxide exudation, that it has in some instances
REASON FOR USING LIMESTONE
323
preserved the original angle of the casing-stones within a

minute of a degree, and their original surface within the
hundredth of an inch.
"But because the Great Pyramid architect found limestone to answer his purpose for casing-stones, did he thereit everywhere?
No, certainly not. He knew it to
be too soft to keep its size and figure in places where men
do tend to congregate and where strains and wear and tear
may accumulate, and have to be strenuously resisted. In
and towards the center, therefore, of the whole mass of the
Great Pyramid, where strains do increase and the treasure
was supposed to be kept, and where Caliph Al Mamoun in
one age, and middle-class passengers from Australian
steamers in another, rush trampling in to see what they can
there, whatever other purpose we may preget by force,
he also had, the Great Pyramid archdiscover
sently
fore use
itect begin to use granite in place of lime-stone.
And
in
the deep and solemn interior of that building, where he did

so employ it, there was no sun to shine and heat up by day,
no open sky to radiate cold at night; but only closed-in

darkness and a uniform temperature from year to year,
and century
to century.
"There was, therefore, no tendency in granite to separate its component crystals there but very great necessity
for its hardness to resist the continual treading, or hammering and mischief-working by the countless visitors of
these latter days. For the granite portion of the Great
;
Pyramid (excepting only the portcullis, or stopper, blocks

end of the first ascending passage) begins in the
A narrow chamber
so-called ante-chambsr apartment.
at the lower
through which all visitors mu,st pass, in order to reach that

further, grander, and final Kings' Chamber wherein the employment of granite culminates; and wherein is to be seen
standing loose and quite movable, except for its immense
weight, on the open, level, granite floor, that Pyramid coffer
or long and high granite box, which is still awaiting our
further
and higher examination."
324
Professor
Smyth again
asks
"Why
of
that
Size?
we
grant, temporarily, for mere present argument's

sake, that the long rectangular granite box, or coffer, in
the King's Chamber of the Great Pyramid was intended by
If
the precise, measured, amount of its cubic contents to

typify, as Mr. Taylor has suggested, a grand and universal
standard of capacity measure can any reason in either

nature or science be shown, why it should have been made
In a later age the
of that particular size and no other?
a
designer of such
metrological vessel would have been
hampered by custom, confined by law, or led by precedent.

But in the primeval day of the foundation of the Great
Pyramid, who was there then to control its architect
or from whom could that truly original genius have copied
anything; or lastly, what was there to prevent his making
;
the coffer therein of any size he pleased?"

I will tell you why
If the coffer had been carved out
:
no other purpose than for a "capacity measure," the

architect and designer would, most probably, have been
for
"hampered by custom, confined by law, or led by preceBut, as this vessel was constructed for a double
purpose, there was but one size and shape to make it.
One of its purposes was most certainly intended for an
dent."
"International measure of capacity," or at least a copy of

the then existing law; the other, and principal purpose was,
to "illustrate to candidates seeking knowledge of the hidden
life, both here, and beyond the
mason" could reveal the details.
mysteries of
"illustrious
veil."
Any
In the primeval day of the building of the Great Pyramid, over one thousand millions of people inhabited the
and, as that civilization had then a genealogy

reaching back for at least 50,000 years, there were hundreds
earth;
of similar designs extant to copy from; and the architect

and builders of the Great Pyramid, would not have ranked,
in their day, higher than
there be any doubt in the
hundreds of their
mind
fellows.
Can
of the reader, at this stage
of our argument, that the Great Pyramid, including its
COFFER MEASURES IN DETAIL
325
mysterious coffer, was not built in 2170 B. C.? When

semi -barbarism and mechanical ignorance, grouped their
way through Lower Egypt's darkness? Or, if built by
a Deified architect and Deified workmen, (as suggested by
Professor Smyth,) then why, if built for a moral or religious
landmark, has it not had Deific protection from the marauders? It has been protected, but just in that proportion
that the ancient founders outwitted the strength and
willingness of the primeval and modern marauder.
THE COFFER MEASURES
By
IN
DETAIL IN ENGLISH INCHES.
Smyth, in 1865, with corrections down

"This vessel, the sole contents of the dark King's
Prof. P.
to 1880:
and termed according to various writers, stone

box, granite chest, lidless vessel, porphyry vase, black maris composed, as to its material,
ble sarcophagus, and coffer
of a darkish variety of red, and possibly syenitic, granite.
Chamber,
And there is no difficulty in seeing this; for although the

ancient polished sides have long since acquired a deep
chocolate hue, there are such numerous chips effected on
all the edges in recent years, that the component crystals,
quartz, mica,
and
good candle) even
"The
felspar,
may
be seen (by the light of a
brilliantly.
chipped around, or along, every line and

and top; and at its southeast corner,
the extra accumulation of chippings extends to a breaking
vessel
is
edge of bottom, sides,
of nearly half its height from the top downwards.

moreover, tilted up at its south end by a black jasper
pebble about 1.5 inches high (such pebbles are found
abundantly on the desert hills .outside and west of the
Great Pyramid) recently pushed in underneath the southwest corner. The vessel is therefore in a state of st r ain,
away
It
is,
aggravated by the depth to which the verticle sides have

been broken down as above; and great care must be
taken in outside measures, not to be misled by the space
between some parts of the bottom and the floor, itself also
of polished red granite.
326
under surface of the bottom of the coffer

on
by some persons as containing a long in(speculated
it near the south end with my hand, and
I
felt
scription)
tried to look under it also -.when a piece of magnesium
wire was burning there, without being sensible of any
approach to hieroglyphics or engraving. But as to the
inner or upper surface, of the bottom, and also the verticle
all the ancient
sides of the vessel, both inside and ou
surfaces there are plainly enough polished smooth, and are
"As
for the
without any carving, inscription, design, or any intentional

they are also all of them simple, plain, and
flat (sensibly to common observation)
excepting only
the top margin, which is cut into in a manner implying
that a sarcophagus lid once fitted on, sliding into its place
line or lines;
from the west, and fixable by three steady pins, entering

from the lid into holes on the western side. The west
side of the coffer
is
therefore lowered
all
over
its
top sur-
except at the north and south ends, by the amount

of depth of such ledge cut-out, or 1.72 inch and the other,
face,
or east, north, and south sides are, or should be lowered

to the same depth on their inner edges, and to a distance
from inside to out of 1.63 inch. But the fullness of this

arrangement cannot be seen now, because in some places
both ledge and top of sides are broken away together;
and in others, though much of the inner base-line of the
the upper
ledge remains thanks to its protected position
and true surface of the coffer's side has all been chipped
In fact, it is only over a short length near the northeast corner of the coffer that the chippers have left any
portion of its original top edge. And a cast of that corner
away.
taken in 1879, by Mr. Wayman Dixon shows (as compared

with my photograph and also with the frontispiece to
Vol.
I.
of "Life
and Work"), that a further portion of
an awfully large conchoidal-shaped block, has disappeared since 1865.

"The whole question, therefore, of the full depth of the
the
side's
coffer rests
top surface, indeed
on one very small portion of the northeast
THE COFFEE'S LEDGE
327
a portion, too, which becomes smaller and smaller every year that we live.
"Only at that northeast corner, too, is there an opportunity of measuring the verticle depth between the ancient
top surface of a side and the bottom surface of the ledge;
and it was, by repeated measure, found by me from i .68
to 1.70 and 1.75; say mean =1.72 inch.
"The sides of the ledge depression appeared to me to
have been vertical, or without any dovetailing; and the
horizontal base breadth of such cut-out measuring from
within, to, or towards the "without" of the coffer and
wall, so to speak, of the coffer
restoring the sides to their original completeness before the

chipping away of the edges is
On and
On and
near Western portion of Northern side

near Middle portion of Northern side ...
.On and near Eastern portion of Northern side
.
.1.73
near Northern part of Eastern side
J-55
near Southern part of Eastern side. .All Broken
near Eastern and Western parts of Southern
.
On and
On and
On and
side
.All Broken.
MEAN
"But
.1.65
.1.62
.~/.<5jin.
appearance of the coffer's ledge having been

has
been, since
visit, successfully shown
rectangular*
Dr.
Grant
Mr.
W.
and
Dixon
to be a mistake.
For
by
this
my
although everywhere else all the overhangings of an acute

ledge have been broken away to beyond the vertical, yet
there is a small part left near the northeast corner, which
speaks unmistakably to an acute-angled shape; not by
any means so sharply acute as that of the sarcophagus of
the Second Pyramid, but decidedly and intentionally on
the acute side of rectangular.
"Along the western side are three fixing-pin holes,

and 0.84 in diameter save where they are
broken larger, as is chiefly the case with the middle and
southern one.
The three holes have their centers at the
12 inches deep,
328
following distances from the north end:
and 75.1
viz.,
16.0, 45.3
respectively.
inconceivable how the French Academicians could

have pictured the coffer, as they did, without representing
anything of this ledge cut-out, or of the fixing-pin holes;
unless they looked upon these traces as a comparatively
modern attempt to convert the original pure coffer into
a sarcophagus, and which they were therefore bound to
But
overlook in their description of the original vessel.
we are to note both states."
"It
is
OUTSIDE OF COFFER: MINUTER DETAILS OF ITS FIGURE.

"The planes forming the four external vertical sides
of the coffer, which have never yet been questioned by any
other measurer, appeared to me to be not very true;
excepting the east one, whose errors are under 0.02 or
perhaps o.oi inch; while the north, west and south sides
are so decidedly concave as to have central depressions of
and o 5 inches or more particularly

"At North side, central or hollow depression of
coffer's side (measured from a horizontal straightedge touching the side at either end, and in a horio 3
.
zontal plane), or the quantity of central depression,

near bottom, say d
Central depression, near middle of height
Central depression, near top
inches
0.45
o. 20
o 12
.
Mean
At West
At West
At West
o 26
.
near bottom.
side, central depression,
..
side, central depression, near middle

side, central depression, near top
o.io
o 20
Mean
At South
At South
At South
.0.35
near bottom
near middle.
central depression, near top.
0.28

side,
Mean
"Again, when
.o. 18
o. 10
o 19
the sides, east side
the straight-edge
comes out
true,
is
applied vertically to
but the others concave.
EXTERNAL MEASURES OF COFFER
On North
329
maxima of such vertical depression

=o. 20 and o. 28
=0.00
at South end
at North end
=o. 20
side, the
or d
On West side, d',

On West side, d',
And on South side,
d'
from
0.12, and o 04
at different distances
=o. 08,
East to West
EXTERNAL MEASURES OF THE COFFER.

"The corners and edges of the coffer are so much
chipped, that the steel claws I had had prepared for the sliding rods, to adapt them from inside to outside measures,
were found not long enough to span these modern fractures
and reach the
method was
original polished surfaces.
making up the sides of the coffer with
therefore adopted of
straight edges projecting
beyond
it
at either end;
and then
measuring between such straight edges and on either side

or end of the coffer.
LENGTH OF COFFER OUTSIDE RESULT OF THREE TESTS.
On East side, near bottom

On East side, 10 inches under
On East side, above top
On West side, near bottom
On West side, near top
On West side, above top
Mean length
The above mean, however,
90 .50
top
90. 15
90 20
89 20
.
89 95
.
90 05
.
represents
only
'...
.90.01
the
mean
length of the edges of the two sides, not of the whole coffer,
on account of the concavity' of the two external ends;
wherefore, if we desire to state the mean length for the
mean of each end surface, we must subtract two-thirds
of the
mean
central concavity, as previously determined;
e.=o.i'j for the north end, and similarly 0.13 for the
south end; so that, then, the mean length for mean of each
i.
end
of
coffer^Sg.yi British inches, or
= 89.62
Pyramid
inches.
BREADTH OF COFFER, OUTSIDE.

At North end, near bottom
39 05
.
330
At
At
At
At
At
North
North
South
South
South
end, near top

end, over top
end, near bottom
38 70
end, near top

end, over top
38 60
38 67
.
38 80
.
.\
38.50
Mean
38.72
Correction for curvature of
Mean
West
mean
breadth of
Concluded breadth
or
side
07
sides
38.65
British inches
38 65
38 61
.
= Pyramid inches
HEIGHT OF COFFER, OUTSIDE.

"Height of coffer outside, eliminating the stone under
e., measuring
bottom, and the sarcophagus ledge of 1.72;
from coffer bottom to extreme ancient top of sides, is
At North end, eastern part of it
41 30
At North end, northeastern part of it
=41 22
At other parts, no original top left.
*'.
Mean height 41 27 British, or 41 23 Pyramid inches.

"Corrections in capacity computations for a supposed
hollow curvature of under side of bottom; agreeably with
.
three, out of four upright sides; and also agreeably with

the construction of the under sides of casing stones, which
rest on their circumferences; on account of a slight hol-
lowing away of their central areas; say =o. 10 inch. Concluded capacity computation height
4 1.17 British, or
41.13 Pyramid
inches.
SIDES, THICKNESS OF.
"For this purpose two vertical straight edges higher than

the sides were placed opposite each other, in contact with
the inside and outside surfaces of any flank of the coffer
rinding at
successive
parts
of
the
coffer
circumference
bearing from center:

South-southwest thickness
South thickness
inches
=6
=6
oo
oo
THICKNESS OF BOTTOM OF COFFEE

South-southeast thickness
East-southeast thickness
331
=
=
~
=6
=
East thickness
East-northeast thickness
North-northeast thickness
85
95
10
95
North thickness
North -north west thickness
West-northwest thickness
95
=5.98
=6
=
5
West thickness
West-southwest thickness
10
95
6.10
5
95
Mean thickness of vertical sides, British inches 5.99

"The above measures were repeated (on March 28, 1865),
and proved sensibly true for this method of measurement
over the top edge of coffer; but if calipered lower down,
it is probable that a silghtly increased thickness would
have been found
there.
BOTTOM OF COFFER, THICKNESS
OF.
difference of heights of two straight edges of equal

the outside
length, applied, one inside and one outside
"By
one being further propped up, where required, by a third

straight edge inserted under the bottom there was found
Under Southwest corner, thickness of bottom .... =7.00
Under East side, thickness of bottom
6 60
:
Under East-northeast, thickness of bottom

=6.87
Under East-northeast again, thickness of bottom =6.90
Under North end, thickness
6 90
Under North-northwest, thickness of bottom ...
6.85
Under North-northeast, thickness of bottom ...... ==6.80
Under West-northwest, thickness of bottom
=7.20
Under West, thickness of bottom
6 90
Under South-southwest, thickness of bottom .....
7.15
Mean thickness of bottom around the edges (the
thickness of bottom in the center cannot at present
.
be
satisfactorily
inches
or
;
easily
measured).
=
=
British
==6.92
332
INTERNAL MEASURES OF THE COFFER.
"The surfaces
of the coffer
seem very true and
flat
over
ths greatsr part of thsir extent, but betray, on examination

by straight edges, a slight convergence at the bottom to-
ward the
center.
INSIDE LENGTH OF COFFER BY SLIDER

(Correction
0.13
added
to all the readings for length of
this Slider.)
Distance between East and West

Sides of the North and South
ends.
70.
FURTHER COFFER MEASURES

INSIDE
"The measure of
bottom of the coffer
333
DEPTH OF COFFER.
this
element
which
is
is
taken from the inside
apparently smooth and
up in the shortest line to the level of the original top

surface of the north, the east, and the south sides; and of
flat
the west side also, presumably, before it was cut down to

the level of the ledge which runs around the inner edges
of the north, east,
and south
sides,
and
all
across the west"
side's top.
of that ledge was before ascertained

inch below the original top; a block of wood was
therefore prepared of that thickness, and placed on the
"Now, the depth
= 1.72
west side, and also on the base surface of the ledge wherever
found on the other sides, to support one end of a straight
edge, whose other end rested on some parts of the original
top of the coffer's sides, which are still visible at and about
the northeast corner.
INSIDE DEPTH
FROM ORIGINAL TOP OF NORTH, EAST, AND

SOUTH SIDES
(By
Slider 25, not requiring
any
correction.)
334
the greatest height quite free from fractures; then

From low northeast to 30. high northwest 3 9. 71 Br. in.
and from low northwest to 30. high northeast 39 70 Br.
inches.
"Diagonals inside west side; from either corner below,
up to a height of 30 inches measured at the sides

Or from low southwest to 30. high northwest 8 3. 19 Br. in.
.and from low northwest to 30. high southwest
83. 13 Br. in.
=
=
CUBIC DIAGONALS OF COFFER.

British Inches
From
From
From
From
low
low
low
low
southwest to 30. inches high northeast

southeast to 30. inches high north west
northeast to 30. inches high south west
northwest to 30. inches high southeast
=8
=8
=8
7.
13
7. 05
7. 06
'
(temporarily supplied)
"Thess cubical diagonals give sensibly less than the
diagonals computed from the lengths and breadths; on
account, apparently, of the extreme points of the corners
of the bottom not being perfectly worked out to the exact
j
intersections
of the
general planes of the entire sides.
But they seem abundantly

rectangularity of figure, in
all
sufficient to prove general

the main part of the coffer's
interior."
THE SARCOPHAGUS THEORY

"With
then, let us
And on
so
all this
now
accumulation of
OF THE COFFER.
little bits
of information,
what is the size of the coffer as a whole.

doing, we must, of course, let the opposition
try
sarcophagus theory of Egyptologists be heard over again;

especially when it has something to say touching shape,
as well as size.
"The inside dimensions of the coffer being (roughly)

6.5 feet long, 2.2 feet wide, and almost 3 feet deep, are
at least long enough and broad enough for a coffin (for
the averaged sized man); except, that a very corpulent
individual or a man much over 6 feet tall, would have to
SARCOPHAGUS THEORY OF COFFER
335
be planed down to fit the receptacle. And if it is rather

deeper than convenient or necessary, no objections are
interposed, as there is now proved to be a ledge cut into
the top of the thick sides of the vessel, and quite suitably
for a lid.
is a ledge, an intention at some time to put
be
inferred but it is still to be proved whether
may
a lid ever was put on by the architect of the Great Pyramid,
and especially for sarcophagus purposes; because, first, with
"As there
on a
lid
a sarcophagus lid of the ordinary style and thickness fastened

into that ledge, the coffer could not have passed through
the closely fitting doorway of the
room
it
would have been
several inches too high; in fact, the coffer itself without

a lid is too large by over half an inch to get it in or out of
this chamber; showing conclusively, that this receptacle
was placed there before the completion of the Pyramid itself
above the 5oth layer of stone. Second, a sarcophagus
lid fastened into that ledge would have betokened the
accomplishment of the last rites to the dead; and they
would have included among all Eastern nations, but more
contemporary, indigenous Egyptians, the

engraving of the deceased's name, titles, deeds, and history
on the coffer, both inside and out. But there is nothing
of that kind there; so the Great Pyramid coffer remains
still the smooth sided, vacant, lidless chest of Caliph Al
especially the
tale; quite capable of having been made

any time into a sarcophagus but testifying in the most
positive manner that it never was completely so converted,
whatever may have been the reason why or wherefore.
Mamoun's Arab
at
"Taking the coffer measures, for instance, as of the

whole vessel before the ledge was cut out, from the previous
Pyramid inches, then

LENGTH, BREADTH, DEPTH, VOLUME.
Coffer interior^yy. 85x26. 70x34.31
71,317 Pyramid ins.
8 9. 6 2x3 8 61x41 1.31 =42,316 Pyramid ins.
Coffer exterior
That is, within the limits of accuracy of the modern measures
the volume of the exterior is double that of the interior;
pages, in
336
and the simplest even relation between them
is
that of
capacity.
"Again, the mean thickness of the sides of the coffer

being assumed from the measures, in Pyramid inches 5.952,
and of the bottom 6.866 we have (from a formula first
prepared by Mr. Henry Perigal)
bottom= 89.62x38.61x6.866 =
Coffer's
Coffer's
23,758
sides=2(89-62X26. 7o)x34-3ix5 .952=
47,508
71,266
we
find a duplicity of the one quantity against

the other; and the only apparent simple relation between
or again,
the two, and of the sum of both with the interior of the
vessel, is that of capacity.
"If then,
now we may
justifiably say, that
though the
what John Taylor did not think it, viz.

a blind sarcophagus and a symbolical coffin, it is also most
a vessel at whose
positively what he did consider it, viz.
coffer is possibly
birth certain leading geometrical requirements both of,

and for, capacity measure presided and governed: then,
in that case, what is its precise capacity?
WHAT
DID THE CAPACITY OF THE COFFER PROVE TO BE?
"For the coffer's length and breadth elements we can

quote plenty of measures, but the equally necessary depth
is a weak point; because, as already explained, every
particle of the original top of the sides is cut or
broken
away, except some little patches near the northeast corner.

Those were in place when measured by Professor Smyth in
1867, but who will guarantee that they are there still,
when men
will
hammer
that exquisite gift inherited from
the remote past, merely in the ignorant notion of sending

their friends at home a chip of "Cheops' coffin."
"No lid has ever been seen by any historical individual;
but every man of the present age may test the truth of
the ledge, though
the folio wing mechanical adaptation: viz.
acute angled, is cut out with precisely such a base breadth
WHAT
DID COFFER CAPACITY PROVE?
and depth that a frame made
to
fit it
flush
337
with the ancient
top of the sides would, when let down in vertical plane,

and diagonally inside the coffer, just form the diagonal
of said coffer's interior; and the frame's height at that
moment would exactly measure the coffer's depth. Hence

the breadth of the ledge, continued across the coffer from
west to
east,
would continue to give us an outstanding
test of the coffer's original depth, long after all thoughtless

visitors, whither soever scattered, shall have thoughtlessly
knocked away every particle of the original top of the sides.

"In coffer measuring, however, just as it usually is
in all matters of science, (in our day) no two human
measurers ever agree exactly even on the same parts and
all that finite man can hope for is, to come within moderate
limits.
So then, must it be with the coffer's cubic contents.
;
"Taking the ledge breadth

then the
as 34. 282
coffer's cubic contents in cubic
Pyramid
Pyramid
inches,
inches,
are:
(i.)
(2.)
(3.)
(4.)
By interior length and breadth and by depth

from ledge breadth
=71,258
By interior of coffer, by all direct measures. =71,317
By half the exterior volume directly measured =71,160
By sum of bottom and sides directly measured =71,266
Mean of the whole
71,250.
"The above statement shows that we here have a
vessel,
on the whole excessively near to 71,250 cubic
Pyramid inches, but it was pretty evidently intended

by enabling us so nearly to bring out that number in several
different ways.
While that precise quantity, and the care
for that quantity, of just so many cubic inches, rather than
any other, expressed in Great Pyramid measure, are so
impossible for the Egyptologists to explain on any sarcophagus theory of their own, that they do not attempt it; we
must now see what the Great Pyramid itself may have to
add to this, in setting forth some scientific reason why this
Chamber, is not only
but
one
symbolical sarcophagus,
adapted likewise to
vessel before us, the coffer in the King's

'a
22
338
something further and higher connected with capacity

measure.'
(Sec.
the Latest
there
'
DENSITY AND TEMPERATURE.

68.)
Of both Earth and Great Pyramid from
Measures. "There are no inscriptions, yet is
much
instruction on the interior walls of the Great
as the coffer, when taken merely by itself,

has proved, thus far, too hard a riddle for our full interpretation, let us try something of the teaching of the walls
Pyramid; and
which precede, as well as those which surround it.

GRANITE SYMBOLISMS OF THE ANTE-CHAMBER.
In order to enter the Great Pyramid's so-called King's
Chamber, we have to pass, from the Grand Gallery, through
(See Plates XIII. and XIV.)
it is a little
the "Ante-Chamber."
appropriately so called, because
It is
room
Chamber
King's
very
which must be passed through before the
can be entered or the coffer seen and in passing through it
the attentive eye may note many more complicated forms
there than in any other (known) part of the Great Pyramid.
Amongst these notanda are certain vertical lines above the
southern or further doorway.
Travelers have contradicted each other so much
about the number of these lines, that nothing less than a
(See
perfect picture of them, will set the matter at rest.
Plate XIII.)
They extend the whole way evenly from
ceiling to door-top, nearly, ending in a short curved bevel.
They are each 107 .4 inches long, 2 .8 inches deep, and 3 .8
inches broad; with six inch spaces between, and with similar
six inch spaces also between the outer side of each outermost line, and the bounding of the ante-room's south wall
It is not so much a system of four lines
containing them.
as an example of surface divided into fire equal portions or
;
spaces.
As the doorway
is
only 42 inches high, and the dividing
it are apparantly drawn down to

the doorway's (now broken) top, a man of ordinary height
standing in the ante-room and looking southward (the
lines of the wall
above
WALL COUESES BY DIFPEEENT TEAVELEES
339
direction he desires to go, in order to reach the King's

Chamber), cannot fail (if he has a candle with him, for
otherwise everything is in darkness here) to see this space

divided into five. And when he bows his head very low,
as he must do to pass under the said southern doorway of
only 42 inches high, he bends his head submissively under
that symbol of division into five; and should remember
that five is the first and most characteristic of the Pyramid
numbers.
WALL
(See Plate XIV.)
COURSES OF THE KING'S CHAMBER AS DESCRIBED BY

DIFFERENT TRAVELERS.
(Sec. 69.)
Owing to the prominence of the individuals

amusing. Not without reason, therefore,
quoted,
this
was
as the intelligent traveller
it,
is
may
readily believe,
that the Architect of the Great Pyramid desired to impress

that division into five upon every visitor's mind, just the
last
thing before such visitor should
bow down,
previously
to passing through the low, solid doorway, cut out of granite

100 inches thick.
But after that, rising up in the midst
of the ultimate King's Chamber beyond
and every beholder witness there?
what should any
According to that usually most correct of travelers,

Professor Greaves, he says of the King's Chamber that every
one may see there "from the top of it descending to the
bottom, there are but six ranges of stone, all which, being
respectively sized to an equal height, very gracefully in
one and the same altitude run round the room."
Well, though that is a very pretty arrangement, and the
grace of it is perfectly true, it is not the accomplishment
of a division into five; so let us try an older traveler,
Sandys, of a curt and epigrammatic style, and writing in

1 6 10.
Says he, of the self same King's Chamber: "A
right royal apartment, and so large that eight floors it,
eight roofs it eight stones flagge the ends and sixteen the
Worse and worse.
sides."
;
Says Dr. Pocock in 1743: "Six
tiers of stones of
equal
340
breadth compose the sides;" which account M. Fourmont,

on the part of France, confirms in 1755 by laying down that
The still
makes Cambridge in
"the walls are composed of six equal ranges."
more famous
traveler, Dr. Clarke,
1801 support Oxford in 1639, by particularizing that

"there are only six ranges of stone from the floor to the
"
roof
while, finally, that usually infallible author on Egypt,
;
Mr. Lane, with his clever relatives, the Pooles, almost

natives of Cairo, seem to set a seal forever on the mistake
by declaring: "Number
Chamber, six."
of courses in the walls of the King's
What could have blinded all these duly warned men,

and sent them following each other down one and the same
too easy rut of simple, ridiculous error?
Dr. Richardson,
in 1817, was more original, if error there apparently must

be in these dark room investigations by candle light in the
interior of the Great
Pyramid;
for
he chose a new and
hitherto untrodden line of erring for himself, sententiously

writing of the room, "Lined with broad, flat stones, smooth
and highly polished; each stone ascending from the floor

to the ceiling."
But having once begun this new misdescription, he soon has followers; we find Lord Lindsay, of
1838, announcing: "A noble apartment, cased with enorslabs of granite 20 feet high" (or a little more than
mous
the whole height of the room) and Sir William R. Wilde

with his companion signing himself M. R. I. A., in 1837,
;
equally publish to the world, as observed by themselves:

"An oblong apartment, the sides of which are formed
of granite reaching
from the
floor to
the ceiling."
And
yet will it be credited that the walls of this chamber are divided into five horizontal courses, neither more
less, almost four feet (47.09 inches) high each; and
that these courses are most easy to count, as they must
have been undoubtedly most expensive for the architect
nor
to have constructed, because every course is, as Professor

Greaves indicated, of the same height as every other,
except the lowest, which course
is less
by nearly
i-io part,
KING'S CHAMBER'S
WALL COURSES
341
(about 5 Pyramid inches) if measured from the floor;

but is the same height if measured from the base of its own
granite component blocks, which descend in the wall to
beneath the floor's level. (See Plate XV.)
OF THE KING'S CHAMBER'S WALL
AND
THE STONES IN THEM.
COURSES
THE PYRAMID NUMBER
(Sec.
70.)
The
traveller noted, as
first
covered that there were but

in the walls of the King's
five
having
dis-
courses of stone contained
Chamber, was Lord Egmont
in
1709, and the second Dr. Shaw in 1721, perhaps, however,

some others earlier or later but Professor Smyth was the
;
to contend against the world for the correctness

very
of this number of courses, and connecting the teaching of
the architect in the ante-chamber, and the quinary charfirst
acter of the Pyramid's
first
arithmetic.
be for some purposes, it is decimal for others, as shown here in almost juxtaposition; first,
by the tenth part nearly, taken off the height of the lower
course, by the manner of introduction of the floor; and then
by the 10x10 number of stones, exactly, of which the walls
Yet, quinary though
of this beautiful
it
chamber are composed; no two
of
which
are exactly the same size or dimensions, with the possible

exception, of the top layer on both the east and west ends
It will be noted (see Plate XV.) that
of the chamber.
is one break in the continuity of the wall courses, on
the north side, ending in the N. E. corner; at that point, one
stone extends through the 2nd and 3d layers, (or 94.18
there
inches high, or wide) and extends from the northeast corner

west, about 135.5 pyramid inches.
Or, in other words,
here is placed one granite block, that shows a face of 7 feet
10 and 1 8 one-hundredths inches high or wide, by

feet
3^2 inches long. We shall contend in the closing article
of this work, that through the space occupied by this immense granite block, there is a door, or outlet to other
chambers, and hinted at in a previous section, as possibly

being located on the 75th and loodth layers of stone.
342
The ancient occupiers of this most remarkable building.

must have had, not only some extraordinary method of
lighting these several chambers, but had also a method by
secret touch, or mysterious force, to cause these walls to
open at their pleasure.
A MARKED
PORTION OF THE KING'S CHAMBER AND THE

COFFER ARE MUTUALLY COMMENSURABLE IN
PYRAMID NUMBERS.
But the tenth part, nearly, taken off the visible height
of the lower granite course of the chamber's walls; what
was that for? Its first effect was to make that course,
within the fraction of an inch, the same height as the coffer
and the second was, more exactly, to make the capacity,
or cubic contents of that lowest course of
the room, so
decreased, equal to fifty times the cubic contents of the

coffer, already shown to be 71,250 cubic Pyramid inches.
Two
separate sets of measured numbers in Pyramid inches

breadth and height, of that lowest chamber
for the length,
course
giving
contents
as
follows,
when divided by
412.14x206.09x41.9
3,558,899.
7 I 25
71,250
And
412x206x42
71,250
Hence,
close
as
the coffer's
3,564,624.
7
25
was the connection
of the several
parts of the coffer with each other by the tie of capacity,

equally close is the connection of the coffer with the ad-
justed course of the granite room in which it stands, and

by capacity measure also. While, if the multiple before was
is not 50 twice 25, or double the number
2, and is 50 now
of its
own
significant
inches in the cubit of the Great Pyramid, the
5x5?
Co.MMENSURARILITIES BETWEEN THE KlNC.'s CHAMBER AND

THE STRUCTURAL MASONRY COURSES OF THE
WHOLE PYRAMID.
The
significent fives
and tens that play such a promi-
EXTENSIVE ARRANGEMENTS BEFOREHAND
343
nent part in the King's Chamber, do not end there.
Vio-
lently different are the courses of masonry in their successive

heights of the Great Pyramid but whatever height or thick;
ness of stones any one course is begun with, it is kept on

at that thickness precisely right through the whole Pyra-
mid
(i. e., if we may judge of the unknown

stratum by the four external edges thereof)
at that level
interior of the
though the area of the horizontal section

from ten feet square to a dozen acres.
may amount
to
To
secure this equality of thickness for a course in

with the equal height of the granite courses
in the King's Chamber walls, but on a larger scale
it is
fact, just as
immense arrangements must have been instituted

beforehand, with the masons of many quarries; and such
plain that
arrangements imply method, mind, and above
all,
intention.
The
level of the $oth course of construction of the whole

Pyramid is the level also of that granite floor in the King's
Chamber, whereon is resting the coffer, a vessel with commensurable capacity proportions between its walls and floor,
in a room with 5 courses, composed of 100 stones, and
with a capacity proportion (the coffer) of 50 to the lowest
of those courses; which lowest course has been made 5
inches less in height than any of the others of its fellows.
Any person could hardly but see, then, that the socalled, in the dark ages, King's Chamber, should rather
have been termed the chamber of the standard of 50. Can
we also say, with reference to our present inquiry of 50
Pyramid inches employed in capacity measure.

Fifty Pyramid inches form the ten-millionth
of the
earth's axis of rotation; or decidedly the proper fraction

to begin with for capacity measure, when we have already
chosen one-ten-millionth of the semi-axis for linear measure.

The reason being, that in measuring linear distances, say
amongst the spheres of the universe, men measure them

from center to center, and therefore have only to take
account of the radii of each; but in dealing with either
their capacity or weight, we must take each sphere in its
344
entirety, or
from
side to side, that
by
is,
its
diameter
rather than radius.
SYMBOLIC HINTS FROM^THE ANTE-CHAMBER.
how to deal with this second part

be gathered from some of the hitherto
incomprehensible things in the little ante-chamber to this
far grander chamber.
Little indeed, is the ante-chamber,
when it measures only 5 feet, 5 2 inches in breadth from
east to west, 8 feet and 8 3 inches long from north to south,
and 1 2 feet 5 4 inches high but it has a sort of granite
wainscot on either side of it, full of detail. (See Plate XIII.)
On the east side, this wainscot is only 8 feet, 9 i inches
high, and is flat and level on the top; but on the west side
it is 9 feet, 3.8 inches high, and has three semi -cylindrical
(Sec. 71.)
of the question,
hint
may
cross hollows of nine inches radius, cut

also
back through
to the wall.
its
Each
whole thickness of
down
8
into
it,
and
to 11.7 inches
of those semi-cylindrical hollows stands
over a broad, shallow, vertical,
flat
groove 21.6 inches
wide, 3.2 inches deep, running from top to bottom of the

wainscot, leaving a plaster-like separation between them.
The greater part of the pilasters has long since been ham-
mered away, but their fractured places are easily traced;

and with this allowance to researchers in the present day,
the groove and pilaster part of the arrangement is precisely
repeated on the east side, within
its lower compass of height.

These three grand, flat, vertical grooves, then, on
either side of the narrow ante-chamber, have been pronounced long since by Egyptologists to be part of a vertical,
sliding portcullis system for the defence of the door of the
King's Chamber. There are no blocks now to slide up and
down in these grooves, nor have such things ever been seen
there, by our race of people; but the gentlemen point
triumphantly to a fourth groove, of a different order,

existing to the north of all the others, near the north
beginning of the ante-chamber; and with its portcullis
block, they say, still suspended, and ready for work.
ANTE-CHAMBER PARTICULARS
THE GRANITE LEAF

The
tains
345
OF THE ANTE-CHAMBER.
however, referred to above, conpeculiarities which modern Egyptologists
portcullis block,
many
have never explained; it was first carefully described by

Professor Greaves under the appellation of "the granite
leaf," (from the so-called 'leaf or 'slat,' or sliding door
over the water-way of a lock-gate in an English navigation
Unlike the others, its groove is only 17.1 inches
canal).
broad (against 21.6 inches for the others), and in place
of being like them cut down to, and even several inches
into, the floor, and terminates 3 feet, 7 7 inches above that
.
basal plane; so that the leaf's blocks for it is in two pieces,

one above the other stand on solid stone of the walls
and could not be immediately lowered to

Emperor should desire it.
When this portcullis was in real use, there were other parts
connected with it, that are now hidden away in some one
on either
side,
act as a portcullis, though an
of the secret vaults, in the apparent solid Pyramid. This is

evident, for if chiseled down in their vertical plane, there
would still be 2 1 inches free space between the leaf and the
north entering wall and doorway where a man might worm
himself in, in front of that face of it; and 4 feet, 9 inches
above the leaf's utmost top, where men might clamber
over; and where many adventurers have sat, candle in
hand, in absolute solitude, thinking over what it might
mean.
The granite
leaf is, therefore, even by the meagre

something which a simple portcullis
will not explain.
And so do likewise the three broader
empty pairs of grooves to the south of it, remarkable with their semi-cylindrical hollows on the west side
of the chamber.
Various ideas as to their uses have been
out
to time, but no single idea advanced,
from
time
given
has ever received much of a following. But the real
Masonic student, however, can read volumes in every chamber and passageway of this most remarkable structure.
data
given,
346
EARTH'S DENSITY NUMBER IN THE GREAT PYRAMID.
The Pyramid's earth's mean density comes out, if at all,

most simply, and to an accuracy at once of three places
of figures, certain, from
the cubic contents of the coffer in
Pyramid inches, divided by the zoth part of 50 inches cubed.
Whence, trusting to the most analytical measures yet taken,
it is: 71,250 divided by 12,500; the quotient being
5.70;
a number which modern science may confirm, at some
future day, and does meanwhile include near the very center
of its best results thus far.
While the grand 5 7 of the
seven stones forming the 5th and topmost course of the
walls of the King's Chamber, crown the conclusion.
.
OF TEMPERATURE CORRECTIONS AND How
AFFECTED.
Thus, at the great observatory of Pulkova,

72.)
Petersburg, where they value an insight into
small fractions of a second perhaps more than anywhere
(Sec.
near
St.
else in the world, the very able Russian astronomers have

placed their chief clock in the "subterraneans," or cellars,
of the observatory.
Something of the same sort is now
practiced at the Royal Observatory, at Greenwich; while
the Paris Observatory has beat the record by placing its

clock 95 feet under the surface of the ground, in the very
peculiar 'caves' which exist there.
Over forty years ago, at the
Royal Observatory,
Edinburgh, Scotland, observations were taken with
very long-stemmed thermometers, whose bulbs were let
down into rock at various depths; and it was found that,
at
notwithstanding the possibly disturbing effect of rainwater soaking down through fissures, there is such an astonishing power in a mass of stony matter to decrease
temperature variations, that at the surface of the ground
The mean semi-annual variation of heat amounts to 50 F.
At three inches under the surface
30 F.
At three feet under the surface

At six feet. under the surface
At twelve feet under the surface
16
F.
10
F.
5F-
KING'S CHAMBER TEMPERATURE
At twenty-four feet under the surface

At 95 feet, then, from the surface,
347
F.
as in the case of
the Paris Observatory, how very slight and innocuous to

the most refined observation of season temperature.
But how much more slightly affected still, and how ad-
observing room, must not the

Great Pyramid be, seeing that it
is shielded from the outside summer heat and winter cold,
by a thickness of nowhere less than 1 80 feet of solid masonry.
mirably suited to a
King's Chamber
scientific
in the
TEMPERATURE OF THE KING'S CHAMBER.

In the Great Pyramid, as before observed, there
is
numbers, things, and principles going

grand tendency
this
and
seems carried out even in its temper"fives";
by
ature, for it may be described, first of all, as a temperature
of one-fifth that is, one-fifth the distance between the freezing and boiling points of water, above the former.
The first grounds for this belief were certain approximate observations by M. Jomard, in the "Description de
1'
Egypt"; and which indicate something like 68 Fahr. as
for
nearly the original temperature of the King's Chamber of

the Great Pyramid, if under both ventilation and other in-
tended normal circumstances of
its
foundation.
And
68
precisely a temperature by, and according to,

nature of one-fifth.
And I learn that the mean annual
Fahr.
is
is identical, or 68
Fahr.;
years record of the Austrian
temperature of the city of Cairo

the authority
from a
is,
five
Meteorological Society, A. Buchan, Esq., reporting.

Thirty -seven years after M. Jomard had measured in
the King's
(i.
e.
3.6
Colonel
Chamber the extra temperature
of 71.6
Fahr.
according to this subsequent theory),

Vyse cleared out the two ventilating chan-
extra
Howard
and reported, without having heard any idea that the

temperature had been theoretically too high that instnels;
antly upon the channels being opened, the ventilation reestablished itself, and with a feeling to those in the chamber
of
most agreeable
coolness.
But no sooner had he
left,
than
348
the Arabs most perversely stopped up the ventilating

channels again and now, the temperature ranges anywhere
from 70 to 76 Fahr. according to the number and class
;
of visitors, just preceding the recording of the same.
THE VIBRATION
OF THE KING'S CHAMBER Is SAID To BE

THE TONE OF NATURE, THE LETTER "F."
If so, this was important in the pre(Sec. 73.)

sentation of certain degrees of the ancient Cult. It is stated
by certain musical experts that have visited this chamber,
that
when not more than
half a dozen persons'are present,

on
the
coffer
with
a drum-stick, 446 vibrations,
by striking
or the musical sound of the letter "F." is heard
.
TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE DATA FOR THE COFFER'S

WEIGHT AND CAPACITY MEASURE.
The
coffer at the present
moment,
in
no more of its
and original
right, or original temperature, than its right

size, when so much of it has been broken bodily
away by the
hammering of the representative men of modern society and
their attendant trains. But the barometric pressure in the
chamber happily defies such power of disturbance, and
keeps, by the law of the atmosphere over all region, expressively close to 30.000 Pyramid inches.
At the above mentioned atmospheric pressure,
68 temperature, and the coffer's cubic contents of 71,250
Pyramid inches of capacity, filled with pure water (though
only as a temporary practice expedient) do form the
grand, earth-commensurable, weight standard of the ancient Great Pyramid.
Of
Pyramid amenable to accurate

none presenting such advantages
therefore as the King's Chamber, far in its interior; because
the said Chamber is
i. Equable in temperature; 2. Unall
parts of the Great
linear measure, there are
by wind, sand, or other such natural disturbances cf

the outside of the building 3. Of simple rectangular figure
4. Erected in polished, dense, hard, red granite, and, 5. It
exhibits the longest lines of any part of the Pyramid, both
visited
KING'S CHAMBEK IN DETAIL
349
hard material, and in a horizontal position with

vertical end-pieces too, in rectangular emplacement, or exactly as most suitable to the modern refinements of "endin that
measure" (See Plates XIV. and XV).

KING'S
(Sec. 74.)
CHAMBER MEASUREMENTS
BY PROF. P. SMYTH.
Probably the most
IN DETAIL.
correct
statement ever
published of the measurements in detail, of the King's

Chamber, in the Great Pyramid, are those that follow, from
the pen of that painstaking Egyptologist, Professor Smyth,
on
his last visit there, viz:
LENGTH of South side, near floor level

Mean of four measurements
North side, Mean of three measurements
Mean of both North and South sides,
Inches.
412.6
^ 412.47
(British
= 41
= 412
(Pyramid Inches)
2
Inches)
54
13
Assumed true length on the whole, (Pyramid In.) =412 .132
+ inches.)
(Or, 34 feet, 4
BREADTH of King's Chamber near East end

Mean of two measures
Near West end, (British Inches)
Mean East and West ends, (British Inches)
= 206 3
= 206.3
= 206
=
206 09
Inches)
.
.3
(Pyramid
Assumed true Breadth on the whole (Pyra-
mid Inches)
(Or,
HEIGHT
of
17
feet,
= 206
066
-pinches.)
Chamber near Northeast angle

Mean of seven measurements in
of King's
room;
British Inches
(In
Assumed true height on the

(Or, 19 feet,
230 70
Pyramid Inches) = 230.47
= 230.389
whole, (Pyr. In.)
2^ + inches.)
DIAGONALS OF FLOOR:
From Southwest to Northeast corner
From Northwest
to southeast corner
=462. o
=461
350
Mean measured
= 461
= 461
floor diagonals, (British inches)
(Pyramid Inches)
(Or,
38
feet,
5^
65
19
inches.)
DIAGONALS OF EAST WALL:
Low
Low
Northeast to high Southeast corner ......

Southeast to high Northeast corner, sub-
stracting
corner
309
6 inches for hole in low Southeast
==310.0
Mean length of diagonals, (British

Mean length of diagonals, (Pyramid
DIAGONAL OF WEST WALL:
Inches)
= 309.6
==
Inches) ....
309 3
.
Low Southwest to high Northwest corner

=310.4
Substract one inch for a sunken floor stone
i.o
(The other diagonal not measureable on account
of a large and deep hole in floor in northwest
corner of chamber, whereby men entering have
gone on excavating at some time to underneath that part of the floor whereon the coffer
stands but are not known to have found anything but solid limestone masonry and mortar.)
Mean of the west wall, (in British Inches)
;
309 4
.
309. i"
Pyramid Inches).
Again considering Pyramid inches in the King's Chamber to signify Pyramid cubits outside the building, the following results come out correct to six places of figures:
Take the length of the King's Chamber 412. 132 to express
the diameter of a circle. Compute by the best methods of
modern science, the area of that circle; throw that area into
a square shape, and find the length of a side of such a square.
The answer will be 365.242 Pyramid cubits; a quantity
(In
which not only represents the mean of
all
the measures
of the length of the Great Pyramid's base side, but defines

the number of mean solar days in a mean solar tropical year.
SYMBOLISMS OF THE ANTE-CHAMBER.
To reach the King's Chamber of the Great

we
have
to pass through the Ante-Chamber; we
Pyramid
(Sec.
75.)
ANCIENT AECHITECT QUESTIONED
T.HE
351
have already gathered some useful hints from there, yet

far from all that it was capable of giving.
One of the principal features mentioned regarding this
Chamber,
in a previous section was, the three
in the higher, or western, granite wainscot.
curved hollows
There are no
such hollows on the eastern side, and it is, moreover, cut

off at the top to an absolutely lower level than what the
western hollows descend to. Nearly every investigator
asks, why was this east wainscot so cut down; evidently
it was done purposely, from the perfection of the work by
the original builders.
The architect is dead, but you may still virtually question him, in such a building of number, weight, and measure,
ascertaining how much? What height, for instance,
was the eastern wainscot cut down to?
The answer is: 103.0 inches; since assumed, within
by
the
is
the
of
limits
That
It
important.
103.033 Pyramid inches.

Chamber breadth, and is therefore
measures,
just half the King's
has been found that the floor of the Ante-
partly in granite and partly in limestone; and

that the length of the former portion is given (in the mean)
as 103.033 Pyramid inches; and here are placed two similar
Chamber,
and
is
of the place characteristic lengths of granite in rectangueach other. This is said to represent square
lar position to
measure; but what
is
the circular equal, in area, of such a
The mean length of the whole ante-chamber is

given at 116. 26 Pyramid inches; this is made up of 103.03
of granite, and 13.23 of limestone; Major U. A. Tracey,
square?
pointed out, that 116. 260 is the diameter of a circle having

precisely equal area to a square of 103.033 in the side.
Whereupon the Abbe and Chanovine Moigno exclaimed in

now
his scientific journal, Les Mondes, "Who could pretend

that the diversity of the materials forming the floor,
on
and
and differences
of length, were a brute accident

the part of the ancient architect of 4,000 years ago?"
their relations
And
still less
produced by
when the following additional features are

these numbers, 103.03 and 116.26, in their
352
and Pyramid inch units of measure there

103.033x5 (Pyramid number)
515. 165; or is the
in
inches
cubic diagonal of
of
the
length
Pyramid
the King's Chamber.
Pyramid
(i.)
positions,
103.033x50 (the number of masonry courses of the

Pyramid the chamber stands upon)
5151 .65 or
is in Pyramid inches the length of the side of square
of equal area to a triangle of the shape and size of
the Great Pyramid's vertical meridian section.
116. 260x2
232. 520; or is, in Pyramid inches, the
mean, nearly, of the ist and 2nd heights of the
King's Chamber.
116. 26ox pi
$6$. 242 .&c.; or shows the number
(2.)
(3.)
(4.)
of
116.
(5)
mean
solar
days
in a
mean
solar tropical year.

is, in Pyramid inches,
260x^x5x5 = 9131 .05; or
the length of a side of the base of the Great Pyramid

from a mean of all the measures.
116. 260x50
(6.)
5813.0; or is, in Pyramid inches, the
ancient vertical height of the Great Pyramid, from a mean
of all the measures.
Hence, as the earlier of the above cases, including the 103 033, show, the uses of the east wianscot of the ante-chamber,
in being lower than the west wainscot, have been most
remarkable. But, as every student of the Great Pyramid
is led to ask
"can any object be assigned to the west wainscot being of the greater height it has been found to be by
.
measure,
viz:
in.8 Pyramid
inches?"
and executed
shows
conclusively, that it was
solidly,
of the Great Pyramid
intended
the
builders
purposely
by
the
their
architect.
And
for
through
purpose to have an
additional design to assist in solving, the hidden mysteries
of perfect mathematics.
Mr. W. C. Pierrepont, of Pierre Pont Manor, Jefferson
County, N. Y., some 38 years ago, pointed out, that "if
a model of a meridian section of the Great Pyramid be conceived to stand on the flooring of the ante-chamber, vertiIt
being so signal a feature of the chamber,
expensively and
INCH MEASURE OF GEANITE LEAF
353
cally over the center of the granite leaf, then, the north foot
of such pyramidal section rests on the great step at the head
of the grand gallery, exactly there where the ramp line continued comes through and south of such pyramidal section
rests on the granite floor of the passage leading from the ante;
chamber onwards
to the King's
Chamber; and is defined

by a 'joint' line in the
there to within a tenth of an inch
granite the only joint line too in that passage.

From that joint line in the floor, then,
;
the vertical
angle to the ceiling of the ante-chamber immediately over

the singular and most important, granite leaf's center
51 51', or the Great Pyramid's angle side rise; and from the
same joint line to the center of the lower stone of the granite
leaf (which divides the whole height, into base side and
vertical height ~^-ioo) the angle of 26 18' nearly, or the angle
of all the inclined passages of the Pyramid."
THE GRANITE LEAF INCH MEASUREMENT.
strange structure is the granite leaf in the anteall across the room between the floor and
chamber, standing
hedged about with important symbols

theory of the Great Pyramid;
some objectors to the Pyramid scientific theory have said,
"We do not admit the reality of Pyramid inches with its
ceiling, as it does, is
connected with the
original builders,
scientific
when such
inches are obtainable
by sub-
dividing immense lengths; but show us a single such inch,

and we may believe." Whereupon Major U. A. Tracey,
R. A., pointed out that such single inch is actually marked,

in a Pyramid manner, on, or rather by means of, the
and
above granite
plained
leaf in
the ante-chamber; and
is
thus ex-
"In that small apartment its grand symbol on the south

is the already mentioned illustration of a division into
wall
and if the symbol had virtue enough to extend into and

dominate some features in the next or King's Chamber
(as in illustrating its now undoubted number of five wall
five
courses),
23
why
should
it
not typify something in
its
own
354
chamber
as well?
divided into five?
But what is there in the ante-chamber,

"The Great Pyramid's own scientific,
earth-commensurable, cubit"; for here it is so divided in

the shape of this projecting boss on the granite leaf, just
five inches broad.
And, further, that
fifth
part of that
cubit of the Great Pyramid's symbolical design is divided

before our eyes into five again; for the thickness of this
remarkable boss is on fifth of its breadth. So there you

have the division of the peculiar Pyramid cubit into 5x5
inches."
Further measures of the BOSS on the granite leaf, by

Dr. J. A. S. Grant, in Dec., 1874: "We measured the BOSS
and found it just out from its stone one inch; and also to be
removed from the center of the breadth of its stone exactly

one inch; measurements which corroberate former measurements."
PRINCIPAL AND LEADING MEASURES CONNECTED

INTERIOR OF THE GREAT PYRAMID.
WITH THE
their application see Plates I. to
XV.)
PYRAMID.
ENTRANCE
INTO
GREAT
(PRESENT)
(For
(Sec. 76.)
This
is
at present,
simply a hole, or door
end of a hollow passageway, inclining thence

downwards and inwards. It is situated on the northern
flank of the Pyramid, in a very broken part of the masonry
now, at a height above the ground, or pavement, rudely and
imperfectly considered about (in Pyramid feet and inches)
way, at upper
49
feet.
Distance of the center of that doorway hole

eastward of center of the Pyramid's northern flank, as between its E. and W. ends.
Height of said doorway, transversely to length
of the passage way, of which it is the
.
outer, northern, end

Breadth of the same
Angle of descent of the

southwards .....
Feet
24
--
floor of the
Ins.
6
n^
5.56
passage
26
28'
UNFINISHED SUBTERRANEAN CHAMBER
355
Length along that downward, and southward,

slope, from a supposed original northern
beginning of this passage, to its junction
lower down with the first ascending passage
inside the building, in
inches
Thence
to Caliph Al
Pyramid
and
feet
Mamoun's broken
=
=
hole-
Feet Ins.
82
4.
17
10.
Thence, cheifly by excavation through solid

rock, but still in one straight, downwardly
inclined line as before, to the well's lower
mouth
=215
Thence, to the
end
of the inclined
and
full
bored
=
part of the passage
in
horizontal
to
the
north
wall
direction
Thence,
:
Subterranean Chamber
of descending entrance passage
Part length, or from"the 21 70 mark" in the up-
of
24
;
Whole length
per part of the passage to
its
27
367
falling into
Subterranean Chamber
Bore in horizontal subterranean
For height
For breadth
Flat
2.
~337
region
3
2
9.
SUBTERRANEAN UNFINISHED CHAMBER.

finished ceiling, length East to West
46
=
North to South =27
.
breadth
Depth of walls from said ceiling, variously

and irregularly, from 3 feet, 4 inches, to 13
feet, 4
rock,
Small
inches; floor not yet cut out of the
and walls not full depth.

blind,
horizontal
hole
or
passage
commencement, penetrating into the rock

Southwards, from south wall of this chamber low
down
length
height
breadth
THE ASCENDING
=
=
52
5.
PASSAGE; (Limestone.)
Starts in an upward and Southward direction, from a
point on the descending entrance passage, 82 feet, 4 inches
356
inside the ancient building

is still filled
(NOTE
up with the
and the
first
5 feet of its
jammed granite plugs.

If this passageway was cleaned out
reveal a part of the real entrance.)

The whole length, from the descending passage
up to junction with, and entrance into the
Grand Gallery
floor's
ascent southwards
5 feet
anciently
would
Feet
= 26
Transverse height of the passage bore, now 3

=
feet, 1 1 inches, to 4 feet, 1 1 inches anciently
Breadths now, in broken state from 3 feet, 6
inches to
it
==128
is
Measured angle of
length
fast
Ins.
6.4
8'
11.24
Length of inclined floor line, from N. to S. wall

156
=26
Measured angle of ascent, southwards
28
Vertical height, at any one average point
in
number
of
roof,
36
Overlappings
7
Overlappings of the walls, in number
10
56
GRAND GALLERY; (Limestone.)

ALSO, AND FURTHER ASCENDING.
=
=
=
Ramps
height
breadth. ...........................=
=
Breadth of floor between ramps
=
Breadth of gallery above ramps
Breadth of gallery between first overlap
Breadth of gallery between 2nd. overlap -...=
Breadth of gallery between 3rd. overlap .....=
Breadth of gallery between 4th. overlap ......
Breadth of gallery between 5th. overlap .....=
Great step at southern end of gallery, vertical
=
height of north edge
south
north
to
the
flat
from
Length along
top
17'
3^
9
8
10
4.2
10.4
4.6
10.8
11.2
5.4
....
7.7
5.4
=51
Lower and further

passage, height
breadth
exit,
or
South doorway
=
=
length horizontally from G. G. to
ante-chamber
ANTE-CHAMBER, MATERIAL OF
exit, at top of eastern wall at
ern end, height
Upper
its
357
south-
Feet
2
==
breadth
ANTE-CHAMBER; (Limestone and
Ins.
9
8
8.26
Granite.)
Extreme length, North to South

Extreme breadth at top, East to West
Extreme height at top, East to West
5.2
12
5.3
Eastern wainscot, granite, high

Western wainscot, granite, high
Granite (density
i)
0.47 9, earth's density
begins to be employed in the course of
3.8
4.2
.03
the length of this room, and in the GranLeaf which crosses it, at various dis-
ite
from North
tances, as 8 to 24 inches,
in floor, and side walls.
wall,
Exit passage, horizontal, from ante-chamber,

southward to King's Chamber, in granite all
the
way
length
height at the North end
height at the South end
;
=
=
breadth at the South end.

....=
=
of vertical grooves on South wall
=
of
each
Length
groove
Number
KING'S CHAMBER.
7.7
5.4
11.4
(Granite.)
Structure entirely in granite, form rectangular,

length, East to
West
breadth, North to South
=
height, floor to ceiling
from base of walls below the floor to ceiling
The walls are in 5 equal height courses, and
,
composed
34
17
4.132
2. 066
19
2.
19
7.35
6 oi
5.85
389
no two of which are
of 100 blocks,
exactly the same size; except the top course

on the East and West ends and they extend
;
the entire width of the Chamber.
The hollow
The hollow
coffer therein
coffer therein
mean length outside

mean length inside.
THE GEEAT PYKAMTD JEEZEH
358
=
=
The hollow coffer therein mean height outside

The hollow coffer therein mean depth inside
The hollow coffer therein mean breadth outside =
The hollow coffer therein mean breadth inside
;
Feet Ins.
3
5.23
10.31
2.61
2.7
North
South
air channel, length to exterior of Pyr.
233
air channel, length to exterior of Pyr.
174
= 331
Supposed height
of their exits there
The lower part of these air channels just before entering

the King's Chamber, are bent at a large angle in the vertical
and the Northern one is further tortuous in azimuth so that
;
they cannot be used as a means of looking through to the

daylight sky, from the King's Chamber though they may
ventilate it admirably when cleared of modern obstructions.
The 'hollows' or needlessly called 'Chambers' of
Construction above the King's Chamber, are of the same
length and breadth of floor, but not above 30 to 50 inches
high, except the uppermost of the five, which angular, or
gable, roofed (See Plate XIV.).
HORIZONTAL PASSAGE TO QUEEN'S CHAMBER.

Length from North end of Grand Gallery,
Southward, to the beginning of low part of the Feet
==.18
passage under Grand Gallery floor
=
Thence to low portion of floor
90
Thence to North wall of Queen's Chamber
18
.
Average height of longest part

Of Southern deep part 5ft, 7
QUEEN'S CHAMBER.
ins
breadth
Height in center of gable ridge of ceiling

Grand niche in the East wall; Height of
Breadth, greatest below
ist.
overlap
Breadth, at 2nd. overlap
1.8
5.5
10.
5.15
18
10. 7
17
1.8
15
20
2.4
4.4
15
34
(Limestone.)
Length from east to west (in Pyr. ft. and ins.)

Breadth north to south (in Pyr. ft. and ins.)
Height at north and south walls (in Pyr. ft.& in. )
Breadth, at
Ins.
=
=
=
=
=
=
1.3
4.25
5.5
THE WELL
359
Feet Ins.
Breadth, at 3rd. overlap

Breadth, at 4th. overlap
Eccentricity of Niche, or displacement of
.
vertical axis
southward from central
7.5
...
its
verti-
cal line of the east wall
Air channels exist in North and
South
walls but blinded anciently inside, by a solidly

left, uncut-out thickness of 5 inches of stone
;
and their outcrop on the Pyramid flank now,

not known.
Wall courses, number of, equally heighted all
round up to the level of the top of North and
South walls
Additional wall courses in the upper gables
and West walls, not yet examined.

Wall courses, as reported by Mr. W. Dixon
of East
approximately
=
or lowest, in height
2nd. from floor, in height
ist.
3rd.
^th.
5th.
6th.
from
from
from
from
floor, in
height
floor, in
height
floor, in
height
floor, in
height
THE WELL.
=
,
=
=
3
2
10
(Lime-stone.)
Enters near North-west corner of Grand Gallery

shaft square in bore measures in length of
;
side of bore
10
Distance of center of entrance from the North

=
end of Grand Gallery
Vertical depth to grotto in rock, under masonry
of
Pyramid
58
Further vertical depth, with some horizontal

distance, to junction with the lower part of
the entrance passage near the Subterranean
Chamber
= 133
360
PTAltlK
OP OKITV
IDT
V A It IOI
TONGUES.
These names of God include names of the Supreme Being, or, among polytheists,
th..seof the principal deity or the chief of the gods; also the generic names, with
the different nationalities, for god or a god. The alleged names of God range themselves in three classes: (1) Those which are, beyond doubt, properly so designated:
nre erroneously suid to be
(2) those which are, beyond doubt, improperly so called,
names of the Deity: and (3) those of a doubtful character, are said to be Deiflc
names, but for which the evidence is not conclusive. Those in the second class
llavebeen excluded from this list. Those in the third class have been included
herein, and have an asterisk (*) preceding them. All others pertain to the first
WM. KMMKTTK COLEMAN.
class.
DEITY.
TONGUE.
CAPACITY MEASURE OF THE GREAT PYRAMID COFFER.
PART
IV.
In the Great Pyramid, as already stated,

the
grand standard of capacity, by the contents or
given
internal cubical measure, of the granite COFFER at the further
(Sec. 77)
is
or western end of the King's Chamber; and that, the final

and crowning apartment of the whole of the interior of our
Earth's most gigantic
The
monument
of stone.
isolated, standing on a
without any guide-marks to show how it should be
placed, and without the smallest hinderances (except its
prodigious weight) to prevent it, in its present lidless condition, being pushed about anywhere; and except for the
contraction, at one particular point in the first ascending
passage way, might be pushed entirely out of the Pyramid.
This point has been questioned by many, but Dr. Grant, of
Cairo, accompanied by Mr. Waller, a medical man of the
same place, specially looked into that matter in 1873; and
settled then and there by direct and immediately successive
measures, with the same scale on both the passage breadth
at the indicated place, and the breadth of the coffer vessel;
reporting the case as follows:. ."The coffer in the King's
Chamber, although turned straight into the axis of the
first ascending passage, could not have passed the whole
said coffer, however,
is loose,
flat floor
Lower end of ascending passage, measured

end of portcullis, in British inches: breadth
from East to West, across the top, or North edge, sensibly
the same as the breadth of the passage itself at that point
way
along
it.
close to north
38.38 Br. inches; breadth across middle 38.44 Br. inches;

breadth across bottom, or South edge 38. 12 Br. inches.
COFFER IN KING'S CHAMBER.

Breadth of North end 38.62; and breadth at South end
38 75 Br. inches.
.
362
These, says Dr. Grant, "are my measures, and I can

vouch for their accuracy within one-fourth of an inch."
That being the case, the coffer could not have been
introduced by the regular passage way leading to the King's

Chamber, neither can it be taken out that way now.
From the exactness with which the coffer was constructed,
it is
self-evident that each
was intended by the ancient
and every feature of it

Intended, more-
architect.
over, for a further very necessary purpose; for though the

coffer as a capacity measure is larger than any other standard unit of capacity in existence, it being four times the
English "quarter," yet one, single coffer measure

a very small thing to set before the whole world, and ask
all nations to accept it as a standard in preference to any
other box or cylinder or other shaped measure which they
might have already made, or be thinking of making, for
size of the
is
themselves.
All
this
difficulty
was
perfectly
foreseen,
however,
by the ancient architect, as well as the possible questionings

as to the authenticity and contemporaneousness of the vessel
with the building of the Great Pyramid, after the thousands
Therefore it was
of years that has passed over its head.
that he identified the coffer by certain abstruse, yet positively identifiable, scientific features with the King's
Chamber in which it is placed; and that chamber, the most
glorious hall that has ever yet been constructed in polished
red granite, with the enormous mass of the Great Pyramid
itself and that building with the sector shaped land of Lower
Egypt; and Lower Egypt with the center of the inhabited
So that, small though
land-surface of the whole world.
the coffer may be, in itself, there cannot be another vessel
of such central importance in the eye of Nature, and to the
whole of mankind also, when explained.
Evidently it requires some one who has been favored
with more than oridnary understanding, to explain it.
Professor Smyth gives the honors to Mr. James Simpson,
a young bank clerk, in Edinburgh, during the early seventies
;
OUTSIDE MEASURES OF COFFER
363
of the last century, for the most concise, and clear, mathematical elucidation yet published. As follows:
For the full measures of all the particulars of the coffer,
is referred to the proceeding pages.
But for
convenience we will repeat the chief results here, viz
OUTSIDE MEASURES OF COFFER IN PYR. INCHES.
the reader
Length, from 89. 92 to 89. 62 corrected for concavity of sides

Breadth from 38 68 to 38 61 corrected for concavity of sides
.
Height from 41. 23 to 41. 13 corrected for concavity of sides

INSIDE MEASURES OF COFFER IN PYR. INCHES.
Length 77 85 supposed to be true to within 1-20 of an inch.
Breadth 26. 70 supposed to be true to within 1-20 of an inch.
Depth 34 .31 supposed to be true to within 1-20 of an inch.
Thickness of bottom, 6.91 Pyramid inches. Thickness of
.
Pyramid inches.
these numbers are necessary to be kept in mind,
have
all a part to play in the proofs to come.
they
We have already shown, and Professor H. L. Smith,
sides, 5 98
.
Now
for
all
New York, has independently confirmed, with regard to

the coffer, taken in and by itself that
Exterior cubic size (In Pyr. cubic in.)
2
142,31 6 )
of
Interior cubic contents
Also that, Sides of coffer, cubic size

Bottom of coffer, cubic size
=
=
71,317
47,508
23,758 j
for the connections with the red granite
But now
which the
ber,
building
itself.
"The
coffer is placed in;
chamand with the Pyramid
By Mr. Simpson
whole King's Chamber is

cubic
diagonal, and that has been cergeometrically
tainly now ascertained by modern measure, assisted by
(i.)
chief line of the

its
computation, to be equal to 515.165 Pyramid inches.

(This is Mr. Simpson's base line from which he reaches
up to the Great Pyramid on one side and down to the
coffer on the other thus:
)
515 i65x 10
5151 .65=side of a square of equa
area with the Great Pyramid's vertical right section.
(2.)
THE GREAT PYKAMID JEEZEH
364
twice the greatest horizontal circumfer515 i65

ence of the coffer nearly
== 51 5165
(4.)
(A.) the mean length of all the
coffer's
"arris," or edge
|
(3.)
^^
lines.
(B.)
Diameter of a
whose
circle
represented in the
coffer's interior horizontal
area
area
is
i.
e., its
inside floor.
(C.) Side of a square whose area

fnean area of the four ex-
ternal vertical sides of coffer

=
(D.)
The diameter of a sphere,

whose contents (71,588)
come very near those of the
hollow part of the
and
do,
in
coffer,
a sense, exist
there.
(E.)
The diameter of a circle

which the natural tan-
in
gent
of
Draconis
(the
Pyramid's Polar star at the

date of erection) was at its
higher culmination, viz., 33
41' 20" =34. 344 Pyramid
inches
= coffer's depth.
So exactly, though extraneously, appears thus to be given

the coffer's depth, that every element, which the senseless
hammerings of modern travellers breaking off specimens
of the material
have now very nearly deprived the world
of seeing again in the body.
(5.) At the same time the external correlative of inside
depth, namely, the height is given simply by the tenth part
the length of the King's Chamber containing it, viz., 41.213.
(6.) While the breadth of the coffer base is given thus,
In a circle
based on the number of days in the solar year
the
natural
with circumference
inches,
242
36 5
Pyramid
COFFER'S HEIGHT SQUARED
base; and
by
Polar star's
41' 20", or the
tangent of 33
culmination
365
Pyramid
upper
= breadth of coffer's
= 3 8. 753 Pyramid inches
= ante-chamber's length 116.260 divided
again
3-
The depth and height are moreover thus related:

Depth squared height squared :: so is area of side
+ end. If 103.033 Pyramid inches was found an important touchstone of commensurability in the King's Chamber,
bringing out the "sums of squares there," we may expect
(7)
to find
it
in the coffer also

2
(8.)
103 .O33
= area
fer nearly.
(9)
*w =
34 .344
where accordingly
of four external sides of the cof-
= depth of coffer.
(10.) ^fr
height of the coffer squared."
This last theorem brings into view the invaluable quantity pi, which the Great Pyramid commemorates by the
shape of its whole external figure. And now to that good

beginning Mr. Simpson adds
(n.) "Coffer's internal floor has a boundary whose
the circumference of a circle of equal area to coffer's
length
outer floor or base; a curious result this of the long shape

of the coffer, compared with the cube, or cylinder, which
might have been for capacity measure alone.

area of East
(12.) Coffer's depth multiplied by 2 pi
and West (i. e., the two long) sides of the coffer.
end
side
it
(13.) Coffer's
height
with
(14.)
circle
area of
squared
diameter 38.753 Pyramid inches
(the breadth of the coffer's base), or again

A square with side 34.344 Pyramid inches (the depth
the area of the external long
of the coffer), has an area
side divided
by
pi.
if two vertical, right, sections be made

through the middle of the coffer, then such are the propor-
(15.)
Finally,
tions of lengths, breadths, and thicknesses, that

(A.) Area of the sections of the walls of coffer,
area of whole section included, as
to pi.
And
is
to
366
(B.) Area of sectional walls

height of coffer 'squared.'
follow some most interesting correspondences, with
Then
between these three apparently most diverse

the
things,
pointed Great Pyramid, the enclosed King's
and
the lidless granite coffer; thus
Chamber,
distinctions,
"In
(16.)
each
of
these
three
structures,
one rule
governs their shape viz., two principal dimensions

together are pi times the third.
Illustrates thus
added
=
=
In Great Pyramid, Length

breadth
pi height.
In King's Chamber, Length -r height
pi breadth.
In Coffer, Length ~r breadth =pi height.
Wherefore Pyramid and Coffer have

and King's Chamber, horizontal."
POSITION OF COFFER
The
IN
their radii vertical,
KING'S CHAMBER.
remarkable vessel having been

flat, smooth, unmarked floor, and that
a nodule of hard jasper from the desert outside, had been
pushed under one corner of the south end, and tilted it out
of position; supposed to have been done (by the native
position of
this
described as on a
Arabs) in the interest of some investigator of modern times,

in search of an inscription, which was never found.
But
in so doing the coffer was pushed some ten inches towards
the north, of where it had been intended to stand; for after
subtracting that quantity from the previous measured
from the south wall, each distance came out just
distance,
4 feet 10.
walls,
Pyramid inches from both the north and south

the height of the Great Pyramid
which distance is
divided by 100.
We have, theoretically, divided the King's Chamber,
length, into
gained by that ?
transversely to
else
its
two equal halves.
Is
any-
thing
This most important illustration of the very groundwork of the claim of the coffer to be a vessel of capacity
having an earth
The earth
size reference.
size relations
then of the
coffer, as
deducted
PRACTICAL APPLICATION OF COFFEE
367
by the whole King's Chamber;

Pyramidally recognized by the lower
for itself alone, are justified
and the actual
size is
course capacity of the chamber being 50 times the contents

of the coffer, and the coffer standing on the soth course
of the masonry of the whole of the Great Pyramid from the
But the shape; yes, the shape of the

capacity measure what is to justify that?
pavement upwards.
coffer as a
John Taylor suggested, but not very strongly, "that the

shape of the coffer was derived from the hot bath, the
Calidarium, long known in the East a long and deep box
shape in which a man might lie down at full length, or sit
up; and such a shape, he showed had been found more
convenient for a corn holder, or large corn measure, than
a cube of the same contents."
PRACTICAL APPLICATION OF THE COFFER IN

CAPACITY MEASURE.
The practical uses in capacity measure of the granite

coffer in the King's Chamber, as its architect originally
intended, is a vessel measuring very closely to 71,250 cubic
Pyramid inches.
The whole quantity subdivides itself easily, after the
manner of the Pyramid arithemetic and Pyramid constructhe two most important steps being,
tion, as follows:
first,
the division into
4,
as typifying the four sides of the
Pyramid's base; and second, the division into 2,500, or

50x50 parts; fifty being the special number of the room,
and the number also of the masonry courses of the whole
structure on which that chamber, or rather the two adjoined chambers, rest in their places; this one, containing
10,000 ooo cubic inches.
368
PYRAMID CAPACITY MEASURE.

Division
or
SPECIFIC GEAVITIES
AND TEMPERATURES
369
PYRAMID WEIGHINGS WITH REFERENCE TO SPECIFIC

GRAVITIES, TEMPERATURES AND PRESSURES.
(Sec. 78.) Weights, then, on the Pyramid system
are equally referable, as with the French system, to one
given and scientifically definable, point on both the tem-
perature and pressure scales, but when nicety is required.

But that given point in the Pyramid case is an easier,
pleasanter, and a better known one; while for the rough
work of the world, the Pyramid weights are calculable at

once from Pyramid linear measure, without any reference
to observations of thermometer and barometer at the
instant, much more accurately than the French can be
from
theirs,
under similar circumstances.
The Pyramid
being expressable in the following simple manner

For small things, ascertain their bulk in cubical inches,
divide by 5, and the result is the weight in Pyramid pounds,
if the said articles are of the same specific gravity as the
rules, too,
earth's average material of construction.

For large masses, ascertain their
Pyramid
Pyramid
cubits,
tons
bulk in
cubical
add J4, and the result is the weight in

under the same conditions of specific
gravity.
But
if
of earth's
the matter measured in either case were not
mean
density, but, say, ordinary stone, the real

half, and if of the more common
weight would be nearer a
metals, double, the amount given by the above process;

the raw number first procured by it, requiring for accuracy's
sake, in the case of every different pyhsical substance, to
be multiplied by its specific gravity in terms of that of the
earth's.
is
the same as that of the
specific gravity
earth ball's contents; a fraction of
with something added to

table,
is
i
when the
mean of the whole
when lighter; and i
Hence, such tabular multiplier
it,
when
heavier; as in the follow-
prepared from various authors
370
(Sec.
68
Cork
PYRAMID SYSTEM OF SPECIFIC GRAVITES.

=
79.) Earth's mean density =i; Temperature
Fahr.;
Barometric Pressure
3 0.02 5
English inches.
PYRAMID'S LINEAR ELEMENTS
371
the bodies before us, in linear cubits, of the Pyramid (each

cubit 25 Pyramid inches long, and each Pyramid inch
1-250 millionth of the earth's semi-axis of rotation.)
GREAT PYRAMID'S
LINEAR
ELEMENTS OF
(Sec. 80.)
Cubits.
Pyramid
Great
Vertical height of
Inclined height of
Side of
SIZE.
=232.52
Pyramid
Pyramid face
square base of Great Pyramid
2 95
72
~3&5
24
Transverse thickness of ancient casing stone film

4 oo
CUBICAL CONTENTS OF SIZE OF GREAT PYRAMID.
.
Cubical Pyramid cubits in the whole building,

10,339,850
computed from the above linear elements
Subtract for hollow internal spaces, such as

the grand gallery, chambers, and passages, comS. 2 5
puted extraneously
Balance
Subtract casing stone film's cubical con tents
Remains,
for cubical contents of general
10,334,600
861,952
mass. .9,472,648
All these calculations, thus far, would have to be performed on any system of computing weights from linear
measurements, even on the French metrical system; and
there, also, we should have still further to ascertain the
specific gravity of the materials we are dealing with, not
the same as water.
But the casing stones,
one of them being
of which there are 861,952 cubical cubits, have a specific

gravity (ascertained by direct experiment on hand speci-
mens) of 0.367, where unity represents the mean density

of the whole earth; while the general residual mass of the
building, of which there are 9,472,648 cubical cubits, has
a specific gravity, under the same circumstances of o 41 2.
WEIGHT OF GREAT PYRAMID.
.
The conversion
of the previous data into weight, pro-
ceeds thus:
Casing stone
Add
}4
f r
cubical cubits
Pramid
cubits
861,952
Total.
2i
.
1,077,440
372
= tons
Multiply by specific gravity 0.367
And, Residual mass
Add
in cubical cubits
}i
395,420
9,472,648
2,368,162
= 0.41
Wherefore, 395,420 + 4,878, 4i4 = tons
2
Multiply by specific gravity
Total. .11,840,810
.
tons 4,878,414
= weight of
5, 2 7 3, 834
whole Great Pyramid.

Now let us proceed to ascertain the mass of practical
weight of the whole earth.
LINEAR ELEMENTS OF THE EARTH.

Polar diameter
',-''
Equatorial diameter .....
Mean
= 20,000,000 Pyramid
cubits
==20,070,000 Pyramid cubits
-...
=20,047,000 Pyramid cubits

CUBICAL ELEMENTS OF THE EARTH.
Cubical Pyramid cubits contained in the earth, computed from the above linear elements, on the usual formula
of all diameters, nearly
depending on value of
4,218,400,000,000,000,000,000.
/>:
Now
to turn these cubical cubits into tons, we have

to
add J4 for as the earth itself is its own and the
merely
Pyramid's unit of density, the multiply er there is simply
;
unity.
Hence
4,218,400,000,000,000,000,000
1,054,600,000,000,000,000,000
of the earth
Weight
5,2" 3, 000,000, 000,000, 000,000
J
in Pyramid tons ',
Comparing now this weight, with that of the Great
Pyramid as given above in the same tons (5,273,834), the
first four places of numbers are found to be identical quite
'
\J
'
as close, or rather much closer, correspondence than could

well have been expected while the difference in the number
;
of times of figures, or the number of times that the weight

of the earth is absolutely greater than that of the Great
Pyramid,
the proportion of io l0 to
io 5x3 to i.
is in
to express it
Now this very proportion
bers,
is
or, as
in peculiar
to have
and must further be considered
some prefer
Pyramid numbeen intended.
373
INTERNATIONAL APPENDIX TO GREAT PYRAMID

WEIGHT MEASURE.
Pound
8
Weight Measures, Different Countries.
(Sec.
1.)
Country or City
374
arrived at; and that one which requires parctically to be
attended to first, and which was first attended to, and secured with more than sufficient accuracy, as well as with
the grandest of suitable and harmonius earth-commensurability, in the Great Pyramid; viz., linear, or length
And, after all that was accomplished in laying

out the exterior of the building in terms of this standard,
we have seen in previous sections, that the interior arrangemeasure.
ments of the Pyramid arc similarly laid out; and there,

both in a harder material and in a constant temperature
which brings all standards of all materials into a uniform
and intercomparable condition, most unexceptionably.
The Great Pyramid's
particular standard of length

25 inch cubit, the one-ten-millionth of
the earth's semi-axis of rotation, and nas its length most
measure
is, viz., its
exactly ascertainable by modern measure (combined with

and understanding fromula, so as to take advantage of a
multiple of the single standard arranged by the original
through the Architect himself), in the King's

Prof. H. L. Smith has well shown, it is
with
accuracy by the expression: "Cubic
surpassing
given
builders,
Chamber; where, as
diagonal of the room multiplied by 10, and divided by the

breadth of the floor. That is, in Pyramid inches deduced
from the English inches of actual measurement, |g^J
= 25.0*00 Pyramid, or 25.025 English inches.

Evidently this
is
the length to which, in a concrete,
distinctly separate shape, we were shown to

exist in the granite leaf of the ante-chamber.
^Vhile the
single,
and
still further shows the subdivisions of a single

cubit, first into five parts (25th parts of the whole cubit),
which parts we will designate as "inches of the Great Pyra-
granite leaf
mid."
Any one of these inches is the unit
standard of the Great

measure. Accurately this inch is the
i -500, ooo,oooth of the earth's axis of rotation, an inch,
too, which decimally subdivided, whereon extreme accuracy
is concerned.
Pyramid
linear
PYRAMID AND ENGLISH LINEAR MEASURE

Division or
number
of
each part in the grand

Length Standard
375
376

INTERNATIONAL APPENDIX TO GREAT PYRAMID
LINEAR MEASURE.
"Cloth Measure," Close
Country or City
to
Pyramid
Cubit.
THEEMOMETBIC SCALES
377
in London in 1724, not many years after

successful introduction of quicksilver, to take the
place of air, in thermometers; and seems to have been the
chief agent, over and above his own practical success in
was published
the
first
the manufacture of such thermometers, in causing his

system of numbers and scale-graduations to become such
an almost universal favorite in England. And yet it is

alleged that Fahrenheit was not the original inventor
of the scale which bears his name that having been really
divised and first used by Olaus Roemer, the celebrated
astronomer of Copenhagen, about 1709. Touching absolute
cold, is seen every winter to be a mistake, whenever his
thermometer descends below its own carefully marked zero
while the all-important point of the freezing of water is
left at the not very signal, but certainly rather inconvenient
number of 32; and the boiling point at the not more con-
now
venient one of 212.
Many, therefore have been the demands that either the

or the French Centigrade should be
adopted in terms of any of which, water freezing marks o
and all degrees below that notable point are nagative;
German Reaumur,
;
above, positive.
As a greater number of states of temperature are
generally demanded, between the freezing and boiling
points, why not adopt the 250 of the Great Pyramid scale?
For, by so doing, not only will the world's population reap
that one advantage above mentioned, to a still greater
extent, but they will suffer less shock, as it were, in their
when talking of summer temperatures, than even
feelings,
they retained the Fahrenheit degrees, but placed at o

at freezing; as simply illustrated by the following numbers
giving the absolute temperatures in terms of five different
if
thermometric scales
Fahrenheit
Mod- Fahrenheit
378
to the four sides of its base, again comes to our aid in the
fixing of temperatures.
Multiply, therefore, the 250 (of
water -boiling by 4, making 1,000; at the notable and
dividing line of heat, where
it causes bodies to begin to give

Again, multiply this 1,000 by 5 (a Pyramid
number) and we have 5,000 of the Pyramid, or that glowing white-hot heat, where the chemists of the different
out
light.
nations would place the melting point of the most dense

and refractory of all metals, platinum. Or descend again
to
400 Pyramid, and we find a point regarded by some
existing chemists as the absolute zero of temperature.
The French metrical temperature reference was originalits scientific authors, admirable for their
been the freezing point for water; on the arithmetical and mathematical, rather than physical and experimental, conclusion that they would find water in
ly intended
day, to have
its
by
when
densest condition
coldest, or
immediately before
But when they began to

passing into the state of ice.
experiment, nature refused to be bound by human ideas,
and water was discovered
to be of the greatest density at a

very sensible distance of heat above freezing, or at 39.2
Fahr.
But
all
these anomalies are corrected at once at the
Great Pyramid; for its position on the earth's surface in

that parallel of latitude (viz. 30) which, by the geometry
of a sphere, has an equal amount of terrestrial surface
between itself arid the equator on one side, and itself and
the
like
Pole on the other, evidently points to something

mean terrestrial surface temperature as the proper
central point of comparison in the affairs of men.

Equally,
too, does the Pyramid point to 30 of its inches of mercurial
pressure of the atmosphere, as the international reference
department of Nature. Exhibiting the quantity

and distinctly separating line between
weather all the world over above 30
inches of the barometer meaning dry weather, sun-shine
and bracing Polar air below 30 inches, rain, clouds moisture
and electric equatorial gales.
in that
also as the very clear

good and bad of the
DIFFEBENT METALS MEET
379
The Pyramid reference indeed
for pressure would not

observed very scientifically and microscopically
in its own latitude and longitude at the sea l-evel.
But that
low down reduction of all materiologists, is only another
case of their going 011 one side, instead of to the middle, of
the fact; for the bulk of mankind does not live at that
most dangerous level, where the record of the "tidalwave" tells its own story but at such a mean and per-
be exact,
if
fectly safe height above it, as that of the King's Chamber

of the Great Pyramid, viz., 4,297 inches (or 358 ft. i inch)
height which both gives out, on an annual mean of baro-
metric observations, the required 30 inches; and at the

same time makes the temperature observed there, under
normal circumstances, the true Pyramidal 1-5 between

boiling and freeing of water; and not the slightly higher
temperature of that latitude and longitude, if reduced to
what does not exist there the sea-shore and its level.
TEMPERATURES IN PYRAMID THERMOMETER DEGREES.

(Sec. 84.)
Atmospheric
pressure
when otherwise
Platinum melts
Wrought
Wrought
5000
4000
3750
3500
3250
3875
3130
iron melts
iron melts
Steel melts
Steel melts
Cast iron melts

Cast iron, grey, melts
Cast iron, white, melts
Gold, pure, melts
.2625
3125
Gold, alloyed as in coinage2950

2875
Copper melts
2555
2500
Bronze melts
2250
1100
Sulphur boils
1080
Antimony melts
Zinc-melts
1028
Zinc melts
900
Iron visible in the dark. .1000
Silver, pure, melts
Silver, pure, melts
= 30
inches,
except
stated.
Mercury
Mercury
boils
boite
Sulphuric acid, strong boils

Sulphuric acid boils
Lead melts
Cadmium
melts
Phosphorus boils
Bismuth melts
Water boils under 20 at-
882
875
845
812
815
788
725
575
535
mospheres
Under 15 atmospheres.. 500

Turpentine boils 325
290
278
Sulphur melts
250
WATER BOILS
238
Sodium melts
200
Benzol boils..
Spirit of
Acetic acid boils
380
198
195
Alcohol, pure, boils
Alcohol, pure, boils

Stearic acid melts
174
170
166
158
155
White wax melts
Wood
spirit boils
Potassium melts
Yellow wax melts
Greatest observed
39
138
122
1
Summer
at
temperature
Great Pyramid
Ether,
common,
boils
Blood heat
Butter and lard melts.
...
100
92
91.5
82
Mean temperature at level of

Pyramid
Pyramid temperature
50
TI
temperature of all
lands inhabited by man,
most
man.
suitable
degree
25
at
Great Pyramid
Water
20
freezes
mixture,
Freezing
snow
salt
Sulphuric acid freezes
Mercury
freezes
Greatest cold experienced

Greatest artificial cold, nitrious oxide
50
87
98
125
and carbonic
disulphide, in vacuo.
zero
Absolute
(Miller's
.
350
400
Chemistry
base
of
air
thermometer; or air supposed to be so excessive-
no space at
all,
and
in
that case to become of
of the
to
infinitely
50
ly contracted in bulk by
cold, as at last to occupy
Mean
and temperature
don
Lon-
of
Low winter temperature
Theoretical
King's Chamber in Great
28
boils
Mean temperature
and
shade
temperature
Stearine melts
Spermaceti melts
Ether
great
specific
682
gravity
PYRAMID ANGLE MEASURE.

(Sec. 85.)
Astronomical
scientific
development,
feels
the necessity, and demands an angular, as well as a linear

measure to refer to for distances; while the same demand
for angular
measure
is
experienced in each of the purely
terrestrial sciences as well.
The French savants
of the Revolution attempted to
introduce into their decimally arranged metrical system

an angular graduation where the quadrant contained 100,
and the whole circle aoo, degrees. But. after trying it

for some years, they had to give it up; for it seems the
influence of "Great Babylon," which is, by many persons,
believed to have originally invented, and then fixed on the
world, our present sexagesimal system, or 360 to the circle,
and 60' to the degree, was too powerful for the then,
mathematicians of Paris, to contend successfully against.
SYSTEM OF ANGLE MEASURES
381
But there could have been no more community feeling

the Babylonians, and the extreme ancient Builders
among
of the Great
Pyramid
methods
astronomical
of
orientation,
already seen were entirely diverse.

for angle
than in their
which we have
in their goniometry,
What
system, then,
was more probably employed at the Great Pyra-
mid ?
A system, apparently, of 1000 to the circle; 250 to the

quadrant. This conclusion has been ventured, by prominent Egyptologists, to be deducted from the following
features at the Pyramid:
(a.) The angle of rise of the Pyramid's flanks, and the
angle of descent or ascent of its passages, are both very
peculiar angles, characteristic of the Great Pyramid; and
though rough and incommensurable on either the Baby-
any known angular system, are in a

way evenly commensurable on the Pyramid
lonian, or French, or
practical
svstem.
Pyramid Feature
382
to
Navigation, and
its
peculiar itinerary measure, the

i>iz., the length of a mean
'knot,' or nautical, or sea-mile;
minute of a degree of
latitude.
much inconvenience from the large

difference in the length between our land and sea miles;
for they measure 5,280 and 6,085 .88 -f feet respectively.
At present there
is
(See index for length of statute and nautical mile compared.)

But granted that a Pyramid knot shall be 1-2 5th part of
a Pyramid degree, then the respective lengths of a Pyramid

land, and a Pyramid sea, mile will be the comparatively
approaching quantities, in inches, of 62,500 and 62,995.
MONEY.
(WHY NOT PYRAMID MONEY?)
(Sec. 86.) Many inquirers have demanded, "What

about money on the Pyramid system?"
Nothing whatever has been discovered up to this date
(except coincidence) that has coupled the subject of money
with the Great Pyramid. And, no wonder, for no one has
as yet defined exactly, what money is.

The nearest approximation to the subject (we nave
ever seen) we think is, in a small volume entitled "A Thirty
War on Silver," by Supreme Judge Fitsgerald,

of the State of Nevada.
Look at any piece of (coin) money
Years'
whatever: whose image and superscription does
That
of
some earthly
Caesar or other.
None
it
bear)
of the present
or past coinages, with which we are familiar, have any

fixed weight or measurement, relative to any other fixed
weight or measurement; with the single exception of the

"5 cent nickel" of the United States, which is: "a millimetre in thickness, and is said to weigh 15 grammes,"
in its relation to the "French metric system."
The following astonishing coincidence, however, is worth quoting;
given to the world by Dr. Watson F. Ouinby, of Wilmington
Delaware, some forty years ago, as follows:
"Our (U. S.) silver coinage corresponds in grains to the
measures of the King's Chamber in the Great Pyramid, in
English inches. So that the length of that chamber being
TRANSCENDENTALISMS OF ASTRONOMY
383
412.5 of those inches, the standard weight of the "Dollar

of the Fathers" is 412.5 grains; the half-dollar, weighing
206 2 grains represents the breadth of the same chamber
206.25 English inches; and the quarter -dollar of 103.1
grains represents in inches the half breadth of the same
chamber, or the 'touch-stone' length as it has been called
.
of so
many
of the Great Pyramid's
measurements.
"At the same time the grander golden
coin, the American Eagle, contains 232.5 grains of pure gold, or the number
of Pyramid cubits in the vertical height of the Great Pyra-
mid; and the 'half-eagle' contains 116. 25 of the same gold

in grains, equal almost exactly to the length of the AnteChamber of the King's Chamber in the same Pyramid
expressed in Pyramid inches."
TRANSCENDENTALISMS OF GREAT PYRAMID ASTRONOMY

Prof.
Piazzi
Smyth, R.
A., with
comments by the
author.]
the only source from whence one uniform system of siderial chronology, and which, though
endued with some change in respect to the seasons, yet
(Sec. 87.)
"Now
alters so slowly year by year and generation after generation

as to require 25,827 years before it passes through all
the seasons the only source, I say, from whence it could
have emanated
in that early age of the world, and have been

upon the origines of all races of mankind, is,
impressed
was, and ever will be, Divine inspiration; and the Divine
intention touching that mystery of God, the human race
on earth.
"Bat not by any means implying that the terrestrial

race is the only object cared for by God, throughout all the siderial universe. For had it been so, they
might have been created for man's chronological purposes
human
instead of man being taught, as in this case, to

the best practical use of pre-existant, pre-created
means. Here, accordingly, what we are called upon to
note, may rather remind us of that which Josephus records
alone
make
384
of the descendants of Seth, viz., that no creation miracles

were wrought for them, but that they, though favored
with Divine assistance, had to study astronomy in the laws
And pushing our
of the stars as they already existed.
calculations to the extreme of modern science, we shall
undoubtedly find that those stars were by no means in
themselves absolutely perfect for this one end alone. But
take them as they were 4,000 years ago, and after they had
been already set in motion by the divine power aeons and
a;ons of ages before the Pyramid day
and you will find
that they did, at that epoch, come quite near enough to

form an excellent practical chronological system of the
kind indicated; and no better mode of utilizing those actual

phenomena of the starry sky, nor any better choice among
the stars, ever has been imagined since then, in any country
of the world.
Thus, to moderate observation (and with far greater

accuracy than the annuals of the profane history of man-
kind have been kept to) all these hereinafter-following

may be said, in ordinary terms, to obtain
1. The Great Pyramid is astronomically oriented in its
features
and its passages are in the plane of the meridian.

The entrance passage, with its alt. angle of 26 16'
42' vertically below the Northern Pole
nearly, points 3
sides;
2.
of the sky.
42' from
3. In the year 2170 B. C., a Draconis was 3
the Pole of the sky, and therefore looked down the axis
of the entrance passage, when at its lower culmination.
4.
When
a Draconis was so looking down the entranceNorth, then Tauri, the chief star in the
passage in the
Pleiades group, was crossing the local terrestrial meridian,
towards the South in the vertical plane of direction of the

Grand Gallery, but at a point high up in the sky, near the
;
equator.
At the same moment
of that year, 2170 B. C., the

meridian of the Vernal Equinox also coincided
with that same Tauri star, and gave it for the time an
extraordinary, chronological, super-eminence over all others.
5.
celestial
THE POLE STAB

That whole
6.
stellar
385
combination had not taken place
for 25,827 years previously, and will not take place again
It has not consequently
for 25,827 years subsequently.
repeated, or confused, itself yet in all the history of the

human race; through the Sothiac cycle, the Phoenix cycle,
and other chronological inventions of the profane Egyptian
men
priests,
long after the Pyramid day, and supposed
generally to have been the most learned of the ancients

have done so again and again to the lamentable confound;
ing of dates in the old Pagan, and

world too."
NOTE.
Professor
modern Egyptological
be observed in the above quotation, that

reaches back in his astronomical calcula-
It will
Smyth
tions, nearly 30,000 years, but he does not go back with his
dates, "to the first advent of man upon the earth" beyond
4,004 B. C., thereby, rather mixing his theory, of the

"4th day of Creation," as recorded in the first chapter of
Genesis.
Again he says:
"But
the calculations on which the above Pyramid

founded, shall be pushed to much greater
refinement, or to proportions of space invisible to the naked
it then appears that (i.) the Pole star, when it was
eye,
results
if
are
3 42' from the Pole, (2.) the equatorial star opposite to it,
and (3.) the celestial meridian of the equinox, were not all
of them on the Pyramid's meridian, below and above the
Pole, precisely at the same instant, either in the year 2170
B. C., or in
any other year.
But
this difficulty is not by any means entirely depenon the stars, in their places, not being as exact as if
dent
they had been created originally for no other than the above
purpose for there are hindrances also to modern astronomy,
in precisely realising every simple thing in number, weight,
and measure, that has taken place in Nature dnring the last
;
4,000 years. Two astronomers, for instance, using the same

data, may compute back the place of a given star 4,000
years ago from its present place, and they shall agree to a
second in the result; but

25
it
does not therefore follow that
386
the star was precisely there at that time, as though a contemporary astronomer had observed it then; because proper motion, and variations of proper motion, may exist,
quite
unknown
to the short period of surveillance over the

it does not therefore follow that
second in the result; but
the star was as precisely there at that time, as though a contemporary astronomer had observed it then because proper motion, and variations of proper motion, may exist, quite
;
unknown
to the short period of surveillance over the stars
yet enjoyed by modern astronomy. Some of the quantities

too, of the celestial mechanics concerned ,such as the precise
amount
of the very precession of the equinoxes itself, and

accompanying phenomena of nutation and aberration,
may have been erroneously assumed, and never can, or will
be ascertained perfectly by man. The accepted numerical
values of such quantities do, in fact, vary at the same time
between one astronomer and another (unless both were
brought up in the same school, and then both may differ
from truth), and also between one generation and another
of astronomers in the same place.*
[At the request of Prof. Smyth, in 1871, Dr. Brunnow,
its
(then Astronomer-Royal for Ireland,) prepared the following table on the Pyramid star calculations], viz.
( i .) "a Draconis was for the first time ( t )at the
distance of 3
41' 50" from the pole in the
year
(2.) "It was at the least distance from the
-
= 3443 B
Pole, or o
"It was
(3.)
of 3
41'
25", in the year

for the second time at the distance
3'
42" from the Pole in the year.
2790 B. C.
= 2136
B. C.
* Viz
Astronomers even of 40 years ago are no longer

quoted authoritively for it is found that the theories of
Mercury, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus and Neptune, are all in
need of revision. The Tables of the Planets by Professor
M. Le Verrier, and Newcomb, differ materially from present
;
observations.
t
How
did he
kiio-ic
that
it
was there
for the first, time?
STARS CROSS THE POLE
387
"Tauri (Alcyone of the Pleiades) was in

the same right ascension as the equinoctial
point in the year
(4.)
= 2248 B.
when
it
C.
crossed the meridian above the Pole
Draconis
the
below
but
not exPole, nearly
crossing
at
the
a
same
Draconis
and
instant;
actly
was then nearly 90 (89 16') from Alcyone
in the meridian, measured through the Pole.
and Tauri were exactly
(5.) "a Draconis
to
each
other, so that one of them
opposite
could be on the meridian above the Pole,
and the other on the meridian below the Pole
3
47' north of the Equator, with a
at the
same absolute
date of
but when
"We
1574 B. C.
the other data diverged largely.
have now to deal with the last three dates. Of
all
these three, the
my
instant, only at the
first
two evidently include between them

of 2170 B. C.; but the third
own previous quantity
Nevertheless, the visible effect

extravagantly.
that
one
of
apparently very large difference in
sky
absolute date, is merely this, according to Dr. Brunnow's
differs
in the
computation; viz., that when Tauri, or the Pleiades,

were crossing the meridian above the Pole, at my Pyramid
date of 2170 B. C., a Draconis was not doing the same thing,
exactly beneath the pole, at the same instant; for the star
was then at the distance of o 17' west of the meridian.
But it would have been doing the same thing perfectly,
according to an entrance-passage observation of it, if the
northern end of that passage had been made by the builders
to trend 17' westward, still keeping to its observed angular
height in the vertical plane; viz., 26 18'.
"Whereupon comes the question whether
temporarily
that
Dr.
granting
Brunnow's excellent calculations
modern astronomy replace everything that has happened

in Nature during the last 4,000 years
whether that 17' of
the Pole star's west distance from the meridian was a thing
in
388
of
moment;

and
if so, is
this the first occasion
on which
the divergence has been discovered?
"Seventeen minutes of space, or less than the thousandth

part of the azimuthal scale, is but a small quantity for
any one to appreciate in all the round of the blue expanse,
without instruments and the first effort of Greek astronomy
i, 800 years after the Pyramid was built, [? how did he,
or how does any other human being, living, know just
when it was built?] is reported to have been the discovery
that the Pole star of that day, then 6 from the Pole, was
not as they, the Greeks, had previously held, exactly on the
Pole.
Greek and other profane nations, then, had been in
;
the habit of overlooking, long, long after the epoch of the

Pyramid, an error twenty times as great as this which is
now charged on the Great Pyramid astronomy, by the
present day science of precision, which has been at last

elaborated amongst men after a further consumption of 4,-
ooo years.
"And yet it was not all error either, on the part of the
Great Pyramid. For here we should take account of the
results of my observations in 1865, when I succeeded in
comparing the directions of both the outside of the Pyramid,
the internal axis of the entrance passage, and the axis of the
azimuth trenches separately and successively with the
Polar star. These observations were made with a powerful
altitude-azimuth instrument, reading of its angles with
micrometer-microscopes to tenths of seconds and the conclusions from them were, that everything at the Great
Pyramid trended, at its, north end towards the west the
azimuth trenches by 19 minutes, the socket side of the base
by 5 minutes, and the axis of the entrance passage by more
nearly 4 minutes and a half. What could all these features
have been laid out for with this slight tendency to the west
of north ? was a question which I frequently pondered over
at the Great Pyramid, and sometimes even accused the
earth's surface of having shifted with respect to its axis
;
of rotation during 4000 years.
But now the
true
ex-
ASTBONOMICAL CONCLUSIONS
389
planation would appear to be, that the Seth -descended

acrhitect, knowing perfectly well the want of exactly the
12 hours, or 50 inch, correspondence between his Polar and
Equatorial stars (though they were the best in the sky), had
so adjusted in a minute degree the position of the Great
Pyramid when building it, as to reduce any error in his
Pleiades system of chronology arising out of the stellar
Whence the fact of the
discrepance, to a minimum.
western divergence of the north pointing of the entrancepassage, as detected by the modern astronomy observa-
combined with the computation in 1871

becomes the most convincing practical proof of intention, and not accident, having guided all these time
tions in 1865,
arrangements of the Great Pyramid.

"On discussing recently with some of the astronomers
who were sent to Egypt in December 1874, to observe the
Transit of Venus (ns a stepping stone toward attaining a
knowledge of the sun distance) the palm of merit for
the best time observations seemed to be unanimously
accorded to those of them who had adopted a new method
of
using their transit instruments, recently elaborated

of the Central Russian Observatory:
by M. Otto Struve,
and which consisted
in observing, not exactly in the plane

of the meridian (as usually done or tried to be done),
but in the vertical of the Pole star at the in si ant; or, as nearly
as possible, on the very
method
at the ancient Great Pyramid.
of ultra-refinement
adopted
Hence the object
of this
now fully obtained for not only does the ancient

chapter
monument fix an absolute date for itself, viz., something
very close to 2170 B. C., which all the profane monuments
is
were confessed to be incapable of even approximately

attempting, but it does so by methods unknown of old
elsewhere, and only recently begun to be appreciated in
the best European astronomy."
The foregoing copious
notes, from Professor Smyth's

before he passed to the beyond, in his attempt
the date of the building of the Great Pyramid, is
final effort,
to fix
390
one of the best
efforts of his life,
and
is
indicative of the
He was
a noted astronomer' and mathematician, and

wrote nothing but what he thoroughly believed to be true.
But his science was narrow, and warped, at times, in his
vain attempt to prove, that a "Deified Atchitect" directed
man.
the building of the Great Pyramid, in the year 2170 B. C.

With the perfect mechanical skill which he knew was
necessary, to construct the inner, finished portions of the
Great Pyramid; and the mathematical and astronomical
intelligence requisite for its architect to lay out and plan
such a building, his knowledge of past history taught him
:
that no such individual, or set of individuals had preceeded

our present scientific age, within the last 6,000 years, or
even existed today.

And with his further belief, (and to him, knowledge)
that this earth of ours was only about 5,883 years old in
the year 1879 A. D. it was perfectly natural that he should
not only suggest, but believe that the Architect was gifted
with Deific intelligence. But in his great enthusiasm for
his Deified Architect he neglected to apply that same term
to the mechanics and laborers on the Great Pyramid,
which were certainly equally necessary. That the Great
Pyramid is the most perfect building in the world for a
;
"Depositary of Weights and Measures," geographically,

astronomically and mathematically, every person who has
read up the subject must confess. And, every Fraternal
man, no matter as to what organization he represents,
must
also acknowledge its perfect adaptability, as an

asylum or lodge outfit.
But just what use it could be to religious worshipers,
we are at a loss to know, and Professor Smyth has not
informed
was
us.
For, as a matter of course,
if its
architect
was for a purpose; and, that purpose should

stand out somewhere in that grand structure, to point out
one "God," or the "Father and Son"; or, Heaven, and
Hades. But, no such significence has been pointed out,
Deified, it
by any
Egyptologist as existing therein.
AGE OF THE EAETH
391
Our theory therefore, comes to the front. For, as

no human being has appeared upon the face of the earth
in the record of history or that can be found today in the
whole civilized world, that would be egotistical enough
even to assert: that he could plan, and cause the erection
;
of a similar structure, as that of the Great

therefore, as the building really exists,
Pyramid Jeezeh;
somebody must have
been the architect, and some body of intelligent

beings must have assisted
him
in its erection.
human
Who
were
they?
Let us reason together. The earth is proven to have
been several millions of years in existence, by both geoIf that is so, will any one attempt to
logy, and astronomy.
in
this
enlightened age, that is has only been peopled
argue
for 6,000 years?
Suppose in minimum figures, that the
earth has stood just 1,000,000 years; and that it has been
inhabited, off and on, for one-fourth of that period, or
250,000 years; and that during some one of those inhabited
more than 50,000

have gained more
scientific and mechanical
periods, the geneology existed through

years; could not they as a race of people,
knowledge, general intelligence,

skill, in 50,000 years, than we have stored up in our
The internal
little
the earth,
earth's polarity from various
causes, has caused most of the continents to change
times,
places with the waters of the earth, many
insignificant 6,000 years?

and the changing of the
fires of
at
long intervals.
During some one of these
inhabited
the
wise men of their day, dislong
periods,
covered' that there was a small peice of territory located
but
near to 30 N. Lat., and 31 10' i" E. Lon. that would not

again change places with the watery deep, for at least 500,ooo years. On this spot they erected that "Great First
Wonder of the World," that has kept our geology guessing
over 5000 years. We have in a previous section of this

Before
stated, the purpose that led to its erection.
closing this volume we will picture one of the 'degrees'
for
work
392
taken in this asylum over 50,000 years ago. But first,

a little more conservative information in measurement and
capacity.
THE ARK OF THE COVENANT OF MOSES.

(Sec. 88.) The size of that
in the Old Testament as being
Ark-box
of
Moses
is
given
2^ cubits long, i)^ cubits

broad, and i)^ high; which measures being reduced to
Pyramid inches, on Sir Isaac Newton's valuation of the
62 .5x37. 5x37. 5 of those inches.
sacred cubit of Moses,
But was
that must
this outside
measure or inside measure?
make a very material
for
difference in the cubical
result.
Outside measure, without a doubt, and for the following

reasons
Because the vertical component is spoken of as height,

and not depth; and because the lower lid of gold, or the
Mercy-seat, being made only the same stated length and
breadth as the Ark itself, it would have stood insecure, and
run a chance of tumbling down to the bottom of the box,
if that length and breadth had signified the top of the
box's inside, and not its outside area. Scripture does not
inform us just what thickness the sides were, and therefore
we do not know exactly how much to subtract from the
outside, to give the inside dimensions; but the outside having been given, and the material stated, the limits within
which such thickness must be found are left very narrow
Let the thickness, for instance, be assumed to be
indeed.
1.8 Pyramid inches; then the length, breadth, and depth
will be reduced from an outside of 62.5x37.5x37.5 to
an inside of 58.9x33.9x35.7; which gives 71,282 cubic
inches for the capacity contents of this open box without
a
lid.
we
and ends at 1.75 inch in thickinches which are very fair

proportions in carpentry for such a sized box in such a
quality of wood, as that from which it was constructed,
then its inside measure would be 59 o x 34 o x 35 5 which
Or,
ness,
if
place the sides
and the bottom at
SOLOMON'S MOLTEN SEA
393
makes the cubical contents 7 1,2 13 cubic inches. Which

makes it almost identical with the capacity of the coffer in
the King's Chamber of the Great Pyramid; or within 0.37
of a cubic inch.
The brazen lavers of Solomon's Temple were also of the

same cubic capacity as the coffer in the Great Pyramid and
measured on the Hebrew system 40 baths or 4 homers;
;
while each of those homers

as
the
Anglo-Saxon
was
'quarter,'
of equal value in capacity

used for corn measure
amongst that people.

SOLOMON'S MOLTEN SEA.
(Sec. 89.) This
was
vessel,
cast in bronze,
by name the "Molten Sea"
though of a shape and
size
which have
Even in the
defied all essayists hitherto to agree upon.
Bible, something of what is said there about it, is stated
variously in different books thereof, as in that of Kings,
the cubical contents are given as 2,000 baths, while in
Chronicles they are set down as 3,000. As the latter is

only fragmentary, we will take the former statement; and
then find that the statement in baths, that the 'molten
sea' would have contained the contents of a laver 50 times;
or a
Pyramid number at once.
Kings, VII. 23-26, we are told that the 'molten

sea' "was ten cubits from one brim to the other it was round
all about, and its height was five cubits; and a line of thirty
cubits did compass it round about and it was a hand'sIn
I.
breadth thick."
To realize the shape is the first point. Some devout

students have imagined it cylindrical; some of a swelling
cauldron form, but the greater numbers, a hemispherical
shape; and this, perhaps, is most agreeable (i.) to the
phrase "round
all
about,"
(2.) to its
diameter being twice
height, and (3.) to the traditionary testimony of Josephus

that it was hemispherical.
its
If this
point
is settled,
inside, or outside
are the measures given, of the

Bv the rule established
denomination?
394
for the Ark, the breadth and height are outside, of course;
but in that case, what is the meaning of a circle of 10 cubits
having a circumference of 30 cubits? That is

a total impossibility; and wholly against the principal
measurements of the Great Pyramid itself, which proves
in various ways that the circumference of a circle having
10 for diameter, cannot be less than 31 .4159, etc.
We conclude therefore, (as an indication of the thickness of the vessel is given, viz. at a hand-breadth) that the
in diameter,
inside circumference
was alluded
to,
but the outside dia-
meter.
hemisphere, then, with an inside circumference of

30 Pyramid cubits, its diameter would be 238.73 Pyramid
inches, giving, with an outside diameter of 10 cubits,
nearly 5 5 inches for thickness (or the space which the
of a strong man spread out would easily cover).
.
hand
The
cubic contents, then, of such internal hemisphere will be

3,562,070 Pyramid cubit inches; and divided by the Pyramid number of 50, give 71,241 of the same cubic inches;
i.
within a seven-thousandth part the same as either

of the Covenant, or the Coffer of the Great Pyramid.
Solomon's reason for making his "molten sea" 50 times
e.,
the
Ark
larger than his already large brazen vessels, the lavers,
was most probably
occult; and used only for the purpose

demonstrating some of the mysteries of the great
Unknowable. Think of it, this "molten sea" of Solomon's
had a capacity of over 15,420 U. S. gallons; could it have
been used for storing corn, wine or oil?
The cubit used by Solomon at the building of the Temple
of
being also of the sme 25 inch, and earth-commensurable,

length as that employed by Moses on the Tabernacle in
the Wilderness; and that again identical with the cubit
in the design of the Great Pyramid
obliged to conclude that Moses, though he
lived long in Egypt, could never have been inside of the
Great Pyramid, and had, therefore, no opportunity of
chiefly
yet
monumentalized
we have been
humanly copying the cubic contents of the
coffer; or
supply-
OTHER BOOMS IN THE PYRAMID
395
ing himself with a note of the length of its cubit; vastly

more certain may we be that King Solomon was never inside
the Great Pyramid either, or in a position to note the exact
amount of cubic contents of the lower course of the coffers'
containing chamber, or to copy the Pyramid cubit length

and its subdivisions from the granite leaf in the a te-
chamber.
Whence, then, came the metrological ideas common to

three individuals in three different ages; and involving
reference to deep cosmical attributes of the earth, understood
by the
those times?
best and highest of human learning at none of

We leave the subject with you.
ARE THERE OTHER ROOMS STILL UNDISCOVERED WITHIN THE GREAT PYRAMID?
(Sec. 90.)
Modern quarrying
into
this,
nearly solid
structure, at different periods, is evidence on its face, that

the delvers into this massive structure, expected to discover other open space. And, as only about i-2oooth
of the whole mass, is found to be open space, it is not to
be wondered at; and we believe it, as we have previously
stated.
Several important personages have delved into the

the Queen's Chamber, in years past, expecting to
floor of
find a passageway leading to the "Sphinx."

While we
firmly believe that such a passage way exists, we think it
will be found to enter somewhere beneath the N. E. corner.
As the "Sphinx" is located about three-fourths of a mile

away from the S. E. corner of the Pyramid, the passage
way would have to run in a circuitous course and quite
deep down to enter the building at the point we have suggested
Everyone has read
or been told the story of Caliph
Al
after blasting his way from the middle of the

northern side into the solid fabric of the Great Pyramid
Mamoun,
for six weeks, was just about to give up the research when
he heard a stone fall in a hollow space close on one side
396
and breaking on further
in that direction, he presently

found himself in the entrance passage while the stone which
;
at that precise instant, was a

mm-shaped
block that had been anciently inserted in the ceiling.
had
fallen
While the space to be

square, the
filled
up by the base
of the stone is
two
sides parallel with the walls of the passage

triangular, on account of the angle, at which
require to be
the bottom of the portcullis block of the ascending passage
meets the ceiling, of this entrance and descending passage
prismoidal shape meets the case exactly. Professor
Smyth asks
"Would
that first ascending passage, then, never have

been discovered, if that faithless, perhaps timer ous, block
had not fallen out, whether in Al Mamoun's or any other
day? Let the following facts indicate: When measuring
the cross joints in the floor of the entrance passage in 1865,
went on chronicling their
angles, each one proving to be

very nearly at right angles to the axis, until suddenly one
came which was diagonal; another, and that was diagonal
too, but after that the rectangular position was resumed.
I
Further, the stone material carrying these diagonal joints
was harder and better than elsewhere in the floor, so as to

have saved that part from the monstrous central holes
and ditches perpetrated in other parts of the same inclined
floor by some moderns.
Why then did the builders
the
change
rectangular joint angle at that point, and execute
such unusual angle as they chose in place of it, in a better
material of stone than elsewhere; and yet with so little
desire to call general attention to it, that they made the
joints fine and close to such a degree that they had escaped
the attention of
all
men
until 1865 A. D.
"The answer came from the diagonal joints themselves,

on discovering that the stone between them was opposite
to the butt end of the portcullis of first ascending passage,
or to the hole whence the prismatic stone of concealment
through 3,000 years, had dropped out almost before Al
Mamoun's eyes. Here, therefore, in a peculiar relation
QUEEN'S CHAMBEE ONCE CONCEALED
397
of position to something concealed, was a secret sign in

the pavement of the entrance passage, appreciable only to
a careful eye and a measurement of angle, but made in such
hard material that it was evidently intended to last to the

end of human time with the Geat Pyramid, and has done
so thus far."
Again the Professor is at sea, and lost both as to his

reasoning, and to account for another hidden mystery; our
answer is: that this is one of the doors, or inlets, that lead
to other hidden passages, and chambers; of which there are
many more to be brought to light. There are no 'doors'
on hinges, nor padlocks, hasps or staples, to allow or prevent the entering to any part of the Great Pyramid.
But, in time, it will be found, that there is a perfect system
of inlets and outlets, through the apparently solid walls;
by a system of pressure, which we have yet to discover.
Still another as great a mystery exists; how did they light it ?
certainly not
by torches
or candles.
THE QUEEN'S CHAMBER, Now OPEN, WAS ONCE So

CONCEALED.
(Sec. 91
end
floor
of the
Grand
thereof
concealed
There was once, at or just inside the northern
.)
all
Gallery, and in, or beneath, the rising

more extensive trap-door, which then
access to the now so-called Queen's Chamber
and the horizontal passage in these days leading so clearly

to it.
At present, when the traveller enters the north end
of the grand gallery from the sloping difficulties of the first
ascending passage, he is delighted to meet with a level floor
;
but following that southward, he finds that it guides presently, not to the further end of the grand gallery, but to a
hole under a steep escarpment, only a few feet further on,
formed by a cleft broken down of that gallery's true floor;
in fact to the beginning of the low horizontal passage leading to the, in modern times, so-called Queen's Chamber.
The floor surface of the

(See Plates IX., X., and XI.)
itself is inclined upwards at the typical
grand gallery
398
angle of 26 18'; and did once run from the lowest north
end, directly up, through 150 feet of distance, to the "great
step" at the south, or upper, and further, termination of
the gallery, in one continued slope.
But now we are met,
at the very beginning by a great hole, or absence of gallery
floor.
Yet there are traces still visible in the masonry on
first by Mr.
by Mr. W. Dixon, both engineers; showing, that a neatly laid and joist-supported flooring, nine
inches thick, did once exist all along over that hole, com-
either side of that hole, well interpreted,
Perring, and later
pleting thereby the grand gallery's floor; and in that case

entirely concealing and utterly shutting out all approach
to, or knowledge touching the very existence of, the Queen's
Chamber.
The Queen's Chamber seems to have given the principal

Egyptologists, more than the average food for thought.
Mr. Perring, for instance, imagined that it was used for
a store room during the building of the Pyramid. To
which others queried: "and if so, to what end are all the
following features; features, too, which are more certain
than that use; for the features exist still, and can be seen
every day but who ever witnessed the alleged use?
(i.) The central axis of the niche in the east wall (and
;
this Queen's Chamber's only architectural

but
a most noticably grand one) is strangely
adornment,
not in the central vertical line of that wall but is removed
southward therefrom, by just one Pyramid cubit (= 25 .025
that niche
is
See Plate XI.)

of the niche, multiplied by that grandlv
(2.)
fundamental quantity in the Great Pyramid, pi, and that
English inches).
The height
multiplied
by the Pyramid number,
io
= the height of the
Great Pyramid; ori85.x/n"x 10

5812, in place of 5813
This very close approach must, however, be acciinches.
dental, for the height of the niche is uncertain, on account
of the roughness of the floor, by 2 or 3 inches."
One of
the most curious points, however, regarding this chamber, is
its salt-encrusted stone, both from the floor and on one side.
:
THEOREMS OF PROF.
H.
SMITH
S.
399
(?) is there not another chamber adjoining, filled with salt?

used to demonstrate the 'life-giving' qualities of this
mineral substance?
The hieght of the niche, less the height of its inner

of
long shelf, equals similarly the half of the basespecies
side length of the Great Pyramid; or 185 (
39.6) x 10 pi
(3.)
4568, in place of 4566 inches.
by
(The
height
the very rough measures, between 38 and 40 inches.)
(4.) The height of the north and south walls of the
inches
1
Queen's Chamber measured
5 feet 2.22 Pyramid
is
shelf's
inch, and assumed 182.62 give

182. 62 x 100
(a.)
=9131^= length
base side in Pyramid

(b.)
182 .62
of
Great
Pyramid's
inches.
= 365
24
= solar
days in solar tropical
3 ear.
The breadth of the Queen's Chamber measured

205 6 assumed 205 o, gives
height of King's Chamber from
182.62:205 :: 205 230. i
(5.)
height there.
10
times the height of the north
of
root
(6.) The square
the
or south wall, divided by
pi; or,
hieght of the niche
floor to ceiling:
i. e.,
the
first
,7182.62 x 10
_;
All of the above theorems, save the first, are the discoveries of Professor Hamilton L. Smith (of Hobart College,
Geneva,
New
York), who, without having been to Egypt,
has, by successfully interpreting the principal authorities

on the Great Pyramid, constituted himself in a most un-
on the Queen's
proof in that chamber of supernatural inspiration granted to the architect;
or that primeval official possessed, without inspiration, in
an age of absolute scientific ignorance, 4,000 years ago,
scientific knowledge equal to, if not surpassing, that of the
exceptional
manner the
Chamber.
'Either,' said he, "there
chief authority
is
present highly developed state of science in the modern

world."
400
Mr.
W. Dixon,
in 1872, discovered that the Queen's

supplied with two perfect ventilating channels
north and south walls, nearly similar to those in the
Chamber
in its
is
King's Chamber although aparently they have never been

put to use. Through the aid of a hired man with a hammer
and chisel, Mr. Dixon has a hole driven into each of those
;
ventilating channels; and in each, the said hired man lost

(by accident) a steel chisel, in endeavoring by over zealous
force, to
chisels
break into the said channels. Some day those

be found, and then the cry will go forth, "oh!
TV-ill
the Pyramid
is
only a modern structure;
I told
you
so."
THE QUEEN'S CHAMBER'S AIR CHANNELS

Unexplained Feature.
When the inner ends,
or ports, were proved to have been
separated from the air of said chamber merely by a thin

plate of soft limestone (so easily pierced by the laborer's
chisel),
that the general impression was, that they had
originally
been in use, but had been stopped by some
But this
mediaeval traveller with a small stone patch.
was not the case; for Dr. Grant and Mr. Dixon successfully
proved that there was no jointing, and that the thin plate
'left,' and a very skillfully and symmetrically left,
part of the grand block composing that portion of the wall
on either side. That block, had had the air channel tube
was a
(9 x 8) inches sculptured into it (from the outside direction

as of the whole building), neatly and beautifully so far as
it went; but that distance was not quite through the whole
block and into the room, by the typical quantity in the
Great Pyramid of five inches. The whole air channel then,
save that little unopened bit, was in place; but could never
xised.
Not, too, that it had been tried, found
inconvenient, and was then stopped up by the original
builders; for they would in that case, according to their
usual style of masonry, either have filled the port with a
have been
long plug, or would have replaced the whole block carrying

the inner end of the channel, with another solid block
ENTRANCE TO PYRAMID DISCUSSED

The whole
air channel,
however,
is
in place,
401
but just how
far the channels courses are carried
through the 300 feet

which
this
chamber
from the outer
masonry
separate
is
not
but
to
have
had an outer
believed
air,
yet known,
of
entrance.
ENTRANCE INTO THE GREAT PYRAMID.

What sort
(Sec. 92.)
The
of entrance
had the Great Pyramid
and
chief gate, or door, of almost

originally?
other
of
every
species
public building, from temples to
to
and
castles
churches,
palaces, is usually the most elabor-
front
ated and ornamental part of the whole structure to which

belongs; but, excepting only the obscure mention of a
it
movable stone
in Strabo's time,
into
by which a man might
the descending entrance passage
it is
creep
believed there was nothing to mark any entering-in place
at all at the Great Pyramid; but that the smooth, planed-
just
down
all
surface of the casing-stones covered, and concealed,

that region; and in fact did most effectually hide the
essential point
from any one who approached without
tra-
ditional information to guide him.

Nothing of what we see now connected with the internal
masonry and constructive arrangements, ever projected

through the casing stone film; and the very fact of Caliph
Mamoun making his excavation in a

may be taken as a proof that nothing ever
Al
different place,
did, in
any con-
spicuous manner, externally mark the spot.

Then why did the builders commemorate the one and
only (apparently] outside entrance, not on the exterior,
in the interior masonry; and so grandly, with four
inclined stones, which we can now see?
The above and similar questions have been kept before
but
the public, from 820 A. D., down to the present date.

But, what sort of entrance had the Great Pyramid
We will try to present a "key to the Mystery."
originally?
In the first place, we can see no reason why there should
be any exception to the generally accepted conditions,
26
402
and "elaborate entrance" to the Great Pyramid,

any other prominent building in the world in this,
or during any other age.
Acknowledging as we do, that
the builders of the Great Pyramid were far wiser than the
wisest of our present civilization, then what?
Why, they
did leave a very elaborate, and appropriate entrance to
that building. What kind of an entrance would be approfor a large
than
for
priate for a structure of that magnitude, irrespective of its
character ?
Let us draw a pen picture of its size: The Great Pyrait stood perfectly enveloped with all its angle
stones in place, in and previous to the year 820 A. D.:
covered an area of about 13% (English measurement)
acres; it stood in perfect pyramidal shape, with its apex
486 feet above the pavement on which it stands; and
mid when
weighed 5,273,834 (Pyramid) tons.

Such a large mass of material as that, could not (consistanily) be represented by an entrance, so Insignificant as
the present (supposed) entrance on the north side of the
building represents with an opening of only 47 by 42 inches.
;
But, you will say; that is the only entrance visible, or that
can be found. Let us see: imagine yourself standing on the
top of the Great Pyramid in its present dilapidated condition, near the center of the structure,
eyes
away
in a southeast direction
and
then cast your
at a point 5,380 feet
from where you stand, or about J/g of a mile from the S. E.

corner of the Pyramid, you will discover the (very much
abused 'Sphinx,' looking away from you in the same
direction.
This inaminate stone being
is
the Guardian,
(or Tyler) of this greatest of all structures, the
mid.
The entrance
to which,
Great Pyra-
we
firmly believe, will be

of this oldest and most re-
found to be, beneath the body

markable statute in the world today. Which, if it could
speak would say: "Knock, and you may enter here."
The distance we have given above, of the location of
the "Sphinx" away from the S. E. corner of the Pyramid,
is found to be just fire times the distance of the ''diagonal
THE GREAT SPHINX
403
socket length' of the Great Pyramid, from the center of

the Subterranean Chamber, under the Pyramid, to the
supposed entrance under the Sphinx.

We quote from the 'American Cyclopaedia,' a little
modern history of the Sphinx, viz. "The great Sphinx at
the pyramids was supposed by Lepsius to represent King
Cephren, the builder of the second pyramid; but an inscription has Jately been discovered which renders it probable that it was sculptured even before the time of Cheops,
first pyramid.
The Egyptians called it
Hor-em-khu, or Har-ma-khu, the 'setting sun,' the name
of the god to whom it was dedicated, which was converted
by the Greeks into Armachis. It is near the eastern edge
of the platform on which the pyramid stands, with its
head turned toward the Nile. The head measures 28 feet
6 inches, from the top to the chin.
The total length of the
is
which
that
of
a
lion
close to the ground,
crouching
body,
Across the shoulders it measures 36 feet, and
is 146 feet.
the paws are extended about 50 feet.
Between the paws
was built a small temple, which was of masonry, as were
the paws, while all the rest of the Sphinx seems to be carved
out of solid rock. Col. Vyse drilled a hole 27 feet deep into
one of the shoulders, and found that it was one piece of stone
throughout. Near the sphinx Mariette discovered a vast
temple buried in the sand, which is supposed to have been
the builder of the
dedicated to the worship of the divinity of the sphinx.

The countance is now so much mulitated that the outline
The head has

which remains,
and it had originally a beard, the fragments of which were
found below. Immediately under the breast stood a
granite tablet, and another of limestone on either side
of the features can with difficulty be traced.
been covered with a cap, the lower part of
The first contains a representaresting against the paws.

tion of Thotmes IV. offering inscense and making libation
the sphinx, with a long inscription in hieroglyphics
On the paws are inscriptions
reciting the titles of the king.
to
Roman times, expressive of adoration to the sphinx

or to the Egyptian deities."
of the
404
FURTHER FROM THE
CRITICS OF
THE
"GREAT SPHINX."
Nearly every Egyptologist, and writer upon
and Egyptology have studiously
avoided giving any deatils regarding the Great Sphinx.
When they have, it has usually been couched in a language
of abuse for its designers, and sculptors designating them
as idolaters and pagans.
Apparantly avoiding the subas
it
were
ject
though
dangerous. Let us quote from Prof.
(Sec. 93.)
the subjects of antiquity
Smyth
"But
:
the reign of the Great Sphinx over the souls of
some men, is not over yet.

"Long since I had remarked that there is no agreement
possible between the Great Sphinx and the Great Pyramid.
Those who admire the one cannot appreciate, and rather
war against, the other.
"So it was given lately to a pure Egyptologist, quite
anti-Pyramidal in sentiment the eminent Mariette Bey,
to set the whole of his world alight (for a time) with a
supposed monumental proof that the Sphinx, instead of
belonging, as hitherto so generally supposed, to the nth
or 1 5th dynasty, was far older than the Great Pyramid in
the 4th dynasty; and was, in fact, so ancient, that it had

become an object of dilapidated, but revered, antiquity
in the time of King Cheops himself; who immortalized his
name,
in his
very primeval day, by repairing
it."
Again,
Mariette
Bey states in his fourth edition of his "Catalogue

of the Museum of Egyptian Antiquities at Boulak
:
"A fragmentary
stone which
may
be supposed to have
formed once part of a wall of a certain building, or temple,
some problematical ruins only of which have been found

near one of the small Pyramids on the east side of the Great
Pyramid."
"The stone
phics; in
is abundantly inscribed with little hieroglygood preservation, but of mediocre style."
Dr. Grant, of Cairo, said to a friend, that the hieroglyphics on the Sphinx, were 'more like scratches than any-
THE GREAT SPHINX
405
And adds further that 'Mariette's Sphinx

thing else.'
temple stone bears a lie on the face of it that the style of
sculpture is not very ancient, and that the whole inscription
is simply a legend that has been scratched upon it at a late
date, and that it cannot be quoted as an authority on any
'
mentioned in it.'
That is just what we should have expected
of the points
As we
to
have found.
that every scratch or hieroglyphic

carved upon trie Great Sphinx, or upon any thing adjoining
or in close proximity to it have all been done by others
-firmly
believe
than the original sculptors, thousands of years after the

original was placed in position.
The builders of the Great Pyramid (and that includes
the Sphinx) placed no names, numbers, or hieroglyphics,
upon their work; but by the looks, and mathematical proportions, the intelligence of their followers knew what each
design meant.
Every chamber, passage-way, and layer
of stone, had its meaning.
So, that at each step taken
a
candidate
for
by
higher honors, the unwritten lesson
appealed to his intelligence, but, was whispered in his ear.
In comparison with which a "French ist degree in Masonry
was
boys' play.
Let
me
paint a
appealing to
all
little
pen picture
intelligent
of the
Great Sphinx,
who
are unable, or
'travelers'
Great Pyramid and Sphinx: -imagine a

perfectly sculptured image of a "lion's" body 146 feet in
length, with the strong grip of his paws extending fifty feet
from his shoulders; the whole body covered by a proportionate sized intelligent human head.
Then ask yourself
if the greatest human intelligence, coupled with the greatest
animal strength; appeals to your sense of being raised from
the grave and an ignominous death, and asked to live on?
Then as a fitting climax to close this subject of the
"Sphinx" we will ask is this a suitable, proper, and sufficiently imposing "entrance" to a building 486 feet high,
cannot
visit the
wieghing 5,273,834 tons, and covering
13%
acres in area?
40(5
THE SPHINX HAS AT LEAST ONE INVESTIGATOR.

For several years previous to 1896 A. D., Mr. Geo.
of San Francisco, Cal., has been delving
under the Great Sphinx with the aid of a number of Egyptian
His friends say that he has issued a small book
natives.
on the subject of the Sphinx, giving his discoveries. If so
(?) we have been unable to trace it, or to have the pleasure
A rumor exists, however, that
of meeting Mr. Raum.
he has discovered something regarding the Sphinx, that
he desires to keep as a secret for the present. Be this as
it may, we have written the above in self defense, that our
friends will not charge our theory of the Sphinx to have been
taken from any person or publication. THE AUTHOR.
E.
Raum, a resident
THE VERTICAL Axis, AND THE

GREAT PYRAMID
(Sec. 94.)
known
N. E.
CORNER OF
Conclusions of Mr. C. Miiir.
The length of the King's Chamber is nowSubtract from that

132 Pyramid inches.
to be 412
quantity half the already well-measured breadth of the

doorway, viz., 20.606 Pyramid inches, at the east end, to
get the place of the central plane of the passages themselves;
and then subtract from the other end loodth of the Pyramid's base-side, or 91.310, and we have left 300.216
Pyramid
inches, displacement of the passage plane, east
of the meridian plane of the
whole Great Pyramid and the

;
horizontal distance from the north-east corner of the coffer
Pyramid, in meridian
not at present to be tested accurately
but it cannot be far from the truth and it places the northeast corner of the coffer in a very remarkable position
vertically over the Great Pyramid's base, it reminds also
to the central vertical axis of the
That
direction.
is
that the northeast corner socket of the four corner sockets

is the largest of the whole of those sockets and
that, of the northeastern socket's own corner's, its north-
of the base,
east
one
is
the most accurately finished
and
is the
one which
defines the ancient position of the northeast angle of the
whole basal plane.
CUBIC CONTENTS DIFFERENT CHAMBERS
407
What then shall we make of the 300 .216 Pyramid inches

quantity obtained in this manner? The first use is to
multiply it by 10, as with the cubic diagonal of the King's
Chamber, to translate it into whole Pyramid proportions;
and then to use it as the sine for its actually overlying radial
quantity, the inclined height of the Great Pyramid, otherwise determined
7 391 55 Pyramid inches; when it yields
the angle
Which is within 49 seconds of
23
57' 50".
arc of
what the obliquity
of the ecliptic
was
in 2170 B. C."
CUBIC CONTENTS IN PYRAMID INCHES.

(Sec. 95.)
Of the
Queen's Chamber
69,444.44 cubic feet.

Of the King's Chamber
cubit feet.
Of the Grand Gallery
= 10,000,000;
= 20, 000,000;
= 36, 000,000;
or
or
or
138,888 88
250,000 cubit
feet.
The Grand Gallery has exactly 3 6 roof stones

cubic inches capacity, for each roof stone.
,000,000
THE GRAND GALLERY'S RAMPS AND RAMP HOLES.

The ramps, or inclined stone benches, that extend along
the entire length of the Grand Gallery number 28 on each
Of
side; if you count one on each end of the great step.
these 28, on either side 25, viz., all except the lowest two
and upper one, are distinguished by a piece of stone something like 13 Pyramid inches broad and 18 high, but with
considerable variations, being let into the wall vertically
and immediately over them; while of those 25, no less than
24 (on either side) are crossed slantingly, not by another
Grant, but by a broad, transverse,
shallow groove, measuring more or less about 22 inches long
let-in stone, says Dr.
12 broad, and i deep; with its lower edge about three inches
above the ramp's surface.
Our aim in placing this volume before the general
public at this time

in the
is
that every important point existing
Great Pyramid, or regarding the Great Sphinx, that
;
408
has really been discovered, and positively knou'ii to exist

at this date; shall find a place somewhere in these pages.
And, not be dependent upon a score of 'other references.'
The purely
comment
theoretical,
'of others,'
will only
be used, for
in self defense.
At a point about 180 feet, 10 inches, (or 2170 inches, as

Professor Smyth puts it), from the entrance of the north
passageway (or present way of entering the Great Pyramid)
there exists a double joint; with a line ruled across, or cut
into the stone, that has created considerable comment, from
given publicity in 1865, down to this
a place where two adjacent wallon
either side of the passage, and altoo,
joints, similarly
most vertical; while every other wall-joint above and below
it, are rectangular to the length of the passage, and therefore
It has been speculated on
largely inclined to the vertical.
the time
date.
it
was
first
It is located at
by various persons as possibly pointing to some still undiscovered chamber; and it may do so, just as the diagonal
joints in the floor at a lower level are
point, to the xipper ascending passage,
now
and
clearly seen to
that it leads
all
This mark was a line, nothing more, ruled on the stone,

from top to bottom of the passage wall, at right angles to its
floor.
Such a line might be ruled with a blunt steel instrument, but by a master hand for power, evenness, straightness
and still more eminently for rectangularity to the passage
to.
Every engineer that has placed his square upon this

modern times, that supposed it was out of true,
on reversing his instrument was led to remark, "I cannot
axis.
line, in
positively accuse the ancient line on the stone of anything

wrong." There is one such line on either wall, the west and
the east, of the passage; and the two lines seem to pretty
accurately opposite to each other; nor is any such agreement required for mere mechanical considerations in the
masonry simply as such;
for that is rather in favor of the
on one wall 'breaking joint' with those on the other.

This is the point, where Professor Smyth, gets his date of the
building of the Great Pyramid, viz., in 2170 B. C., as it is
joints
DISCOVERY OF THE ROSETTA STONE

located just that
many Pyramid
409
inches from the beginning
of the angle passage on the north side of the building.

We think, that it simply shows the anniversary of 'a Draconis'
it
being central in that passageway, at that time,
means anything regarding
if
a date.
DISCOVERY OF THE ROSETTA STONE.

The discovery of the "Rosetta Stone" by
and
Young
Champollion, occurred in 1802; this 'trilinas
it is known, "Rosetta Stone," takes its name
or,
gual,'
from the village of the same name, located some 36 miles
(Sec. 96.)
E. N. E. of Alexandria, on the westerly or Rosetta branch

of the Nile; and about 6 miles from the Mideterranean
by way of the river. The vivifying of this noted 'relic'
by Professors Young and Champollion, in 1820, was followed
and most ably developed, by Professors Birch, Brugsch,

Chabas, De Rouge, De Saulcy, Lepsius, Mariette, Osburn,
and many others. The interpretation of

rank among the most extraordinary
the last century.
Of which, more later.
Poole, Rossellini,
which,
makes
discoveries of
it
CHRONOLOGY OF THE EGYPTOLOGISTS.

(Sec. 97.) The leading principal, of the best Egyptological chronologists is to seek out and confide in monuments;
to consider nothing fixed in Egyptian history or fact unless
is a monument for it it to show, and that monument
contemporary, or nearly so, with the facts which ft relates
they allow faithfully that they know of no monuments whatever at all earlier; Dr. Lepsius is very clear on this point.
In his "Letters from Egypt," he wrote from his encampment
amongst the tombs in the neighborhood of the Great Pyramid in 1843; "Nor have I yet found a single cartouche
that can be safely assigned to a period previous to the
fourth dynasty. The builders of the Great Pyramid, seem
to assert their right to form the commencement of monumental history."
there
THE GEEAT PYKAMID JEEZEH
410
To make an exhibit of how little any of the Egyptological

know regarding back dates; especially regarding
The
the first fifteen Dynasties of. Egypt Let us quote
scholars
dynasty is placed in the year 5735 B. C. by

Lesueur, Mariette, Renan, etc., and in 3892 B. C., by
Lepsius, Bunsen, Fergusson, etc.; and in 2700 B. C., by
Lane, Wilkinson, Rawlinson, etc.; and by William Osburn
in 2429 B. C., a difference between the two extremes, of
3306 years. The difference is not a very great quantity;
only about one half the present age of the earth, (as figured
by biblical scholars) but just think of our depending upon
The extremes
these eminent gentlemen for real information.
between the above named eminent gentlemen, in the
But even that makes
1
5th dynasty dates is only 201 years.
date, of the first
us turn grey at 21 and feel young at five score.
ARCHITECTURAL FACTS OF THE GREAT PYRAMID.
From all the Egyptological writings, and

the authors, whose works we have been privileged
to investigate, and quote; those of Professor James Fer(Sec. 98.)
from
all
guson have been of the most satisfying character. Especially where sound, theoretical judgment was necessary;
of the detective character.
And, this class of judgment,

needed at every step in Egyptological research.
Speaking of the Great Pyramid professionally, and
because professionally with him, learnedly, Mr. Ferguson
allows it to be "the most perfect and gigantic specimen
of masonry that the world has yet seen"; and that, according to mere human methods of development and all ration-
is
alistic theories of progression,
almost
myraids of
rude tumuli
infinite
,
years must have intervened between the first
(or stone sepulchres) erected, or which he believes were, or
should have been, erected in Egypt, and the building of
such a Pyramid.
dozen other Egyptologists, with the

query: "In that case, there ought to be vastly more stone
monuments scattered around Egypt, representing the work
But
in steps a
THE NOACHIAN DELUGE
man
411
Great Pyramid, than after it;

Egyptian climate, we are told again
and again that nothing decays." In reply to this we repeat
what we said in the early portion of this work: that, the
builders of the Great Pyramid, obtained their experience
(through thousands of generations) in another country,,
of
before the
day
of the
especially as in the dry
with a different climate, that now lies at the bottom of an

ocean now covered by over 500 feet of chalk; the formation
and accumulation of thousands of years. And some day^
it will again be a continent; and reveal to survivors of
;
other parts of the earth, or the

of the misty past.
new
created population; the.
wonders
Professor Ferguson, Dr. Lepsius, and
many
other Egyp-
tologists announce: "that however multitudinous may be

the Egyptian mounments after the Great Pyramid, there
are no monuments at all in and throughout Egypt older
than the Great Pyramid."
We claim, and the substantial theory of our reasoning is:
that when the Great Pyramid was erected, on the banks of
(what we now call) the Nile, that there were no inhabitants
then living in the whole of Egypt. And, if there were, they
represented the lowest class of intelligence of that age.

This Pyramid was placed there, (as we have previously
it was the center of all the land
And, would withstand a "cataclysm."
stated) because
of the earth...
THE NOACHIAN DELUGE OF THE BIBLE.

by prominent Divines, and Biblical
by the ArchCanterbury, states: (i.) "The Church of England
(Sec. 99.)
scholars, viz.
Dates
of,
-A letter written 41 years ago,
bishop of
has assigned no date to the Noachian Deluge.
Church has not fixed any dates between which
have taken
place.
(3.)
The Church
of
(2.)
the
must
England has not
it
authorized the insertion into the authorized copy of the

English Bible, of any system of dates."
412
Date of Deluge, B.C.

3246
Authorities.
Septuagint, Alexandrine (Kitto's Palestine

\
Jackson
Hales.
R. Stewart Poole (Smith's Bible Dictionary)
Samaritan (Kitto's Palestine)
-
=3170
W. Osburn (Monumental History
= 3155
=3129
2998
= 2500
of Egypt)
Horae Apocalypticse
Browne's Ordo Saeclorum
Elliot's
Playfair
2482
= 2446
Usher
= 2351
2348
Petavius (Smith's Bible Dictionary) .............
Smyth, Mean of the whole

Variation of the extremes
2327
=2741
919 years.
FUTURE OF THE GREAT PYRAMID.

Of all the Egyptologists and writers on the
and
future of the Great Pyramid, none have
past, present,
been so devoted, and persistent, in their efforts to establish
a theory of their own, as Professor Piazzi Smyth.
He has
(Sec.
100.)
devoted hundreds of pages in his different issues regarding

'Great Pyramid,' to substantiate his theory of the
'Divine origin' of this "First Great Wonder of the World."
the
Hundreds of quotations from the prophesies of the Bible

have been lined up by Professor Smyth to prove his measurements. The most noted point that we now desire to call
attention to is, his measurement of the principal passageway, up to a point in the Grand Gallery; which distance,
The beginning of
as measured is: 1881 .4 Pyramid inches.
this passage
way
(to
him) indicated the birth of Christ.
The measurement '1881.4 inches' up that passage way

appealed to him that some great religions change would
occur, about the year 1881 A. D., or before the (4th) fourth
month of 1882. He did not think, (so he wrote) that it
would bring us to the end of all things terrestrial but some,
thing equal to the "Second Coming" would occur.
SEVEN NATURAL WONDEKS

As the Professor passed
to the
413
beyond (peace
to his
ashes), just before the final months of that date, he was

not present at the peaceful passing of that year barring the
;
usual 'earthquake reminders,' of the frailness of this orb
which we
still
Professor
inhabit.
Howard Vyse made
the length of the Grand

was his date for
Gallery only 1872 inches; this (1872 A. D.)
And, a Mr. Lane, had a date (1894),

occurrences.
extraordinary
As all those dates have come and gone we must seek other
conditions to satisfy our tape line and square.
the phenomena.
for
THE SEVEN NATURAL WONDERS OF THE

WORLD.
THE GRAND CANYON OF THE COLORADO RIVER.
i.
(Sec. 101.) Nature has prepared the most wonderful

combination of chaos and harmony for many miles along
the Colorado river, that can be found in the known world.
The views to behold from "Rowe's Point" and at, or near
the site of the Santa Fe R. R. Co.'s new hotel, located some
59 miles north of Williams, on the main line, on the south
side of the river, are simply indescribable.

At the points
above mentioned in viewing the north shore of the canyon,
known
to
south
side
be some 400 feet greater elevation, than on the

at the points mentioned; it is so deceptive,
that you imagine with a good rifle you could kill a deer on
the opposite bank from where you stand, yet you are told
that the distance is 13 miles away; and the stream itself
over a mile beneath your feet. Wrapped in such an inextricable and bewildering labyrinth of matter and color,
as to deaden your senses.
It is
noted, that
all visitors
irrespective of character,
on first viewing the scenes above mentioned, either remain

mute for some minutes, or speak in subdued tones.
2.
The
THE MAMMOTH CAVE OF KENTUCKY.
largest cavern
known, is situated in Edmondson

and about 75 miles S. S. W.
County, near Green river,
414
of Louisville, Kentucky. The entrance to which is reached

TDV passing down a wild, rocky ravine through a dense
an irregular, funnel-shaped opening, from 50 to

100 feet in diameter at the top, with steep walls about 50
feet high.
The cave extends about nine miles, and it is
said that to visit the portions already traversed requires
forest; it is
from 150 to 200 miles
of travel.
This vast interior con-
tains a succession of marvelous avenues, chambers, domes,
abysses, grottoes, lakes, rivers, cataracts, etc., which for

and wonderful appearance are unsurpassed. One of
size
its
avenues (Stillman's)
is
about
i^
miles long, from 20
to 200 feet wide, and from 20 to 40 feet high.

The "Temple
or Chief City" in it, is a chamber having an area of about
single dome of solid rock 1 20
There are several bodies of water in the cave,
the most considerable being Echo River, which is about
24 of a mile long, 200 feet wide at some points, and from
TO to 30 feet deep; its course is beneath an arched ceiling
of smooth rock about 15 feet high. This river has invisible
communication with Green River, the depth of water and
the direction of the current in the former being regulated
The river Styx, 450
T}y the stage of water in the latter.
feet long, from 15 to 40 feet wide, and 30 to 40 feet deep,
is spanned by an interesting natural bridge about 30 feet
above it. Two remarkable species of animal life are found
in the cave, in the form of an eyeless fish and an eyeless
Another species of fish
crawfish, nearly white in color.
lias been found with eyes, but totally blind.
The atmosof
is
the
cave
the
phere
pure and healthful
temperature is
about 59 and the same in winter and summer.
five acres,
and covered by a
feet high.
3.
CALAVERAS GROVE OF BIG TREES.
(Arba Vita.}
This grove (which includes South Grove 3 miles distant)

located 14 miles north of Murphy's in Calaveras County,
California; and contains about 275 trees (of Arba Vita}
that are from 16 to 38 feet in diameter, and from 175 to 350
is
feet in height.
One
of the fallen 'Monarchs' of this grove.
SEVEN NATURAL WONDERS
415
Icnown as the "Father of the Forest," stood 450 feet in

Some 375 feet of this
height, and 40 feet in diameter.
remarkable tree still remains. It is estimated that this
tree was 4,500 years old when it fell; and as another tree
known as the "Mother of the Forest," has grown up since,
on the same spot where
this tree was uprooted, that is

estimated to be now over 2,500 old, the "Father of the
Forest" (the fallen monarch] must have stood over 7,000
years ago.
Some
25 years ago the proprietors of the Calaveras

Tree
Grove, had the ground pieced near where the
Big
Father of the Forest lies with the result that their auger ran
into an arba vita log in perfect preservation at some 30 feet
below the surface. How old must that log have been
before the Father of the Forest was even a seed ? And still
;
they say the earth
is
4.
only 5,900 years old.
YOSEMITE VALLEY.
This noted valley, through which flows the Merced

River, is located in Mariposa County, California; distant
some 88 miles from Merced (on the S. P. Co.'s R. R.) and
is
now reached by
(80 miles) thence
the Y. V. R. R. via Merced to El Portal,

stage (12 miles) into the valley.
by
The valley proper

from 3^ to i^ miles
is
about
in width;
3^
miles long,
and varies
with walls almost perpen-
dicular (of natural rock) on either side of the valley, from

to i mile high.
The climate is so mild, that (although
the surrounding peaks are covered with snow and ice for
six
months
in the year) the wild flowers are in
bloom the
year around, throughout the valley.

Its
'Bridal Veil,' and
waterfalls; 'The Cascades,'
'Nevada Fall,' are noted for their beauty; but the 'Yosemnear the center of the valley,
is probably the highthe

During
spring and early
summer months, this fall has a clear descent of 2,600 feet.
But the wonderful features of this valley, consist of what
can be seen pictured on the face of the rocks that surround
ite Fall'
est waterfall in the world.
THE GBEAT PYBAMID JEEZEH
416
On the face of the rock, or peak, 'El Capitan,'

Viz.
can be seen the perfect figure of an 'Indian Chief,' in full
This
dress, standing erect, looking down the valley.
is
to
80
in
is
be
over
and
estimated
feet
figure
length,
situated at least half a mile vertically above the valley.
There are many other pictures of human beings on the
adjacent rocks, but of lesser importance.
Also on the face of a peak in the upper end of the valley
known as 'The South Dome,' if viewed about the hour
of sunset, will reveal what would startle an astronomer:
viz.
a perfect picture of the principal constellations of
the northern heavens.
Just after a visit to this valley
the
the
Rev. T. Star King, was asked,
during
year 1865,
if the above assertion was a fact?
King replied: "Well,
I
but
would
rather
some
one
else
would tell the story."
yes,
it.
5.
NIAGARA FALLS.
Located in the Niagara River, connecting the great

and Ontario, between the State of New York
and the Province of Ontario; although only 164 feet in
height, and less than a mile wide, has the largest body of
water passing over it of any single waterfall in the world
lakes of Erie
besides being the most beautiful clean-cut waterfall known.

The scene from the Suspension Bridge, below the falls in
midwinter,
when almost encased
in ice is
almost beyond
description.
This fall ran dry once in the history of the U. S.; it

occurred on March 31, 1848, caused by an ice jam in the
river between Buffalo, N. Y., and the Canadian side;
coincident with a strong east wind which drove the waters
Lake Erie to the west side. It lasted about a whole day.
of
During which time a lady walked from "Table Rock"

one third of the way across to Goat Island and returned
in safety.
SIXTH NATURAL WONDER
417
THE ROCKING STONE OF TRUCKEE, CALIFORNIA.
6.
Owned and Housed by Hon.
C. F.
McGlashan.
There are several rocking stones throughout the U. S.

of them so completely mystifies the
This one is
observer, as the one located as above stated.
so isolated from the surrounding rocks, and the rocking stone
and Europe but none

;
and delicately poised in the center of its

perfectly level (on top) table stone, as to leave a doubt
in the minds of most visitors, as to whether a freak of nature
itself so perfectly
did the work, or, as some important personages claim, it

was done by an extinct race of giants that flourished in the
time of the 'giant Og,'
who was
16 feet
tall.
(See Deuteron-
omy
3-11.)
The table (stone)
upon which this particular rocking

stone rests, is shaped (very) like the 'human heart' and
stands on the small end, perfectly poised, some 30 feet
high, with the strata or grain of the rock, running perpenThe top almost perfectly level, and some 25 feet
The Rocking Stone itself, shaped also like
the 'human heart' (but more perfect than its table stone),
dicular.
in diameter.
located almost exactly in the center of the one on which

stands, (also poised on its small end) and weighs about 16
tons and yet it is so perfectly balanced that a child of five
is
it
move
it either way.
The table stone upon which
contain
Stone
a considerable amount
rests, may
Rocking
of 'radium' but whether it does or not, it is noted that snow
(which lies all around it during the winter season, for weeks
at a time) has never been known to remain upon this rock
more than a few hours after any snow storm.
years can
this
7.
ANCIENT ANIMAL AND HUMAN FOOTPRINTS (OR TRACKS)

ON THE FLOOR OF THE STATE PRISON YARD AT
CARSON, NEVADA.
The tracks
showing a
nearly
of a
stride of
feet in
'Mastoden' or
between
diameter
'mammoth
and seven
feet
elephant'
and a track
together with a trail of
human
418
(moccasined
feet)
foot prints that are over
18 inches in
length, and well proportioned; and bird tracks that are

larger than those of our ostrich, are some of the preserved
curiosities to be seen, on the floor of the State Prison, at
Carson, Nevada.
Over 40 feet in thickness of rock, limestone in character,
apparently of original formation, was removed from over
the tracks, when the prison was built. Geologists assert:
that over 40,000 years elapsed during the formation of the

rocks, that overlaid the footprints above mentioned.
The bones of one 'Baby Elephant' were found here;
1
also a single piece of 'horn-blende granite, over 30 feet

down in the limestone, large enough for a doorstep; they
have preserved
it.
THE SCIENCES
IX A
NUTSHELL
419
EMPIRICISM PHYSICAL SCIENCE-POSITIVISM.

Modern science accepts sensal ions, emotions, thoughts and volitions as the
ultimate premises irom which all our knowledge is derived. The spiritual and
'be supernatural it relegates to the domain of the unknowable, and takes no
cognizance of them as facts. As mankind are divided into Aristotelians and
Platonists, the modern scientist would call himself an Aristotelian minus meta-
physics. Science proper as we know it to-day dates back lo the 17lh centurythe sge of Baconand Harvey; but the greatest strides in its progress have
been made since 1830. IK was not till then, that a philosophical classification of
the sciences was attempted. Even to-day the method of arranging the sciences
is a matter of serious debate.
According to Com te (1840) the dependence and
order of the sciences follow the dependence of the phenomena. The more particular and complex depend upon the simpler and more general. The latter are
Therefore science will begin with those attributes and objects

which are most general, and pass on gradually to others that are combined in
greater complexity. Each science rests on the truths of the sciences that precede it, while it adds to them the truths by which it is itself constituted. Comte's
series or hierarchy of the sciences is, in its main divisions, as follows: Mathematics, i. e., number, geometry, mechanics; Astronomy, Physics, Chemistry,
Each member of the series is one degree m- ire
Biology, Sciology, Ethics.
special than the science preceding it, and depends upon the facts of all the
former members, and can not be fully understood without them. Herbert Spencer takes, issue with Comte and denies that the principle of the development of
easier to study.
is the principle of decreasing generality. He asserts that there a re as

many examples of the advent of a science being determined by increasing generality as by increasing specialty. He holds a?ain that any grouping of the sciences
the sciences
in a succession gives a radically wrong idea of their genesis and interdependence;

no true filiation exists; no science develops itself in isolation; noone of them is independent either logically or historically. Huxley agrees with Spencer; but still
Comte has a large following all over the world. For the purpose of this work it
will suffice to set down the greatest of the sciences in an order that will be intelligible and conform in some degree with theirorigin and development. Mathematics and mechanics are treated at some length in other parts of this work.
General Classification. Mathematics, pure, arithmetic, algebra geom try,
Astronomy, physics, solids,
trigonometry, calculus, applied, mechanics.
fluids, gases, heat, lisrht, sound, magnetism, etc. Chemistry, inorganic, organic,
practical, pure. Biology, science of life, protoplasm, protein, germs, evolution,
species, development. Sociology, social science, human society yet in its
infancy. Before there can be reached in sociology generalizations worthy of
being called scientific, there must be definite accounts of the institutions and
activities of societies, of various types and in various stages of evolution, so
arranged as to furnish the means of ascertaining what social phenomena are
habitually associated. Sociology will narrate how men became grouped in political communities, how they constituted authority and property, how they originated castes and guilds, and by degrees separated into high and low, rich and
poor. To this comprehensive science many will be subservient, especially, anthropology, ethnology, philology, history, archaeology, politics, religion, literature, and political economy. In all the main divisions there are numberless subdivisions.from elementary mathematics to ethics. The modern tendency
is to specialize, and a lifetime now is not long enough for the mastery of one of
the special sciences. Unfortunately, the moral sciences, f r those dealing with
man, are least developed, and have not yet been rescued by philosophy from empiricism. A disposition is, however, manifest now all over the world to employ
in the moral sciences those methods which have heaped up such useful and
undisputed truths in the physical sciences, especially in astronomy, physics,
chemistry and physiology. Beyond sociology, a further step remains to be
taken, viz., to morals. At this point theory and practice tend to coincide, because every element of conduct has to be considered in relation to the general
good. In the final synthesis all the previous analyses will have to be used as
instrumental all the great laws which regulate the phenomena of the inorganic
world, of organized beings, and of society, must be the material from which
ethics, the coping-stone of the sciences, is to be wrought. Before there can be
satisfactory human morals, based on rational altruism, every field of inquiry
must be diligently explored in order that every real quality o'f things an<1 men
may bemade to converge to the welfare of humanity. This is the creed of many
si
modern
scientist.
420
THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZfiH
TRANSCENDENTALISM, METAPHYSICAL PHILOSOPHY MYSTICISM.

platonist, idealist, or speculative philosopher of the German school asserts
that sensations, emotions, thoughts and volitions are not ultimate premises or
fundamental truths, but only derivative and dependent for their validity on a
spiritual, intangible, and universal reality or nouuienon, the Pure Reason or
Idea, of which all material phenomena, including sensations, etc., are only
evidences. It is from this reality that mind and matter spring. There have
been only two complete encyclopedic constructions in philosophy, viz., Aristotle's (323 B.C.) and Hegel's (1830). They embodied the philosophic aspects of all
human experience in their respective epochs. Though the ancient Greek has
not been wholly superseded by the modern German, it accords with the tenor
of this work to presen t only a scheme of the Hegelian system. The Great Intro~
dwc<io opens with a review of man's experience, showing his mind, in respect
to nature, under six aspects, viz.: mere consciousness, self-consciousness, reason,
spirit, religion, philosophy. He can not rest till he has found absolute knowledge (absolutes wissen). He discovers that truth has three phases, dogmatism,
skepticism, mysticism, or thesis, anithesis, synthesis. The universe is the selfl
evolution of the idea, or pure spirit, which first expands in nature, endued with
mind, the product of both. The logic, which is at the same time a metaphysic,
isan account, called transcendental dialectic, of the process in its infinite gradations, subdivided into three stages: (1) Being, becoming, and pure number and
quantity by which Being is measured. (2) Essence, those correlative terms, law
and phenomenon, cause and effect, substance and attribute, by which we explain the world. (3) Motion, the subjective terms, conception, judgment, syllogism, appearing in forms mechanical, chemical and teleological, leading to life
and science as thecomplete interpretation of thought and objectivity, called the
perfect Idea, with which begins the philosophy of nature. Here thought becomes perception, dialectic, gravitation, and causation, sequence in time. (1)
Mechanics, space in time, matter, force. (2) Physics, the laws of heat, motion,
The
sound, light, electricity, chemical affinity, and all material movements of change
and interchange. (3) Organic, the completed work of these forces in space and
time, ending in geology, botany and animal physiology. With the perfection ol
organized existence, begins the philosophy of mind. (1) Subjecti e deals with
anthropology, or the natural soul, races, ages, dreams, insanity, phrenology,
etc.,and under phenomenology, with simple consciousness, self-consciousness^
reason, spirit; under psychology, with theoretical and practical mind tracing
the course of intelligence from the animal sensitivity of the Dryad up to the
realization of spirit by mind. (2) Objective, including philosophical jurisprudence, morals, politics, and the philosophy of history. (3) Wisdom (absolutes
wissen), the final grasp of the absolute in art, religion, and philosophy the
aesthetic, the philosophy of religion, and the history of philosophy.
This
wonderful construction of Hegel gave a great impetus to science by provof
sameness
different
forces.
He pointed out in the
many apparently
ing the
logic the path to be followed by philosophic inquirers, viz., a criticism of the
terms of ordinary and scientific thought in their filiation and interdependence.
Thetogtfeof Hegel is the only rival of the logic of Aristotle. What Aristotle did
for the theory of demonstrative reasoning, Hegel attempted to do for the whole
of human knowledge. Though Hegelianism has now ceased to exist as an issolated system, its spirit and method have leavened the whole mass of philosophic
thought. French criticism of modern German metaphysicians declares that their
vast constructions now hang in ruins, because with a high notion of human
powers, they had none of human limitations. Abstraction is a German failing;
cold "act, the English. Spencer, finding that sensible knowledge alone can be
proved, declares that our own and all other existence is a mystery, absolutely
and forever beyond our comprehension. Modern agnosticism and transcendentalism are antipodes of thought. Hegel's philosophy is so hard to understand that he once said, "Only one man has understood me, and even he has
not." It has been eloquently said: "From all periods of history; from medieval
piety and stoical pride; from Kant and Sophocles, science and art, religion and
philosophy, Hegel gathered, in the vineyard of the human spirit, the grapes
from which he crushed the wine of thought."
EXPLANATION OF CHARACTERS
Used
Mathematics, Etc.
in Calculating,
(Sec. 102).
Equal to, as 12 inches
1 foot, or 3 feet
1 yard.
signifies addition; as 7+9+8=24.
signifies subtraction; as 217+10=24.
X Multiplied by, or into, signifies multiplication; as3x8=24.
-r Divided by, signifies division; as a-j-6; that is, a divided by b; 72-=-3=24.
Plus or More,
4-
Minus or Less
3TDivision
is
also indicated thus: -; that
a divided by
is,
6;
2
j =24.
of;
signifies proportion; as 3 : 6 ; 12 : 24; that is, at
As;~ or So is; equals;
f 3 is to 6, so is 12 to 24.
or
Bar, signifies that the numbers, etc., over which it is placed,
Vinculum,
ire to betaken together; 122+14=24, or 3+5x3=24.
. Decimal point signifies, when prefixed to a number, that that number has some
/*
to; also,
To; the ratio
>
'.'.
power of 10
.12345
is
for ils
TVoWff
Difference
to be taken, it
c / // ///
denominator; as
12
is
iVi)'
123
is
TT$n?> - 1234
signifies, when placed between two quantities, that

being unknown which is the greater.
is
TTiWb,
their difference
is
Degrees, Minutes, Seconds, and Thirds of Seconds.
s jg n jfy
.^Signifies Angle.
n Signifies
.1 is xff
etc.
_1_
Square, as
Signifies Triangle.
Signifies Perpendicular.
and
Cube, as cubic inches,
Rectangle.
D inches;
> Is ffreater than or n Is greater than; as, a > b;

< Is less than, or L Is legs than; as, a < that
ft;
is,
that
a
a
is,
is less
greater than b; 6>5.
is
than
6; 5
< 6.
>
3> Is not greater than; the contradictory of >; as,
b; that is, a is not greater
than b; may be equal to, or less than, but not greater.
Is
not
lets
<
&
that
the
of
a
than;
<t
<; as,
is, a is not less than 6;
contradictory
may be equal to, or more than, but not less.
used
to
a
denote
Indefinitely grea'.; infinite; infinity;
quantity greater than anyfinite or assignable quantity.
A Finite difference.
a
used
to
denote
Indefinitely small; infinitesimal;
quantity less than any assignable quantity; also, naught; nothing; zero.
.'. signifies Therefore or Hence;
'.' signifies Because.
()[] Parenthesis and Brackets, signify that all the figures, etc. within them are to
be operated upon as if they were only one; thus, (6+2)x3=24; [8 2]x4=24.
,
Parallel;
is
parallel to; as,
AB
||
CD.
p or ir is used to express the ratio of the circumference of a circle to its diameter=3.1416

"^
Arc of a circle; arc. a' a" a'" signify a prime,
Circle; circumference; 360.
a second, a third, etc.
that
the
be adapted to two distinct cases.
formula
is
to
-p signify
Root or radical sign; indicating when used without a figure placed
\/. or \/
above it, the square root as, \/4=2; \/4a 2 =2a. To denote any other than the square
root, a figure, (called the index) expressing the degree of the required root, is placed
above the sign; as, 3 \/a, 6 %/a, \ 3 \/a, &c. ; that is, the cube root, the fifth root, the
thirteenth root, &c. , of a. 4^The root of a quantity is also denoted by a fractional
index at the right-hand side of the quantity and above it, the denominator of the
index expressing the degree of the root; as, aj, aj, e-4; that is, the square, cube, and
sixth roots of a, respectively; or, as 4 3 is=4x4x4=64.

g is the common expression for gravity=32.166; 20=64.33; A /20=8.02 feet.
SJ signifies Dead Flat, or the location of the frame of a. vessel at its greatest trans'
verse section.
set superior to a figure or figures, signify feet and inches.
Ounce; 5 Drachm;
R. (Lat. Recipe.) Take; aa, of each; Ib, pound;
Scruple; i^, Minim, or drop; O or o, Pint; f 5 fluid Ounce; f 5 fluid Drachm;
"
a s,
g ss,
half an ounce;
i,
one ounce; 5
iss,
one ounce and a
etc., etc.
*
half;
gij,
two ounces;
Asterisk; t Dagger; 1 Double Dagger;

Section;
Parallels; ^ Paragraph;
<2T Index; and *,* or ,% Asterism, are used in printing and writing as a reference to
a passage or note in the margin, and take precedence in th order arranged above, when
MM or more than one are u*ed>
||
422

DAY OF THE WEEK OF ANY GIVEN DATE,
For
Six';/
Cmturiet.
RATIOS FOR CENTURIES.
MATHEMATICS.
DEFINITIONS.
Fraction U
one or more parts of a unit.

Decimal IB a fraction, baring for its denominator a unit with as many cipher*
nnexed as the numerator has places. It is usually expressed by writing the numerator only with a point at the left of it.
Kale of Three applies to cases in which three terms or numbers are given n>
ascertain a fourth and ia direct or inverse.
Compound Proportion resolves into one statement questions which
require several statings in rule of three
Involution is multiplying any number into itself a certain number of times,

the products are called powers, and the number is called the root or first power.
Evolution Is finding- root of any nnmbet.
Properties of Numbers.
sum
any number
A square number cannot end
Is divisible by 8 or 0, the whole is divisible by them.
with an odd number of ciphers. No square number can end with two equal digits
except two ciphers or two fours. No number, the last digit of which is 2, S, 7 or 8,
Is a square number.
Position Is single or double and determined by the number of suppositions.
Fellowship is a method of ascertaining gains or losses of individuals eniragWI
If
the
of the digits constituting
In Joint operations.
Permutation
may be
determines, in
varied in their position.
how many
Arithmetical Progression
is
different
a series of
ways any number
numbers increasing
of things
or decreasing
by a constant number or difference.
(geometrical Progression is any series of numbers continually en r easing

by a constant multiplier or decreasing by a constant divisor.
Alligation discovers the mean rate or quality of materials when mixed together.
Discount or Rebate is a deduction from money paid before it is due.
i
Perpetuities are annuities that continue forever.

Unit Of Circular Measure is an angle which is
subtended at center
of a
by an arc equal to radius of that circle. Circular measure of an angle is equal

to a fraction which has for its numerator the arc subtended by that angle at center of'
any circle, and for Its denominator the radius of that circle.
circle
Probability that an event will occur is the ratio of the favorable cases to all theeases which are similarly circumstanced in reference to that event. The probabilities
of two or more single events being known, the probability of their occurring in succession may be determined by multiplying together the probabilities of their events*.
considered singly.
Reciprocal of
number is the quotient arising from the division of 1 by the

of a number and its reciprocal is always equal to 1. The recip-
number. The product
denominator divided by the numerator.

computation and the logarithm of a number isa power to which 10 must be raised to give that number
Addition
rocal of a vulgar fraction is the
logarithms facilitate numerical
the exponent of
is substituted for multiplication, substruction for division, multiplication for Involution, and division for evolution.
Cone
is
made by the
revolution of a right-angled triangle about one of

by planes cutting a cone.
Its legs.
Conic Sections are made

Ellipse
1s
made by an
oblique plane cutting a cone above its base.

cutting a cone parallel to its side.
Parabola Is made by a plane

Ifiyperbola
is
made by a plane cutting a cone at any angle with base greater than
The ptrimtter of a figure la the sum of all its sides. A
that of the side of the cone.
something proposed to be done. A pottulats is something supposed or

A theorem la something proposed to be demonstrated. A isrm/m Is something premised, to render what follows mere easy. A corollary follows from a preceding demonstration. A echoliuir. Is a remark upon something which precedes It.
is
problem
assumed.
41' I
Table of Geometrical Progression.

Whereby any Questions of Geometrical Progression and of Double
solved by Inspection, the Number of Terms not Exceeding
1
Jeatto
56.
may
Se
PROPOSITIONS AND FORMULAS
425
QUADRANGLES.
A QUADRANGLE is
A
a figure of four sides.

PARALLELOGRAM has its opposite sides parallel, and its opposite angles equal.
SQUARE or TETRAGON has its four sides equal and four right angles.
A
A RECTANGLE'nas its opposite sides equal and four right angles.
A RHOMBUS has four equal sides and its opposite angles equal, two
of the angles
and two obtuse.

A RHOMBOID is the same as a parallelogram.
A TRAPEZOID has only two opposite sides parallel.
A TRAPEZIUM has no two sides parallel or equal.
toeing acute
POLYGONS.
A POLYGON is a plane and right lined figure.

A REGULAR POLYGON has its' sides equal.
'
An IRREGULAR POLYGON has
its sides
unequal.
SOLIDS.
A CUBE or HEXAHEDRON is a solid with six equal faces.

A SPHERE is a solid, every part of whose surface is equally
within called a
A SPHEROID
distant from a point
center.
is a
sphere flattened or depressed at two opposite sides
spheroid is a sphere flattened or depressed at the poles
a,
an oblate
prolate spheroid is a sphere
extended, or elongated at the poles.

A. PARABOLOID is a solid described by the revolution of a parabola about its axis.
A CYLINDER is a solid described by the revolution of a rectangle about one of its
sides.
A CONE
is a solid
described by the revolution of a right-angled triangle about one
of its sides.
A PYRAMID
is a solid the
base of which
is
any kind of a polygon, and
its
other
faces triangles uniting at a common point called a vertex.

A FRUSTUM of a cone or pyramid is the part which remains after the top is cut
off by a plane parallel to the base.
An UNGULA is the part of a cone or cylinder which remains after the top is cut off
by a plane oblique to the base.
A PARALLELOPIPED is bounded with six parallelograms.
A PRISM is a solid whose ends, called bases, are equal polygons, and whose sides or
faces are parallelograms.
A PRISMOID is a prism cut obliquely at the ends.
A PERIMETER is the sum of all the sides of a figure plane or solid
POLYHEDRONS.
A POLYHEDRON is a solid contained by many faces or planes.

A REGULAR POLYHEDRON is a solid its faces or planes being equal.
An IRREGULAR POLYHEDRON
is a solid its faces
or planes being unequal.
UNITS OF MEASURE.
The unit of measure for lines is a linear unit.

The unit of measure for area or surface is a square unit.
The unit of measure for solidity or contents is a cubic unit.
All similar lines are to each other as their like dimensions.
All similar areas or surfaces are to each other as the
squarm
of their like dimen-
sions.
All similar solids are to each other as the cubes of their like dimension*.
426
PROPOSITIONS AND FORMULAS.

1.
The diameter
2.
The circumference
The diameter
(d) of
d*X
4.
The diameter
area (a)
(c)
(c)-
of a circle being given, required the diameter (d)
-i-3.1416=d.
c.
3.
a circle being given, required the circumference
(d) of
a circle being given, required the area (a)

.7854-0.
and circumference
(d)
(c)
of a circle being given, required the>
dxc-=-4=o.
The number
of degrees (a) contained in an arc, and the diameter

circle being given, required the length (c) of the arc:
5.
oXdX3.1416-=-360 c.
an arc and the chord
quired the length (c) of the arc:
6.
The chord
7.
The base
(a) of
6X8
diameter
(d)
of one-half the arc being given, re-
of a segment of a circle bting given, required the>
(c)
(OH-2)*-=-3
8.
of the*
a-=-3=c.
and height
(a)
(b)
((/)
The number
of degrees
c=d.
(c)
in the arc of a sector and the diameter
(</)
of the
circle being given, required the area (a) of the sector:

cX3.1416-=-360xd-=-2x fcd = a.
The greater
9.
the area (a):
and
(c)
c*
10.
The
area (a)
greater
(c)
less (d) diameters of a circular ring being given, required
d*X.7854 = a.
and less (d) diameters of a
ellipse being given, required the
cxdx.7854-a.
the generating circle of a
of the cycloid:
common
cycloid being given,
The diameter (d) of tne generating circle of a

12
required the area (a) of the cycloid:
common
cycloid being given,
11.
The diameter
required the length
(d) of
(a)
d^X- 7854X3
)3.
The base
the altitude (a)

14.
15.
(c)
and parameter
(b)
(c)
of a
common
parabola being fdven, required
The base
the area
a.
and altitude
(6)
(a)
common
of a
parabola being given, required
The base
and perpendicular
(6)
area (a):
(c)
of a triangle biiug given, required th
6Xc-^2 = a.
16.
The base (a) and perpendicular
quired the hypotenuse (c):
N/o*
17.
The hypotenuse
19.
The diameter
'6)
of a right angled triangle being yivn, re-
b*=-c.
and one of the sides
(6) of a right-angled triangle being

given, required the other side (a) :
N/c* 6*-- a.
The longer (n) and short (6) parallel sides of a trapezoid and the distance (
18.
between them being given, required the area (d) :
tide (a) of
(c)
6xc-H2-d.
or circumference (c) of a
an inscribed squaie:
dx.7071 -aor cX-2251 a.
-
(d)
circle being given, required th
30.
The diameter
(d)
or circumference
(c)
side (a) of a square of equal area:
dX.8862---aorcX.2P2_ a
of a circle being gives;, required the>
PROPOSITIONS AND FORMULAS

TABLE OF REGULAR POLYGONS WHOSE SIDES
NAME.
ARJE ONE.
427
428
38.
A side (a) of the greater base, a Bide (b) of the lesser base and the altitude (<)
of the I'rustrum of a regular pyramid being given, required the cubic contents (<l.)
30.
The perimeter (a) of the base and the altitude
required the convex surface (s)
(6)
of a prism being given,
40.
required
axb=i.
side (a) of the base
its
cubic contents
and the altitude
(c)
(b)
of a regular prism being given,
TABLE OF BEGULAB POLYHEDBONS.
NAME.
WEIGHTS AND MEASURES

LINEAR
12
3
&1
Inches
Feet
Yards
Bods
40
=
=
=
=
Oil
Foot
Yard
Rod or Pole
1
1
LONG MEASURE.
Inches.
Feet.
faros.
fur
Boas,
36
198
Furl'gs---'
Furlong
1 Mile (Statute)
Milec.
7,920
63,360
League
190,080
~
=
=
=
660
220
5,280
1,760
15,840
6,280
960
24
The English Standard unit of long measure is the yard, which is determined from
the length of a pendulum vibrating seconds of mean time in vacuo in London at
the level of the sea. The measurement is made on a brass scale at a temperature of
62 Fahrenheit. The length of the pendulum thus measured is 39 13929 Imperial
3
inches; the length of the standard yard is 36 inches of that measurement of inches.
The United States standard, of which the State standards are copies, is a brass
scale 82 inches in length which is in the office of Weights and Measures at Washing,
ton and was prepared in London for the survey of the coast of the United States.
The English and United States standards are identical.
;
LENGTH OF A PENDULUM VIBRATING SECONDS AT THE LEVEL OF THE

SEA IN VARIOUS PLACES.
Latitude
Latitude
Washington, Latitude
New York, Latitude
Latitude
London,
Stockholm, Latitude
00
45
38"
40
51
59
00*
00<
53'
00"...
OU"
42'
31'
21'
40*
00"
23'
39.0152
39.1270
39.0958
39.1017
39.1393
39.1845
30''
inches
inches
inches
inches
inches
incliee
SURVEYORS AND ENGINEERS' MEASURE.

'
7.92 Inches
25
4
80
Links
Rods
Chains
=
=
=
=
Link
Rod
Inches.
=
=
=
or Pole
198
Kd.
Feet.
=
=
=
16
H=
Rods.
Lies.
5}$
Chain
792
66 =
22 =
100
Mile (Statute)
63,360
5,280 =
1,760 = 8,000 -=
Engineers use another chain which consists of 100 links, each one foot long.
1
330
MARINERS' MEASURE.
Feet
Fathom
Fathoms
Cable-length
Cable-lengths
Mile
.'
Statute
Nautical mile
=
=
6083.889568 fret
Equatorial degree
60 Nautical miles
mile
5280
feet
Feet.
FUts.
720
880
5,280
0.8675806
Nautical mile
1.1526306 Statute
69.1578372 Statute
mile
miles
The nautical term knot refers to a division of the log line which is used to ascertain a vessel's motion. The number of knots which run off the reel in half a
minute shows the number of miles the vessel sails in one hour. When a vessel
goes eight miles an hour she is said to make eight knots. (Nautical miles)

CIRCULAR MEASURE
30 Degrees
=
=
=
12 Signs
Seconds
6G Minutes
6
Minute
Degree
Sign
1 Circle
''
'
3,600
*=
108,000
1,296,000
=
=
1,800
21,600
300
Every circle, large or small, Is divided into 360 equal parts, called degrees.
A degree has no fixed linear extent; it is always the 360th part of any circle to
vhirh it is applied.
90*
a Quadrant, or Right Angle.
60"
a Sextant; or
of a circle.
to
=
=
',
TIME MEASURE.
80 Seconds
60 Minutes
Minute
SECONDS.
MINUTES.
HOURS.

Apparent time
is
shown by
the sun-dial, and
is
431
deduced from observation;
of the sun.
The solar day is 24 hours 3 minutes 56.555 sec. in sideral time.

The civil day begins at midnight, and the astronomical day at noon
civil day, 12
hours
of the
later.
The marine day begins
12
hours before civil time or one day before the
astronomical.
Solar equinoctial, tropical, civil or calendar year is the time in which the
sun returns from one vernal equinox to another, and its average time is
365.242218 solar days, or 365 days, 5 hours, 48 minutes, and 47.6 seconds.
The mean lunar month is 29 days, 12 h'rs, 44 min., 2 seconds, and 5.24 thirds.
Gregorian or New Style is now adopted by all Christian countries except
Russia and Greece.
Standard time for the five divisions of the U. S. went into effect Nov. 18,
1883. When the sun crosses the 75th meridian at Washington, it is noon, and
the difference from E. to W. for every 15 degrees is just one hour, so that when
it is noon or 12 M. in New York it is 8 A. M. in San Francisco.
TIDES.
The elevation of a tidal wave towards the moon slightly exceeds that of the
opposite one, and the intensity of it diminishes from equator to the poles.
The sun by its action twice elevates and depresses the sea every day, following the action of the moon, but with less effect. Spring tides arise from the
combined action of the sun and moon when they are on the same side of the
earth. Neap tides arise from the divided action of the sun and moon, when
they are on opposite sides of the earth, and the greatest elevations and depressions do not occur until the second or third day after a full or new moon.
When the sun and moon are in conjunction, and the time is near the equinoxes, the tides are highest. The mean effect of the moon on the tidal wave
is 4.5 times that of the sun. The various conformations of shores, straits,
cape;, rivers, lengths and depths of channels, shoals, etc., disturb the general
rules. A rolling wave 20 feet high will exert a force about one ton per square
foot. The action of waves is most destructive at low water line. Waves of
oscillation, when reflected, will produce no effect at a depth of 12 feet below
the surface. Waves of translation are nearly as powerful at a great depth as
at the surface. The semi-diurnal or free tide wave is produced by the action
of sun and moon, and its period is about 12 hours and 21 minutes.
Tides and Waves. The rise of water which takes place in tidal rivers is
not due to the direct action of the moon on their waters, but in consequence
of the change of level in the surface of the ocean, caused by the tidal wave
passing the mouth of the river. The direction of strong winds, as well as the
varying pressure of the atmosphere, considerably affects both the times and
the heights of high water. The tidal wave in the deep sea is merely an undulation; but, when shallow seas or bays are reached, the movement of the
water is discernible. The general principle is, that in the deep sea there is
a quick movement of the wave and a slow movement of the water; in the
shallow sea there is a slow movement of the wave and a quick movement of
the water, which is called the Tidal Current. Such currents have much to
do with the formation of bars at the mouth of rivers. Therefore, unless the
harbor engineer have a full knowledge of their set and force, and of their conjunction with or opposition to Ocean Currents, his plans of improvement
may be rendered abortive.
THE PLANETS.
NAME.
THK GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH

SQUARE OR SURJ4CE MEASURE.
224
9
30J
40
4
640
Square Inches
Square Feet,
Square Yards,
Acres
Square Miles,
16
Perches,
10
Square Chains,
(6
miles
Square Foot
Square Yard
ISqmareBod
1
Square Chain
Rood
Acre
=
=
=
=
=
sq. ft
Square Yard,
Square Rod,
or Perch,
sq. yd.
sq. rd.
p.
= 1 Rood,
= 1 Acre,
= 1 Square Mile,
= 1 Township,
= 1 iûare Chain,
= 1 Acre,
Square Bods, or Perches

Roods,
36
=1
SQUARE INCHES.
1
= 1 Square Foot,
(sq. in.)
iiq.)
SQUARE FEET.
SQUARE YARDS.
r
a.
sp. ni
T
sq. ch.
a,
SQUARE RODS.
144
1,296=
39,204=
9
272fc
627,364=
4,356
1,568,160-=
10,890
6,272,640-=
43,560
4,014,489,600=
27,878,400
Square Mile
=
=
Township
=144,521,625,600=1,003,622,400
30%
484
-----
=
=
=
=
1,210
4,840
3,097,600
111,513,600
=
=
=
=
=
16
40
160
102,400
3,686,400
A square, as used by mechanics, is 10 feet square, or 100 sqi.are feet.

More frequently than many might suppose, square inches and inches square, square
and feet square, etc., are regarded as being of no difference. By 9 feet square
is meant a square figure each side of which is 9 feet; but by 9 square feet is meant 9
feet
It will then be seen that there is

1 foot long and 1 foot wide.
no difference between 1 foot square and 1 square foot; but by increasing the number
bove 1, the difference rapidly increases.
The difference between 5 feet square and 5 square feet is 20 square feet.
Th* difference between 1,000 feet square and 1,000 square feet 999,000 square feet,
small squares, each
CUBIC,
OR SOLID MEASURE.
=
=
=
=
Cubic Inches
27
Cubic Feet
16
Cubic Feet
8
Cord Feet
24% Cubic feet, or 16 X feet long, 1 ^ feet )
high and 1 foot wide
40
Cubic Feet of round timber, or
\
Cubic Feet of hewn timber
50
}
1,728
1
1
1
Cubic Foot.
Cubic Yard.
Cord foot.
Cord of Wood.
_,
,
Ton or Load.
A cubic yard of earth is called a load.

A square of earth is a cube ineasuriug G feet on each side, and is equivalent to 21(J
2ubic feet.
In civil engineering the cubic yard is the unit to which estimates for excavations,
embankments and levees are reduced.
Jn commerce, the cubic foot is often the unit on which charges are estimated and
made for freight, the space occupied being measured.
ORIGIN OF TROY AND AVOIRDUPOIS WEIGHTS.
of William I to Henry VII of England, the standard of weight wa
determined by the weight of grains of wheat; 32 grains taken from the middle of the
made the weight of a penny, or a pennyweight, 20 pennyweights an
ounce, and 12 ounces a pound. Henry VII changed this weight and introduced
another pound in its place, which was % of an ounce heavier than the old pound.
The same divisions were retained, but the number of grains in a pennyweight was
changed to 24; although the name was still used, it had no reference to the weight
of grains of wheat. This is the Troy pound of the present time.
Henry VIII introduced another weight, for the purpose of weighing meat in the
market, which is the Avoirdupois pound of the present time.
From the time
ear and well dried,
WHKiHTS AND MEASURES
433
TROY OR MINT WEIGHT.

24 Grains
20 Pennyweights
12
Ounces
=
=
=
1
1
Pennyweight.
Ounce.
Pound.
drains.
Pennyweights.
480
5,760
240
The Troy pound
It is
is the standard unit of weight of the United States Mint.
identical with the Troy pound of England and derives its name from Troy Novant,
the ancient name of the city of London.
The Troy pound is eqiiivalent to the weight of 22.79442 cubic inches of distilled
water., at its maximum density, or 22.8157 cubic inches, 62* Fahrenheit, barometer at 30 inches, in both cases.
SIDE OF
Acres.
A.
SQUARE CONTAINING A (JIVEN NUMBER OP
ACRE?,.
THE GREAT PYRAMID
434
.JKK/KH
AVOIEDUPOIS WEIGHT.
SHORT Tos.
Grains
16
Drams
16
Ounces
Pounds
25
4
20
Quarters
Cwt.
2?
Grains
16
Drams
16
Ounces
Pounds
112
20
Cwt.
Dram
Ounce
Grains.
Dram*.
Ott.
Lbt,
WKKMI-TS A XI) MEASURES
435
APOTHECARIES' WEIGHT.
20 Grain*
(gr.)
3 Scruples
8 Drains
(^)
(z.)
Scruple
Dram
Ounce
gr.
60
=
=
480
=
=
24
= 96
288
(3)
The grain, the ounce and the pound of this weight are the same as those of Troy
12 Ounces
Pound
5,760
weight.
MEDICAL DIVISIONS OF THE GALLON.

60
Minims
(M)
SFluidrams
16 Fluidounces
8 Pints
(f
z.)
(f
5)
=
=
(O)
Fluidram
Fluldounce
Pint
Gallon (Cong.)
=
=
=
f 5
480
7,680
61,440
128
1,024
128
O is an abbreviation of octans, the Latin for one-eighth; Cong, for oongiarium, the
Latin for gallon
.
Common teaspoonfal
Common teaspoon!' ul
Common tablespoonful
Common teacup
Pint of water
1
1
1
45 drops.
=
=
=
=
% common
aa., for
for semi, or half; gr. for grain;

for equal parts; q. p., as much as you please.
iij.
for 3;
*s.
1
J$
fluidram.
fluidounce.
about 4 fluidouuces.
about 1 pound.
Be is an abbreviation for recipe, or take;

2;
tablespoonful =
= about
% common teacup
equal quantities;
f or particula,
j.
for 1;
ij.
or little part; P.
for
q.
LIQUID MEASURE.
4
Gills
Gallant.
436
WHEAT GKADES.
vVei^ht, color
and cleanliness are the principal considerations
grade of wheat.
The word
in determining the
used in America and other countries to designate a kinder species

of wheat, but in Liverpool it is used only to designate the best quality or the
highest grade, and in that market any kind or specits of wheat of the quality of
the grade is called Club Wheat.
In Liverpool the grades are Club and Average, and buyers are further guided by
club is
subdivisions of these grades.
LIVERPOOL WHEAT GRADES.

Grades.

Foreign Weights and measures in
Abyuinia.*
1 Pic, stambouili...26.8 ins.
1 Pic, geometri'l... 30.37 "
1 Wakea
400 grs
IT.
S.
437
Kquivalents.
THE GREAT PYRAMID
438
JEEXF.H
Foreign Weights and measures, Etc. Continued.

China.
1
Fen
0.141 in.
AM) MEASURES
439
Mexican Weights and Measures.

The Braza
MARINERS' MEASURE.
burgos,
1.6718 metre.
(used for
2,220 varas of
(or 6,660 varas of burgos)
burgos
marine league.
Mexican Land or Square Measure.
making soundings)
=1
marine mile
=2
varas of
marine miles
THE GREAT PYRAMID JEK/KH

The following table gives the principle old weights based oh the libra, =460.24634
The ca-ga, was sometimes taken as 14, and at other times as 16 arrobas,
grammes.
in weighing metals.
MEXICAN WEIGHTS,
\rith Relative Equivalents.

Hnssiaii Weights and Measures.
WEIGHTS.
NAMES.
441
44-2
Slam.
WKKJHTS AND MEASURES

Supplemental
1.1st
Argentine.
1
Frasco
2.5096 quarts
1 Libra (pound). 1.0127 Ibs.
Austria-Hungary.
of Foreign Weight* and Measures.
443
THE GREAT PYRAMID
444
JKKZKII
METRIC WEIGHTS AND MEASURES,

Metric Weights.
Milligram (1/1000 gram) equals 0.0154 grain.

Centigram (1/100 gram) equals 0.1543 grain.
Decigram (1/10 gram) equals 1 .5432 grains,
Gram equals 15.432 grains.
Decagram (.10 grams) equals 0.8527 ounce.
Hectogram (100 grams) equals 8.5274 ounces.
Kilogram (1,000 grams) equals 2.2046 pounds.
Myriagrem (10,000 grams) equals 22 046 pounds
Quintal (100,000 grams; equals 220.46 pounds.
Millier or tonnea ton (1,000,000 grams) equals
.
Metric
2,204.6
pounds.
Dry Measures,
Milliliter (1/1000 liter) equals 0.061 cubic inch.

Centiliter (1/100 liter) equals 0.6102 cubic inch.
Deciliter (1/10 liter) equals 6.1022 cubic inches.
Liter equals 0.908 quart.
Decaliter (10 liters) equals 9.08 quarts.

Hectoliter (100 liters) equals 2.838 bushels.
Kiloliter (1,000 liters) equals 1.308 cubic yards.
Metric Liquid Measures.
Milliliter (1/1000 liter) equals 0.0388 fluid ounce
Centiliter (1/100 liter) equals 0.338 fluid ounceDeciliter (1/10 liter) equals 0.845 gill.
Liter equals 1.0567 quarts.

Decaliter (10 liters) equals 2.6418 gallons.
Hectoliter (100 liters) equals 26.417 gallons.
Kilobter (1,000 liters) equals 264.18 gallons.
Metric Measures of Length.
Millimeter (1/1000 meter) equals 0.0394 inch.

Centimeter (1/100 meter) equals 0.3937 inch.
Decimeter (1/10 meter) equals 3.937 inches.
Meter equals 39.37 inches.
Decameter (10 meters) equals 393.7 inches.
Hectometer (100 meters) equals 328 feet 1 inch.
Kilometer (1,000 meters) equals 0.62137 mile (3,280 feet 10 iochefc)
Myriameter (10,000 meters) equals 6.2137 miles.
Metric Surface Measures.
Centare (1 square meter) equals 1,550 square inches.

Are (100 square meters) equals 119.6 square yards.
Hectare (10,000 square meters) equals 2.471 acres.
The Money, Weights, and Measures
of India,
and the British
ftotf
U.
Equivalents, are as follows:
The pie
3
The
Tt
J^ farthing
pie=l pice=l farthing.
4 pice, or 12 pie,=l anna=l penny=2 133/4800 cents.

16 annas=l rupee=ls. 4d.=32 cents.
15 rupees=l=$4.86 6^.
rupee weighs 1 tola (a tola^lSO grains) 0.916 fine.
sum of 100,000 rupees is called a "lac," and of 10,000,000
a "crore."<W
rupees.
fhe maund of Bengal of
40 seers=82 2/7
pounds avoirdupois.
The maund of Bombay=28 pounds, nearly.

The maund of Madras=25 pounds, nearly.
The tola=180 grains.
The guz of Bengal=36 inches.
445
THE METRIC SYSTEM

The system
om which
derives its name from the metre, -vhich

the other units of the svstem are derived.
The Metre, the Unit
is
the primary base or unit
of Length, is equal to
39. 37079 inches.
3.28089916 feet.
1.093633055 yard.
.1988423737 rod.
.0049710593 furlong.
.0006213824 mile.
The Are, the Unit of Surface, is a square

surface is 100 square metres. It is equal to
whose side
is
10 metres,
and whose
square inches.
155,005.91052241
1,076.429934183 square
119.603326020 square
3.953828959 square
.098845723 rood.
.024711430 acre.
.000038611 square
feet.
yards.
rods.
mile.
The Litre, the Unit of Capacity, is a vessel whose volume is equal to a cube
whose edge is one-tenth of a metre, and whose capacity is one-thousandth of a
cubic metre.
It is
equal to
61.027051519365944039 cubic inches.
.035316580740373810 cubic foot.
8.453963846838572320 United States gills.
2.113490961709643080 United States pints.
1.056745480854821540 United States quart.
.264186370213705385 United States gallon.
7.043094762720856448 Imperial gills.
1.760773690680214112 Imperial pint.
.880386845340107056 Imperial quart.
.220096711335026764 Imperial gallon.
1.816264402879167936 Winchester pint.
.908132201439583968 Winchester quart.
113516525179947096 Winchester peck.
.028379131294986999 Winchester bushel.
1100483S5667513382 Imperial peck.
.027512088916878345 Imperial bushel.
The fif rntnnte, the Unit of Weight, is the weight of a cube of pure water, weighed
vacuum, each edge of which is one-hundredth of a metre. It is equal to
in a
15.4H234874 grains.
.0321507265 ounce troy.
.0352739399 ounce avoirdupois.
.0026792272 pound troy.
, .0023046212 pound avoirdupois.
4-u;
THE GREAT PYRAMID
.)
F.K/KII
The changes from the standard unit* ire according to the decimal scale of tens.
The descending changes are designated by prefixing the Latin ordinals to the
names of the standard units.
The ascending changes are designated by prefixing the Greek cardinals to the
names of the standard
units.
10th part.
expresses the
CENTI, expresses the 100th part.
MILLI, expresses the 1,000th part.
DECI,
DECA, expresses
HECTO, expresses
expresses 1 ,000 times the value

MTRIA, expresses 10,000 times the value.
KILO,
MEASURES OF
LENGTH.
10 times the value.

100 times the value.
WEIGHTS AND MEASUBES
447
MEASURES OF VOLUMEP.
1
10
10
Id
10
10
10
10
Cubic Centimetre
1 Millilitre.
Millilitres
Centilitres
Decilitres
1 Decilitre.
1 Centilitre,
1
Litre/I
Decalitres
Hectolitres
Kilolitres or Steres
Litre.
1 Decalitre.
1 Hectolitre.
1
Kilolitre or Stere.
Myrialiire.
Centigramme.
Decigramme.
WEIGHTS.
10 Milligrammes
10 Centigrammes
10 Decigrammes
10
Grammes
Gramme,
Decagramme
10
10
10
Decagrammes
Hectogrammes
Kilogrammes
Hectogramme.
Kilogramme.
Myriagrainme.
10
Myriagrammes
Quintal.
Millier or Tonneau.
10 Quintals
EQ.UIVAI.KNTS
OF METRIC WEIGHTS AND MEASURES IN DENOMINATIONS OF ENGLISH
AND AMERICAN SYSTEMS.

Table No.
1.
LONG MEASURE.
LENGTH.
44S

Table
V.. 3.
CUBIC MEASURE.
MKASCBES OF VOLUMES.

Table No.
MEASURES OF
VOLUMES.
0.
449
450
MULTIPLIERS
TO REDDCE FKOM THE DENOMINATIONS OF ONE SYSTEM TO THE OTHER.
Table No. 9.
MEASURES or
LENGTH.

Table No.
11.
SQUARE MEASURE.
MEASURES OF
SURFACES.
451
452

Table
NI>.
IS.
CUBIC MEASURE.
MEASURES OF
VOLUMES.

Table No.
LIQUID MEASURE
(U. S. Gallon.)
16.
THE GREAT PYRAMID JKEZEH
4.14
Table No.
MEASURES or
VOLUMES.
19.
WKKiHTS AND MEASURES

Table No.
DBX MEASURE.
456

Table No. 84
DBT MEABUBE.
(Imper al Bushel.)
CONTINUED.
WEIGHTS AND MKASUJKS

Table No.
27.
AVOIttDUPOIS WEIGHT.
\
EIGHTS.
4.1?
THK GREAT PYRAMID

Table No.
WEIGHTS.
29.
.IKKXKII
Constituting
TABLE OF M i:i:< II \ MI-I.

Ton by Weight or Measurement, also a Car Load.
ARTICLES.
460

lt>
TAISI.I: OF ?i i:i: ii \MUSI:.

Weight and Measurement. Conducted.
ARTICLES.
WKHiHTS AM) .MEASURES
MISCELLANEOUS
Inches
3 Inches
9 Inches
18 Inches
36 Inches or 3 Feet
28 Inches or 2>3 Feet
33.38670 Inches
4
25
56
!uO
100
U
'.'JO
!UO
'.'>G
iso
14
Pounds
21% Stone
8
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Pounds
Pounds
Pounds
Pounds
Pounds
Pounds
Pounds
Pounds
Pounds
Pigs
=
=
=
\VKI4. IITS
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
ANI>
II I.
Military Pace.
1 Vara.
Keg of powder.
Firkin of buiiur.
Cental of grain.
Cask of raisins.
Quintal of dried fish.
Barrel of flour.
Barrel of beef, pork or
Barrel of son p.
Barrel of salt.
1
1
1
1
AS! UK.*
A Hand.
A Palm.
A Span.
A Cubit.
A Pace.
461
fish.
IRON OR LEAD.
1
1
Stone.
Pis
301
pounds.
Fother=2,408 pounds=172 stone.
LA HI, II OF Tin: Fit VCT10XAL PARTS OF AST ISTCR.

(of 33 parts) and foot of 12 indies, reduced to Decimals.
<,y
elx&DerimalB Inch = Decimals 'inchDecimals! Fo^tDecimalBiFootDecijnaU

I
4(5:2
(O l> 00 OS rn CO
cc
>
O QO
co id ao -H us
00 Ot rH TlO *f-H >O

IH ri i-i 1-1 c4 c^
CO
8
T o o> *M o ^ L-7
1-1
ri ri
S?
C4
oj
O
Q O iH
TT S5
O
^ lO to t- eo
o 1C
t^ os ec o
ao
H 65 CO ^** O
00 O CC 1~
i
ffl
s
00
1-1 r-t T-I
C^ CO
r-i
M<
r?
S
1
>
C
0)
i*
oo
|.SO
^
i
5?
r-i
cc TT
i.o
M i- oc
C~-
CC
," "J 7t
'-^
<
Ci
rr ^-
l^*
CC CC >* CC
** ''A OT
^-
I-H
r*
oc os
i
;
oo
x r" oo oi ^
o ^*,,-,^-lr
c^ cc ^
>c cc
^j
r-^-i-tr--He^N^
463
MISCELLANEOUS MEASUREMENTS.
Bricks.
Variations in dimensions by various manufacturers, and different degrees of
Intensify of their burning, render a table of exact.dimensions of different manufacture! and classes of bricks altogether impracticable. Average dimensions of
the following descriptions of brick
:
DESCRIPTION.
4(U
MECHAMCS-Miscellaneous.
Mechanics, that branch of applied mathematics which treats of forces and
equilibrium. There are two divisions, Statics and Dynamics, the first embracing
equilibrium of forces or bodies at rest, the second of bodies in motion. There is
a further division into mechanics of solid, fluid, and aeriform bodies, classed
under the names, Geqstatics, Geodynamics (solids); Hydrostatics, HydrodynamForces either have motion or
ics (fluids); Aerostatics, Pneumatics (gases).
and may be summed up as follows: Gravity, Muscle, Elasticity, CenHeat, Magnetism, Percussion, Expansion, Inertia, Cohesion, Adhesion,
Explosion.
Electricity is a form of persistent force, and is evolved in any disturbance of
molecular equilibrium, whether from a 'chemical, physical or mechanical cause.
According t;> the British Association tables, the electrical unit of resistance is
termed an Ohm, which represents resistance of a column of mercury of 1 sq. millimeter in section, and 1.0486 meters in length, at temperature
C. It is equivalent to resistance of a wire 4 millimeters in diameter and 1(0 meters in length.
10 absolute electro magnetic units; 1,000,000 microhms = 1
One microhm
ohm, or 10,000,000 absolute electro magnetic units; 1,000,000 ohms = 1 megohm,
or 1013 absolute electro magnetic units. The unit of electro motive force, or
difference of potentials is the v.lt.
.1 of an absolute electro magnetic unit; 10 microvolts = 1
One microvolt
1 volt, or 100,000 absolute
absolute electro magnetic unit; 1,000,000 microvolts
electro magnetic units; 1,000,000 volts = 1 megavolt.
The unit of electro current is equal to 1 weber per second, or the current in a
circuit has an electric motive force of one volt and a resistance of an u/nn.
The unit of electric volume is called ampere, and represents that volume of
electricity which flows through a circuit having an electro motive force of 1 volt
and a resistance of 1 ohm in & second, or it represents a volt diminished by nn
ohm. One million microvolts or 100 absolute units of volume
1 ampere. 1,000,1 megawber. The unit of electric capacity is called a farad.
000 amperes
1,000,000 microfarads, or 10,000,000 absolute units of capacity "= IJarnd. 1.000,000
1 megaf.irad.
An electric current with 30 Fauro cells, 74 rolls, 1.81 amfarads
pere, is equal to 16 standard candles; with 50 like cells, 124 rolls, and 3.2 amperes,
i s
similar
333
to
caudles, in producing the light of a Maxim incandescent
equal
lamp.
on
all bodies at equal distances from the earth's center,
acts
equally
Gravity
its force dimin.shing as the distance increases, and increasing as the distance
diminishes. Bodies attract each other directly as their masses, and inversely as
squares of their distances. The specific gravity of a body is the proportion it
bjars to the weight of another body of known density or of equal volume, taken
as a standard. Bodies moving around a center have a tendency to fly off in a
tangent, centrifugally. The attraction of the central fixed point is the centripetal force, opposed to centrifugal, and producing an orbital balance. Kepler
lirst announced in his three laws the astronomical application of thLs principle;
resistance,
tral,
1 t
verified and extended It universally.

Heat or Caloric is a mode of motion or manifestation of universal persistent
For expressing and measuring quantities of heat, a thermal unit is employed. This unit of heat is the quantity of heat which corresponds to an intorval'of 1 in the temperature of 1 Ib. of pure liquid water, at or near its temperature of greatest density. The mechanical equivalent of heat is 772, as the
mechanical power required to raise one pound 772 feet will generate one unit of
heat. Air and gases are very bad conductors of heat. In neating rooms with
air, the hot air should be let in at the bottom. Double windows owe their utility
to the body of air between them which transmits heat imperfectly. Asphalt is
the best composition fjr resisting moisture; it is a slow conductor and economizes
heat and dryness. Slate is very dry, but conducts quickly, and will not retain
heat. Plaster of Paris and woods make good lining for rooms because they are
poor conductors, while a composition of nair and lime is a quick conductor and
very cold. Fire-brick absorbs much heat, and makes good lining for fireplaci s,
while iron is a high conductor, and the worst substance for that purpose. Underground temperature increases 1 with every 64 feet downward from surface.
Light Solids shine in the dark only at a temperature of 600 to 700 and at
1,000 in the day. The intensity of lisrht is inversely as the square of distance
from the luminous bo<ly. The light of he sun travels at the rate of 185,000 mil' s
a second. The standard measure of light is the candle power of a short 6 sperm,
burning 120 grs. per hour. One thousand cubic feet of 13 candle coal gas is equal
to 7.5 gal. of sperm oil, 52.9 IDS. of mold candles and 44.6 Ibs. of sperm candles.
The higher the flame from a gas burner, the greater the intensity of the light,
the most effective height being 5 inclu s
A Square of Slate is 100 superficial feet. Gauge is the distance between the
Bourses of the slates. I^p is the distance which each slaie overlaps the slate
lengthwise next but one below it, and it varies from 2 to 4 inches; the standard
is 3 inches.
Margin is width, of course, exposed or distance between tails of the
Newton
force.
slates.
Pitch of a slate roof should rot be less tluin
in height to 4 of length.
WKIGHTS AND MEASUEES
465
MECHANICS MISCELLANEOUS Concluded.

Horse-power. EP measures the rate at which work is done. One horse-power
Is reckoned as equivalent to raising 33,000 Ibs. one foot high per minute, or 550
It is called nominal, indicated, or actual. Nominal is used by
Ibs. per second.
manufacturers of steam engines to express the capacity of an engine, the elements being confined to the dimensions of steam cylinder, and a conventional
pressure of steam and speed of piston. Indicated shows the full capacity of the
cylinder in operation without deductions for friction. Actual marks its power as
developed in operation involving elements of mean pressure upon the piston,
its velocity, and a just deduction for friction of engine's operation.
Mechanical Powers are only three, viz.: the lever, inclined plane, and pulley.
The wheel and axle, wedge and screw are only combinations of the three simple
powers.
The Strength of Material is the resistance which a body offers to a separation

its parts, and is measured by the degree of its resistance to forms of force
called Crushing, Detrusive Tensile, Torsion, and Transverse. Cohesion is the
of
quality by which the particles of bodies remain iu contact. Elasticity is the

quality of a body by which it resists changes of form. The resilience of a body
is a combination of strength and flexibility. The deflection, bending, or variation of girders, beams, and bars depends chiefly upon their form. Continuous
weights equal to those which girders, etc., are suited to bear will not cause their
deflection to increase unless they are subjected to important changes of temperature. The heaviest load on a railway girder ought not to exceed .16 of such
a weight as would destroy the girder if laid on in state of rest. The deflection
of girders, etc., fixed at one end and loaded at the other, is 32 times that of the
same when supported at both ends and loaded in the middle. Deflection is
greatly increased by instantaneous loading, sometimes doubled. The momentum of a railway train in deflecting beams, or girders, is greater than its simple
dead weight, and the deflection increases with the velocity of the weight.
Beams broken by a running load are always fractured at points beyond their
centers. The heaviest running weight is that of locomotives, 2 tons per linear
foot. Girders must not be deflected more than .025 inch to a foot in length.
An Alloy is the proportion of a baser metal mixed with a finer or purer. Amalgam is a compound of mercury and a metal making a soft alloy; compositions of
copper contract in admixture, and all amalgams expand. The less fusible metals
should be melted first when alloys and compositions are made. Increase of the
/.'me proportion in composition of brass is followed by a decrease of malleability.
The tenacity of brass is impaired by addition of lead or tin. Steel alloyed with
ore five-hundredth part of platinum or silver is rendered harder, more malleable,
and better adapted for cutting instruments. The specific gravity of alloys does
not follow the ratios of their ingredients, being sometimes above or below the
mean. Brass is an alloy of copper and zinc; bronze, of tin and copper.
Gun Barrels to shoot well must not be less than 44 times diameter of bore nor
more than 47 measured from the vent hole.
Mortar should be so mixed with lime or cement paste that the volume of
cementing substance should be somewhat in excess of volume of voids or spaces
in the sand or coarse material to be united, so that there may be enough to
counteract the imperfect manipulation of the mass.
Portland Cement requires less water than Roman cement, sets slowly, and can
be remixed with additional water after an interval of 12 or 24 hours from its first
mixture. It improves by age if kept from moisture. The longer in setting the
stronger it will be. Cleaner and sharper the sand, greater the strength. Strong
cement is heavy; blue gray, slow setting. Quick setting generally has too much
clay in its composition, is brownish and weak. Less water used in mixing
cement, the better. Brick, stones, etc., used with cement should be well wetted
before using. Cement setting under still water will be stronger than if kept dry.
Bricks of Portland cement in a few months are equal to the best pressed or face.
When concrete is being used, a current of water will wash away the cement.
Artificial cement is made by a combination of slaked lime with unburned clay
in suitable proportions. Salt water has a tendency to decompose cements of ail
kinds, and their strength is considerably impaired by their mixture with it.
Whence it follows that cement in a climate like that of San Francisco, with a
saline atmosphere and moderate rainfall, is not economics! 1 material, while in a
climate like that of Arizona, it would be the most satisfactory for structures and
all works not in or near water courses and lakes.
Scales and Balances. To detect fraudulent balances after en equilibrium has
been established between the weight and the article, transpose them and the
weight will preponderate, if the article is lighter than the weight, and vice versa.
To ascertain true weight, discover the weight which will produce equilibrium
after the article and weight have been transposed; reduce these weights to the
same denomination, multiply them together and the square root of their product
will give true weight.
THE GRKAT PYRAMID .IKKZKH
466
No. 1 small size is 4îns., inside length, and every snr.

ei ding number increases % of an inch to 13.
No. 1 large size is 8 and ll.'Jl ins.,
_ud every succeeding number increases yt of an inch to 15.
HOSE. The numbers, of hose or stockings, viz: 6, 7,8, 8Jj, 9, etc., Indicate ih-J
exmrt length of the foot of the hose in inches.
HATTER'S MEASURE. The measure around the head to be taken just where th
t
is accustomed to rest, and for the following sizes is as follows: Siz->
":
.IB
J
ino
n.rnt<1 4>1A
Q 4 ilia
ft
I'lr.'tinc
the Vinnrl
<.= !*}:% inc til
18.45
ins. around
head; A
SHOEMAKERS' MEASURE.
SIZES OF
HATS
WORN BY EMINENT MEN. Dean
OF
BELLS.
Stanley, No. 6'i;
TJIK
'
.'
<
Lord Beacons.
WORM).

weight and Specific Gravity
IiIQUIDS.
Continued.
467
468

Weight and
MtNKKAL, SUBSTANCES,
ETC.
Specific tiravlty
Continued.

Weight and Specific GravityContinued.
MINERAL
SUBSTA.NCES,
ETC.
469
470

Weight and
WOODS, DRY.
Specific CJravity
Continued.

BOILING POINTS OF MISCELLANEOUS SUBSTANCES.
(Under One Atmosphere.) l>-gree Fahrenheit.

SUBSTANCES.
471
471'
WH1WHT OF
Gases at
32
dupois.
Fahr.,
NAMES.
GASES,
and under one atmosphere. Weight of a
cubic foot in Ibe, avolt
473
WEIGHTS AND MEASUREMENTS OF WATER.

The
constitution of fresh water is

88.889; by measure, 1
Oxygen, by weight,
"
"
2
11.111;
Hydrogen,
A cubic
foot of water weighs 998.06512 ounces, or 62.37907 Ibs. avoirdupois.

For convenience of computation the weight of a cubic foot of water is taken
MOO ouuces, or
it
02.5 Ibs.
A cubic foot is to
a cylindrical foot as 1 IB to .7854.
cubic foot of water

1
cylindrical loot of water
1
gallon of water
12
gallons of water
13.44 gallons of water
240
gallons of water
268.8 gallons of water
1.6 cubic foot of water
1.8 cubic foot of water
cubic feet of water
32
35.84 cubic feet of water
1
cubic foot of water
1
cylindrical foot of water
62 5 pounds.
"
49.1
"
8.33
1 cwt. (100 Ibs
"
(112
"
(2000
"
(2210
"
1 cwt. (100
"
"
1
(112
"
1 ton (2000
(2240"
=-
ton
"
"
7. 5 gallons.
6.9
"
PROPERTIES OF WATER.
Water vaporizes at all temperatures, even when in the form of ice.
As found in nature it is never pure, being always contaminated with foreign
n-atter. Rain is the purest form of natural water, but always contains carbonic
acid, and carbonate and nitrate of ammonia and other constituents, depending
upon the locality in which it falls.
At a temperature of 212' Fahrenheit, with a barometric pressure of 25.02 inches,
water boils and is converted into uu invisible elastic vapor occupying 1,696 times
its
space.
An the temperature of water decreases it regularly contracts until sooled down to
39.2 Fahrenheit; but every decrease in temperature below this causes it to expand
to almost the same extent for each degree as it had previously contracted.
In freezing, water expands .076 of its bulk.
A cubic foot of water weighs fi2.5 Ibs.

"
"
"
ice
58.08 "
35. S4 cubic feet of \>ter weigh a Urn i2240 Ibs.)
"
"
"
"
"
ice
38.57
The weight of SPB water is 1 .029 times that of fresh water. One cubic foot of set
water Wi-ihs 04.3125 pounds, and one gallon 8.58 pounds. About one thirty-thirc
part of its weight, or four ounces to each gallon, is salt.
PROPOSITIONS AND FORMULAS.

The length (I) width () and depth (d) in inches of a quadrilateral cistern
1.
being given; required its capacity in gallons (g) :
iX*>X<*-H 231-0.
The diameter Id) rnd depth (h) in Inches of a circular cistern of uniform
2.
diameter being given required its capacity in gallons (g) :
d'X.'7854X'! -^231=0.
3.
The lower diameter
(D) the
upper diameter
(d)
and the depth
(h)
in inches,
of a circular cistern of different diameters being given; required its capacity iu

gallons
(</) :
Tbat of formula 2 has the form of a cylinder; that of formula 3 the form
frustrurn of a cone.
o.-.
-.
474
HYDRAULICS.
the fundamental principal in Hydraulics. Descending Fluids are
ctuated by the same laws as Falling Bodies. A Fluid will fall through 1 foot iu
one-quarter of a second, 4 feet in one-half of a second, and through 9 feet in
three-quarters of a second, and so on.
The velocity of a stream of water, flowing from an aperture in the side or
bottom of a vessel, reservoir, or bulkhead, that is kept- full, is the same that a
heavy body would acquire by falling freely from a height equal to that between the.
surface of the fluid and the middle of the aperture; the distance between these
levels ia termed the head.
T.'\e velocity of water flowing out of an aperture is.
as the square root of the height of the head of the fluid. The Theoretical velocity,
therefore, in feet per second, is as the square root of the product of the space
fallen through infeet and 64.333; consequently, f or 1 foot it is
64.333 = 8.02 feet.
The Mean velocity, however, of a number of experiments gives 5.4 feet or .673.
Contracted Vein. The vein or stream begins to contract at the outlet,
and continues contracting for a distance equal to nearly three (3) times the
diameter of the opening. At the point of greatest contraction its velocity is
U3arly equal to theoretical velocity. This contraction differs according to the
conditions imposed. Thus the stream flowing from a thin-lipped orifice, under
ordinary circumstances, becomes, on an average, contracted about 38 per cent.
but the stream flowing from a smooth nozzle, with opposite sides including an
angle of 16 degrees, the contraction amounts to about 2^ per cent.
Measurement of %Vater. In Soutiiern Cal. the flow of 1-dO.h of a cubic
foot of water per second, is an inch.
Oravity
is
A Miner's Inch, of water, legal measure, in the State of California, (it

Water tiights, State of California, Civil Code, Section 1415) is that quantity of
water which will flow through an opening of one square inch in the bottom or
side of a vessel, under a pressure of four inches above the opening. Fifty of
'.he above "Miners' Inches" is equivalent to the discharge of one cubic foot of
water per second, and is less by .31% of a cubic foot per second than the " Nevad*
'Jounty Miner's Inch." (See Miner's Inch Illustrated, in another j>nrt of this nvrk.)
The above-mentioned act was amended in 1903 so as to read: " Each square inch
Oi tne opening represents a miners' inch, and is equal to a flow of 1) cubic feet of
water per minute
'Gallon* in .Miner*' I iiche*. Multiply the given number of "Miners'
jTn^hes" by 14.961, pointing off five decimal places; the result gives the uumbn
of gallons discharged per second.
Miners' Inches in Gallons. -Divide the number of gallons, flowordis.
charged per minute, by 8.9766: result will be theuumber of Miners' Inches sought.
Velocity of Water through Clean Iron Pipe. Eleven (11) times
the number of Miners' Inches flow, divided by three (3) times the square of the
diameter of the pipe, is equal to the velocity of the water in the pipe per second.
EXAMPLE. The flow of water in a pipe 30 inches, in diameter, with 9 feet fai;
to the mile, is 9.50 miners' inches. What is the velocity per second? Solution:
Pipe, 30 X 30 = 900 X 3 = 2,7uO; Miners' Inches, 960 X 11 = 10,560 -j- 2,700 = 3.91 feet
per second velocity sought.
NOTE. The carrying capacity of clean Iron pipe is represented by the unit
(1) ; that of slightly rough iron pipe is .89 per cent, of that of a clean pipe; and
that of very rough iron pipe is .77 per cent, of that of clean pipe.
To ascertain the number of Miners' Inches of

will flow through Clean Iron Pipe, the velocity of the
Water
that
water, and the
diameter of pipe being known.

Three (3) times the product of the velocity of the water, and the square of
the diameter, divided by 11 is equal to the Miners' Inches flow.
EXAMPLE. The velocity of water in a pipe 22 inches diameter is 5 feet per
-=
second; required the number of Miners' Inches? Solution: 22 X 22 = 484 X
2,420 X 3 = 7,260 -4- 11 = 66C the number of Miners' Inches sought.
inof
a pipe
Tseful Facts in Hydraulics. Doubling the diameter
creases the capacity four times.
Circular apertures are most effective for discharging water, since they have
less frictional surface for the same area.
To find the pressiire in pounds per square inch of a column of water, multiply
he height of the column in feet by .434. (Approximately every foot of elevation
is considered equal to J$ Ib. pressure per square inch.)
The time occupied in discharging equal quantities of water, under equal

heads, through pipes of equal lengths, will be different for varying forms, ami
proportionally as follows: For a straight line, 90; for a true curve, 100; and for a
right angle, 140.
The quantities of water discharged in the same time, through different sized
apertures, under different heads, are to one another in the compound ratio of
areas of the apertures, and of the square roots of the heights of head* above the
v< liters of the apertures.
WEK5HTS AND MEASURES
475
HYDRAULICS.-Continued.
Measurement of Flowing Water in Ditches. Canals. Rivera,
&<- To measure the water flowing In a ditch or small stream; first select a
position along such ditch or stream, so that a small weir dam constructed across
it at a right angle (of a single 2-inch plank set up edgeways) would create an eddy
from 75 to 100 feet above the same; cut a notch in the plank, sufficient in depth
to pass all the water to be measured, and not more than two-thirds of the width
of the stream in length; have the upper side of the plank lined with sheet-iron,
and the sides and bottom of the notch chamfered on the lower side to an angle of
about 45 degrees. Let this dam be so situated, that all the water passing over it
will fall clear at least 10 inches, and run away unobstructed; ]i ext drivea stake in
(he stream (about one-third the way across, and 10 feet above the dam) down to
the true level of the bottom of the notch in the plank forming the weir dam
After the water has come to a stand, and reached its greatest depth, a careful
measurement can be made of the depth of the water over the top of the stake,
which gives the true depth of the water passing over the uotch; multiply the
lireadth of the water passing over the weir by the depth over the stake, anil the
product is the area. Multiply the area by the mean velocity of its flow in feet per
second, and the prodiict is the volume in cubic feet; divide the number of cubic
feet by 1.57, and the result will be the number of Miners' Inches.
EXAMPLE. A stream of water 90 inches wide running over a weir dam (as
above defined), and 9 inches deep t>ver the stake, with a mean velocity rf 5 feet
per second; required the cubic feet and Miners* Inches of water? Solution:
30 X 9 X 5
2,579.62 Miners' Tnches.
4,050 cubic feet; 4,050 -=- 1.57
The velocity of such a stream can be estimated by throwing floating bodies
on the surface of near the same specific gravity as the water, and rating the time
accurately, required in passing a given distance. The velocity is greatest in the
renter of the stream and near the surface, and Is less near the bottom and side.
Reliable experiments prove the Mean velocity to be .83 per cent, of the velocity
of the surface in the center of the stream.
.
To Compute the Mean Depth of Flowing Water

into
Set off the breadth of the
Streams. KULE:
stream,
in
Large
any convenient
etc.,
of divisions; ascertain the mean depths of these divisions, then divide

their sum by the number of divisions, and the quotient is the mean depth.
of
the
Water. RULE: 1. Multiply the breadth or breadths of the st'^Mm, etc., by the mean depth or depths, and
volume flowing in cubic feet per second
the product-is the area. 2. Divide t
by the mean velocity in feet per secou and the quotient is the area in square feet.
number
To Compute
Mean Area
Flowing
To Compute the Volume oT Flowing Water.

the
the mean
of its
the area of
product is the
stream, etc., by
volume in cubic feet.
velocity
RULE: Multiply
flow in feet, and the
To Compute the Mean Velocity of Flowing
W ater.
r
RULE:
Divide the velocity of the flow in feet per second by the area of the stream, etc.,
and the quotient will give the velocity in feet. The mean velocity at half depth
of a stream has been ascertained to be as .915 to 1, and at the bottom of it as .8:)
*.o 1, compared with the velocity at the surface.
Friction of Water upon a Plane Surface. By the experiments
of Beaufoy, it was ascertained that the friction increased very nearly as the
square of the velocity, and that a surface of 50 square feet, at a velocity of 6 feet
per second, presented a resistance of G lb. Hence 50-:- 6 =8.33 square feet=l Ib.
resistance at a velocity of 6 feet; and, consequently, 1. -j- 8.33 = .12 Ibs. resistance
per square foot at the same velocity.
Friction in Pipes. The Resistance of Friction in the flow of water
through pipes, etc., of a uniform diameter, is independent of the pressure, and
increases directly as the length, very nearly as the square of the velocity of the
flow, and inversely as the diameter of the pipe. With wooden pipes the friction
is 1.75 times greater than in metallic.
Water ami Steam Pistons. The area of the water piston, multiplied
by the pressure of water per square inch, gives the resistance. The area of the
steam piston, multiplied by the steam pressure, gives the total amount of pressure
exerted. A margin must be made between the power and the resistance to move
the pistons at the required speed.
To Compute the Horse-power necessary
to Raise
Water
any given Elevation. RULE: Multiply the weight of the column of

the water by its velocity in feet per minute, and divide the product by 33,000.
EXAMPLE. It is required to raise 1,000 gallons of fresh water per minute, to
an elevation of 140 feet, through a cast-iron pipe 560 feet in length; what is the
required power? Solution: 1,000 gallons of fresh water = 1,000 X 231 =231,003
cubic inchet, and 231.000 -4- 1,728
133.68 cvlic feet
minute. Hence, 133.68 X G2.r
X 140-^33,00035.44 horse-power.
to
JT
476
Olftess
AT Kit MFANl'ltKirKXT In the State of CaU by
ent l>itch Co'*; Legal Measurement of the State Included*
IV
MAKE or DITCS
CO., ETC.
WEIGHTS AND MEASUEES
477
Minewr Inches of Water.

1
following table shows tho discharge In cable feet per minute, of a miner * inch
meuored under the various heads and different lengths and height* at
the result of a series of very careful experiments
apertures used In California,
made fin 1887) by W. F. Englebright, C. E. and L. A. Pelton, Hy. E. at Nevada City,
Cat.
The apertures were through material 1 J inch thick and their lower edge X
Inches above the bottom of the measuring box, thus giving full contraction.
The
el water, as
--..-A*.
478
THE GREAT PYRAMID
.!
KKXKII
FLOW OP WATER THROUGH NOZZLES,
At Varlou* Pressures, from 1 to I. (too Feet. Velocity, Cubic I

sinil Mi HITS' Inches of Water and Home-Power Obtained.
H.-H!
WEIGHTS AXD MKASI KKS
FLOW OF WATER THROUGH NOZZLES.

H?ad
479
Continued.
480
Hydraulic Pipe, Pressure It Will Stand with Safety.

.
No. of iron by Birmingham Gauge, thickness in inches.
HEAD
Diameter of
Pipe
in Inches.
IN
FEET PIPE WILL STAND, DOUBLE RIVETED.

HYDRAULIC PIPE.
Site of Iron.
Continued.
481

CAPACITY OF RESERVOIRS IN GALLONS.
NOTE The columns headed Length and Width denote the length and width
feet; the
in depth.
Length
and
Width.
columns headed Gallons denote the capacity in U.
8. gallons of
in
one foot

CAPACITY OF RKSERVOIRS IN GALLONS CONTINUED.
Length
and
Width.
483
484
CAPACITY OP CIRCULAR RESERVOIRS IN GALLONS.

NOTE
The columns headed Diameter denote the diameter in
columns headed Gallons denote the capacity in U.

Diameter.
S. gallons of
feet
and inches
one foot in
the
depth.
;
485
DIMENSIONS OF CIBCUIAB CANS, VESSELS, ETC.

The
capacity is denoted by the denominations of Wine Measure. The first

column indicates the diameter in inches, and the other columns the depth in inches.
The figures denoting the depth are expressed in whole numbers arid sixteenths.
DIAMETER.
THE GREAT PYRAMID
486
.1
KKXKII
DIMENSIONS OF CIRCULAR CANS, VESSELS, ETC. CONTINUED.

DIAMETER.
487
ARTESIAN WELLS. An artesian well is one in which the waters of a lower

stratum are enabled to rise sufficiently near to the surface to permit their economical use. The name artesian is derived from Artois, a province of France,
where water has been obtained, from a remote period, by boring vertically down
through impermeable strata to a stratum more or less permeable, charged with
water in a basin-shaped depression, or so inclined as to reach the surface of the
Wells
earth at some distance from the point at which the bore-hole is made.
of this kind were known to the ancients, and they abounded in the Libyan
Desert and the plains of Tyre. To-day they are being successfully used fur reclaiming large tracts of Sahara. The principle of the artesian well is very simple.
When a hole is bored down through the upper impermeable layer to the surface
of an underground reservoir, water is forced up, by the law compelling it to seek
its level, to a height greater or less, according to the elevation ot level in the
feeding column, thus form ing a natural fountain on precisely the same principle
as that of the common artificial fountain which gets its supply from a height
above the jet. It is essential to the success of an artesian well, that there be
continuity of permeable stratum between two impermeable strata vyhich have
neither flaw nor leakage. The ground to be bored may have a steep inclination
extending to the bottom of the water-bearing beds, and then the water supply
is necessarily limited.
Yet a good supply can be secured if the water-bearing
strata be very porous, and have a considerable lateral extension. On the other
hand, the incfination of the strata may be very gradual, with a larger area of
Turface receiving the rainfall. But the condition most 'favorable to large and
constant flow is when most of the rainfall on a surface percolates through to
.'he water-bearing strata.
When a boring has to be made to water-bearing strata
through other rocks slightly permeable, the quantity of water is more or less
seriously affected, and artificial hydrostatic pressure is required. Several kinds
of water may be encountered in the same sinking. To suppress an impure flow,
water tubes must be inserted in the bore-holes, and this is always necessary
when loose sand and strata are struck. When the water has so little hydrostatic
pressure that it can not rise to the surface, a pump of iome kind must be used.
If the level of the water is below thirty feet from the surface, only a plungerpump is useful. The quantity of water found in any strata does not depend
solely on the surface of such strata exposed to the rainfall, but is much influenced by the degree of porosity of the strata, which is the test of their saturative
capacity. Water may be obtained by means of short holes a few yards down,
when
the object is to collect the surface drainage by means of small pumps.
Where gravel only is found, water can not generally be procured through short
holes; but when the gravel rests on impervious clay, success is assured. If there
be a river close to porous strata, it will probably carry off much of the water
which would otherwise have saturated the permeable rocks. The geological
formations most favorable to artesian borings are those which combine compact
and impermeable strata with porous and open rocks. It is hard, even in a
known district, to calculate what q nantity of water may be expected to drain to
a bore-hole, because it is impossible to determine the lateral extension of the
drainage. The more porous and saturable the water-bearing strata, the greater
the drainage carried to a given point. Artesian tools are not essentially different from those used in sinking mine shafts. Free falling tools, worked by steam
power, are employed when bore-holes of large diameter are needed, the weight
of the tool giving sufficient percussion to pierce the hardest rock. It is said that
a serious difficulty in boring artesian wells has been conquered by an ingenious
contrivance invented by the engineer who bored the well on Mare Island, near
San Francisco, Cal. He claims to have succeeded in boring an 8-inch hole with
a 6-inch drill, and thus making a hcle with uniform diameter from top to bottom, instead of the tapering bore which heretofore necessitated serious expense
for various casings. The oldest well still flowing is at Lillers, France, dating
back to the 12th century. The deepest boring of importance is at Sperenburg, -20
miles from Berlin, sunk for the purpose of getting rock salt. Several years ago
it had reached a depth of 4,194 feet, and it is said that the work is still vigorously
pushed. A well at Passy, one of the suburbs of Paris, flows steadily at the rate of
5,600,000 gallons a day. But the well of Crenelle, another Parisian suburb, has
long been regarded as the most famous and successful of all artesian exploits.
Here the chalk was overlaid by gravels, marls, and clays, capable of intercepting the passage of water. It was decided to bore through the chalk into waterbearing sand. This was done; and in 1841, after 8 years' labor, the rods suddenly
sank several yards through the subterranean waters. In a few hours the discharge of water was at the rate of 881,884 gallons in 24 hours, with a temperature
of 82 F. The surface of the ground at the well is 102 feet above the level of the
sea, and the pressure is enough to carry the water 120 feet above this. The exposed surface of the water-bearing beds which supply the well of Grenelle is
about 117 square miles; the subterranean area in conne'ction with these lines of
outcrop may possibly be about 20,000 square miles; and the average thickness of
the sand, etc., or underground reservoir, is not more than 30 feet. The well ia
1,798 feet deep, cost $72,500, and has been flowing steadily for about 56 years.
488
CAPACITY OF
PIPES
it \ i: i: I i.s
\ \ l>
IM N < ll i > \ s
CASKS,
NOTR. The Length and Mean Diameter of a Cask or Package having been found,
opposite the former, on the left hand margin, and beneath the latter, on the upper
<allon*.
margin, will be found the capacity in
In computing this table the following rule hns been observed: The square of the
mean diameter of the cask, in inches and tenths of inches, is multiplied by the decimal .M>:14. and this product by the length of the rusk.
In the final product, any fraction less than .95 is dropped: if .25, or any intermediate fraction to and including .73, it is called one-half gallon; if above .75 to the
unit, it is called a whole gallon.
Wine
VARIETIES OF CASKS.
in three varieties, and the distinction consists in the curvature
what is termed the quarter-hoop: that is. at a point midway between the bung and chime; viz., Casks having the least curvature are termed the
nrst variety; those having a medium curvature the second variety; and those hav-
Casks are classed
of the staves, at
ing the greatest curvature the third variety.

RCLE. To find the
Diameter of iheflrst variety of cask?, multiply the
difference between the head diameter and the bung diameter (inside measun
the decimal .55 and add the product tot he head diameter, the sum being the
diameter; for the second variety multiply the difference between the two diameters by the decimal .63, adding the product to the head diameter; for ttit thirit
variety multiply by the decimal .TO, and, as above, adding the product to the head.
Having thus found the mean diameter, to find the Capacity, multiply the
square of the mean diameter, in inches, by the decimal .OO34. which is substantially the same as dividing by 2!M, being the number of cylindrical inches in a wine
gallon, and the product will be the wine gallons in one inch in length. Multiply
this by the length in inches and the product will be the capacity in wine gallons.
Mean
Lengths
Inches.
10.0
Hi..'
mean
DIAMETER OF CASKS IN INCHES.

l.i
14.5 15.O 15.5 16.O
11.0 ll.o 18.0 12.5 13.0 13.5
Gals. Gals. Oals. Gals. Gals. Gals
Gals Gals
Ga

MKAN DIAMETER
OF CASKS IN INCHES.
489
Continued.
16.O ie.5
Gals Gals.
Gals.
32
32
3254
29
29
29)4
29)4
25
25 >4
25)4
25!4
26
26
26
26 '4
28
"
28
2s'
35
35
86
36
33*
33
33
'
29
29 >4
29'4
30
so
30
35'
35
35^
29'.<
ads
35)4
36
36
40
40
40 '4
40's
41
41
36 '4
36)4
31
31
SG^
30
30
:!7M
37 '3
38
4134
ft*
42J4
^
43
43)4
32
32
40
40
44
44
44)4
45
45
40'4
40&
41
41 '4
4){'4
4554
47
4734
46^
4854
47
47
47)4
45)4
58
58
48 14
49
48
48
50
5034.
59
14
59)4
50'*
60
60
44
60)4
51
51
44 "4
4434
51*
%*
44
43
43
48 4
47
47
54
54
48
48
48)4
49
1^
57
47)4
65)4
54 '4
56
58
65
69
67)4
60 '4
63'X
55)4
4!P4
(L"4
58 '4
6454
65
65
71
71
55
55
6.5 T
8*
liii',
IV-
72'4
56
85)2
5854
58)4
67
5654
57
(ITU
57
68
8*
58 *
Kg
66
663^
60)4
55
55
45 '4
46
65)4
6S)4
64
64 '4
64)4
59
5i*
49
43 '4
45
''
47'
Gals Gals.
43
43
44 >4
4454
/3
45
45
4534
46
46
46)4
43)4
42
42
44
44)4
ff"
Gals. Gals.
43)4
42
2
37)1
38
38
385^
39
39
39 54
34J4
4154
1 .^
_*
34
34
29
41
40
37
37
8654
37
3334
34
29
36 '4
36'*
4?'"^
3934
40
3<>.'a
So 34
:!0'<
29
40
84)1
27
28
23
28
39)4
40)4
39
39
34
34
26 54
26 54
27
27
27
27 V,
27-
87)^
s:i '4
26
26
27
27
27 '4
37
33>4
2-|i,
24i|
25
i3-
34
34
34)4
34)4
30
30
24
24
Gals,
33)4
77
74)4
75
60)4
61)4
62
Tf
71
71
77
78
78)^
11*
490
Ltnsth

=
J-
491
492
DIAMETERS, CICUMFERENCES. AND AREAS OF CIRCLES.

Diam.

IHameters, Circumferences, and Areas of Circles Continue*.
Diam
494
TENSILE STRENGTH OF MATERIALS.

Weight of Power Required to Tear Asunder One Square Inch.
MATEBIALS.
495
TREES-TIMBER-LUMBER.
Late in July and early in August, the foliage of sound trees is green, and that
of Unsound on the turn to autumnal tints. Decayed branches and separation of
bark from wood are sure signs of disease. Trees growing in a moist soil produce
less durable wood than those which nourish in dry ground. The best timber
springs from a dark, gravelly soil. The hardest woods grow in warm climates,
and last long, but do not season \yell. About 45 per cent of wood weight is
moisture, and fully 10 per cent remains even after seasoning. The best time to
A tree ought to be mature before
fell timber is in midwinter and midsummer.
it is cut down.
Age and rate of growth are shown by the number and width of
in
about 75 years; ash, larch, and
rings in a cross-section. Oak reaches maturity
elm in about the same period; and spruce and fir in 80 years. The best timber is
bark
and
the
whitish sapwood ought to be
nearest the ground. After felling,
removed, the tree raised from the ground, and reduced to the form desired.
are
called
wind
Circular cracks separating the layers
shakes, and injure the tree.
Deep splits, checks, and cracks impair the utility of timber trees. TJrash is porand
a
a
ous wood, of reddish color, easily broken,
sign of old age. Belted wood
is killed before felling, and is not good timber. Yellow stains show dry rot.
are
heart shakes; when sevthe
into
called
center
segments
Splits which divide
eral radiate from the center, they are called star shakes, and cnp shakes when
branches have been reCurved
over
where
the rings separate.
swellings
spots
moved, are called wind galls. Fibers hurt by crushing are said to be upset.
Yellow or red tinge showing decay is called the wood's foxiness A speckled
stain is termed doatiness.
To season timber is to extract the vegetable juices and solidify the albuminous
portion. If the wood is subject to a very high temperature, the evaporation proceeds too rapidly, and it will crack. If the sap remains under high temperature,
Time required for seasoning depends on
it will ferment and make dry rot.
density of fibers. The sap may be dissolved by immersion in water. To season
well, place timber under dry sheds, and ventilate well. It ought to be replied
occasionally, and defective pieces removed. From two to eight years are required for effective seasoning, and the wood ought to be worked up as soon as it
is thoroughly dry.
Although the gradual process of natural curing produces
strength and durability, artificial processes are successful. The best of these
are steaming, and saturating with corrosive sublimate and antiseptic solutions.
Strength increases with density and at the roots and centers. Kiln drying will
do only for small pieces. Charring, painting, and covering the surface should
be practiced only on seasoned wood. Timber can not be seasoned by smoking.
Oak loses a fifth of its weight in seasoning, and one-third when dry. 'Pitch pine
requires abnormal time in seasoning. Mahogany is seasoned slowly and pine
quickly. Salt water is preferable to fresh in making wood harder, heavier, and
more durable. The condition of a tree can be learned by striking it a quick
Timber which has been long immersed in water is found to be brashy

useless after exposure to the air. Trees which have been barked in the
spring ought not to be felled till the foliage is dead. Common rot is caused by
piling in bad sheds, and the signs are yellow spots on ends of pieces and yellowish dust in the cracks. Dry or sap rot is the putrefaction of vegetable albumen,
and it can be prevented only by extracting or hardening the albumen, on which
fungi subsist. Sugar and gum in the wood attract insects. The best way to
preserve timber is to exhaust its fluids, harden its albumen, and inject antiseptics. Impregnation improves the resilience and does not lessen the strength of
blow.
and
The jarrow wood of Australia is about the only timber exempt from the
ravages of insects. In a very dry atmosphere, the durability of wood is almost
unlimited. Even piles driven in fresh water have remained sound longer than
timber.
800 years.
Strength of Timbers. Results of experiments have satisfactorily proved

that deflection was sensibly proportional to load; that extension and compression
were nearly the same, though the former is greater; that, to produce equal deflection, the load, when placed in the center, was to a load uniformly distributed,
as .638 to ] that deflection under equal loads is inversely as breadths and cubes
of the depths, and directly as cubes of the spans. It has also been shown that
density of wood varies very little with its age; that the co-efficient of elasticity
diminishes after a certain age, and that it depends also on the dryness and ex"posure of the ground where the wood is grown. Woods from a northerly exposure, on dry ground, have a high co-efficient, while those from swamps, or low,
moist ground, have a low one. The tensile strength is influenced by age and
exposure. The co-efficient of elasticity of a tree cut down in full vigor, or before
it arrives at that stage in its growth, does not present any sensible difference
There is no limit of elasticity in wood, there being a permanent condition foi
every extension. Fluids will pass with the grain of wood with great facility, but
will not enter it except to a very limited extent when applied externally." The
weieht of a beam of English oak, when wet, was reduced by seasoning from
;
972.25 to 630.5
pounds.
496
THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZKH

Table for the
Measurement of Logs.
Entered according to Act of Congress, February 6th, 1868, by N. W. Spaulding, in

the Clerk's office of the U. S. District Court for the District of California.]
The right to further publicity it reserved by the compiler, ./V. W, Soaulding.
By Act of the Legislature of the State of California, -was made the "LEGAL
SCALE " for the State.
(See Statutes of 1877-78,
Approved March 28th, 1878.
Chapter CCCCXV.)
SEC. 1. There shall be but one standard for the measurement of logs through.
out this j;iate.
SEC. 2. The following table known as " Spaulding's Table for the measurement
of logs " is hereby made the standard table for the measurement of logs throughout this otate.
EXPLANATION. The left hand column of figures in the table gives the length in
feet of the log- the first line of figures running parallel at the top of each sectioi
of the table the diameter and the other figures indicate the number of feet ol
square edged boards in each log.
;
LENGTH
IN FEET.
DIAMETER IN INCHES.

Table for the Measurement of
LENGTH
FEET.
IN
Iôgs.
Continued.
497
498
THE GREAT PYRAMID .IKEZEH

LUMBER REDUCED TO BOARD MEASURE.
SIZK
IN
INS.
499
Average Weight of the following kinds of Pacific Coast

Lumber, Timber, Kt-., 4*reen and Dry.
(Weight Decimally Expressed.)
KINDS
OF
LUMBER.
THE GKEAT PYRAMID JEEZE1I
500
TKKK^K.VI'll POLiE, BOAT-OAR, l'KI> I.STA I,, or

TUX, PYRAMID AXI> \VEB>UE. JIow to Calculate tlie
\ u m !< r of feet of Lumber (Board M easure), in any Irregular-Shaped Piece ot Timber.
The Telegraph pole
long.
is
usually 8x9 Ins. at the base by 4x5 at the top and 2t
ft.
A Boat-oar (in the rough before it Is shaped) is 3x3 ins. at the handle by 1^x6
the blade, and 12 It. long. Pedestals may be la any proportion; from the
Ins. at
shape of a pyramid to a telegraph pole. By the following rule the contents o f any
one of the above mentioned pieces of timber may be accurately ascertained by
any ordinary mathematician:
RULE. First draw a diagram of the exact shape of the base, or largest
end of the piece of timber to be formulated, on a scale representing inches. 2d,
within the exact center of the diagram representing the top, or smallest end, ou
the same relative scale of inches; then make an imaginary line (by dots) from
each corner of the inner diagram to the outer edge of the larger diagram, and on a
line corresponding to the sides and ends of the inner diagram, which will then
represent 9 oblong or square blocks, the center one of which represents a piece of
timber of the same size, from end to end of the stick which Is easily calculated;
by reversing the ends of the side pieces, also the two end pieces, vou have two
more oblong or square blocks, representing timber the sanio size from end
to end; next, by placing the 4 corner pieces together, 1 piece of timber pyramidal
In shape is formed, the rule for calculating which, Is to multiply the area of the
base by the perpendicular height, and take one-third of the product. fXote,
The volume of a pyramid is equal to one-third of that of a prism having equal
bases and altitude.) The addition of the sum of all the parts above mentioned
will give the answer. Exceptions to the above role are noted in examples that
follow.
Example 1. How many feet of lumber (board measure) In a. telegraph pole 8x9 ins. at the base by 4x5 ins. at the top, and 24 ft. long ? Proceed by
drafting a diagram as mentioned in the rule above; the center piece will be 4x5
ins. sqr. by 24 ft. long = 40 ft. ; the two center end pieces will be 5x2 M Ins. at the
base by 5x0 at the top; by reversing one of said pieces you have one piece of thnber 5x2 Js ins. at both ends, 24 ft. long = 25 ft.; the two cent sr side pieces will each
be 4xl}$ at the base, by 4x0 at the top and 24 ft. long; by reversing one of these
pieces you have one piece of timber 4x1 % ins. sqr. and 24 f'.. long = 12 ft. the*
corner pieces each represent a right-angle triangle at the base; the shorter angle
being Ijx2% ins. for the longer angle, and tapering to apoint at the top 24 ft,
long; by placing the 4 corner pieces together, 1 piece of timber is formed (pyramidal in shape), 5x3 at the base, running to a point at the apex, and 24 ft. long
(see rule above for pyramid,) as 10 ft. 40+25+12+10=3 Ans., 87 ft. in telegraph
pole of the dimensions above stated.
Example . How many feet of lumber, (board measure), In a boat-oar
bolu.
,-in the rough) 3x3 at the handle, by l|xG ius. at the blade, and 12 ft. long?
tion: A diagram (in this example) of the ends, must cross each other at right
it
3
with
then
and
2
an
represents oblong,
imaginary line
angles;
square blocks,
drawn connecting the corners, you have 4 more right-angled triangle blocks r
in
the
the
9
in
of
the
center
block repre.
all,
making
example
telegraph pole)
(as
Bents apiece of timber 3x1 J ins. sqr., 12 ft. longsa 4J$ ft. the 2 side pieces are
3x? ins. (each) at one end, by 3x0 at the other; by reversing i of the pi eces you
have one piece of timber 3x5 ins. sqr., and 12 ft long = 2} ft.; by reversing the 2
end pieces, you have 1 piece l^xlJ$ ins. sqr., 12ft, long = 2^ ft-; the remaining
4 pieces are double-wedge shape, (the wedges standing at right angles with each
other), one end of which islJS ins., the other % in., and each piece 12 ft, long; In
the center of each piece it will be found to measure ?x?j in. square; calculate
each piece as a wedge, from the center of each of the double wedge shaped pieces)
4 of which are ?ix?
in. at the base, by IJxO at the blade, and 6 ft. long; and the
other 4 are ^x?j by ?^xO and 6 ft. long. (To compute the volume of a wedge:
To the leng'th of the edge add twice the length of the back; multiply this
liule.
sum by the perpendicular height, and then by the breadth of the back, and take
one sixth of the^ product.) By the above rule, the 4 larger wedges contain
ft., and the 4 smaller ones =a .28125 ft. (or 40 J$ sqr. ins.) 4J<S+2i+2J4+?i+.2ai25
9 ft. and 94% 144ths, or 9.65625 ft.
Example 3. How many feet of lumber (board measure) in apiece ot tiraber (pedestal) 22x22 ins. square at the base, and 5x5 at the top, and 32 feet longf
Solution: Proceed the same as directed in exaruple 1; your draft will show A
square and 4 oblong shaped blocks. The center block represents apiece of timbei
5x5 ins. sqiiare, 32 feet long = 6G?3 feet; the 4 oblong blocks represent (each) a.
piece of timber 5x834 at the base by 5x0 at the top; by reversing the ends of 2 of
said pieces you have 1 piece of timber (either 10x8 Ja or) 5x17 ins. square] 82 feet
tl
long - 226% feet; the 4 corner pieces represent (each) a piece of timber
501
8J6x8} ins. running to a point at 32 feet; by placing the 4 corner pieces to.
it forms 1 piece of timber pyramidal in shape, 17x17 ins. at the base,
running
point 32 feet from the center of the base, (see rule above for pyramid), =
256.8888+ feet. 66? +226% +256- 8-9=550.2222+ or 550 ft., and 32-144tUs.
To compute the number of feet (board measure) in round timber: Kule Add
the squares of diameters of greater and lesser ends and product of the 2 diameters;
multiply same by .7854 and product by % of length for cubic feet; to reduce to
board measure divide cubic feet by 12. Allowance should be made for bark by deducting from each girth, from % inch in logs with thin bark, to 2 inches in logs
with thick bark. For allowance for sawing into boards, see table for log measurement in another part of this work. It is customary, practically, to take .7 of the
diameter for the small end of the log, for the side of the square which can be sawed
from a given log.
To find the contents of any irregular body of wood (such as an axe-handle,
ehoe last, etc.) Immerse the body in a vessel full of water and measure the quantity of water displaced.
T>ase)
gether
to a
Weight of Different Metals.

WEIGHT OF ONE SQUARE FOOT.
Thickness.
THE GREAT PYRAMID JKEZEH

SQUARE ROLLED IRON OXE FOOT IN LENGTH.
SDi-i
- 8
\VKK;HTS
AND MEASURES
FLAT ROLLED IRON -ONE FOOT IN LENGTH
Inches.
503
CONTINUED.
504
FLAT ROLLED IRON ONE FOOT IN LENGTH
Inches.
CONTINUED.

Weights of Wrought Iron, Steel, Copper and Brass
Thickness Determined by Birmingham Gauge.
No. of
Gauge.
505
Plate's.
506
Weights of Wrought Iron,
Steel, Etc. (Soft
Rolled)-Contlnned.
Thickness Determined by American Gauoe.
No. of
gauge

Wrought
iron, Steel, Copper,
and Brass wire.
Diameter and Thickness Determined by Birmingham Gauge.
No. of
Oaue.
507
508
Wrought

Iron,
Steel,
Copper and
*nrass
Wire. Continued,
Diameter and Thickness Determined by American Gauge.

No. of
Gauge.
FINENESS and VALUE
of
GOLD
509
and SILVER, Computed.
The value per ounce of gold is based upon the simple formula that 387 ozs of pur
gold (1,000 fine) are worth $8,000. Hence, 1 oz. is worth $20.6718346253229974162067
repeteud; and the 1-1000 of an oz, (decimally expressed as .001 fine) is worth
$0.020071834625. What is usually called fineness, therefore, is simply the
weight of
fine metal contained in any given quantity of mixed metals or alloys. For instance
in a gold or silver bar which is reported to be 850 fine, it is meant that in 1000
parts
by weight, 850 are Jine gold or fine silver, as the case may be. In our mints the
value of gold is computed from standard weight; that is, gold which is 90U
fine,
that being the fineness of our gold coin as required
by law. The formula in this
case is. 43 ozs. of standard gold are worth $800. Hence,
multiply standard ozs by
800, and divide by 43, and you obtain the value. To find the value per oz.. divide
the total value by standard ozs. and you have the value of 1 oz. of
gold 900 fine. To
find the value of gold at any degree of fineness,
multiply $20.671834 (which is the
value of 1 oz. of gold 1000 fine) by the degree of fineness of which
you wish to find
the value.
Example. What is the value of 1 oz. of gold 90 fine? $20.6718X90 =
$1.86.<4620. The value of silver per oz. is computed from the formula that 99 ozs
of pure silver (1000 fine) are worth $128. Hence, 1 oz. is worth $1.29 29 etc and
the .001 of an oz. is worth $.000.129.29. And 11 ozs. of standard silver
(90o'fiue)
are worth $12.80, and hence, 1 oz. of standard silver is worth $1.16.36. These val,
ues, (i. e. $1.29 for flue silver and $1.16 for standard silver) are the intrinsic values
of silver, being the values at which silver is equal to
gold, dollar for dollar, or as
$1 is to 15.98837, etc. Silver, however, usually commands a premium which varies
with the supply and demand. The premium allowed by the Branch Mint and
other institutions on silver contained in gold deposits made for coinage is four
per cent. If 1 oz. of pure silver (1000 fine) is worth $1.29.29, 1 oz of silver 900
fine is worth $1.16.30 (viz., $1.29.29x'.<00). Hence, a silver bar
weighing 1000 ozs
and containing 900 parts of silver, or 900 fine, multiplied by $1.16.36
equals $1 163 80.
Calculations of the value of metal may also be ascertained
by reducing the
proportions to fine gold and silver, and multiplying by the value per oz of pure
gold and pure silver. The following rule is applicable, viz., Gross weight multiplied by fineness, divided by 1000 gives net weight of pure metal.
EXAMPLE. A bar 500 ozs. gross, 820 fine of gold, 170 fine of silver.
500x820=410 o/s. pure gold, at $20.67.18
600X 170=85 ozs. pure silver, at $1.29.29
Total value
COUNTRIES.
'l09 8!>
$8,585 33
THE WORLD'S PRODUCTION OF

From
$847544
!....!
1492
to
June
CtOIiD
30, 1881.*
AMD SILVER.
THE GREAT PYRAMID .IEEZEH
510
Ctold Weight,
The nnlt is one-half of a gramme, subdivided
Jewelers' Oold Weight.
1 Carat
=.
1 Carat grain
into 1,000 psrtB.
10 Pwts. Troy.
2 Pwtsi. 12 grains or CO grains Troy.
2i Carats
found Troy.
DIAMOND WEIGHT.
=
=
16 Parts
4 Grains
20 Parts Diamond Weight
Grain
Carat
&
-
J&
Grain
Troy
3.17Grains Troy
drain
'Jroy.
UNITED STATES COINAGE.

Gold and Silver when pure are 1,000 fine; or, by the old method 24 carats fine.
Except for jewelry the old carat system is generally abandoned. One carat = 41%
thousandths.
The standard fineness of United States coin is 900; or, by the old system,
24X900=21.6 carats fine.

The alloy for United States gold coin
is pure silver and copper; for silver coin the

alloy is pure copper.
Gold for coinage is refined from 990 to 997 Ji fine, the inferior metal it then holds
being pure silver left for alloy.
When alloyed with copper the proportion of gold is in accordance with its fineness
as the alloy must be 900 fine or
pure gold.
-fe
For examples
Suppose the refined gold to be 990
Itt parts gold, 990 fine
Gold 990
fine,
fine,
-fc
parts 1,000 fine.
the inferior metal
it
holds being pure silver, and
the alloy pure copper, the proportions for coin, 900

.a.
or,
pure gold
-J-&
gold
9'JO
Suppose the refined gold to be 995
|&a
parts gold 995 fine
Gold 995
fine,
fine,
pue
or,
laa gold
gold
-f
the inferior metal
-pj^-y
995 fine
pure silver
coin;
fine,
= -H- parts 1,000

it
fine.
holds being pure silver, and the
would be-
alloy pure copper, the proportions for coin, 900 fine,

-j&j.
would be
= standard
T |- pure silver + -fa pure copper
fine 4standard
coin
pure
copper
-J-
+ -l^ pure
copper=standard coin;
coin.
-1^- pure copper=standard
MINT VALUES OF GOLD, SILVER AND COPPER.

1
1
1
1
1
1
= $20 671 8846

= 1.292929
=
.028571
Grain gold ............. ....................... 1,000 fine =
0430663
Grain silver, ................................... 1 ,000 fine =
.0026936
=
Grain copper .................................. 1,000 fine
.0000595
Ounce gold ..................................... 1,000 fine

Ounce silver .................................... 1,000 fine
Ounce Copper .................................. 1,000 fine
.*.
The above values
are standard as regards gold, those of silver and copper are only
comparative as the prices at which the Mint buys the latter metals are changed
from time to time according to their value in the market.
EXAMPLE
Solution.
11
Required the Mint value of 11 ounces gold, 850 fine.

(ounces) X .850 (fineness) X20.671-34 (Mint value per ounce) =
$193 .281245850 or $193.28., Mint value.
EXAMPLE 2 Required the Mint value of 19 pennyweights 23 grains gold 785 fine.
Solution Reduced to grains =479 (grains) X 785 (fineness) XlO. 0430663 (Mo
value per grain) =$16.1935747945 or |16.19=Mint value.
.
AND MEASURES
\VKKJHTS
511
UNITED STATES MINT.

DEPOSIT MELTING CHARGE.
On
bullion (or coin) below standard, and not required to be parted or refined:
^cr each melt of 1,000 ounces, or less
.
.$100
Over 500 ounces
One mili'peY ounce.
PASTING AND REFINING CHARGES.

Parting Gold and Silver, or Refining Gold. Rate per ounce gross of deposit.
Bullion containing not less than 200
Gold
Zcente.
Bullion containing from 200
to 399J$
Gold
"
" ..."
"
400Mto699M
.....'..'.'.'.'.'.'.
4
"
709
over 100
And
Handover
M base metal,
in addition to the above,
on
"
"
additional
j cent.
deposits requiring parting (except Silver Pur-
chasee) , or Refining Gold:

For each deposit of 1,000 ounces or less....
$1 0(
" over 1,000 ounces

One mill p<jr ounce, gross.
For gold coin or standard gold bars, the rate per ounce charge will be imposed
to
be
refined, to raise the whole to standard.
only on the number of ounces required
Silver allowed the depositor is calculated on the basis of refining the gold to 990 M.
REFINING SILVER.
Bullion containing less than 897
97
Mto979hi
RATE PEB OUNCE GROSS OF DEPOSIT.
M
M
silver
880Mto9973$M
"
cents.
1J$
"
"
"
In addition to the above on silver deposits requiring refining (except purchases)

a charge on each deposit of
1,000 ounces or less $1 00. Over 1.000 ounces, one mill per ounce gross.
The rate per ounce charge will be imposed only on the number of ounces required
to be refined to raise the whole to standard.
TOUGHENING CHABGE. Gold Bullion
% to 2 cents per ounce gross.
?
to 1 cent per ounce gross.
Silver Bullion
ALLOT CHARGE. On the number of ounces of copper required to reduce the bullion
to standard, 2 cents per ounce troy.
BAB CHABGE. On bullion deposited for Bars, and not required to be parted or
refined:
Bars of fine gold per $100 value

10 cents.
" standard
"
10
gold per $100 value
" fine silver per ounce fine
cent.
\
" standard silver per ounce standard
"
M
"
"
J$
large silvar per ounce gross
*
"
}$
imparted silver per ounce gross
No deposit of bullion is received of less value than one hundred dollars.
Assays of samples of ore and bullion are made at a charge of three dollars for
each assay.
WASTE
IN COINING,
AND DEVIATION IN WEIGHT.
The manufacture of
coin IB protected by a very efficient system, the employes of

each department of the mint being held strictly responsible for all material received
them
in
accordance
with
certain allowances.
by
Waste
Melters'and Refiners' allowance of Gold

Coiners' allowance of Gold
Melters' and Refiners' allowance of Silver
Coiners' allowance of Silver
from Standard WeightTwenty and Ten Dollar pieces

Other gold pieces
1
J4
l}j
1
ounce
ounce
ounce
ounce
in 1000
in 1000
in 1000
in 1000
Deviation allowed
Silver pieces
M
%
1%
grain
grain
grain
On each draft
Of $5,000 gold, in$20,flO, $5 or $2k pieces
Of one thousand $3 or $1 gold pieces
Of one thousand $1, 50 ct., or 25 ct. pieces
Of one thousand dimes.
01 ounce
01 ounce
.02
01
ounce
ounce
512
UNITED STATES MONEY.
= 1 Cent
= 1 Dime
= 1 Dollar
= 1 Eagle
10 Mills (M)
10 Cents
10
Dimes
10 Dollars
c.
d.
$.
E.
is one thousandth of
dollar and derives its name from the Latin word
-which means a thousand.
The Cent is one hundredth of a dollar and derives its name frcia the Latin word
centum, which means a hundred.
The Dime is one-tenth of a dollar and derives its name from the French word
disme, which means ten.
UNITED STATES GOLD COINS PREVIOUS TO 1831.
The Mill
mille,
Denomination.
>
WKKiHTS AND MEASURES

I.i:4; AL,
513
TENDER.
The GOLD COINS of the United States are a legal tender In all payments at their
nominal value when not below the standard weight and limit of tolerance, provided
by law for the single piece; and when reduced in weight Below such standard or
tolerance are a legal tender at valuation In proportion to their actual weight.
LEGAL TENDER OP SII/VT EB Coivs. Under the enactments of Congress the
status of the silver coins is as follows: The Trade Dollar is not legal tender for any
purpose.
The Standard Silver Dollar is not a legal tender when otherwise expressed in a
contract; and most contracts of any magnitude are now by business men made
payable only in U. S. Gold Coin.
The Subsidiary Silver Coins, meaning the half dollar, the quarter dollar and the
dime, are legal tender only to the amount of ten dollars.
It is a serious question whether under the Constitution of the United States, the
Congress has power to demonetize the silver coins of the United States.
THE Mix OB COINS. The minor coins (nickels and coppers) are, under the congressional enactments, a legal tender to the amount of only twnty-fi ve cents.
But under the U. S. Constitution it is very doubtful whether nickel, copper or
anything other than gold coin and silver coin can be made a legal tender, or in
constitutional and proper language, "a tender in payment of debts."
No foreign gold or silver coins are a legal tender in the payment of debts.
ORIGIN OF THE DOLLAR.
The monetary unit of this country prior to July 6,1785, was the English pound.
On that date the Continental Congress established the dollar in its place, its precise
weigh t and value being fixed August 6, 1786, which was about that of the old Spanish Carolus pillar dollar. The dollar was not original with Spain, its true origin
"
being the Joachim's Thaler," first coined in the mines of the Bohemian Valley of
Want Joachim.
ENGLISH MONEY.
4
12
Farthings
= 1 Penny
= 1 Shilling
(far.)
Pence
d.
s.
= 1 Pound .
20 Shillings
In England a pound of standard Troy gold, 916/1 fine, is coined Into 4f> 1-K fid.
The full weight of one gold pound or sovereign is 123.274 grains of standard gold, or
113.001 grains of pure gold.
Allowing for the abrasion or wear, a sovereign weighing 122.75 grains of standard
gold, in England is a legal tender for the payment of debts.
The alloy for gold coin is copper. Before 1826 silver entered into the composition
of English gold coin hence, the difference in color of different coinages.
pound of silver, 92.5 per cent silver and 7.5 copper, is coined into 66 shillings.
The full weight of a shilling is 87.273 grains standard silver, or 80.729 grains of pure
;
silver.
A pound of copper is coined into pennies.

A pound of bronze, 95 parts copper, 4 parts
2-1
tin and 1 part zinc, is coined into 40

pennies, or 80 half pennies, or 160 farthings.
Bank of England notes are a legal tender In England for any sum exceeding 5.
Gold is a legal tender for any amount, silver, not exceeding 40 shillings, and copper
not exceeding 12d, when in pennies or in half pennies, and not exceeding Cd when
in farthings.
FRENCH MONEY.
10
10
Centimes
Decime.
=1 Franc.
Declines
French coin is based on the graimne, the unit of weight.

A kilogramme of standard gold .9 pure is coined into 3,100 francs. The denominations of gold coin are 100, 50, 20, 10 and 5 franc pieces. The alloy is copper.
A kilogramme of silver .9 pure is coined into 200 francs. The denominations of
silver coins are 5, 2, 1, .4 and A franc pieces.
The copper coins of France since 1852 contain 95 parts copper, 4 parts tin and 1
part zinc. The denominations are 10, 5, 2 and 1 centimes, which weigh 1 gramme
All
for each centime.
COMPARATIVE VALUES OF GOLD AND SILVER.

United States, estimating silver
"
England,
"
"
France,
"
"
1,
gold" is
I.
"
1,
15.988.
14.287.
15.50.
16.00.
14.25.
"
1,
Spain,
"
"
"
1,
China,
In the United States we have a double standard in Germany and England gold
is the standard, and practically so in France and Italy; in most other European
countries silver is the standard.
.
514
EQUIVALENTS
NOTE
The United
OS'
ENGLISH AND UNITED STATES MONE*.
States Mint valuation of the English sovereign, $4.
the basis of these computations.
Id
3.6},

KQUIVALENTS OF ENGLISH AND
1
la Id
T3.
8.
MONEY
515
CONTINUED.
516

JUQU1VALENT8 OF ENGLISH AND
V. 8.
MO-NEY
COXTINLKD.
Ncr This continuation of the preceding tables includes only pounds sterling.
To ascertain the equivalent of an amount expressed in pounds, shillings and pence.
amount given in this page for pounds add the equivalent for shillings
pence as shown in the preceding tables.
to the
and"
517
EQUIVALENTS OF FRENCH AND UNITED STATES MONEY.

NOTE The United States Mint valuation of the franc, 19.3 cents, is here used.
100 centimes make one franc. French money is denoted as follows: 64 francs and
72 centimes, written fr. 64.72.
Ic

Foreign Coins.
Chilean Cold Coins.

DKN-OMIXATION.
AYKIGHTS
AND MEASURES
519
Mex'o,an Coins.
NOTE The metric system
Mexico, January
of weights and measures
became compulsory
in
1st, 1884.
Coinage. The principal coinage is of silver, consisting in every 12 dineros of

of 10 5-6 dineros of pure metal (1000 fine) and 1 1-6 dinero of alloy ; that is, it
is 0.902,777 fine.
The monetary unit is the peso. The
coinage is not in gen-"
" isgold the "
eral circulation; the fineness of the " Old Doubloon
870,
Twenty Pesos
of the Kepublic, (new) 873, and the " Twenty Pesos " of the Empire, 875 fine.
The so called nickel coins vary from 20 to 25 per cent, of nickel and 75 to 80 per
cent, of copper. Pesos continue to be struck with the legend 8E, meaning 8 reales.
The piece of 50 centavos is called 4 reales, also tosten. That of 25 centavos, 2
reales, also peseta.
MEXICAN
DENOMINATION.
GOLD
COINS.
THE GREAT PYRAMID .IKEZEH
520
Estimate
Values of Foreign Coins in U. S. Money, Proclaimed by the

Treasurj Department, January 1, 1907.
NOTE. The "standard" of a given country Is Indicated as follows: O. AS where
of
Its standard silver coins are unlimited legal tender, the same as its gold coins;
single gold or single gilver.a.8 Its standard coins of one or the other metal are unlimited legal tender. The par of exchange of the monetary unit of a country with
a single gold, or a double standard la fixed at the value of the gold unit as compared with the United States gold unit. In the case of a country with a single
silver standard, the par of exchange is computed at the mean price of silver In the
London market for a period commencing Oct. 1 and ending Dec. 24, each year, as
per daily cable dispatches to the Bureau of the Allot.
Country.

COMMERCIAL RATIO OF SILVER TO
SINCE
JO1,1>
521
FOR EACH YEAR
1687.
[NOTE. From 1687 to 1832 the ratios are taken from the tables of Dr. A. Soetbeer; from 1833 to 1878 from Pixley and Abell's tables; and from 1878 to date
from daily cablegrams from London to the Bureau of the Mint.]
Year.

Price of Silver In London, per Ounce, British Standard C.885),
s CJold Coin of an Ounce
ftince 1833, and the equivalent in I
1,OOO Fine. Taken at the average Prlee.
Calen-
dar
Year.
AND MEASURES
\VKKtHTS
523
INTEREST.
In calculating interest it is customary to consider the month as the twelfth part
of a year; and each day as the thirtieth part of a month, when interest is calculated on any number of days less than a month. The tables under this head are
computed on this
basis.
RULES FOR COMPUTING INTEREST.

To compute interest at 6 % when the time is in months or years.
1.
RULE Multiply the principal by the number of months; if there are no
cents in
the principal point off two decimals if there are cents in the principal point off
four decimals and divide the product by 2.
Example Determine the interest on $400 for 2 years and 4 months at 6 %
2 years and 4 months are 28 months.
;
'
28X400=11200
112.00-^2=$56.00, the interest required.
To compute interest at 6 % when the time is in days.

RULE Multiply the principal by the number of days;
2.
if there are no cents in

the principal point off three decimals; if there are cents in the principal point off
decimals; and divide the product by 6.
Example Determine the interest on $700 for 330 days at 6 %
five
330X700=231.000
3.
To compute
231.00-=-6=$38.50, the interest required.

% when the time is given in years or
interest at 6
mouths and
dayii.
Call one-half the number of months cents and one-sixth of the number
of days mills; and multiply their sum by the principal.
Example Determine the interest on $600 for 1 year, 4 months, and 18 days at 6 %
08
one-half of 16 months
003
one-sixthof 18 days
RULB
.083
600
multiply by principal.
the interest required
$49 80
4. To compute interest at various rates.
RULE Find the interest at 6 % according to the above rules, and for other rates,
compute therefrom, as follows:
For 3 % divide by 2
"
.
subtract
"6%
"
add
7%
" 8%
" 9%
"
10
11
Vt
1-6
1-6
yt
"
X
% multiply by 10 and divide by
% multiply
by 2 and subtract 1-12
"
<5
"12%
2
Example Determine the Interest
5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12 %
on $900 for
1 year, 4
months and 18 days
one-half of 16 months
one-sixth of 18 days
at 3, 4,
08
003
.083
multiply by principal
interest at
6%
$74.70
2)
Interest at
3%
Interest at 4
900
74.70
$37.35
3) 74.70
24.90
%
6)
$49. bO
74.70
2)
Interestat9%
6) 747.00
Interest at 10
$124.50
12.45
Interest at
5%
Interest at 7
Interest
8%
74.70
2
$62.25
6) 74.70
12.45
$87.15
3) 74.70
24.90
$99. GO
74.70
37.35
$112.05
12) 149.40
12.45
Interest at 11
,.
$136.95
74.70
a
Interest at 12
$149,4C
52-1

INTEREST TABLES.
NOTE These tables show the interest on one dollar

amounts being expressed in decimals of a dollar.
TIME.
for the given time; the

INTEREST TABLES
525
COHTIMBED.
tables show the interest on one dollar from one day to one
year, advancing by days, the amounts being expressed in decimals of a dollar.
NOTE These
TIME.
M. D.
526
THE GREAT P VRAM

INTEREST
TIME.
M.
D.
TAlfi-ES
1)
JEEZEH
CONTINUED.

INTEREST TABLES CONTDTOMD.
TIME.
M. 1).
527
528
THE GEE AT PYRAMID JEEZ EH

INTEREST TABLES
TIME.
M.
D.
CONTINUKD.

HCTERJ18T TABLES
TIME.
If.
D.
COKITNUIK.
529
530

INTEREST TABLES CONTMUKD.
Tim.

COMPOUND
531
INTESEST--CoirniroED.
Table showing the accumulation of principal and interest on one dollar, com.
pounded semi-annually; interest from three to ten per cent., from one to fifty
years.
o 2
&&
532
HEIGHT OF COLUMNS, TOWERS, DOMES,

Name.
SPIRES, ETC.
533
TIME OF DIFFERENT LOCALITIES.

EXPLANATORY. When it is 12 o'clock at noon in San Francisco, the time at other
places is as denoted in the table. In the Latitude of San Francisco a difference of
one minute in time is equivalent to about 13.64 statute miles in distance.
LOCALITIES.
534
Distances, in Miles, by the Shortest Post Route, between the
Larger and More Important Places in the United States.
FROM POST OFFICE AT

DISTANCES B\ SHORTEST POST ROUTE CONTINUED.
FROM POST OFFICE AT
535
536
THE GREAT PYRAMID
JEKXKII
DISTANCES BY SHORTEST POST ROUTE CoNTiNfFD.

DISTANCES BY SHORTEST POST ROUTE CONTINUED.
FROM
POST OFFICE AT
537
538
DISTANCES BY SHORTEST POST ROUTE-CONCLUDWX
fttoM POST OFFICE
AT
539
PRECIOUS STONES.
List of
Gem
Stones
Known
to be
Found
Grossularite garnet.
Heliotrope.
Achroi'te (Tourmaline).
Agate (Quartz).
Agatized wood (Quam).
in the United State*,

Quartz.
Rhodonite.
Hematite.
*Hiddenite (Spodumene).
Rock
Hornblende in quartz.
Ruby (Corundum).
Amber.
Amethyst (Quartz).
Aquamarine (Beryl).
Idocrase.
Indicolite (Tourmaline).
Rubelite (Tourmaline).
lolite.
Asteria.
Beryl.
Isopyre.
Jade.
Rutile in quartz (Quartz).

Sagenite (Quartz).
Sapphire (Corundum).
Bloodstone.
Jasper (Quartz) .
Silicified
*Bowenite (Serpentine).
Cairngorm (Quartz).
Jet (Mineral coal).
Almandine (Garnet).
Amazon stone
(Jticrocline).
(Qu.aitz).
*Rutile.
wood (Quartz).
Smoky quartz Quartz)
Smoky topaz (Quartz).
.
Labradorite.
Labrador spar Labradorite) . Spinel.
Catlinite.
Lake. George diamonds Spodumene.
Chalcedony (Quartz).
Chiastolite.
*Chlorastrolite.
(Quartz).
*Lithia emeralds
mene).
*Chondrodile.
Suustone (Fe/dspar).
(Spodu- *Thetis hair stone (Quartz*Thonisonile.
Tourmaline.
Topaz.
Macle.
Malachite.
Chrysolite.
Danburite.
Moonstone (Feldspar Group) Turquois.

Venus hair stone (Qwortz;
Moss agate (Quartz).
Diamond.
Diopside (Pyroxene).
Elseolite (Nepkelue).
Emerald (Beryl}.
Epidote.
Essonite (Garnet).
Fleche d'aniour (Quartz).
Flnorite.
Fossil coral.
Ukruet.
The
crystal (Quartz/.
Hose quartz
*Willemite.
*Williamsite (Serpentine).
Wood agate (Quartz).
Wood jasper (Quartz).
Wood opal (Opal).
Zircon.
*Zonochlorite (Prehniu).
*Novaculite (Quartz).
Obsidian.
Olivine (Ckryolite).
Opalized wood (Opal),
Peridot (Chrysolite).
Phenakite.
Prehnite.
Pyrope (Garnet).
following complete the list of precious stones known to exist in the U. S. at

the close of 1893: Anthracite, Arrow points, Catlinite, Pyrite, and Trilobite.
* Gem stones found
only In the United States.
1
Species and varieties found in the U.

Axinite.
Andalusite.
S.
bat not in
gem form.
Cassiterite.
Cyanite.
Opal.
Sphene.
ChrysoberyL
Ilvaite.
Prase (Quartz).
Titanite.
Species and varieties not yet identified in any form in the U.S.
Alexandrite.
Cat's-eye quartz.
Cat's-eye chrysoberyl.
Chrysoprase.
Detnantoid.
Euclase.
Estimated production of precious stones in the

[
Lapislazulite.
Ouvarovite.
U. S. in
so:i
Details of value only. }
Agate, $1,000; Amazon-stone, 81,000; Anthracite, 83,000; Beryl, 8500; Catlinite

(pipestone), 85,000; Chlorastrolite, 8500; Fossil Coral, 81,000; Garnet, 82,000; Moss
Agate, 82,000; Pyrite, 81,500; Quartz, 810,000; Sapphire Gems, 810,000; Silicified
Wood, 81,250; Smoky Quartz, $5,000; Thomsonite, 8500; Topaz, 8100; Tourmaline,
$5,000; Turquoise, 8143,136. During 1893 some work was carried on at Mount
Mica, Paris, Me., which resulted in the discovery of a number of large green
erystals, one of which furnished one of the finest tourmaline ever found on this
continent, being of a clear grass green color and weighing 63% carats. About
820,000 worth of sapphire was sent abroad in 1892, but during 1893 more Montana
sapphires were actually sold than in any previous year, probably on account of
the company having a lapidary at the World's Columbian Exposition, where
these stones were cut and sold. The largest diamond known to have been found
in the U. S. was at Manchester, Va.; it weighed 10 carats after it was cut, and
was valued in the rough at 85,000; a 3-carat stone was found near San Francisco.
Cal., and recently a diamond weighing 3 14/16 carats was found in Wisconsin; a
number have also been found in Butte and Shasta Co.'s, Cal., and three on Pebble Beach, Pescadero, Cal., one of which was valued at 8300 in the rough state.
It is interesting to note that, in spite of the financial depression, 8143, 13<> worth
of American turquoises were sold in 1893, a greater amount probably than has
ever been sold from the Persian mines in a single year. The importation of
precious stones into the U. S. has steadily increased from about 81,318,000 worth
In 1867, to 814,521,851 in 1892, and 810,197,505 in 1893.
540
SYMBOLS OF
ELEMENTS.
111 F.
I!.VIS
WEIGHTS AND MEASUKES
541
MINERAL SUBSTANCES AND THEIR COMPOSITION.

(Kay Stone) Is found in boulders, or rolled masses; also with
garnets, in fine needle crystals, and in quartz, which when broken show
beautiful green radiating crystals. See AmphiboJe.
Agalmatolite or Agalinamolite (Pagodite) A variety of pinite, hydrous
It is soft and
silicate of alumina, magnesia, iron, lime, soda and potash.
appears like soapstone ; much used for ornamental carved work by the Chinese.
of quartz combining various tints.
Agate A semi-pellucid uncrystallized variety
Alabaster A compact variety of sulphate of lime, or gypsum of fine texture,
and usually white, but sometimes yellow, red or gray.
Alaskaite Occurs in quantity as massive mineral with tetrahedrite, ehaleopyrite, barite and quartz. (Symbol A.)
Albite A species of mineral of the feldspar family; contains silicate of alumina and soda; color white; composition, silica 68.6, alumina 19.6, soda 11.8.
Altaite Telluride oi lead; composition, lead 61.7, tellurium 38.3=100.
(Tchermignite) A double sulphate of alumina and potassa; composition,
sulphate of potash 1, ter-sulphate of alumina 1, water 21 parts =26.
The metallic base of alumina; white, with &
1 11 in in in in
or
bluish tinge, specific gravity only about 2.6.
of
found on the Verde river, Arizona.
Sulphate
Alumina;
Alunogeii
A yellowish resin resembling copal; a fossil; friction electrofies it.
A sub-species of quartz, of a bluish-violet color, of different degrees of intensity, generally occurs crystallized in hexahedral prisms.
Actinolite
Alum
A
Aluminum
Amber
Amethyst
Amianthus
Amphibole
Amphibole. See Asbestus.

Actinolite, Anthophyllite, Amianthus, Asbestus, Hornblende,
Mountain Cork, Mountain Leather, Tremolite, etc. Is an anhydrous silicate
of various bases iron, magnesia, lime, etc., and a little water.
Amphibolite Trap, or greenstone; base cf Amphibole or Hornblende.
Aiidalusite Is a silicate of alumina, containing sometimes sesqui oxide of iron,
magnesia, lime, soda, potash and manganese in varying proportions; when
pure, it contains silica 36.8, alumina 63.2 parts=100.
Anglesite Native sulphate of lead, occurs in white or yellowish prismatic
crystals.
Anhydrite
Anhydrous gypsum.
Aiiorthite Of
the feldspar family, occurring in small glossy crystals.
So named from its clove-brown color. See Amphibole.

The gray ore, contains sulphur and antimony, is of a tin-white
Anthophyllite
Antimony
color,
and
brittle.
Apatite Native phosphate of lime, usually six-sided prisms, of a greenish color.

Aragoiiite Identical with calcite or carbonate of lime, but harder, crystallizing in prismatic forms. See Tufa.
Aragotite A hydro-carbon, peculiar to the quicksilver mines of California;
found in dolomite and with cinnabar; identical with Idrialite. See Petroleum.
Silver Glance, Sulphuret of Silver, Vitreous Silver. color, dark
lead, gray, opaque; luster, metallic; composition, silver 87.1, sulphur 12.9=100.
Arsenic A metal of a steel-gray color, brilliant luster, dull from tarnish; very
brittle, and sublimes at 356 Falir.; specific gravity from 5.7 to 5.9; it is sometimes found native, but usually combined with silver, cobalt, nickel, iron,
antimony and sulphur.
Arseuolite An oxide of arsenic; composition, arsenic 75.76, oxygen 24.24=
Argentite
100 parts.
or Mispickel
Luster, metallic; color, grayish-white to
almost silver white; quite brittle; composition, arsenic 46.0, iron 34.4, sul-
Arsenopyrite
19.6 =100 parts.

unaffected by fire; a variety of hornblende and pyroxene ;
found in long, delicate fibers, or fibrous masses or seams; color, white or gray,
but sometimes greenish or reddish. See also Mountain Cork, Mountain Leather,
Eock Cork, Tremolite, etc.
Asholine Earthy cobalt, with lead ores, carrying 10 to 11 per cent, of nickel.
Mineral pitch, Jew's pitch, or compact native bitumen; brittle,
Asphalt
black or brown color, and high luster on a surface of fracture. See Aragotite,
Idrialite
and Petroleum.
Bitumen,
Atacamitc A native oxychlorhle of copper (a rare mineral,) originally found
in the form of sand, in the desert of Atacama, Chile; reported to have been
found in Inyo Co., California.
Angite Diallage, Diopside, Omphazite, Sahlite, etc. See Pyroxene.
Aurichalof to Brass ore, found with other zinc ores in Arizona.
phur
Anbestus A mineral
um
Axinite Thumite A
sists chiefly of silica,
mineral occurring in brilliant glassy crystals;

alumina, lime, and peroxide of iron.
it
con*
542
Azurite--Blue carbonate of copper, a hydrous carbonate of copper, composition, oxide of copper 69.2, carbonic acid 25.6, Water 5.2=100 parts. 8te
Azure Copper, Chessy Copper, Blue Malachite, and Mt. Blue.
Barytes or Barite Sulphate of baryta, generally called heavy spar.
Barytum or Barium The metallic basis of baryta or baria, oxide of oarium.
Barnhardtite Sulphide of copper and iron, abundant with other copper ores.
Bernardinite A resin found in San Bernardino Co., Cal., new, but little known.
Berthierite Sulphide of antimony and iron, associated with argentiferous ores.
Beryl A mineral of great hardness, and when transparent, of much beauty.
It occurs in green or bluish-green, six-sided prisms, and consists of silica,
alumina, and the rare earth glucina; colored by oxide of iron. As a
gem, aqua-marint.
Bindhe i mite A hydrous antimoniate of lead; composition, oxide of antimony
31.71, oxide of lead 61.38, water 6.46=99.55 parts.
Biolite Hexagonal Mica. Biotite Brown Mica. Bee Mica.
liiotine A variety of anortnite found in the volcanic debris of Vesuvius.
Bismuth A metal of a reddish white color, crystallizing in rhoiubohedrons,
nearly like cubes. It is harder than lead, rather brittle; specific gravity 8.
Melts at 476 Fahr.
Bi*miithine or Bismnthinite Sulphate of bismuth. A rare mineral,
composed of bismuth and sulphur,
Bisuiuthite Bismuth ochre; found in small quantities in South Carolina.
Bitumen Mineral pitch, a substance having a pitch-like odor, and burning
readily with a bright flame, without residue. See Asphaltum, Petroleum, etc,
Black Jack or False Galena Sulphuret of zinc, consisting of sulphur,
zinc, and a little iron; zinc blende. See Sphalerite.
Blende An ore of zinc, called also mock lead, false-galena and blackjack. It is s
sulphuret of zinc, consisting, when pure, of zinc 07 parts and sulphur 33, but
often containing some irou. Its color is usually yellow, brown or black, and
its luster resinous.
Bloodstone A
green silicious stone sprinkled with red jasper; called also

Heliotrope. See Hematite.
Bi-borate of soda, native boras, tincal, etc,; a salt formed by a combination of boracic acid, with soda; color, white, grayish, or with a shade of blua
and green.
Bornite Erabescite, horseflesh ore, purple copper ore, variegated copper, etc.;
a double sulphide of copper and iron; elements vary in different specimens]
composition (average,) copper 58.20, iron 14.85, sulphur 26.98=104 parts.
Boron An elementary substance, nearly related to carbon, of adeep olive Color,
infusible, and not a conductor of electricity. At a red heat it burns, uniting
With oxygen, and forming boracic acid. Is found in nature in borax, boracite,
datholite, tourmaline, etc.
Brauiiite Maugaiiese ore. See Manganese, Pyrolusite, etc.
Brenuerite or Brown-Spar A crystallized variety of dolomite; reddish
brown color, tinged with oxide of iron and manganese.
Broguiardite Associated with other argentiferous ores. [E. Stahl, Arizona,]
One of the elements chemically related to chlorine and iodine; f
deep reddish-brown liquid of a disagreeable odor. Is also found in a silvot
ore of Chile.
Brookite Arkansite, Titanic Acid. See Titanium.
Brucite Native hydrate of magnesia (incorrectly called chondroite); a white,
pearly mineral, occurring thin and foliated, like talc, and also fibrous.
Cad mi a An oxide of zinc (incorrectly called calamine.) See Calamine.
A metal related to zinc; color white, and both ductile and malleable; found in some zinc ores.
Civsinm An alkaline metal first discovered In mineral waters.
Calamine A mineral, the silicate of zinc. See Cadmia.
Calaverite A rare mineral (first found in Calaveras Co., Cal.,) is a telluride
of gold and silver; composition (about), tellurium 56.00, gold 40.92, silver
Borax.
>
Bromine
Cadmium
3.08
=100
parts.
See Tellurium,
Caleite
Calc-spar, Gay-Lussite, Thinolite, Travertine, Tufa; carbonite of lime,

consisting of lime and carbonic acid. It includes common limestone, with
all the white and most of the colored marbles.
Caledonite- -Impure sulphate of lead; occurs with other lead ores.
Calcium The metallic basis of lime.
Carbon Anjelementary substance, not metallic in nature; predominates in
all organic compounds. It is combustible, and forms the base of CHARCOAL, and enters largely into mineral coals. In its pure, crystallized state
It
it constitutes the DIA'MOSD, and is the hardest of known substances.
enters largely into graphite, or black lead, and in this it is soft, and
occurs Tn hexagonal prisms or tables.

Carbonite Natural Coke, Coke, Coak.

Varrolllte Cobalt ore; occurs
543
In small quantities with chalcopyrite and dial.
cocite.
Cassiterite Tin
Ore, Tin-stone, Binoxlde of Tin; atomic weight 74; compos!,

tion, tin 78.67, oxygen 23.33=102.
Cat's-Eye A variety of quartz or chalcedony, exhibiting yellowish opalescent
reflections from within, somewhat like the eye of a cat, produced by filaments
of asbestus.
Celestiue or Celestite Native sulphate of strontia (or strontian) , a mineral,
so named from its occasional delicate blue color.
Cerargyrite A chloride of silver, horn silver; composition, chlorine 24.7,
silver 75.3
=100 parts.
Cerium A. metal of high specific gravity, grayish-white color, and lamellar

texture. It exists In the mineral allanite, cerite, gadolinite, etc.
Cer asite The native muriate of lead See Cerusite.
Cerusite Carbonate of lead, white lead, white lead ore; composition, carbonic
acid 16 5, oxide of lead, 83.5 = 100 parts. Is also known as carbonate, hard
.
carbonate, sand carbonate, etc.; is usually argentiferous, and in Colorado is

mined for both silver and lead.
Cervantite Antimony ocher, occurs with stibnite and other antimony ores.
Ceylanite A, dingy-blue or grayish-black variety of spinel. Also called pieonast.
Chabasite A mineral occurring in glassy-rhombohedral crystals, nearly the
form of a cube; also, in double six-sided pyramids; colorless, or tinged wiiU

red or yellow; composition, alumina, lime, silica, and 20 per cent, of water
Stone, Blue Vitriol, Native Sulphate of Copper. See
Copper.
Chalcedony An uncrystallized translucent variety of quartz, of a whitish
color, and a luster nearly like wax. See Heliotrope.
Chalcosite or Chalcoeite Copper Glance, Vitreous Copper; is a sulphide
of copper; composition, sulphur 20.2, copper 79.8 = 100 parts.
Clialcopyrite Copper Pyrites, Yellow Copper Ore; this mineral is a double
sulphide of copper and iron; composition, sulphur 34. 9, copper 34.6, iron 30.5,
Chalcanthite Blue
=100
parts.
Chromite
Chromic Iron, Chrome Ore; a black sub-metallic ore consisting of

oxide of chromium and iron; composition (average,) protoxide of iron 27.53,
magnesia 6.50, alumina 9.57, sesquioxide of chromium 53.62, silica (and loss)
2.78=100 parts.
A hard brittle metal of a grayish-white color, very difficult of
Chromium
fusion, and related to iron in
many
Chrysoberyl A yellowish-green
of its properties.
gem, next to a sapphire in hardness, and conalumina and the earth gluciua.
or
blue
of copper; it is a hydrous silicate of
The
carbonate
green
Chrysocolla
copper; when pure, its composition is cxide of copper 45.3, silica 34.2, water
sisting of
20. 5
= 100 parts.
Chrysolite A mineral, composed
of iron, magnesia and silica, varying in color

from a pale green to a bottle-green; occurring in glassy grains disseminated
in basalt and many lavas, sometimes in large imbedded crystals and other rocks.
Chrysotile (Peridot) A magnesian mineral, a variety of serpentine, of no
value,
Cinnabar A
red sulphuret of mercury or quicksilver, occurring native, in

red crystals, and also in amorphous masses of different shades of red
and brown. See Mercury and Quicksilver.
Cinnamon-Stone or I Xson i t < A variety of garnet, of a cinnamon color.
Coal Anthracite, lonite, Lignite, Mineral coal, etc. A black, or brownish black,
solid, combustible substance, consisting, like charcoal, mainly of carbon, but
more compact, and often containing a large proportion of bitumen. A 11 1 liracite, or Glance Coal, that containing little or no bitumen, and therefore burning with very little flame. Bituminous Coal, that containing from 10 to 50
per cent of bitumen. Cannel Coal, a very compact bituminous coal, of fine
texture and dull luster, and burns with a beautiful white flame. JEoiiite is a
hydro-carbon mineral, first found in lone valley, Cal.; when first found it contains 50 per cent, of water, but when air-dried it floats on water specific gravity about .9; melts to a pitch-like mass, which burns easily with a dense black
smoke, having a resinous aromatic odor and with a yellow flame. lAgnitc,
or Brown Coal, that variety that has something of the woody texture apparent,
and an empyreumatic odor; any coal of later formation than that of the true
brilliant
coal era.
A metal of & reddish-gray color; brittle; difficult of fusion; specific

gravity (about) 7.8; it has not been found native, but combined with arsenic,
its
or
acid, with iron, nickel and sulphur. The ores of metallic lustre are
white, grayish, or very slightly reddish. Cobalt-bloom, a cii-ular arseniate
of cobalt. Cobalt- blue, a_oompound of phosphate of cobalt and alumina.
ik>balt
544
Cobalt-crust, earthy arseniate of cobalt. Cobalt-grreen. a preparation

of cobalt and iron, having a green color; see Erythrite, and Millerite.
crystallized mineral, of a nearly silver-white color, composed
chiefly of arsenic, cobalt and sulphur.
Cobaltite Cobalt Glance, found in earthy cobalt and lead ores in clay slate.
Coccinite Iodide of mercury, found in San Einidio Canon, Kern Co., Cal.
Colemanite or Priceite From the mean of three analyses, by Prof. Silliman, the composition is Boracic acid 49.00, Lime 31.83,Water 18.2'J, Alumina,
Salt, and Oxide of Iron .96=100.08 parts. Two samples analyzed by Thos.
Price, averged Boracic acid 46.13, lame 29.88, Water 23.87, Alkalies .I2=iuo.
Columbiiim A rare metal first discovered in an ore or oxide, found at Xew London, Conn.; also called Xiobiuin and Tantalum.
Copper A metal of a reddish color, ductile, malleable and tenacious. It is
among the most elastic and sonorous of the metals. It fuses at 2,000 'Fahr.;
specific gravity 8.8 to 8.9; it is found native, and in various ores.
Copperas Coquirnbite, in part hydrous sulphate of iron; sulphate of iron, or
green vitriol; a salt of a green color, and styptic, astringent taste.
The earth alumina, as fotmd native in a crystalline state, including Sapphire, the blue variety; Oriental .Ruby, or red sapphire; Oriental Amethyst, or purple sapphire; Adamantine Spar, the hairbrown variety; whe*n combined with manganese and other impurities it becomes
It is the hardest known substance next to the diamond.
Covellite or Indigo Copper Is a compound of sulphur and copper, of e.
dark indigo color; in Alabama is found with pyrite and quartz.
Crednerite Oxide of manganese and copper.
C'rocoicite or Crocolte The chromate of lead, red-lead ore.
Cuban Sulphate of copper and iron; brownish appearance, and resembles ehalcopyrite.
Cuprite The red oxide of copper; red copper.
Cuproselieelite This mineral is a tungstate of lime and copper, found massive, and in well defined crystals ; homogeneous, yellowish-green color. Composition: Tungstic acid 79.69, Oxide of Copper 6.77, Lime 10.95, Protoxide of
Iron .31, Water 1.40=99.12 parts.
Datolite or I>atholite Is a silicate of lime, containing from 18 to 22 per
cent, of boracic acid, foundin trappean rocks gneiss, diorite, arid serpentine .
Dec.henite or Descloizite Vauadate of lead; found with other lead ores.
IHallogite Rhodochrosite, carbonateof manganese, in piuk crystals,
A mineral and gem remarkable for its hardness, as it scratches all
other minerals. It is pure carbon crystallized. Chemically it does not differ
from charcoal, and is also nearly identical in composition with graphite. Its
specific gravity is 3.529 to 3.55. Diamonds are not always colorless, but sometimes tinged with yellow, red, orange, green, brown, blue, rose-red, and often
black. The diamond can be crushed with a hammer, or split on the edge of a
knife; a fact, not generally known.
A rare metal related to Cerium, in the ores of which it is found;
also with the ores of Lantaniuin.
An
ore of copper, consisting of silica and copper, with 12 per cent,
IHoptase
water. It is found in rich, emerald-green crystals.
Dolomite Carbonate of lime and magnesia; when pure the composition is:
Carbonate of lime 54.35, Carbonate of magnesia 45.65=100.
Doiueykite Arseniuret of copper; a mineral found in Peru.
Duf'reYiite Hydrous phosphate of iron; a kind of iron ore.
IMifrenoysite Sulpharsenide of lead; composed of sulphur, arsenic and lead.
I>yscrasite Antimonide of silver; associated with other ores of lead ami silver .
J>yselasite A mineral, usually fibrous, of a white or yellowish color and
somewhat pearly luster, consisting chiefly of silicate of lime; so-called from
its great toughness.
Einbolite Chlorobromide of silver; color dark green.
Enargite A sulpho-arsenide of copper, sometimes containing antimony, iron,
silver or zinc.
Enstatite A silicate of magnesia, alumina, iron, lime, manganese, etc. The
variety "Bronzite" is found in Alameda County, California.
Epiflote Is a silicate of alumina, iron, lime, etc.; rare in California.
Epsomite Epsom salt, hair salt, sulphate of magnesia. Composition: Magnesia 16.3, Sulphuric Acid 32.5, Water 51.2=100.
(Terbium, Yttrium) A metal found in ores of Yttrium.
Erubeseite Variegated copper; is found in the copper mines of New Jersey.
Erythrite Arseniate of Cobalt, Ked Cobalt Ore; a rare mineral.
Eucaii'ite A mineral, consisting principally of selenium, copper and silver.
Eiichroite Arseniate of copper; a mineral of a light emerald-green color.
Eur hy Miderite Pyroxene containing silica, lime, magnesia and oxide of iron.
Euolase A brittle gem of the beryl family; consisting of silica, alumina and
glucina.
Cobaltine A
Corundum
Emery.
Diamond
IHdymium
Erbium
545
Eudialyte A
mineral containing silicates of iron, ziraonia and lime; of a

brownish-red color, and vitreous luster; easily dissolved in acids.
Eulytine Consisting chiefly of the silicate of bismuth, found at Freiburg.

Kxautlialose Native sulphate of soda; an efflorescence in certain lavas.
Fahlerz Tetrahedrite. Gray Copper, or gray copper ore; it contains copper,
antimony, arsenic and sulphur.

See Albite, Labradorite, and Orthoclase. A mineral occurring in crysand crystalline masses, somewhat vitreous in luster, colors are white,
It consists of silica, alumina,
flesh-red, and sometimes bluish or greenish.
and potash; and is one of the essential constituents of granite, gneiss, micaslate, porphyry, etc., and nearly all volcanic rocks.
Fire-Clay Chiefly pure silicate of alumina, capable of sustaining great heat.
J-'luorite Fluoride of Calcium, Fluor Spar; occurs in small white cubes, with
copper ore, at Mt. Diablo, Cal.
J-'raiiklinite A mineral compound of iron, manganese andzinc; found in N. J.
Kreiherjfite Argentiferous Tetrahedrite found in Sawtooth District, Idaho.
Vreieslebenite Antimonial siilphideof silver. Abundant in Ariz. [E. Stahl.]
(jiadanolite See Erbium. A mineral; black, or greenish-black color, and vitreous luster; containing the silicate of cerium, iron and Yttrium.
4xaleim or Cralonite Lead, lead ore, lead dross. A sulphuret of lead; color,
lead-gray; luster, highly metallic. Composition: Lead 8(i.6, Sulphur 13.4.
Ciarnet A mineral, usually occurring In symmetrical, twelve-sided crystals
(dodecahedrons), of a deep-red color. There are also black, brown, green and
yellow varieties. Composition: Alumina, lime and silica, with more or less
oxide of iron and manganese. Other varieties are, Allochroite, Colophonite,
Grossular, Melanite and Ouvarovite; the latter of an emerald-green color.
iUSSite Is a carbonate of limo and soda found in alkaline lakes in fine
crystals. A yellowish-white translucent mineral.
GeocTonite Sulphide of lead and antimony; a lead-gray or grayish-blue mineral, with a metallic luster, consisting of antimony, lead and sulphur, with
feldspar
tals
traces of arsenic.
Sulphate of lime, and soda, found In borax, salt and soda mines;
occurs in flattened, oblique crystals, somewhat glassy, and of a yellowish or
grayish color.
(jilaucolite A greenish-blue variety of scapolite, consisting of the silicates of
Cwlauberite
alumina and lime.
IwlaiH'Oiiite The green mineral which gives the peculiar character to the green
sand of the chalk and other formations.
4vlaiic,opliane This mineral occurs in a rock matrix, widely distributed in
California, and associated with serpentine; first observed in 1877.
<>!iiciiiiuiii or Glucinuiu A metal which appears in the form of a grayishblack powder, and acquires a dark, metallic luster by burnishing. It occurs
in nature only in combination with silicic acid.
tiold Is a precious metal of a reddish-yellew color, is not acted upon by nitric
acid, and it fuses B. B. to a bright bead on charcoal without incrustation. In
sufficiently large pieces, it may be recognized by being malleable under the
The atomic weight
hammer, and cutting with the knife without crumbling.
of gold is 196.5, hydrogen being taken as unity. It fuses at 2016 Fahr. ; its specific gravity 19/258, which may be increased to 19.376 by hammering.
Iridium
nnd Platinum (hammered) are the only metals heavier than gold.
<Tii.li amit
Asphalt. See Asphaltum
*raiiite A crystalline, unstratified rock, consisting of quartz, feldspar and mica,
and presenting usually a whitish, grayish or flesh-red color. It differs from
gneiss in not having the mica in planes, and therefore in being destitute of a
'
schistose structure. The varieties of granite are: Gneissoid Granite, in which

the mica has traces of a regular arrangement. Graphic Granite, consisting of
quartz and feldspar, without mica, and having the particles so arranged in
the feldspar as to appear, in a transverse section, like oriental characters.
Porphyritic Granite, containing feldspar in distinct crystals.
Seynitic Granite,
containing hornblende as well as mica.
(itrapliite Black Lead, Plumbago, etc. ; is carbon in one of its conditions, usually crystallizing in foliated six-sided prisms, though often massive; is soft;
luster, metallic, of a dark-lead color, and sometimes contains iron.
<"t"eenockite Sulphide of Cadmium; see Cadmium.
4*reenMaiid (often called Marl) Is a variety of sandstone, usually imperj
fectly consolidated, consisting largely of green particles of a mineral celled!
Glauconite.
(wroroilite An earthy ore of manganese, in roundish masses of a blackishbrown color.

(UroMHtilnr r Grossnlarite A translucent garnet of a pale-green color;
known as lime garnet, and often mistaken for tin ore
(xlirliofite
compact, snowy-white, subtranslucent variety of dolomite.
546
fiiymnite A hydrous silicate of magnesia.

<j>y|>Niiin
(Ancient name, Alabaster) Satin Spar, Selenite, Plaster of Paris
When calc'ued. This mineral is a hydrous sulphate of lime. Composition:
Color: white, gray, pink,
Sulphuric Acid 46.5, Lime 32.6, Water 20.9=1CO.
yellow, blue, and sometimes black; transparent to opaque.
Chloride of Sodium, Common Salt, Kock Salt.
Occurs iu cherty strata of lower subcarboniferous; and is mined
extensively for the manufacture of fine ware, in DeKalb and Jackson Counties,
Halite
Hal loy>ile
Alabama.
Haiismannite Black Manganese, Black Oxide of Manganese.

Heliotrope A variety of chalcedony, of a deep-green color, variegated with
blood-red or yellowish spots.
Hemachate A species of agate, sprinkled with spots of red jasper.
Hematite
Hfeinatitis, Micaceous Iron, Oligist Iron, lied Hematite, Bed Oxide

of Iron, Sesquioxide of Iron, Specular Iron, and Khombohedral Iron Ore.
Composition: Iron 70, Oxygen 30=100. Brown Hematite, a brown ore of iron.
Hessite Telluride of Silver.
Hornblende (See Amphibole) The green variety Is called Actinolite; the
fibrous, Asbestus; the white, Tremolite; and the black, Hornblende.
Humboldtllite A variety of mellite, found in the lava of Vesuvius, and consisting chiefly of alumina, lime and silica.
Huiiiboldtiiie Oxalite, a native oxalate of iron.
Huinboldtite Borosilicate of lime, a rare variety of datholite.
H.viU'in t h (See Zircon) A red variety of zircon, sometimes used as a gem.
Hyalite (Miiller's Glass) A pellucid variety of opal, looking like colorlesa
gum of resin.
Hydraulic I<ime Cement Rock, Water Lime. An insoluble silicate of alum,
iua, composed partly of lime.
A gas which constitutes one of the elements of water, of which it
forms one-ninth, and oxygen eight-ninths. An inflammable, colorless gas, of
extreme ughtness; specific gravity 0.0092; that of water being 1.
Hydromagiiesite A mineral, supposed to be found in the serpentines on the
peninsula of San Francisco, Cal. f H. G. Hanks.}
Hydroziiicite (Marionite) Earthy Calamiue, the silicate of zinc.
Id'ocrase Vesuvian of Werner, Vesuvianite; consisting of alumina, lime and
silica. Cyprine is the name of a rose-red variety.
Idrialine, or Idrialite (See Petroleum) A bitmninous substance obtained
from the quicksilver mines of Idria.
IImeiiite--(See Meuaccanite) Titanic Iron. A black metallic mineral, con.
sisting of iron, oxygen and titanium.
Indicolite Tourmaline of an indigo-blue color.
Hydrogen
Indium
Iodine A
Symbol, In.
grayish or bluish-black solid, metallic luster, resembling plumbago;

occurring in scales or crystals; exists in many marine plants and animals, in
mineral waters, and in a few minerals, notably with nitrate of soda and salt.
lolite (Finite) A mineral having a glassy appearance, remarkable for presenting a blue or violet-blue color in one direction, and, at right angles with
this direction, a yellowish-gray or brownish color.
It consists of alumina,
magnesia and silica, with some oxide of iron.
One of the metallic elements, having a density of from 19.3 to 21.1 2,
I riil i ii in
thus being the heaviest of known substances. In its native state is alloyed
with osmium or platinum. A specimen from California gave the following
analysis: Iridium 53.50, Osmium 43.40, Rhodium 2. CO, Euthenium 0.50=100.
Iridosmine or I ritlosniiiim The native compound of Iridium and Osmium; found in flattened metallic grains of extreme hardness.
Irite A black mineral, shining luster, and magnetic ; consisting chiefly of oxides
of chromium, iridium, iron and osmium.
Iron One of the metallic elements having the chemical equivalent 28, and denIt is monometric in crystallization, and of a white color
sity of about 7.8.
when pure. It is hard, very malleable when hot, welding easily at a high temoxidises
and
under moisture. The varieties are Arsenical Iron
perature,
(SeeLcillingite. Kog Iron
(See Limonite.) Cast-Iron or Pig Iron,
a compound of carbon and iron, brittle, and harder than pure iron. Magnetic Iron or Magnetite, an oxide iron containing three parts of iroif to
four of oxygen, and one of the most common of its ores, having generally an
octahedral crystallization
some specimens having magnetic polarity, are
called Loadstone Specular iron, see Hematite. Wronght-Iron, the purest
form of iron known in the arts; possesses great malleability and ductility is
soft, very tenacious, and at a high temperature may be welded.
Itaberite or Itabirite A variety of Hematite, being a granular, slaty rock,
consisting of specular or magnetic iron and quartz.
Itacoluiiiite A laminated, granular quartz roi'k, often occurring in regions
where the diamond is found. Flexible Sandstone.
:

J ami-soil it e
Sulphide of antimony, iron, copper, lead and zinc.

ore of lead and antimony. Gray Antimony Ore.
547
A steel-gray
Jasper An opaque, impure variety of quartz, of red, yellow and other dull
colors. It breaks with a smooth surface, and admits of a high polish.
Jet A variety of lignite, of a very compact texture, and velvet black color.
Kaolin or JHLaoliite, Kaolinite A variety of clay used for making porce*
lain, consisting of decomposed mineral feldspar.
Kirivanite A native silicate of iron, lime and alumina, found In basalt on the
north-east coast of Ireland.
Consisting of alumina and silica; occurs usually in long, thin, bladelike crystals, of a clear blue or bluish-white color.
.Lauradorite Labrador Spar; a beautiful variety of opalescent feldspar, from
Kyanite
Labrador.
Lanthanum
A metal occurring with cerium, and so-called

were concealed by those of the latter metal. Symbol, La.
Anglesite, Cerusite, Galena, Leadhillite. A metal of a dull white color,
with a cast of blue. It is the least elastic and sonorous of all the metals, and
at the same time it is soft and easily fusible. Its specific gravity, when pure,
is 11.445; it is found native in small masses, but generally mineralized by
sulphur and other substances.
JLenzinite Hydrous silicate of alumina, a mineral of a clear brown color.
JLepidolite A species of mica, presenting a lilac or rose- violet color.
JLeucopyrite White Pyrites; a mineral of a color between white and steelgray, with a metallic luster; composition. Arsenic and Iron.
.LigniteMineral Coal, retaining the texture of the wood from which it was
formed. See Coal.
Limestone Consisting chiefly of carbonate of lime, from which lime is obtained by the expulsion of its carbonic acid.
Limoiiite Bog- Ore {see Iron). This is a hydrous sesquioxide of iron, found
sometimes compact and fibrous, at others earthy and dull. When pure, the
JLiiuit liaiiiuill or
because its properties
ad
is: Sesquioxide of Iron 86.6, Water li. 4=100.

Equivalent in
metallic iron. 59.3 per cent.
cobalt
pyrites.
Siegeuite,
Lithium One of the alkaline metals, so-called because obtained from a mineral. It is the lightest metal known; specific gravity 0.59; atomic weight 7.
Lithomarge A fine-grained hydrous silicate of alumina, probably sedimentary. It contains generally magnesia and lime.
loadstone A piece of magnetic iron ore possessing polarity like a magnetic
needle: (See Iron Magnetic).
Lolliiigite Arsenical iron; known to be found at Paris, Me. [J. C. Smock].
JLucullltc A variety of black limestone, used for ornamental purposes.
Jlaele Andalusite, Chiastolite, the crystals of which present a tessellated appearance when cut transversely.
Magnesite Silicate of Magnesia, containing a large quantity of water; also
Carbonate of Magnesia, composed of: Magnesia 47.0, Carbonic Acid 52.4=100.
The undecomposable metallic base of magnesia.
Magnetite Magnetic iron ore. Composition: Protoxide of iron 31.03, Sesquioxide of Iron 68.97=100. Equivalent to: Iron 72.4, Oxygen 27.6100.
Malachite Native green Carbonate of Copper, Mountain Green. Composition:
Protoxide of Copper 71.9, Carbonic Acid 19.9, Water 8.2=100.
Manganese^-A metal of a dusky white or whitish-gray color, very hard and
difficult to fuse. Sybol Mn., chemical equivalent 27.6.
Maiiganite One of the ores of Manganese; called also gray manganese ore.
Marble Any species of calcareous stone or mineral of a compact texture; see
composition
Liiinscite
Magnesium
Calcite.
Sulphide of Iron, White Pyrites; often containing a small proportion of arsenic.

Tllari posite A mineral of an apple-green color, found with quartz, on the
Mariposa Estate, California; referred by Dana to Fuchsite.
DIarl or Marlite A mixed earthy substance, consisting of carbonate of lime,
clay, and silicious sand, in very variable proportions; see Greenland.
Marniatite A black mineral, consisting of the sulphurets of zinc and iron;
Mareasite
black blende.
Marmolite A variety of
serpentine, usually of a pale-green color, capable of

being split into thin, brittle lamitife.
Native sulphate of Ammonia, found in volcanic districts.
Massioot Protoxide of lead, or yellow oxide of lead, which has not been
fused. When melted and allowed to crystallize, forms Litharge.
Meadow-Ore Conchoidal bog-iron ore. (See Iron).
Melaconite Black Copper, Black Oxide of Copper; a rare mineral in California, occurs with malachite and bornite, contains granules of metallic copper
the size of birdshot.
Mascagnln
548
Ilmenite, Titanic iron. A black or steel-gray mineral, consisting chiefly of the titanate of iron.
mineral, occurring in small crystals in granite veins in the
Iluien mountains, and consisting of zirconia, peroxide of iron and titanic acid.
Mercury Cinnabar, Quicksilver. A 3metal, white like silver, liquid at common temperatures, congealing at 40 below zero, Fahr. specific gravity 13. ti.
ottetacimiabarite Is a black sulphide of mercury, resembles ciuuabar in
composition a rare metal. [H. G. Hanks]
Mesotype A zeolitic mineral, occurring in slender crystals, and delicate, radiated concretions, and consisting of the hydrated silicate of alumina and .soda.
Meteoric Iron Is of cosmical origin, having fallen to the earth from space.
Specimens have been found at different times, varying from a few inches to
many feet in thickness, of every conceivable shape. Composition principally
iron and nickel; but have also been found to contain (in variable quantities)
Cobalt, Carbon in combination, Graphite, Silica, Phosphorus and Sulphur.
Miargyritc A mineral of an iron-black color, and very sectile, consisting
principally of sulphur, antimony and silver.
Mica Isinglass, Muscovite, Muscovy Glass, Phlogopite, etc. It is an essential
constituent of granite, gneiss and mica slate; capable of being cleaved into
elastic plates of extreme thinness. It occurs in various colors, and three or
four varieties.
Michaelite A white, pearly, fibrous variety of opaL
Mlllerite Sulphide of Nickel. A rare mineral of a brass-yellow color, resembling Chalcopyrite known to have been found near Cisco, Cal. [Hanks],
inict cue The mineral arseniate of lead, occurring in pale yellow or brownish hexagonal crystals.
Mineral Coal Anthracite, lonite, Lignite, etc. See Coal.
Molybdena or Molybdenite Sulphide of Molybdenum. An ore of a dark
lead color, occurring in flexible laminae, like plumbago.
as
Molybdenum A rare metal occurring variously in nature, as a sulphide;
molybdic acid; and with lead, as molydate of lead; obtained only in small,
separate globules, in a blackish-brilliant mass, which are brittle, and ex-
Mcnaccanite
Meiigite A black
tremely infusible.
Molybdic Acid, Molybdic Ochre.
Molybdite
gold.
Found with Molybdenite and
[Dana],
Muiidic (See Pyrite)

Muriacite A variety
Iron Pyrites, or Arsenical Pyrites.

of anhydrite crystallized in broad lamellae.
Not abundant, but occurring with gold, pyrite and chalcopyrite;
Xaji'yaji'ite
in numerous mines in Montana.
[ W. Cross],
(See Mesotype) Soda Mesotype, Zeolite, occurring in implanted
groups of glassy, acicular crystals, and in fibrous concretions.
Native carbonate of soda; see Trona.
sit roil
Xeedle-Ore Acieular ore of bismuth.
Xeedle-Spar Aragonite. A mineral consisting chiefly of carbonate of lime,
Xeedle-Stoiie Natrolite. A mineral of the zeolite family.
XewUirltite A black, opaque mineral, with splendent metallic luster, crystallizing in small needles, and consisting of sequioxide of manganese, peroxide of iron and water.
Xiccolite Copper-nickel, associated with smaltite. [ John C. Smock],
Nickel (See also Millerite and Zaratite) liather a rare metal, generally found
with iron and cobalt; except in meteorites, it is never found in the metallic
state, being always combined with other elements, as antimony, arsenic, carIt is a silver-white, malleable,
bon, copper, oxygen, silicon, sulphur, etc.
and ductile metal ; specific gravity 8.28 when cast, and 8.6GG when forged.
Matrolite
Xiobium
See Columbium.
Xiter or Xitre Saltpeter, Nitrate of Potassa.

Xitratine A mineral occurring in transparent
crystals, usually of a white,
sometimes of a reddish, gray, or lemon-yellow color; native nitrate of soda.

A gaseous element, without taste, odor or color, forming nearly fourIts specific
fifths of common air, and incapable of sustaining life; azote.
gravity is 0.94; atomic weight 14.
t
Xoii roiiite A greenish-yellow or green mineral, consisting chiefly of the hydrous silicate of alumina.
Xorium (See Zircon) A metal discovered in Zircon.
Kovaculite Oilstone; Razor-stone; Turkey-stone ; Whet-slate; Whetstone. A
variety of argillaceous slate, of which hones are made.
Obsidian (See Orthoclase) A kind of glass produced by volcanoes, usually of
a black color, and opaque, except in thin splinters.
Ocher (See Limonite) A variety of fine clay containing iron; red and yellow
Xltrogeii
are the common colors.

Oniphazite A foliated leek-green variety of
Onyx
(See Aragonite)
pyroxene.
Chalcedony consisting of parallel layers of different
549
shades of color. The purest horn-colored onyx, with beautiful green jaspery
zones, is called J asp-onyx.
consisting of sllex in what is called the soluble state, and
usually a small quantity of water.
Orpinient Yellow sulphide of arsenic, having a resinous taste. It occurs in
nature as an ore of arsenic, and usually in combination with realga.
Orthoola.se Common Feldspar, including the subtranslucent varieties; a sill,
cate of alumina and potash. Composition: Alumina 18.5, i>otash 16.9, Silica
64.6=100.
A brittle, gray-colored metal, found with platinum. Its oxide forms
a volatile acid of an acrid, disagreeable odor.
See also Iridium, with which
it is invariably alloyed or associated.
A gaseous element, destitute, in its ordinary condition, of taste, color
and smell, possessing strong chemical affinities. In certain conditions it is
peculiarly active, and possesses both odor and taste, being then known as
ozone. It serves to support life, and though heavier than air, forms about 22
per cent, of the atmosphere. By composition with hydrogen, it forms water.
Palladium A metal, found in very small grains, of a steel-gray color, and
fibrous structure, in auriferous and platiniferous sand. It is infusible by ordinary heat, and when native, is alloyed with a little platinum and iridium.
Pectolite A grayish or whitish mineral, occurring in aggregating crystals of a
silky luster, and arranged in stellar or radiated forms, or in fibrous masses.
It consists of the hydrous silicate of alumina, lime and soda.
Pelopium Symbol, Pe.
Peliom A variety of lolite, of a smoky-blue color.
Petroleum Maltha, Kock Oil, a liquid, inflammable, bituminous substance, exuding from the earth and collected on the surface of the water in wells and
fountains; it is essentially composed of carbon and hydrogen ; seeAsphaltum.
Petzite Hessite, a telluride of silver and gold; the latter metal replacing part
of the silver. Composition: Tellurium 35.40, Silver 40.60, Gold 24.80=100.80.
Pbacolite A mineral consisting of the hydrous silicate of alumina, lime and
soda; a variety of chabasite.
Pharmacolite A native hydrous arseniate of lime, white or grayish color,
vitreous luster, found with ores of cobalt and silver.
Phenacite A mineral consisting principallyof silica and glucina, like quartz.
Phoenicochroite Subsesquionromate of lead, occasionally met with in other
lead ores, in Arizona.
[E. Stahl],
Plionolite Clink-stone, a compact, feldspathic, volcanic rock.
or
Phosgene Phosgenite Light Producer, Chloro-Carbonateof lead; strawcolored, acicular interlaced crystals in cavities.
Phosphorus An elementary substance, of a yellowish color, and semi-transparent, resembling fine wax. Phosphorus acid is formed by a combination of
phosphorus with oxygen, in the proportion of two equivalents of phosphorus
to three of oxygen.
Photizite A mineral consisting of a mixture of rhodonite and carbonate of
Opal A mineral
Osmium
Oxygen
manganese.
Phyllite A mineral
consisting chiefly of the hydrous silicate of alumina, iron

and manganese, occurring in thin scales or leaves.
Jfyrrhotite Magnetic pyrites. [Blake].
Picotite -Chrome Spinel, occurs in the basalts of Mt. Shasta, Cal.
Pic.rolite A fibrous variety of serpentine; see Serpentine.
Picrophyllite A species of serpentine occurring in dark-green, foliated

masses.
Picrosmine A mineral, consisting chiefly of silicate of magnesia, and having
a bitter, argillaceous odor when moistened.
Pimelite An apple-green mineral, having a greasy feel, consisting chiefly of
the hydrous silicate of alumina, iron, magnesia and nickel.

igneous rock of semi-glassy nature, having a luster like pitch, and
related to obsidian.
Pitchblende An ore of uranium, black or brownish color, and semi-metallic
Pitch An
luster.
Plagionlte A sulphuret
and metallic
of lead and antimony, of a blackish lead-gray color,
luster.
(Platiniridium, Iridium) A metal of the color of silver, but less

brigtt, harder than iron, resists the action of acids, very ductile and capable
of being rolled into thin plates; specific gravity (native) 1G.OO, (rolled) 22.69;
is the least expansible, and with the exception of Iridium, the heaviest of
known substances. It is now found to be fusible under theoxyhydrogen blowpipe. Analysis finds it generally to be alloyed with copper, gold, iridium,
iron, osmium, palladium, rhodium, sand, etc.
Polybasite A sulphide of many bases, viz: Antimony, arsenic, copper,
silver and zinc.
Platinum
550
Polyhalite A
mineral, brick-red color, being tinged with iron, of a fibrous

structure, consisting chiefly of the sulphate of lime, magnesia and soda.
A
black, opaque mineral, having a brilliant, almost metallic
Polymignite
luster, containing cerium, lime, manganese, oxides of iron, titanic acid, yttria
and zirconia, and traces of magnesia, oxide of tin, potash and silica.
Potassium A lustrous, bluish-white metal, having a strong affinity for oxygen,
with which it forms potassa.
Atomic weight 39, and lighter than water.
Priceite Pandermite; see Colemanite.
Silver
Proustite Light Ruby
Ore, arsenical sulphide of silver, found with
galena, pyrite, pyrargyrite and quartz.
Psilomelane Manganese Ore, containing baryta, oxide of manganese and
water; dark color nearly steel-gray, and occurring in smooth, botryoidal forms,
and massive.
(Lava) A substance ejected from volcanoes, of
various colors, as gray, white, reddish-brown, or black; hard, rough and porous; and so light as to float on water. It is supposed to be produced by the
disengagement of gas, within the lava, while in a liquid or plastic state.
Pyrargyrite Dark Ruby Silver, Antimonial Sulphide of Silver.
Pyrites Sulphuretof Iron, Mundic, consisting of sulphur with cobalt, popper,
iron or nickel, presenting a white or yellowish metallic luster. Composition:
Sulphur 53.3, Iron 46.7=100.
Pyroclilore A mineral usually of a yellowish or brownish color, consisting
chiefly of columbic acid, lime, and protoxide of cerium, and sometimes titanic
acid with, or in place of, the columbic acid.
Pyrolusite -Biuoxide of manganese, color and streak black; it is brittle and
opaque. Composition: Manganese 63.3, Oxygen 3(5.7=100.
Pyromorphite The mineral phosphate of lead, occurring in bright-green and
brown hexagonal crystals and masses.
Py rophyllite The hydrous silicate of alumina, of a white or greenish color
and pearly luster.
Pyrrhite An orange-yellow mineral, vitrious luster, consisting of the colum.
bate of zirconia, colored, apparently , by oxides of iron, manganese and uranium
Pyroxene A silicate of different bases; the varieties of which are known ai
augite, diallage, diopside, hypersthene, omphazite, sahlite, smaragdite, etc.
It occurs crystallized in oblique prismatic forms, and also massive, llamellar,
granular and fibrous; color green, but sometimes white or black.
Ouartz It is abinoxideof silicon, the elements being combined as follows:
Oxygen 53.33, Silicon 46.67=100. Quartz is one of the most abundant of minerals, occurs in every variety of color and form; is colorless when pure,
otherwise black, blue, brown, green, red, yellow, and variegated. The varie.
ties, from crystallized to massive, are known by many names, among which
are Agate, Amethyst, Aventurine, Bloodstone, Brazilian Pebble, Buhr Stone,
Cairngorm, Carnelian,Cat's-Eye, Chrysoprase, FalseTopaz, Heliotrope, Jasper,
Mocha Stone, Onyx, Prase, Quartz, Quartzite, Rock Crystal, Sardonyx, Siderite.
4^nicltsilver (Mercury) The ore of this mineral is of a bright-red color,
the streak scarlet; and as Cinnabar (sulphide of mercury) has a specific gravity =8.99. Composition: Mercury 86.2, Sulphur 13.8=100; see Mercury.
Realgar Sulphide of Arsenic. A mineral, of a bright red to orange color.
Composition: Sulphur 29.9, Arsenic 70.1=100.
Remoliuite A mineral usually of a bright-green color, consisting of oxide of
copper, chloride of copper, and water,
Retinalite (See Serpentine) A translucent variety of serpentine, of a honey,
yellow or greenish-yellow color, having a resinous appearance.
A metal associated with platinum, of a white color and metallic lusIt re.
ter, extremely hard and brittle, and has a specific gravity of about 11.
quires the strongest heat that can be produced by a wind furnace for its fusion.
Rhodocrosite Carbonate of Manganese.
Rhodonite Manganese Spar, or silicate of manganese.
Soap This is a mineral resembling halloysite, and mordenite, but believed to be a mechanical mixture of two or more minerals. No two analysts
agree as to its composition; it takes the place of certain soaps.
Roscoelite A very rare mineral found in Eldorado County, California; the
analysis by Prof. H. E. Roscoe, of Manchester, England, is as follows: A'.uiaina 12.84, Lime .61, Magnesia 2.01, Oxide of Manganese (Mn. 3. O. 4) 1.10
Potash 8.56, Sesquioxide of Iron 1.13, Silica 41.25, Soda .>, Vauadic Acid
(V 2; O. 5) 28.60, Water combined 1.08, Moisture 2.'27=100.27.
Ituhellite A red variety of tourmaline, varying in color from a pale rose-red
to a deep ruby.
Rubicelle A variety of ruby of a reddish color, from Brazil.
Rubidium An alkiline metal first found in mineral waters; so-called from ex.
hibiting dark red lines in the spectrum analysis, by means of which it was
discovered. Symbol, Rb,
Pumice or Pumice-Stoiie
Rhodium
Rock
WRIGHTS AND MEASURES
551
Ruthenium A metal
extracted from the ore of platinum. It is of a gray colo?,

very hard and brittle; specific gravity 8.6; symbol, Ru.
Titanic
an
ore of titanium, of a reddish-brown color, sometimes
Kutile
Acid;
passing into red. It occurs usually in prismatic crystals, sometimes massive.
of
Salt Chloride
Sodium, Halite, Bock Salt; the analysis of the average common salt gathered from the desert basins of the Pacific Coast, and of rock
is
as
salt mined,
follows: Chloride of Sodium 97.76, Sulphate of Sodium .70.
Chloride of Iodine .27, Moisture .96, Insoluble matter .20=99.89.
Sandstone A rock made of sand more or less firmly united. Argillaceous
Sandstone, contains much clay; Granitic Sandstone, consists of granitic sand;
Silicious Sandstone, consists mainly of quartz sand; but if very hard, it is often
called Grit.
Sa|>ouite Rock Soap; see Rock Soap.

{Sapphire Pure crystallized alumina; occurs
in grains and massive; color blue.
in hexagonal crystals, and also
Sarcolite A variety of analcime from Vesuvius
applied also to a variety of

;
chabasite, and to the mineral humboldtite.
Carnelian. A variety of chalcedony, of a rich brownish-red color, but
which.wheii held between the eye and the light, appears of a deep blood-red.
va*solite or Sassol iii<' Native Boracic Acid; occurs in the ciaters o t extinct
volcanoes, and as a saline incrustation on the borders of mineral hot springs.
Composition: Boracic Acid 56.45, Water 43.55=100.
Scheeletiiie A mineral of a green, yellowish, brown or red color, and resinous
luster, consisting chiefly of tungstic acid and oxide of lead; tuugstate of lead.
Selieelite (See Cuproscheelite) Tungstate of lime, a calcareous ore of tungsten, of a white or pale-yellowish color.
Composition: Tuugstic Acid 80.6,
Lime 19.4=100.
Scheereritik A resinous, inflammable sul'stance, occurring in loosely aggregated crystalline grains and folia, ov in minute acicular crystals in small
cavities in coal, and consisting of carbon and hydrogen.
Schorl Black Tourmaline; see Tourmaline.
Schorlite A variety of Topaz; a mineral of a greenish-white, and sometimes
yellowish color.
Scolecite Lime Mesctype; hydrated silicate of alumina and lime,
Scorodite A native compound of arsenic acid and oxide of iron, having a leekgreen or brownish color.
Selenite Gypsum; a variety of sulphate of lime or gypsum, occurring in
transparent crystals, or crystalline masses.
Selenium An elementary substance, allied to sulphur, having a dark-brown
color, with a metallic luster. It vaporizes at 650 Fahr.
Sepiolite Meerschaum, Hydrous Silicate of Magnesia.
Serpentine Chryotile, Picrolite, Eetinalite. A mineral or rock consisting
chiefly of the hydrous silicate of magnesia, and usually of an obscure-green
color, spotted or mottled in appearance, from the presence of chromic iron.
The translucent varieties of rich oil-green shades, usually dark, but sometimes pale, are called precious or noble serpentine.
Siderite Carbonate of Iron, Spathic Iron; a hydrous arseniate of iron; cube
ore: an indigo blue variety of quartz. Composition: Carbonic Acid 37.9, Protoxide of Iron 62.1=100.
Silicon A dark-brown elementary substance, destitute of metallic luster, and:
a non-conductor of electricity. It is the base of silex or silica.
Silver A soft, white, metallic element, very malleable and ductile, and capable
of a high polish. It occvirs in nature and also in combination with sulphur,
Pure silver -melts at
arsenic, etc., and with ores of lead, copper and gold.
I860 Fahr.; atomic weight 108; specific gravity 10.47. The following is a list
of the silver minerals, with the percentage of silver in each.
Those marked
with an asterisk have been found in California:
Eucairite
*Embolite
43.1
Rittingerite
61.07,71.94
46.0
Naumannite
73.2
*Galeuite, variable..
lodyrite
8.0
53.1
75.3
Styloptypite
*Stromeyrite
*Cerargyrite
57.4
75.5
*Sylvanite
3-9, 14.68
Bromyrite
*Polybasite
*Tetrahedrite...?....
59.8
78.0
*Pyrargyrite
Dyscrasite
Freieslebenite
24.3
62.3
Chileuite
86.2
Pyrostilpnite
2C.1
*Hessite
62.8
87.1
Brogniardite
*Argentite
Xanthoconite
.64.0
""Native Silver nearly
Freibergite
3.9,31.29
3'j.2
*Proustite
64.67
Sternbergite
pure.
Hard
Miargyrite
Skolopsite A
36.0
68.5
*Stephanite
mineral of a grayish- white or reddish-gray color, consisting
and soda.
A mineral of a bright metallic luster, sometimes iridescent,
of a color between tin-white and pale lead-gray, consisting chieflr < arsenic
chiefly of alumina, lime, silica
Skiitterudite
and cobalt.
552
Slate The
slates are silicious sedimentary rocks specific gravity from 26.72 to

and a cubic foot weighs from 167 to 100 Ibs. both slate and shale are,
no doubt, sedimentary mud or silt, which, from great age, have become indurated, and for the most part were formed at the bottom of the sea. The fossil*
;
27.84;
contained in them are conclusive evidence of this.

or Smalt ite Gray cobalt ore; a tin-white or gray mineral, consist
ing of arsenic and cobalt, or arsenic and nickel, or sometimes all three corn*
Smaltine
bined with iron.
Smectite A hydrous silicate of
alnmina, of a greenish color, which In certain
humidity appears transparent and almost gelatinous.

Smithsonite Carbonate of zinc; occurs with cerusite, in Inyo County, Cal.
Soda Alum A mineral consisting of sulphate of alumina, sulphate of soda,
and water.
states of
Steatite; see Talc.

in small bluish dodecahedrons, and con.
taining a large proportion of soda, with silica, alumina and hydrochloric acid.
Soda Xiter Nitrate of soda. Composition: Nitric Acid 63.5, Soda 30,.">=10C.
Sodium A yellowish-white metallic element, soft like wax, and lighter thai.
water; specific gravity, 97.
Spalerite Blende, Zinc Blende, Black Jack, Sulphuret, of zinc. A mineral of
a black, brown, green, or yellow color; streak white; transparent, opaque;
specific gravity 3.9 to 4. Composition : Sulphur 33, Zinc 67=100.
Spliene Titanite. A mineral composed of silica, titanic acid and lime. It?
colors are dull yellow, green, gray, brown and black; found usually in thin
Soapstone
Sodalite A mineral occurring usually
wedge-shaped
crystals.
Spherosiderite Clay Ironstone; Nodular Iron Ore; Carbonate of iron is.

spheroidal masses, occurring in trap.
Spherulite A variety of obsidian or pearl-stone, found in roimded grains.
Spragide Earth of Lemnos, Lemniau Earth. A species of oeherous clay whicii
falls to pieces in water, with the emission of many bubbles.
Spindle A mineral occurring in octahedrons, of great hardness, consisting of
a sesquioiide and a protoxide in equal proportions, the former being usually

alumina, but often partly sesquioxide of iron, the latter usually magnesia,
but sometimes protoxide of iron, of zinc, etc.; colors black, bluej brown and
green; when red or ruby, constitutes the gem Spinal Ruby.
(see Beryl; A mineral consisting chiefly of alumina, silica, and
Spodumene
the rare earth lithia.
A
Stalactite
pendent cone or cylinder of carbonate of lime; see Caleite.
Stalagmite A deposit of earthy calcareous matter, made by calcareous water
the
floors of caverns; see Calcite
on
dropping
Staurotide A mineral crystalized in rhombic prisms, either single or intereach
secting
other, so as to form a cross. Its color is usually brown or black,
generally opaque, or nearly so, and consists essentially of alumina, silica, and
oxide of iron.
Steatite (see Talc) Soapstone; a soft magnesian rock having a soapy fW!,
presenting brown, grayish-green, and whitish shades of color; composition:
Magnesia and
Silica.
Stephanite Black Silver, Brittle Silver Ore, Silver Glan<v..

Sternbergite A foliated ore of silver, consisting of silver,
Stibicouite Antimony Ochre, Hydrous Oxide of Antimony,
ir-oa,
and sulphur.
Partzite.
The
col-
ors are yellow, pea-green to black; sp. gr., 3.8; composition: Teroxide of Aniimony 47.65, Oxide of Copper 32.11, Oxide of Silver 6.12, Oxide of Lead 2.01,
,'xide of Iron 2.33, Water 8.29=98.5L
,<til>nite Antimony Glance, Sulphide of Antimony; color or streak lead-gray,
sometimes tarnished black or iridescent; sp, gr., 4.5 to 4.6; composition: Antimony 71.8, Sulphur 28.2=100.
Stromeyerite Silver Copper Glance; a steel-gray ore of eilvfer, consisting of
sulphur, silver, and copper.
Stroiitia An earth of a white color, resembling baryta in many of its properties. It is a compound of oxygen and the metal sirontiuui, in the proportion
of 8 of the former to 43.8 of the latter.
Stroiitianite Carbonate of Strontia, occurring crystalized, fibrous, massive,
and stellated in the form of a modified rhombic prism.
Strontium--A malleable metal, yellowish color, in properties resembling ba-
rium; symbol, Sr.; sp. gr., 2.54.

Amber; a garnet of an amber color.
Sulphur Brimstone; a simple mineral substance, of a yellowish color, brittle,
insoluble in water, easily fusible, and inflammable; if coo)i slowly crystal-
Succinite
lizes in needles; sp. gr., 2.07.
Telluride of Gold; a mineral of steei-gray silver-white, or sometimes yellowish color, consisting of native tellurium with a considerate* }*.(
portion of gold and silver.
Sylvan ite
553
Talc French
Chalk, Steatite, Soapstone; this is a soft mineral, generally foliated, except where it occurs in rocky masses aa soapstone, when it is granular
or crypto-crystalline. When pure it is of a green, white, or yellowish color,
with a greasy or soapy feel. H. =1-2.5. Sp. gr. =2. 55-2.78.
Tellurium See also Altaite, Calaverite, Hessite, Petzite and Tetradymite.
Tellurium is a white metal, brittle, and easily fusible. Its equivalent or combining weight is 64.2 (old system, 128.4 by the new). Symbol, Te. Tellurium, as far as known, is found only in ten rare minerals, as follows (the
figures showing the percentage of tellurium in each) : Altaite, combined with
lead 38.2; Calaverite, combined with gold and silver 5(i.O; Hessite, combined
with silver
37.2; Joseite,
combined with bismuth, selenium and sulphur
15.<)3;
Nagyagite, combined with copper, gold, lead, silver and sulphur 30.52 Petzite,
a variety of hessite (No. 3)
; Sylvanite, combined with antimony, gold, lead
and silver 44.0 to 60.0; Tellurium, native, nearly pure ; Tetradymite, combined
with bismuth and silver 33.0 to 48.0; Tellurite, doubtful.
Tephroite A silicate of manganese of an ash-gray color, occurring both massive and granular.
Terbium Symbol, Tb. See Gadinolite.
Tetradymite Bismuth, with Tellurium. Telluride of bismuth.
Tetrahedrite Fahlerz, Gray Copper. This mineral is a double sulphide of
copper and antimony, of which there are numerous varieties.
Thallium An alkaline metal, closely resembling lead in color, density, nnd
softness, but in its chemical relations similar to the alkali-metals potassium
;
and sodium.
Theuardite Anhydrous Sulphate of Soda; composition:

Acid 43.7 =100.
Thomsoiiite A mineral of the zeolite family, occurring
Soda
56.3,
Sulphuric
generally in masses
It consists of silica,
of a radiated structure, and glassy or vitreous luster.

alumina and lime, with some soda and water.
Thorite A massive and compact mineral, resembling gadolinite. It contains
58 per cent, of the rare earth thoria, combined with silica.
A heavy gray metal, which, when heated in the air, takes fire and
burns with great brilliancy, being then converted into thoria.
Throniwolite An opaque amorphous mineral of a vitreous luster, and of an
emerald or dark-green color, consisting chiefly of phosphoric acid, oxide of
copper and water.
Thuriiigite A tough mineral of an olive-green color, pearly luster and argillaceous odor, consisting chiefly of silica, protoxide of iron, peroxide of iron,
alumina and water.
Tiemaiinite Selenide of Mercury.
Tin Cassiterite. A white, soft, non-elastic metal, very malleable, fuses at 442 3
Fahr., and has a specific gravity of 7.3; see Cassiterite
Tincal (See Borax) Crude Borax as it is imported from the East Indies, in
yellow, greasy crystals.
Tit unite or Sphene Titaniferous Iron, found in iron sand; sphene is found
in small hair form crystals; see Sphene.
Titanium A metal of a deep-blue color; it occurs in different states of oxidation or intermixture, in various parts of the world. The ores of this metal
are called: Iserine, Menackanile, Nigrine, Octahedrite, Rutile and Sphene.
Topaz A mineral occurring in rhombio prisms, generally yellowish and pellucid,
also colorless, and of greenish, bluish or brownish shades; sometimes masIt is
sive and opaque, and consisting of silica, alumina and fluoric acid.
highly valued as a gem.
Topazolite A variety of precious garnet, of a topaz-yellow color, or an olivegreen.
Tourmaline A mineral almost invariably found crystallized, of all colors,
from opaque black to nearly or quite transparent colorless. The usual colors
are: black (Schorl) , red (Rubellite) , blue (Indicolite) , green (Chrysolite) , honeyyellow (Peridot) , colorless (Achroite). All the tourmalines contain boracic arid
from 3 to 10 percent. Composition: Alumina 30.0, Binoxide of Manganese
6.14, Boracic Acid 6.49, Flourine 2.0, Lime 0.8, Magnesia 2.3, Potash 0.38, Sesquioxide of Iron 7.14, Silica 36.71, Soda 2.04=99.28.
A heavy, igneous rock, of a greenish-black or grayish color, consisting of
an intimate mixture of feldspar and hornblende or pyroxine.
Triphyline A mineral of a grayish-green or bluish color, consisting of the
phosphates of iron, manganese and lithia.
Triplite An imperfectly crystallized mineral, of a dark-brown color, consisting
of phosphoric acid and the oxides of manganese and iron.
Troiia Sesquicarbonate of soda. This mineral is found with gay-lussite, salt,
thenardite and tincal, in many different localities on the Pacific Coast.
Composition: Carbonic Acid 40.2, Soda 37.8, Water 22 0=100.
Tufa A soft or porous stone formed by depositions from water, usually calcareous.
Thorium
Trap
554
Til
ngston A
metal of a grayish-wnite color, considerable luster, brittle, nearly
as hard as steel, and fused with extreme difficulty ; specific gravity near 17. 6s
also called Wolfrainium.
Tnrpeth or Turbith Mineral Yellow Sulphate of Mercury. A yello-w
salt composed of 3 equivalents of the protoxide of mercury and 1 equivalent
of sulphuric acid. It is not found in nature.
Turquois A mineral of a peculiar bluish-green color, occurring in reniforra
masses, with a botryoidal surface; susceptible of a high polish, and when
highly colored, much esteemed as a gem; Calaite.
Tyrolite A translucent, very sectile mineral, of a green color, and pearly or
vitreous luster, consisting chiefly of arsenic acid, oxide of copper, carbonate
of lime and water.

Borate of Lime, Boronatrocalcite, Cotton Balls, Natroborocalcite,
Sheet Cotton, Tiukalzit, Tiza, etc. This curious mineral was first found in
the Niter beds of Peru, in small quantities. It is a natural hydrated borate
of lime and soda.
Analysis by Ulex, is as follows: Boracic A'cid 4'J.5, Lime
15.9, Soda 8.8, Water 25.8=100.
Ullmnmiite A brittle mineral of a steel-gray color and metallic luster, con.
sisting of antimony, arsenic, nickel and silver.
Uraninite Pitchblende, an ore of uranium; see Pitchblende.
Uranite An ore of uranium, of a bright-green or yellow color, and foliattd
like mica. The green variety consists of oxide of uranium, phosphoric acid,
and copper, and is called chalcolite or copper uranite.
Uranium A metal discovered in the mineral called pitchblende, in which it
exists as an oxide, with oxide of iron, and some arsenic, cobalt, lead, sulphur
and zinc. It occurs also in uranite, and uran-ochre, and a few other minerals.
Color reddisfi-brown; luster metallic; form crystalline.
Vanadinite The mineral vanadate of lead, occurring in yellowish and brown.
ish hexagonal crystals.
A metal having a white color, and a strong metallic luster, ex>
Ulexite
Vanadium
tremely
brittle,
resembling silver, but more like molybdenum.
Variscite An apple-green mineral occurring in reniform masses, and
consist.
ing chiefly of alumina, phosphoric acid and water.

Vauquelinite Chromate of copper and lead, of various shades of green.
Vermiculite A mineral having a granular, scaly structure, and resembling
steatite in appearance; consisting chiefly of alumina, magnesia and silica.
Vesnvianite Idocrase. Is a silicate of alumina, iron and lime.
Vivianite A phosphate of iron of various shades of blue and green; the min.
eral is that variety known as blue iron earth or native Prussian blue. Composition: Phosphoric Acid 28.3, Protoxide of Iron 43.0. Water 28.7=100.
Volborthite Vanadate of Copper. A mineral of a green or gray color, consisting chiefly of vanadic acid, oxide of copper, lime, and water.
Volgerite Antimony Ocher, associated with other antimony ores.
"Voltzite A rose-red, yellowish or brownish mineral, occurring in impiantci
spherical globules, and consisting chiefly of sulphuret of zinc and oxide of zinc.
Vnlpinite A variety of anhydrite, containing some silica and presenting &
grayish, white color and high luster.
Bog-manganese. An earthy oxid," of manganese, or mixture of different
oxides and water, with some oxide of iron, and often alumina, baryta, lime.
or silica, and including several varieties ; sometimes applied to Plumbago or
Black Lead.
Wagiierite A phosphate of magnesia, resembling the Brazilian topaz.
llValctiOWite A resinous substance occurring in yellow, translucent masses,,
often striped with brown; formerly called Retinite.
Warwieltite A dark-brown or black mineral, consisting chiefly of boracic
acid, titanic acid, magnesia and oxide of iron.
W^heel-Ore An opaque mineral of a steel-gray or black color, and metallic
luster, consisting chiefly of antimony, copper, lead and sulphur.
\Vhewell ite A brittle, crystalline mineral, consisting chiefly of oxalaie of li;r..
\Villemite Anhydrous Silicate of Zinc. A mineral of a resinous luster and
yellowish color, consisting chiefly of silicate of zinc.
Wolfram Tungstate of Iron. An ore of tungsten; color brownish or grayishblack, and sub-metallic in luster. It occurs massive and crystallized, and in
concentric, lamellar concretions.
Wulfenite Molybdateof lead; occurring in small, perfect, tabular crystals,
yellowish color, with a specific gravity of from 6 to 7
Xylotile An opaque, glimmering, delicately fibrous mineral, of a light or
dark wood-brown or sometimes green color, consisting of magnesia, iesquioxide of iron, silica and water.
ytt.roeerite Amineral of a violet-blue color, inclining to gray and bite, or
sometimes white or reddish-brown. It consists of lime, sesquioxid.' 'f cer-
Wad
Jum,
yttria.
and hydro-fluoric
acid.
555
A very rare mefal, texture ?cly. color grayish-black, and luster per-
V ttriiim
fectly metallic.
Yttria, Pliosphyttrlte.
irttroeolumbite Au
ore of
columbium and yttrium, in black, brown and
yellow colors.
Karatite Emerald Nickel, Hydrate of Nickel, Hydrated Carbonate of Nickel.

A rare mineral and ore that is never found in large quantities, generally as a
thin coating or chromic iron and serpentine.
Zeolite The name applies to a group of minerals which includes

species: the name is therefore indefinite. They are all hydrous
at least 20
silicates of
alumina, and generally are found in lavas and ainygdaloids

Zinc See also Blende, Smithsonite, and Spalerite. A metal of rather rare occurrence, never found in nature, of a brilliant white color, with a shade of
blue, and appearing as if composed of plates adhering together; it is not brittle, but less malleable than copper, lead, or tin. Sp. gr.=6.8(il; atomic weight
32.56 (by old, and 65 by the new method)
.
Zinc-blende A native sulphuret of
zinc, often containing some iron, occurring crystallized, massive, or in other forms, and of various colors, but usuor
black.
Blende.
red,
brown,
ally yellowish,
Zinc-bloom An opaque mineral, of a dull luster and white, grayish, or yellowish color, consisting chiefly of carbonic acid, oxide of zinc, and water.
Ked Oxide of Zinc, Red Zinc Ore. A brittle, translucent mineral, of
a deep-red color, sometimes inclining to yellowish, and consisting chiefly of
oxide of zinc, but containing also a small quantity of oxide of manganese.
nkenite A steel-gray ore of antimony and lead.
Zircon Jargon. Hyacinth, Silicate of Zirconia. A mineral containing the enrih
zirconia and silica, with 67 per cent, of the former to 33 per cent, of the latter;
occurring in square prisms with pyramidal terminations of a brown or griiy
color, occasionally red, and often nearly transparent. A red variety is called
Hyacinth.
Zirconium A metal obtained from the minerals zircon and hyacinth. It is
commonly obtained in the form of a black powder.
Zoislte A grayish or whitish mineral, related to epidote.
Supplemental List of Some

Aenesite Carbonate of bismuth.
New
Varieties of Minerals,
Silicate of bismuth.
Agric.olite
Antimonide of
Animikite
silver.
Sulphide of silver and germanium.

Arsenargeiitite Arsenide of silver.
Arsenstibite Hydrous arsenate of antimony.
Harysil Silicate of lead.
Belonesite Molybdate of magnesium.
Arff.vrodite
Cobaltomenite
Selenite of cobalt.
Col oradoite Telluride of mercury.

Kdisonite Oxide of titanium.
Kggonite-Silicate of cadmium.
Ferrotellurite
Tellurate of iron.
in kite Hydrous arsenate of manganese.

llaiiksite Sulphato-carbonate of sodium.
II or sfordite Antimonide of copper.
s s g g a
Huntilite
Arsenide of
silver.
Hydrargyrite Oxide of mercury.

Mrennerite Telluride of eold, silver and
copper.
Hydrous arsenate of aluminum.
Liiskeardite
Maiiganosite Protoxide of manganese.

Melanosiderite Hydrous silicate of iron.
Metastibnite Red sesquisulphide of antimony.
Selenite of lead.
Nitrate of barium.
Molybdomenite
X itrobarite
Hydrous phosphate of
Phosphuranylite Titanate
of iron.
uranium,
I'seiidobrookite
Ilandite Hydrous carbonate of calcium and uranium.
Kedingtonite Hydrous sulphate of chromium.

Itciiiite
Tungstate of iron.
Siderazot Nitride of iron.

Sperrylite Arsenide of platinum.
of cobalt.
Hphaeroeobaltite Carbonate
Spodiosite Fluo-phosphate of calcium.
Stutzite
Telluride of silver.
Iodide of silver and mercury.
Tocornalite
Xanthiosite
Yttrialite
And !8t>7
Arsenate of nickel.
Silicate of yttrium and thorium.
new species and varieties.
other
THE GREAT PYRAMID JEKZKH

Supply and Cost of l. i i-m. Including Intoxicants and
Tobacco, in Principal Countries of the World.
;
COUNTRY.
557
CANALS OF THE WORLD.

Depth of Canals in the United States. Ogeechee Canal, Ga., 3 feet; Galveston and Brazos, Tex., 3^ feet Black River, N. Y.; Hocking, Ohio Ohio Canal
and Walhouding Branch, Ohio, each 4 feet Des Moines Rapids; Morris, Pa., and N.
J.; and Santa F6, Fla., each 5 feet; Miami and Erie; and Susquehanna and Tidewater, Pa. and Md., each 5J4 feet; Champlain, N. Y.; Chesapeake and Ohio, Md.
and D. C.; Company's La.; Delaware and Hudson, N. Y. and Pa.; Delaware Division, Pa.; Dismal Swamp. Va. and N. C.; 111. and Mich., 111.; Lehigh Coal and
Nav. Co., Pa.; Muscle Shoals and Elk River Shoals, Tenn.; and Pennsylvania,
Pa., each 6 feet; Schuylkill Nav. Co., Pa., 6% feet; Cayugaand Seneca, N. Y.; Delaware and Raritan, N. J.; Erie, N. Y.; 111. and Miss., 111.; and Oswego, N. Y., each
7 feet Albemarle and Chesapeake, Va. and N. C., 7} feet; Chesapeake and Delaware, Md. and Del., 9 feet; Augusta, Ga., 11 feet Welland, connects Lake Ontario and Lake Erie, 14 feet; Portage Lake and Lake Superior, Mich.; and Sturgeon Bay and Lake Mich., each 15 feet; Sault Ste. Marie, St. Mary's River,
;
-Mich., 18 feet
St.
Mary's
Falls, Mich.,
'21
feet.
The Harlem River Ship Canal, connecting the Hudson River and Long
way of Spuyten Dnyvil Creek and Harlem River, opened for
Island Sound, by
traffic
June
17, 1S95,
New York
and cost $2,700,000.

The whole number of tons of freight carried upon the
was 3,617,804 tons, as compared with 3,714,894 tons for
Canals.
state canals during 1897

1S96.
St. Mary's Falls Canal. Gross tonnage for 1897,

16,239,061 tons in 1896, and 15,062,580 tons in 1895.
was
18,982,755 tons, against
Also called the "North Sea and Baltic," and "Kiel" Canal.
The traffic from Apr. 1, 1897, to Mar. 31, 1898, was 23,108 vessels, with a net carrying capacity of 2,469,795 registered tons, against 19,960 ships and 1,848,458 tons
in the previous working year.
Manchester Canal. Cost about 877,000,000. The sea-going tonnage for six
mouths ending June 30, 1898, was 979,992 tons, as compared with 783,280 tons during the corresponding period of 1897, while the barge traffic was 193,888 tons,
against 173,930.
Suez Canal. This canal was opened for traffic in 1869, the English Government acquiring by purchase, Nov. 25, 1875, shares to the amt. of 4,000,000, the
present value of which is (Jan. 1, 1899)
24,435,000. The total length of the canal
is 99 miles, with a width of 327 feet for 77 and 196 for the remaining 22 miles the
depth is 26 feet throughout. By an agreement signed Oct. 29, 1888, the canal
was exempted from blockade, and vessels of all nations, whether armed or not,
are to be allowed to pass through it in peace or war. It cost $102,750,000 to construct it. For the year 1895, the receipts were $15,147,184, received from 3,434
vessels, with a net tonnage of 8,418,383. In 1896, receipts $15,787,046.; vessels
passed, 3,409; net tonnage, 8,560,283. In 1897 receipts $14,129,122; vessels passed,
For the first six months of 1898, the receipts were
2,986; net tonnage, 7,899,374.
$8,636,920 in dues, from 1,792 ships, with 4,842,078 net tons.
Nicaragua Canal. Projected to connect the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, using
the waters of Lake Nicaragua. The total distance from ocean to ocean, 169.4
miles; depth of canal, 30 feet; least width at bottom, 100 feet; time transit from
ocean to ocean, 44 hours; length of Lake Nicaragua, 110 miles; average width,
40 miles surface area, about 2,600 square miles; area of watershed of lake, about
8,000 square miles. Estimated cost of construction of this waterway by the Nicaragua Canal Commission was $125,000,000; time required for construction, 5
years. Distance from N. Y. to S. F., Cal., by water via Cape Horn, 14,549 by the
Nicaragua Canal, the distance between the same points will be 4,907 miles, a
saving of about 9,642 miles. Distance from N. Y. to the Pacific Ocean, via the
Nicaragua Canal, 2,519 miles; to San Francisco via R. R., 3,250 miles; to San
Diego, via R. R., 3,172 miles; to Tacoma, Wash., 3,209 miles; to Victoria, B. C.,
Distance from N. Y. to Manila, P. I., viaS. F., Cal.. rail and water, 9,250
3,619.
miles; via Nicaragua Canal, 11,746 miles; via Suez Canal, 11,565.
Panama Canal. Length, 46% miles estimated time of transit, 14 hours. The
canal is practically finished from Colon to Bujee, 14 miles; this, however, is the
least expensive part. The great trouble is in passing through the Culebra Ridge.
The width of the canal will be 124 feet at the top, and 72 feet at the bottom,
except througli the ridge, where it will be 78 feet at the top and 29 feet at the
bottom, and 30 feet in depth. About $297,000,000 is estimated as having already
been expended on the eanal, resulting in the accomplishment of about 40 per
cant of the entire amount of excavation that will be required. Time required
for completion, about ten years.
Baltic Canal
558

il-\
OPERATIC*) IX THE UXITED STATES,
CANALS BY STATES.
ANCIENT FREEMASONRY
An
Extract from a Lecture entitled, "Freemasonry in General," by the RevO. C Wheeler, D. I)., LL. D., first delivered at Masonic Temple, Oakland,
Cal., Feb. 21, 1882.
"Free Masonry has been the theme of thought, the object of envy, and the subject
of persecution from remote ages.
Its friends have sought its origin, and watched its course.
Its enemies have traduced its advocates, maligned its motives, and impeded its progress, until it seems
to engage the attention of universal man.
It has now reached a point where the
man who throws light upon its true character and unrolls any portion of the endless scroll of its history, is as much a public benefactor as he who discovers a law
of nature or develops a hidden science.
Therefore, if
present effort shall in
any measure increase the sum of your masonic knowledge, I shall not have 'labored
in vain, nor spent my strength for naught.'
For
ability to prepare this lecture,
I am indebted to studies that have continued through more than twenty-five years,
during which I have laid under contribution the works of such ancient authors as
Sesostris, Misraim, Hermes, Plato, Zoroaster, Socrates, Pythagorus, Solon, Lycurgus,
Alcibiades, Homer, Thales, Orpheus, Virgil, Hyppocrates, Pluche, Proctus, Heroditus,
Claville, and Plutarch; and such modern ones as Rebolt, Strait, Macoy, Ussar,
Wilder, Mackey, Wake, Westropp,. Taylor, Pierson, Davies, King, Sanderson, Warburton, Oliver, Pike, Webb, La Plugeon, Zosismus, Pansanius, Knight, Rawlinson,
to each and all of whom
Jablonski, Champolion, and others, and Hieroglyphics
I make grateful acknowledgements.
My method has been to read with care, make
notes, full, free, and accurate; then compare, collate, and arrange data, from
which to deduce facts and evolve principles thus consolidating and digesting all
accessible knowledge and learning on this subject.
After all that, I have, in
own language, very seldom appropriating a phrase, or making a reference, written
my discourse, and now give you what these numerous standard authors have
taught me, together with my deductions therefrom. Should you ask me, 'Where
did you find this or that fact, or idea/ I should probably not be able to tell you.
Freemasonry, not only in the substance of its principles, but in its organized form
and active labor, is older than any other institution now existing on earth. And
that its honor is not inferior to its age, is attested by the fact that the princes
and rulers, the highest and the noblest, the wisest and best men of every age, have
been and still are proud to be able to say, 'I am a Freemason,' as the noble Roman ever was to say, 'I am a Roman citizen.' Nor was the latter ever a more sure
protection from danger or potent guaranty of favor, than the former from remotest
ages has been, now is, and to the end of time will be.
ANTIQUITY. I have referred to the age of the institution of Freemasonry, as
being superior to that of any other. The discovery of a key to the Egyptian
Hieroglyphics on the 'Rosetta stone,' by Champolion, in the early part of the 19th
century, has opened the past in such immensity as to confound the most learned
Antiquarians, and to challenge the faith of the most credulous. Heroditus says, the
secret institution of Isis
which the Hieroglyphics tell us was the real origin of
.Masonic mysteries
with its imposing ceremonies, made its appearance simultanwith
the
organization of Egyptian society, and the birth of Egyptian civilieously
Now as it takes about 100,000 years for Egypt according to the teaching of
zatioii.
her Hieroglyphics to rise from primitive barbarism to the zenith of enlightened
civilization and return to its first estate, and as Egypt, at the beginning f Bible
history, had been twice to the pinnacle of learning and art, and was, for the third
time at the depth of degradation, the sublime mysteries of Isis must have been, at
that time, not less than 250,000 years old. With this state of facts before us, we
can see how very possible was the account which has hitherto given our credence
such a strain, viz: That the mysteries were carried to all the Oriental nations,
from Egypt to India, by Brahma; to China and Japan by Buddah; to Persia, by
Zoradhust; to Greece, by Metampus; to Crete, by Minos; to Messene, by Cancan;
to Thebes, by Methapus to Athens, by Erectheus to Italy, by Palasgi to Gaul and
Britain by Gomer; to Mexico, by Yitzlipultzli; to Peru, by Manco Capac; and to
Judea, by Hiram Abiff. The antiquity, therefore, is established, not only beyond
How strangely this contrasts with the strange condoubt, but almost beyond belief.
clusion of Prof. Moses Stuart, of Andover Theological Seminary, who, in the days
of the great Anti-Masonic excitement, on account of his superiority as an Oriental
scholar, was appointed to examine into and report upon the question of the age
of the institution of Free-Masonry.
After several months of profound investigation, he came forward, and looking over his spectacles 'officially reported' to his
employers, "Gentlemen, I assure you that the institution of Free-Masonry has no
claims to antiquity."
(See next page.)
my
my
my
560
Brethren, that Key, on that 'Rosetta stone" has, through the unlocking of the
Egyptian Hieroglyphics, opened a door to, and given us a view of the past, so great
it was reckoned by tens of thousands of years, prior to the utmost stretch
(
that
Prof. Stewart's imaginings in the direction of antiquity.

And the farther border
of that incomprehensible vista, we trace the footsteps of our unequaled fraternity
with all the distinctness of the most modern history.
INITIATORY DEGREE 25,000 YEARS B. C. A brief description of some of the initiatory ceremonies practiced at and near the city of Memphis, (which was then the principal seat of the work) 25,000 years B. C., will not fail of interest.
(The members
of the 'Mystic Tie' will not need that I stop to explain, others present will not
me
The
candidate
satisfied
the
craft
that
he
was
to.)
expect
worthy. He then
spent a week in a chamber of reflection, with a light diet and frequent ablutions
He then entered the pyramid in the night, descended the narto purify his blood.
row way, without steps, on his hands and knees, until he passed through a large
room, and into another, on the walls of which, he read: "The mortal who shall
travel over this road alone, without looking behind, be punished by fire, water, and air,
without complaint or fear of death, shall be brought again to the light of day, and
be prepared to receive the mysteries of the God Osiris." At this moment three
Priests, masked with heads like Jackalls, and armed with swords, by act and word,
and portrayal of awaiting dangers, still further tested his courage. If he did not falter, he was led to a hall of fire, where were a burning bush and other material all
aflame, through which he had need to hasten, to save his life. Then he encountered
a stream of water which he must swim across, holding in one hand a small lamp,
the light of day being excluded. He landed on a small platform which gave way.
and left him hanging by his arms over a dark abyss from which came a gust of cold
Thus he had been
air, that extinguished his lamp, and leu him in total darkness.
After a
tried by the four great purifying elements, Air and Earth, Fire and Water.
few moments he was released and conducted to the Sanctuary of Isis, where, under
a glow of light, the Priests were standing in two ranks, clad in ceremonial ill
singing an ode of welcome, and congratulated him on his courage and escape.
On the walls of this room he beheld the symbolical representations of the productive heat of the sun, the ceaseless duration of eternity, and the reproductive power
of nature.
He was then led to the altar, and obligated to reveal what he had thus
far learned, to no one who had not had like experience.
He was then lectured by an
and
subjected to still further physical trials and exercises, not so much to
adept,
This done, he was prepared for his
test, as to augment his power of endurance.
recognition as a completed novitiate, which took place with much pomp and ceremony, and a banquet, at which certain grave questions were propounded and discussed. After this he was again led to the altar and took another solemn obligation
of perpetual fealty and fraternity; whereupon he was clad in a royal robe, conducted through the streets, crowned as a victor, invested with the insignia of the
Order, and proclaimed an adept in the sublime mysteries, and was henceforth
consecrated to a life of benevolence and virtue. He was also given a 'new name.'
This name was engraved upon a 'White Stone,' together with a certain mystic
sign, which stone he was expected to carry with him wherever he went, as a talisman against evil, and as a means of recognition among the craft. It was undoubtedly to this, then ancient custom, that St. John, in the Apocalypse, alludes, when he
At a later
promises a 'White Stone' and a 'new name' to 'him that overcometh.'
period, the tragedy of Osiris was added to the initiatory ceremonies; giving to the
initiate some of the most solemn and impressive lessons ever received by man;
teaching, and illustrating to him the great doctrines of death, burial, and resurrection of every one who had attained a fidelity and fortitude that would sooner
;
suffer death
than
forfeit his integrity.
As a study, is marvelously rich in result; and at times,

not exactly to a fastidious taste. A lady in any walk in life, from the
throne to the kitchen, regards th ring on her finger or bracelet on her wrist a thing
No cultured mind can fail to admire it and happy is the
of beauty; and so it is.
wearer in her ignorance of its origin. But, my lady friend, go back with me to a
period 6,000 years before the earliest Pharaoh of Egypt, when the snake worshipers deafied the serpent, and of his body made a ring, by putting his tail in his
mlfuth, and declaring the circle thus made to be the emblem of eternity; and wore
his form in their ears, and around their fingers, wrists, and ankles, and then tell
me, if it were not for the fact that your ring symbolizes your hope of an endless
life, would it not at once have the charm of its beauty merged in the repulsive
idea of the snake? And yet that was the real origin of your elegant ornament.
*
*
*
We are far more nearly allied to ancient Egyptian Symbolism than we are
accustomed to suspect. A case in point: It has been claimed the making of Asphaitum floors is a very recent invention. And yet Rassam, some 26 years ago, unearthed an Asphaltum floor in every essential like our own, in a room of a burial city
on the Tigris, so old that when Moses wrote our earliest history it was an unknown
ANCIENT SYMBOLISM.
tells tales
ruin."
The lecture as a whole, contains nearly one hundred pages of manuscript, and
required nearly two hours in delivery; it is purely statistical, and should be heard
in its entirety to be appreciated.
CONCLUSION.
(Sec. 103.) There is no one thing known in the world, or
in ethereal space above the earth, animate, or inanimate,
that so many (known) sciences have to be brought to bear,

or consulted, in the attempt to elucidate its origin as the
'Great Pyramid Jeezeh,' of Lower Egypt. A friend who
has been watching the progress of the work on this volume
many months, asked us a few days since: "What has

astronomy, higher mathematics, geography, and earth-quakes got to do with the construction or use of the Great
While the party acknowledged that it required
Pyramid ?
an extraordinary intelligent mind in the person of its archiIn reply will say: (i.) That without the aid of astect.
tronomy, the builders of the Great Pyramid, would not have
been able to have found the geographical center of all the
land of the earth or a star in the northern heavens to look
down the (present) passage-way, and light up the hidden
for
'
'
recesses of that greatest of all buildings nor, the distance

to that Deific orb, the sun, that practically governs the
whole universe.
(2.)
Higher Mathematics, are a necessity to the study
and thorough understanding of astronomy; and without

its aid there would have been no
or 'King's
'coffer,'
Chamber,'
or,
even a (perfectly) square base
Which
for the struc-
monitor
unmistakable (mathematical) language.
-the more thorough understanding we
(3.) Geography
this
about
science, the easier the mysteries of
possess
will
the formation
of continents, and
unfold
geology
mountain building, together with the history of prehistoric
true in question to stand upon.
silent
speaks in
races,
and earthquakes.
(4.)
Earthquakes
a complete and comprehensive theory
phenomena of earth disturbances, tidal waves, and

volcanic activities, by the builders of the Great Pyramid,
was what caused them to place that structure where it
of the
now
36
stands.
That point being the center
of all the land
562
of the
earth,
is
seldom or never
the reason
visit
it.
in the last 2,000 years,

a matter of record.
why
'earth
disturbances'
The few that have occurred there

were so slight that they were not
THE STORY THAT EARTHQUAKES REVEAL.

Taking up the subject of earth disturbances, and what
they reveal; or, more particularly to expose what u'c do not
know, will say: water seeping down from the surface of the
land, and the flows of the oceans, to a bed of perpetual
molten lava in the center of the earth; that is not over 500
miles below the surface anywhere, and within 30 to 100
miles throughout the 'torrid zone.'
This is a partial
theory for there being more of such disturbances near the
The reason for the molten
'equator' than at the poles.
nearer
in the 'tropics,' is: that
the
surface
portion being
the velocity of the earth turning upon its axis, from west
to east at the 'equator,' is about 1042 miles an hour,
This keeps the
against practically nothing at the poles.
crust of the earth worn away to the maximum thinness.
This is another proof that terrestrial gravity does not extend
down to the center of the earth. If it does extend down
to the center of the globe ( ?) why is it, that the 'Mississippi
river' continues to flow south towards the equator, when
positively known that the mouth of said river, is 4
miles and over, farther from the center of the earth than
at its source ( ?) and yet that river has a little over 3 inches
fall to the mile, or over 10,250 feet, from its source to the
it is
Gulf of Mexico.
While there are more seismic disturbances throughout

'torrid zone' than in the 'polar regions'; there are
more seismic disturbances in the 'arctic' than in the
the
'antarctic zone.'
Our theory for this is: pressure; there being more

land surface (above water) in the 'north frigid,' than in
the 'south frigid zone.' Weight is constantly being added
to the north frigid zone
from
its
frozen waters; and here
THE CONCLUSION
563
we will indulge in another theory, that when the ice gathers

there in sufficient quantity, the earth will temporarily
and a cataclysm will be the result.
There should not be any regularity about this occurrence
owing to planetary interference, so it is liable to vary from
lose its polarity,
50,000 to 150,000 years.

Most 'tidal waves' occur in the tropics and are supposed
to be caused
The
by eruptions
at sea.
from Alaska to Cape Horn, on

on the west side of North and South America, is slightly
higher than the Atlantic, on the east side of these same
'Pacific
continents.
The
Ocean,'
difference in the elevation
is:
the Pacific
about 2 feet higher in Panama Bay, at Panama, than the

Caribbean Sea on the Atlantic is at Aspinwall. The waters
of the Pacific Ocean at high tide run through the Straits
of Magellan toward the Atlantic; it comes to a standstill
at low tide, but never ebbs.
// there is an underground outlet of the Pacific Ocean,
under the continent of North America, to the Gulf of Mexico
(and we think there is) the elevation of the Pacific mentioned
above, would account for the 'Gulf Stream' both for its
is
force
and
heat.
Volcanoes: if it were not for the 1001 burning mountains on the face of the globe, to act as vent holes, in releiving the great force of molten lava, by allowing a portion
to escape, (that produces the earthquakes) the earth
would
open every day.

All continents have been built up from their west
coasts (since the last change of polarity) and sink first
from their east coasts. .But the changes of this character,
take place at very long intervals, by what we recognize as
However, a change of polarity might sink
earthquakes.
any continent, with the noted exception of the territory
that lies within a circuit of 100 miles, (more or less) of the
Great Pyramid, and that will not sink in the next 250,000
(See Part I. for explanatory theory on this subyears.
split
ject.)
564
mountain ranges running east and west, are older,

(by far) than those running north and south, if over five
miles in length.
And all mountain ranges running north
and south, extending along the east coast of each continent,
are older than the chains of mountains running north and
All
south, extending along the west coast of each cnotinent;
where 500 miles or more intervene between ranges.
The subject of the formation

and complex to treat even
sive
less in
of continents
in a single
is
too exten-
much
volume
a single article.
few notes, however, giving the exceptions to all

general rules on this subject will not be out of place here.
Viz: Yucatan, for instance, has been formed at (at least)
three different intervals; the eastern portion being the
and ranking in age with (a portion of) Panama, all

and Northern Egypt. While the western
is second in age of formation, and we
of
Yucatan
portion
would place its formation to date with all the principal
territory of the Central American states, extending from
the Isthmus of Tehauntepec, east to the western boundary
of Panama.
And the northern portion of Yucatan still
later and ranking in age with the Isle of Cuba, which is
oldest,
of Easter Island,
older than Florida.
Our
earth disturbance theory may still further be eluciat the map of the principal 'mineral
dated,
by a glance
fields'
of
the world.
Viz.
(we have reference to the
precious metals) gold and silver are found most extensiveclaim

ly at the extreme ends or edges of continents.
We
that the principal depository of the precious or heaviest

metals, are at or near the center of the earth, in a
molten state. And are thrown to the ends of continents,
during cataclysms and 'polar changes; when the earth is

supposed to turn around in less time than the atmosphere
that surrounds it; thereby disrupting the continents. We
also believe that there are other metals of
still
greater
(than gold and silver) in a molten state,

near the center of the earth, that we have never seen;
specific gravity
they being too heavy to be forced to the surface.
THE CONCLUSION
565
Referring again to the subject of mountain building, will

add that the popular conception is that mountain chains are
due to the folding and plication of strata; "but careful
:
study (say the great lights of cyclopaedia makers) of their

structure shows that these are but accidents of structure
no way essential to the formation of mountains, and

sometimes absent." The theories of De Montlosier and
J. P. Lesley, on the nature and origin of mountains and
valleys, and to James Hall for further elucidation and
illustration of North American geology; are probably the
most popular and best received of all writers on this subin
ject.
But
in the main, or principal theories of these gentleto differ.
men we beg
There are so
many
exceptions to their theories that
it
would take a volume larger than this one we here present,

to combat each, even with a passing notice.
We will
in the State
indulge, however, with a few exceptions: viz.
of Pennsylvania, the principal coal measures
varying
from a few inches to 140 feet in thickness are located
underneath their highest mountains. One of the most

productive coal mines in the State of Illinois, is located
deep down beneath a level plain. And the most productive
and most extensive coal mine in Chile, is located at Lota,
on Coronell Bay, and extends under the Pacific Ocean.
The entrance to which is on made land, that rose up during
a great earthquake in the early part of the last century
from the bottom of the Pacific Ocean. Previous to which,
this spot was ten miles from shore.
If the theory of the
all coal measures is correct, that they were
from
produced
great forests of timber once on the face of
the earth; wherein are the theories of these scientific
gentlemen to be taken ?
In the State of Utah, there is a small mountain of 'rock
salt,' that can be quarried out like stone; and yet this
production of
elevation
is
entirely covered with
heavy timber.
566
geological age of mountains is

that
of the deposition of the rocks
twofold, including, first,
of which they are composed, and second, that of their
The question
of the
and erosion. Elie de Beaumont, considering only

the latter question, supposed all mountain chains having
the same direction on the earth's surface to be of the same
age; but this notion is no longer tenable, since a great
uplifting
mountain chain such as the Appalachians, exhibits considerable variations in different parts of its course, from a
N. and S. direction in parts of New England to one nearly
As regards
east and west in other parts of its extension.
the age of the rocks in this great chain, while the Green and
White mountains, the Adirondacks, and the Blue Ridge
are eozoic, the Catskills, the Alleghanies, the Unaka, and
the Cumberland ranges are composed of paleozoic sediments
and the whole Appalachian system was not uplifted until
after the deposition of the coal measures.
ELECTRICITY AND NOT DIRECT HEAT THAT

RECEIVE FROM THE SUN.
WE
supposed that heat, light and motion are component

from the fact, that any two of the
But we do not know (at least,
'trio,' produces the third.
our principal scientists do not know) what heat is. Why?
Because our greatest astronomers say: the 'sun' is hot.
It is
parts of each other;
the simple reason that the nearer you

the
nearer
you come to an absolute zero. To
approach
test it, clime to the top of any mountain over three miles
Or
in altitude, and see there the ice and perpetual snow.
It is not-hot; for
it
try a balloon ascension up to 18,000 or 20,000 feet, and

then say: that it gets warmer as you appr6ach the sun.
We
have witnessed both of these experiences. We will

put your query, then why is it warmer on the earth in
the sun -shine than in the shade? or at mid-day than at
midnight? We will attempt the solution. It is an electric
r
All
condition; but what is electricity? A o one knows.
we can attempt to do with it is: to harness this invisible
THE CONCLUSION
'Deific
substance,'
and
567
unilize its force for the benefit
of mankind where power and light are needed.

We designate it by many pet names, such as 'upper and lower
current,' 'hard and soft side,' 'positive and negative
etc.
poles,'
For the lack of a better appellation, we will use the

Viz:
terms.
latter
'positive'
and
'negative.'
And,
naming the sun as the depository of the great positive

(force) battery of the Universe, and the planets that surround it as the depositories of the negative force, we will
after
reason with you
Because
why
the sun
is
not hot.
contains only one component part of

(i.)
'the
heat,
positive.' And, until it comes in contact with
it
opposite force 'the negative,' it is perfectly passive as

The earth as a negative battery,
not
transmit
its force to any inanimate
the
does
(to
sun)
substance upon its surface, or even the atmosphere; and
its
to force, light, or heat.
it
ceases with
all
animate creatures in proportion as their
taken above the level of the oceans. (2.) If the

sun had contained real heat, instead of one of the component parts of heat it would have been burned out before it
had been in position six months. (3.) Sunspots. Did
you ever look at the sun with a powerful glass, or telescope
when (what are called) sun-spots were forming? and if so,
within one hour see those spots increase ffom (apparently)
feet are
the size of your thumb, to the size of your hand?

What
does it convey to you if you believe with the mass of scientists
that solid matter
that
when you
is being destroyed?
Simply this:
saw the spot (apparently) the size of
your thumb, it was a chasm 5,000 miles across it, and at the
end of one hour it had increased to the size of your hand,
or was over 185,000 miles across it.
Does not any sane
mathematician know, that if the space of 185,000 miles
of solid matter was destroyed, on the face of the sun to any
considerable depth, in one hour's time, that it would cease
to exist
heat
of
first
inside of a year?
Furthermore, the combined
a thousand volcanoes concentrated into one spot
568
could not cremate that
amount
of solid matter in one hour's
time.
The fact that the sun has been known to exist for several
thousand years, is evidence that solid matter is not destroyed.
Then what is destroyed? Prof. Mansill, in his great
work 'A New System of Universal Natural Science,'
"The sun is not hot, but is covered with snow
says:
many miles in depth; and it is this substance that is destroyed, or melted, and sent up in vapor, to return again as
light snow, without any rain cloud, when cooled off, and
the sun again becoming normal, after an electrical disturb-
ance."
Which disturbance
is
caused by the extra (or over
balancing) negative force thrown towards the s'un, at a

conjunction of planets, while passing from 'perihelion to
aphelion'.
similar disturbance
is
sometimes produced
(although in a several million times milder form) by a

thunder and lightning storm passing over some high elevation where an electric telegraph line extends down into a
valley; the extra positive current in this case wrecking the
plant if the forces are not separated at the first flash.
AN EPITOME OF MANSILL'S UNIVERSAL SYSTEM OF NATURAL SCIENCE OR THE RECIPROCATION OF

MATTER AND THE FORCES.
"If all matter was evenly diffused through space there
would be no motion of matter. But we find the matter
collected together in a nucleus as sun and planets, and
these present a system of motion of matter through matter.
The most dense bodies move through space and matter
with the greatest velocity in proportion to their densities.

All planets, comets and satellites go through a reversible
change of motion, volume, distance and density at their

perihelions and aphelions each orbital revolution; this
being effected through reciprocating electric currents or
and undulate between the sun and planetary
which
currents are used to carry on these planetand
bodies,
lines that exist
THE CONCLUSION
569
These changes continue from perihelion

and aphelion to perihelion again, and are in
ary changes with.

to aphelion
proportion to the amount of ellipticity in their several

the greater the ellipiticity the greater are the
orbits
changes.
All bodies
densities
move through space in proportion to

move with the greatest
those most dense
their
velo-
on the average in proportion to their densities. All

matter composing the earth, or any body of matter, denser
than the average density, promotes its motion in the same
proportion. All matter of less than the mean density
helps to retard its motion through space in the same procities
portion.
The motion
the equivolent of the cohesive mass

the equivolent of the density of motion
or by this dense matter is held cohered together and balanced or rides on a cushion of motion. (Or hydrogen at
the cohesiveness
is
is
the density of water can impel a motion of 20,000 miles an

hour through space, while as hydrogen gas it could only
produce a motion of i^ miles an hour. This is on the
principal or base that all matter moves through space at
the average of 20,000 miles an hour for each one time
that it is the density of water or any part thereof.)
The heat which is supposed to be received from the sun
by spontaneous emission, is in reality the electricity undulating and vibrating between the earth, the sun and
every other kindred or solar planet, regulating their motions, densities, volumes and distances.
The earth and other planets consense and part with
electricity to the sun and other planetary bodies while
passing from perihelion to aphelion. The earth and
other planets absorb electricity from the sun and planets
as they expand while passing from aphelion to their perihelion.
All volatile matter, while receiving electricity, expands

its own average distance farther from its own
and moves
center also from the sun, and
it
has a tendencv to retard
its
570
mean motion;
is reversed when matter parts

then
condenses
and has a tendency
electricity,
to move toward its own center and the sun (or center)
and increases its average motion power in the same pro-
while this
with
it
portion.
when the
planets are about passing their perihelions, aphelions, inferior, superior and longitudinal conjunctions, or anything that interrupts these electric lines
It is
most of our worst earthly meteorological

disturbances occur, such as unusual earthquakes, volcanic
eruptions, great storms and tornadoes and electric ground
or currents, that
and other electric phenomena many of our

epidemics and droughts are inaugurated and terminated
currents
also excessive rains
likewise depressions of atmospheric

or
the
general results of meteoric irregularitemperature,
about
take
these times.
ties, etc.,
place
Matter and force are always the same in quantity, but

the form of matter changes.
Kepler's third law is constructed so that the square of
the periodic times of the planets around the sun are proportional to the cube of their mean distances from the sun
Kepler also found that the planets moved in eliptical
.
orbits."
DOES THE SUN'S HEAT REACH THE EARTH AS

SUPPOSED?
WE
is
SAY No.
[From MansilVs Almanac
for ipoi.]
come from the sun's cold and

The sun does not radiate heat by spontaneous emmission. The earth's heat or high temperature
as maintained about the tropics does not come direct from
the sun, but is produced on the earth's surface by and
"The
earth's heat does not
zero surface.
through the cold electric currents undulating between the

sun and earth's atmosphere, and the volatility of the atmosphere and water keeps on absorbing this cold electricity
and expanding, and at the same time producing a chemical effect among the vapors and volatile elements of the
THE CONCLUSION
571
and produces or generates the heat or

high temperature in the earth's atmosphere. The water,
or vapor of the atmosphere possesses a powerful electric
absorbing and expanding force for the sun's cold, undulating electricity, which continues to permeate and re-permeate the atmosphere, generating heat and a high temperearth's
surface,
ature in the earth's atmosphere. This expansive force of

the water or vapors is seen when the vapors of the water
are condensed into rain water of many hundreds of tons
While the
to the square mile for every inch of rainfall.
form of water and vapor both the oxygen

and hydrogen appear to have a strong expanding force
but when the vapor moves on and about the earth's surface
and comes in contact with the decomposing and germinating
seeds, the oxygen unites with the carbon and other elements
forming carbonic acid gas, and while rising with a part of
the vapor in and about the forest and trees the oxygen now
leaves the carbon and hydrogen and thus leaves carbon
and hydrogen in the wood of trees through the influence of
the cold undulating electricity acting between the earth and
sun.
Therefore, to procure the carbon again we must
fluid is in the
down
the timber, construct a charcoal pit or pile, cover

of
wood with turf sod, soil or sand, burn the pile
the pile
to drive off the hydrogen and all other volatile matter
cut
or elements
this leaves tolerably
pure carbon in the shape
of charcoal.
These are natural and chemical processes going on under

If we go toward
the tropic and in the temperate zones.
or near the poles of the earth we come in contact with a
cold and finally, a zero temperature.. If we climb a mountain or go up in a balloon we soon strike a cold, and finally
a zero temperature.
have got but a small arc in which
We
We
cannot leave the face of this earth ten miles

at any time or anywhere without coming in contact with
a zero temperature. The highest atmospheric temperature
on the face of the earth is at the level of the sea. The
temperature diminishes at the rate of about 15 degrees
to exist.
572
to the mile going toward the sun, so the nearer we approach

the sun the colder it gets until we reach a zero temperature.
This being the case,
how and where
does heat and high
temperature get into the earth's surface from the sun's heat?
through this 92,000,000 miles of zero temperature, or
where does the sun's heat, so-called; commence and terminate, etc.? Now, gentlemen philosophers, I would very
much like for you to answer these questions in truth, as
it would save me a great deal of trouble, as I am somewhat
*
*
*
interested in the subject.
If you would inform
me how the heat, so-called, from the sun reaches the surface of the earth through 92,000,000 miles of zero space or
I should like it
much. * * *
very
There is but little matter in space, therefore there is
none or but very little chemical action in space. As there
is no heat, so-called, where there is no matter or chemical
temperature,
action going on, or a change of density taking place among

the elements of matter in fact there is no heat produced
on the earth until the cold undulating electricity comes

and permeates the earth's atmosphere and
chemical
action and a change of density among
produces
the volatile elements the water and its vapors and the
atmosphere; then the highest atmospheric temperature
is generated at or about the level of the sea, and this atmospheric temperature, as above said, diminishes everywhere under this arc at about the rate of 1 5 degrees a mile
in contact with
for every mile that we leave the earth's surface going towards the sun or at least until we strike or come in contact
with a zero temperature; therefore there can be but little
or no heat in cold, zero space, or yet but little cheimcal
action.
We contend that there cannot be any heat in
where
there is but little matter, or chemical action,
space
or change of density going on.
Therefore as above said,
we cannot anywhere leave the surface of this earth ten
miles without moving into a zero temperature, even if
we go toward the sun. Now as above said, if some one
will tell us how the heat of or from the sun gets to the earth's
THE CONCLUSION
573
surface through the 92,000,000 (or exactly

91,840,000)
miles of space and a zero temperature, and below, without
getting cooled down to a zero temperature, we would like
very much to know it. It is as easy for the cold electricity

to move from the sun to the earth and planets to support
and to regulate their
their chemical changes of density
volume, density, motions, and distances and elevate or
generate a moderate atmospheric temperature in the earth's
electric absorbing volatile elements about the earth's
surface as it is for cool electricity generated at a power house
to go or be sent to trolley cars to heat them
and furnish
cold electricity to heat many other things many miles
from the electric machines or generators. The sun, without a doubt, is surrounded by a zero temperature and its
outside shell is composed of snow and ice, but we believe,
its temperature increases and that
becomes quite warm as it reaches some 10,000 or 20,000
miles from its surface towards its center, which center
is supposed to be some 400,000 miles or more.
The sun,
in this condition, could last and perform its work for millions
of years, to supply and exchange or reciprocate electricity
to and with the planets to support the earth and planetary
bodies, changes with which, if it were a fire ball as it is
supposed to be, it would not last 30 days the whole solar
system would go, where I do not know nor cannot imagine.
It is advocated by some that the planet Mars is inhabited
by human beings. This is very doubtful, for Mars has to
go through too great a change of density and orbital revolution from perihelion to aphelion and from aphelion back
that like the earth, that
it
to perihelion again, as there is about 26,000,000 miles of

ellipticity in its orbit, and all planets go through a change
of volume, density and motions each orbital revolution in
proportion to the amount of ellipticity in their orbits.
There might be a low class of animal life on Mars, such as
fishes reptiles and insects or such things that can live in and
about water. If there is anything like human beings
living on any planet except the earth it is Venus, as the
574
planet Venus has the least ellipticity in its orbit of any other
planet, therefore it has the least change of density to go
through of any other known planet; hence human life
could exist on that body."
FINAL CONCLUSIONS THAT OUR WHOLE SUBJECT

REVEALS REGARDING THE GREAT PYRAMID.
It is not a difficult proposition to speculate upon any
'mysterious subject,' that but few people have investigated
and obtain followers for the theory. But a mysterious
subject like that of the 'Great Pyramid,' that has been
before the intelligent thinking inhabitants of the earth
we have history for) during which

period, the population has varied in numbers from a few
thousand, to 1,555,000,000; and the intelligence has ranked
from the naked nomadic 'Xcgrito' of the Philippines, to
for over 5,000 years (that
the most gifted 'scientist' of the age it is not so easy

to obtain followers, and recognition for a ncic theory reit.
But few people change their theories of lifelong standing, even though their opinions be classed by
the masses as purely superstitious.
garding
The Great Pyramid Jeezeh, of Lower Egypt, probably

has been the subject of more speculation; caused more
people to change their fixed ideas; and, has created more
doubts, on more different subjects, than all other visible
For the reasons above
mysteries in the world combined.
we may be excused for our effort in the foregoing pages to demonstrate an entire original theory, for
the construction and use of this "First Great Wonder of
expressed,
the World."
If you have closely scrutinized what we have presented
your eximination in the preceding sections of this work,
and have read between the lines, where we have presented
such opportunity, this recapitulation will have the tendency
for
to refresh your memory.

of the world in eighty days,
hours
to such this
As many people make a tour

and try to shade that by a few
condensed statement
will
be in place.
THE CONCLUSION
575
For, they have no time to listen to corroborative evidence,

but upon all subjects constitute themselves "Barrister,
Judge and Jury." However, to the student that desires
to refresh his
memory,
for either conversation or instruc-
tion this statement will not be out of place.

In the endeavor to substantiate our theory regarding
this "First Great Wonder of the World" we have diverged
from the subject of Architecture and Building, at intervals,

but for a purpose.
We think we have made out an excusable case, for
having treated at some length, the subjects of Astronomy,
Mathematics, and Seismology with our own theory for
Earthquakes. And, also, for using the other "six wonders
of the world" constructed by man, as comparisons; together with the "Seven Natural Wonders of the Earth."
It is
only by comparison, illustration, contrast, etc.,

we can demonstrate what little we do know.
We think, however, that we have demonstrated that
through the aid of Astronomy, Geography, and Mathemathat
the ancient builders of the Great Pyramid, found the

all the land of the earth," whereon to erect
that remarkable structure; and through the aid of our
tics,
"center of
"earthquake theory," and chronological list of principal

earth disturbances, for nearly 2,000 years; that it is located
upon the spot of least vibration, and most perfect security
from future destruction,

And its builders knew it.
We
for
thousands of years to come.
stated at the outset of this
work that
u'c at least
believed that this mysterious structure was built by a race

of people that preseeded ours; with vastly more intelligence than we now possess, or are likely to attain in the
next one hundred years to come. And that it was built

for an "Initiatory Asylum"; from which all "secret orders"
of today are partial imitations.
(See index for "Initiatory
in
the
Great
Degree"
Pyramid." And, as the principal
"Secret organization" of men, who built the Great Pyramid
ruled the whole earth at the time of its erection it is per,
576
have dictated an "Interand measures." The tables of

Pyramidal Weights and Measures, contained in this work
based on the measurements within the Great Pyramid,
stand out as proof of our theory on this subject.
As the principal rulers of the United States, Great
Britain and Germany, at this writing (1907) viz., President
Theodore Roosevelt, King Edward VII., and Emperor
William II., have each travelled from East to West, and,
fectly natural that they should
national code of weights
therefore, can see the necessity for the establishment of an

International code of "Weights and Measures"; and King
Edward VII., is in the position (with Egypt) to stop any

further depredations in and about the Great Pyramid, and
to suggest the repair of said structure.
And this trio of
Illustrious Rulers, are in such
civilized world, as to
said code.
touch with the balance of the
have their confidence
There are a number of
men
in suggesting
of wealth that could
and would furnish the means for this purpose; but, it will
require the consent of these three principal nations to
inaugurate a starting point. Will they do it?
The Great Pyramid Jeezeh was built at least 50,000

years ago; and more likely in the year 55,677 B. C. reasoning from the standpoint that the whole race of people that
lived at the time the Great Pyramid was built, were anni;
hilated later
by a cataclysm and
;
as
no cataclysm has taken
place (according to geology) under 50,000 years, we think

the last named date (55,677 B. C.) more probable.
We
believe that it was built at some date when the star
"a Draconis," was in a direct
line with the "pole," and

looked straight down the (present) passage way, on the
north side of the building. These occurrances only take
place every 25,800 years; the last occurrance, and -the only
one during our present civilization, was in 2170 B. C.;
and will not duplicate its position until the year 23 ,630 A. D
We maintain that it could not have been built in 2170
B. C. as ignorance and superstition pervaded the whole
earth at that period and there has as yet been no reasonable
.
THE CONCLUSION
577
argument produced to prove Divine assistance to its Architect, and assistant workmen, at that, or any other date
during our civilization as claimed by several Egyptological
scholars. Further, we claim that it would be impossible to
;
duplicate this building, in its entirety, in this enlightened

by the combined skill and intelligence of all nations.
age,
For one reason alone, even if we could prepare the different

we could not place them in their present (perfect)
parts,
position, by any known process in this enlightened day,

owing to their immense size and weight. So the builders
must have possessed the secret, (lost art) of "overcoming
gravitation," or
its equivolent, for this purpose.

Further,
prepare, with the tools at our command,
of the hard pieces of granite that are in position, ow-
we could not
many
ing to their extreme delicacy of finish, and their immense

Our finest measuring rods fail to register
size and weight.
the same result, twice hand-running, in the hands of our
most skillful mechanics, on a building the size of the Great
Pyramid. And yet, with all the measurements that have
been made in and around this building, in the last one

thousand years, we have been unable to prove any imperfection in its perfectly square base
It is also evident that its passage
.
ways and chambers

were well lighted, by some process of reflected light, still
unknown to us. It is almost positively certain that it was
not lit up by lamps, or by any method that we are familiar
with for there is no evidence of any place whereon to hang
or sit a lamp, and no receptacle wherein to burn any illumin;
ating substance.
All the chambers give evidence that (when they were
used) they were prepared for perfect ventilation and no vitiated or impure air was tolerated by those ancient builders.
,
Does
not demonstrate that this building was not

of people?
Is there a more, plausible theory than the one we have
presented? We leave this portion of the subject with
you. And so mote it be.
erected
37
this
by an ignorant race
TIfE
578
GREAT PYRAMID
.JEEZEIl
Ant ron o in y. Astronomical Symbols, Elements of the Solar

System, and Theories Regarding the Planets, according
to the Latest and Best Authorities.
EXPLANATIONS OF ASTRONOMICAL SYMBOLS.
Sun
O Venus
Moon
Earth
Mars
Merci ry
Jupiter
-
Saturn
Uranus
The eartn enters the sign <TP (Aries)
and
n (Geminii) Nov.
(Taunts) Oct. 21st,
20th;
"Opposition
Conjunction
o Ascending Node
D Descending "
J$ Quadrature
each year about Sept. 22d; it enters 8
If.
Neptune
b^
21st; 23 (Cancer) Dec. 21st;

(Leo) Jan.
Up (Virgo) Feb. 20th; =~ (Libra) March 20th; T1\ (Scorpio) April 20th; J:
May 21st; 1> (Capricornut) June 21st; ri (Aquarius) July 21st; }
~J,
(Sag/ttariix)
(Pisces) Aug. 22d.
TABLE OF SOME OF THE ELEMENTS OF THE SOLAR SYSTEM.
NAME OF
PLANET.
N D EX
Abbreviations
Abrasion on Coin Shipped
Absolute Length of Base-side of Pyr.
Acre, Hills in the Area of an
Acres, Side of a Square Containing.
421
509
187
.433
433
.
433
264
Acres Squared from 1 to 25

Actual Pyramid Measures
149,
Age of the Earth
Agnosticism
Air Chamber of Queen's Chamber
"
391
420
400
472
Weight of
85
Pharos
of
84,
Alexandria,
422
Almanac Old and New Style
422
Year 1 to 6000
465
Alloy, Amalgams, etc., Denned
of English and French Coin.... 513
"
512
of United States Coin
.396
Al Mamoun's, Caliph, Discovery of.
221-223
Alphabet, The Hebrew
Alpha, Ursae, Minoris, The Pole Star of .204
A Mean Year.
256
198
of John Taylor Tested
Analogy
"
198
Pyramidal and Solar
Ancient Animal and Human Footprints 417
66
Architecture of Egypt
559, 560
Freemasonry
"
540
Measures
540
Money (Not Biblical)
"
Rulers of Egypt
49, 50
"
of
69
Egypt
Sculpture
"
560
Symbolism.
Measure of Gr. Pyr. Defined 158, 380
Angle
"
of All Egyptian Pyramids
89
424
Anodes Defined
Animal and Human Footprints in Nev. 417
Annual Interest Tables
.525-530
Answers Sarcophagus Theory
311
Ansated Cross of the Egyptians
.257
Ante-Chamber and Upper End of the
Grand Gallery, Illustration of. ... 31
Ante-Chamber Granite Symbolism
338
.
Illustrations of
Particulars of.
31, 33
.345, 357
'.160, 357
Hock Used In ..
Symbolic Hints from.. .344
350-353
Symbolisms of
559
Antiquity, Scientists of
of
Gr.
.206
Aptitudes
Pyr., Geographical.
421
Apothecaries Signs for Formulas.
Weight
435
"
Metric
449, 458
Arba Vita, Largest Trees in the World. .414
Archaeology of Egypt
70
.
Architect, Ancient, Questioned. ...... .351

The Deified, More About.
.201
Architectural Facts of Gr. Pyr
410
.
of
383
476
466, 476
Weights of
Authorities (28) on Coffer Measure.
.314
Author's Conclusions
561-577
"
559
Masonic Ancient
"
Modern
559
"
to be Studied on Gr. Pyr.. .170
Avoirdupois and Troy W't, Compared. .434
Astronomy Transcendentalisms
Atmosphere Pressure of the
196
Axis, Earth's Polar
Vertical And N E Corner

Axial Rotation of Planets
Babylon, Hanging Gardens of
Balls, Cast Iron and Lead, Weight
Barrel of Beef, Pork, Flour, etc
Barrels and Casks, Capacity of
' '
406
578
78, 79
of.
.504
461
488
194
187-189
Base-side Length, Actual
504
Beef Dressed, Weight of
466
Bells of the World, Weight of. ...
463
Belting, Leather, Measured
of.
477
Power
Horse
Belts,
285
Bible Fisherman, Notes on
Biblical Deluge, Dates for
411, 412
540
Money
"
540
Weights and Measures
Big Tree Grove of Calaveras Co., Cal.. .414
428
Billion in Roman Numerals
296
Birth of Christ, Authorities for
498
Board Measure
500
Boat Oar, Lumber Contained in a
471
Altitudes
Boiling Points, by
Base Length of Different Pyramids.
...
of Pure Water. ...... .471

"
471
of Substances
.354
Boss on the Granite Leaf, 1 inch of
58
of
Botany
Egypt
.
Bottom
of Coffer, Thickness' of.

Brass and Copper Wire, Weight of
Brass, Gold and Silver, Thickness of
Brick, Sizes of, etc.
Burning of City of El Fostat
331
507
.508
463
309
Builders Arrangements Beforehand .... 343

191
Chips, Where Are They?
"
of Great Pyramid, Supposed.. 157
168, 201
Building of Gr. Pyr., Dates for
436
436
74-77
Bushels in Cubic Contents

"
Standard
Cairo, Egypt, History of

Calculating, Signs Used In
421
Calaveras Big Tree Grove
414, 415
422
Calendar, Perpetual
Caliph Al Mamoun Enters Pyramid 303-308
Canals in Operation in U. S
.558
of .the World, Depth of.
557
.485, 486
325, 368
Capacity Measure of Coffer
Capacity of Barrels and Casks. ...... .488
Carbon First Condensed
154
510
Carat, Weight of.
Carson Prison Footprints
417, 418
Cascades and Waterfalls, Height of.
.532
211
Casing Stone Material
Preserved Part of a
179
158
Casing Stones, Angles of
175
Found
Cans, Dimensions of Circular.
Area Computations by Mr. Parker.

235
of Great Pyramid
159, 211
Arc Formulas
426
Are, Unit, Surface Measure Metric. .. .445
Ark of the Covenant, Illustrated
282
Aristotle's System
419
Arithmetical Progression Defined
423
Arrangements Beforehand, Extensive. .343
Assayers' Gold Weight
510
Gr. Pyr. Illustrated... 21
Asteroids and Planets
144
Remnants of, Illus. .... 21
Astronomical Symbols
578
Astronomy and the Solar System. .136-155 Casks, Capacity of.
488-491
"
of Northern Heavens, Ills.
47
Varieties of Shapes of
488
.
'
580
463
Castings and Patterns (Compared
and Earthquake, Unlike.
186
Cataclysm
"
The Last
90, 95
Cataracts of the Nile, Height of
532
465
Cement, Portland, Article on.
461
Cental, Weight of a
Centals in Cubic Contents
436
Center, Earth's Land, Illustrated ... 11
Centigrade Thermometer Compared.. .377
436
Cereals, Bushels of. Weight of
Chambers and Passages of Pyr., Illus.
25
"
Other New Suggested
301
Champollion Discov's Rosetta Stone. .409
Changes of the Seasons, Illustrated. ... 141
421
Characters, Mathematical
Miscellaneous Explained.. .421
.Charcoal, Weight and Measurements of .463
.
Chemical Elements and Symbols

Cheops Coffin, Chips of
Chilean
Money, Fineness of
Chimneys and Monuments, Height
China, Weights and Measures of
Chinese Copper Coins
540
336
518
of. .532
438
518
Where
are the. .191

13
Chorography of Gr. Pyr., Illustrated
296
Christ, Birth of
Christian Era, Authorities on
296
"
Date of the
296
.257
Cross, Measure Origin of
166
Christ, Second Coming of
Chips of the Builders,
Church
Spires, Height of
Circle, Areas of the.
"
Circumference of the
Diameter of the
532
492, 493
492, 493
492, 493
156
Geometrically Defined
Measure of the
156
"
156
of, to 154 Decimals
Quadrature of the, by Parker. .219
Circular Day, Length of a
254
"
Measure
430
Circumference of Circles
156, 492, 493
484
Cisterns, Capacity of
309
City of El Fostat Burned
Climate of Egypt
54
Club Wheat, Weight of
.436
Coal Measures, Formation of
95-98
463
Coils, Measures of
United States
510-512
Coinage,
"
U. S., Mint Charges on
511
520
Coins, Foreign, Value of
"
U. S., First Coined
512
Coffer Capacity, What Did Tt Prove? 337
Measure Authorities (28)
314
43
Construction Hypothesis, Illustrated
Contents of Dif. Chambers in Pyr. Ins. .407
Continental Areas, Permanence of
98
Copper Coins, England and France.. .513

510
Mint Value of
Courses of Stone in King's Chamber. .341
Covenant of Moses, Ark of
392
146
Creation and the Creator
146
Creator and the Creation
Critics on the Great Sphinx
404-406
257
Ansated
Christian
Cross,
259
From Cube, Illustrated
260
Crucified Man of South America
Cube and Cross, Illustration of the.... 259
372
Cubical Elements of the Earth
407
Cubic Contents of Dif. Chambers
334
Diagonals of Coffer
"
463
Feet in a Ton of Hay
"
432
Measure
"
Measure Metric
448, 452
461
Cubit, Length of a
424
Curviform Figures
Cycle of a Draconis at the Pole ..384-385
89
Date of Erection of all Pyramids
422
Dates, Old and New Style
and Year Standard Indicated 182, 183
Day
"
254
of Circular
Length
"
"
254
Sidereal
"
"
Solar
254
"
T
422
of the W eek of Any Date
.
"
Rules for Finding.. .422
of the Week, Origin of the
296
Definition of
423
Decimal,
"
461
Parts of an Inch
"
461
Parts of a Pound
Decimals (154) Greatest Expressed. ... 156
.423
Definition?, Mathematical
239
Definitions, Familiar, Untrue
Degree of Heat at Which Metals Melt 379
165
Deific Architect, Author of
"
Not?
.325
Protection,
"
184
Combated
Days
Why
Theory, The,
Deified Architect, More About the.... 201

360
Deity, Name of, In Various Tongues.
411,412
Deluge of Noah, Biblical
.
338
Density and Temperature
Depository of Weights and Measures. .169
Descending Passageway Measure of 271-273
511
Deviations of Weights of U. S. Coins.
420
Dialectic, Transcendental
270
Diameters, Equatorial and Polar
of Circles
492, 493
"
197
Several of the Earth's
544
Diamond. Description of
510
Weight
539
Diamonds, Production of, in U. S
533
Difference in Time of Cities
.
363-366
by Simpson
Measures in Detail
325
Measure, King's Chamber.. 158, 361
315
Measure, Review of
Measure, Vyse and Greaves on. .317
"
310
Theories, Number of
Thermometers Compared. ...377
324 Different
Why of that Size?
"
Metals Melt
379, 471
Coffer's Ledge, The
327
"
423
or Rebate Defined
Discount
The
335
Lid,
71
328 Djscoveries, Recent, in Egypt
Outside, Minuter Details
409
of
Stone
the
Rosetta
of
Discovery
.532
Columns, Domes, Towers, Height
bet. Cities of the U S.. .534-538
Commercial Ratio of Silver to Gold.
.522 Distances
"
between Sun and Planets .... 578
.203
Compass, Pyr. Faces all 4 Points of
153 Distance to the Sun, Pyramid.
199, 200
Composition of Various Rocks
Mineral Substances.. .541-555 Distillation of one cord of Pitch Pine .499
513
423 Dollar, Origin of the
Compound Proportion
.556 Domes, Spires and Towers, Height of. .532
Compounds, Familiar Examples of.
561-577 Draconis, a, Date at the Pole of 168, 201
Conclusions, Author's Final
434
423 Dram, Avoirdupois
Cone, Definition of the
435
Conic Sections, Definitions of
423 Dry Measure
455
Construction of the Great Pyramid.
Metric
.261
454,
449,
.
INDEX
581
423
494
494
149-152, 391 Evolution, Definition of

Age of the
370 Expansion Defined
and Pyramid Weighed
"
146
of Material
World Building
Earth,
"
150-152
372
139
Earthquake, At San Francisco, Cal...l22
125
at Valparaiso, Chile
103
Most Destructive
"
of
105
Duration
an..
Longest
99
Zone, The
90-95
and
Cataclysms
Earthquakes
Unlike 186
102
Authorities on
"
99
Localities Free From.
Crust of the
Linear Elements of the
"
The
Our Theory
Prof. David
of
on..
101
.
Prof. Milne on
Records of
Since 17 A.
Theory of
"
99
100
103-136
103-136
99-102
What They
Density Number in
Reveal.
.562
Gr. Pyr.. .346
141
Orbit, Illustrated
Polar Axis
196, 197
142
Satellite, The Moon
"
197
Several Diameters
260
Easter Isles in Mid-Pacific
146
Eccentricities of the Planets
137
Ecliptic System
322
Effect on Substances by Heat
Architecture of
66
Egypt, Ancient
"
69
Sculpture of
"
70
Archaeology of
Earth's
Fraction, Definition of
71
Landmarks, by Oliver .291

French Gramme, Different Weights of. 195
Friction of Water in Pipe
475
Frustum, Pedestal, Pyramid
Wedge. .500
Future nf the Great Pyramid
412
472
Gases, Weight of
Gem Stones to be Found in the U. S.. .539
59
Government
61
of
51-74
59
54
59
Irrigation of
Minerology of.
Pyramids of
Oases of
"
17, 89,
Topography
157
57
49, 50
51
11
Rulers of
"
of
Upper, Illustrated
57
Zoology of
49, 50
Egyptian Rulers from 2717 B. C
of
.409
Egyptologists, Chronology
Egypt's Meridian, More Land, Less Sea 207
"
Electricity
and Not Direct Heat that
Receive from the Sun

Electricity, Measures of
Elements of the Solar System
"
Ellipse,
58
54
of
History of
Inhabitants of
"
Discoveries Recent in
Geology of
"
Climate of
Botany
"
Expenditure, Annual, per Inhabitant.. .556

Exterior Measures of Gr. Pyramid
209
External Measures of the Coffer. .329, 330
Fahrenheit Thermometer Compared .... 377
Falls 9f Niagara, 5th Natural Wonder. .416
Familiar Examples of Compounds
556
556
Fats, Constitution of
390
Faulty Theory, Prof. Smyth's
Defined.
.423
Fellowship, Mathematically
Fineness of Foreign Coins
520
"
of U. S. Coins
512
Fire at Baltimore, Md
123
"
123
Chicago, 111
San Francisco, Cal
122
Fires, Greatest Modern
122, 123
First Entrance into Gr. Pyramid Known 303
Fishermen of the Bible
285, 286
Fish, The Symbol of the
285, 286
Five Point Star, Pyramid of a
291
Fives & Tens, Prominent Pyr. Numbers 192
Flow of Water Through Nozzles
478
474
Pipe
472
Fluids, Pressure of Inelastic
556
Food, Consumption of
How Used In the Body
556
556
Materials, Ingredients of
556
Supply and Cost of
Formulas and Propositions.. .426-428, 473
in Mensuration
426
Fractional Parts of an Inch
461
"
a Pound
461
Symbols
of
Explanation of an
of Hats
Eminent Men, Sizes

Engineer's Measure
Worn
We
566
464
578
540
423, 426
by. .466
429
Entrance Into Gr. Pyr., first known.. 303
Passageway, Notes on.. 271-273
to Gr. Pyramid, Discussed.. .401
"
to Gr. Pyramid, Present
354
to Gr. Pyramid, The Sphinx. 401
270
Equatorial and Polar Diameters
Equivalents of Eng. and Fr. Money 514-517
296
Era, Christian, Date of
Errors of Travelers, Manifest
340
Esoteric Explanation of Oliver. .291-294
287-289
Teaching Limited
289
Esotericism, Not Entirely Lost
Evidence that Parker's Quadrature of
the Circle is Right
240
.
423
Freemasonry, Ancient
559, 560
.
<fc
Geographical Aptitudes of Gr. Pyr.. .206

204
Geographical Position, of Gr. Pyr
of Gr. Pyr., HIS.
11
59
Geology of Egypt
Geometrical Definitions
424
423
Progression Defined
Table
424
Proportions of Gr. Pyr.. ..167
Germs of Life, First on Earth
147
463
Glazing
.360
God, Name of, In Various Tongues.
Gold and Ivory Statue of Jupiter
80
Gold and Silver Abrasion
509
of
Value
520
Coins,
Comparative Value. 513
"
"
"
Fineness of
509
.
IntheWorld
"
509
Mint
on
" Bullion,UnitedCharges
States
511
512
510
" Coins,
Mint Value of
" Pure in a
$20 Piece
512
Government of Egypt
Grades of Wheat, Liverpool
61
436
432
436
432
436
Grain, Avoirdupois
English Quarter of
"
Origin of
"
Weight
of
..362
Grant, Dr., Correct Measures of
.354
Grant's, Dr. .1. A. S., Boss Measure.
14 Methods of the
Gramme,
195, 458
"
Metric
445, 458
.
582
Gramme,
Variations in Grains of.
195, 458
Inaccuracy of Different Measurements. 188

461
353
476
212
556
59
.560
Initiatory Degree in Gr. Pyiamid..
Inside Length and Breadth of Coffer. .332
Interest Compound
531
from 5 to 12 per cent.
.525-530
on $1. 1 Day to 20 Years 524-530
on >i to 2 per cent, per Month. 524
Rules for Computing
523
Interior Measures of Gr. Pyramid
354
Internal Measures of the Coffer.
332, 333
International Length Measures
376
"
373
Weight Measures
.
Grand Canyon of Colorado River

413 Inch, Fractional Parts of an
Grand Gallery Measurements of
356
Measure of the Granite Leaf
"
.407
Pyramid Inch In.
Miner's, Different Measures
"
Rock Used In.. 160, 356
of the Gr. Pyr. Illustrated
Grand Gallery's Ramps & Ramp Holes 407 Ingredients of Food Material
Granite Leaf Inch Measure of the
353 Inhabitants of Egypt
.
"
"
Location of the
160
"
of Ante-Chamber
345
or Limestone, Gr't Men Differ.. 320
or Porphyry, Which?
318
Symbolisms of Ante-Chamber. .338
Where It Came From

Gravity Denned
319
464
Great Pyramid, Architectural Facts... 410
170
Authors On
Con. History of. 157, 160
157
Correct Name of
Construction of
261
Entered, First Time. .303
354
Entrance, Present
Entrance, Where is it? 401
Great Wonder 77
First
Future of the
412
Ground Plan of, niUS.. 19
Jeezeh
86-88
Length Standard of 180
.
Intoxicants and Tobacco Consumption .556

290
Investigation of Circle Ceases
423
Involution, Explanation of
and Wrought
494
and Lead Balls, Weight of
504
"
Steel Plates, Weight of
505
"
"
of
508
"
" Rope, Weight of
506
Wire, Weight
501-508
Weight of
Iron, Cast
"
"
"
"
"
Modern Measures
314 Irregular Bodies, Contents of
500
192 Irrigation of Egypt
Numbers
54
"
"
518
Weight of
211,371 Japanese Money
316
438
Greaves, Prof. Sketch of
Weights and Measures
Visits Great Pyramid.. 309 Jewelers' Gold Weight
510
205 John Taylor's Theory Supported
176
Greenwich, Change of Latitude at
Gun Barrels, Proportion of
465 Jomard, M., On Coffer Theory
312
144
461 Jupiter, Superior Planet of
Hand, Palm Span, Length of
78 Kabbalistic Description of King SoloHanging Gardens of Babylon
Harlem River Ship Canal
557
282-284
mon's Temple
466 Keys of Esotericism, Are They Lost?. .289
Hats, Sizes Worn by Eminent Men
466 King Cheop's Tomb, Illustrated
45
Hatters, Measure
Measurement of
463 King Solomon's Temple
274-284
Hay,
"
463 King's Chamber Illustrations
35, 37
Ton, Cubic Feet in
566
In Detail
349
Heat,
Component Parts of
"
"
322
In Feet and Inches. .357
Effect on Substances of
"
"
From the Sun, No Direct
566
Pyramid Inches In. .407
"
"
464
Rock Used In
160
Measure, etc
Standard Measures. 263
471
by Colors
Through Glass
"
"
"
.
Transmission
347
Vibration of
348
Wall Courses. .339-341
466
Kilo, Weight of (Leather)
429
Knot, Nautical, Length of a
Knowledge In Symbolism Still Extant 291
463
Laths, Sizes of
Latitude, Test of Geog'l Position of. .204
"
at Greenwich
205
of. .471
"
Hebrew Alphabet, The

221-223
Hebrews, First 4 Wonders of the ... 286, 287
"
Temperature
420
Hegel and Aristotle
89
Height of all Egyptian Pyramids
202
Heights of Stone Structures
Hills in the Area of an Acre
433
51-74
History of Egypt
"
Ancient
62
Change
"
of Interior of Pyramid..
504
297- 302 Lead, Weight of
282 Leather Belting, Measured in Rolls.
.463
Holy of Holies, Illustration Of
"
466
Horizontal Passage, Queen's Chamber. .358
Weight, Kilo of
Horse Power Denned
327
465 Ledge, The Coffer's
"
States
of Belts and Pulleys.
513
.477 Legal Tender in the United
"
" U. S. Definition of. .513
"
"
of Water
478, 479
.236
Hose (Stockings) Length of Sizes of.
.466 Legendre and Playfair, Pi Values
376
Human Footprints in Carson Prison. .417 Length Measures, In ternational
375
Hydraulic Pipe
480, 481
Pyramedal
"
of Earth's Polar Axis
196, 197
Pressure, Greatest
480, 481
429
474-476
Unit of
Hydraulics, Notes on
335
154 Lid of the Coffer
Hydrogen and Oxygen
147
of
Denned...
Germs
423 Life, First
Hyperbola, Mathematically
H. Vyse, Supports Taylor's Theory.
176 Light, How Did They Obtain, For Pyr. 342
464
of
the
Defined
420
Idea, Evolution
Principal of,
154
Illustrated Cross from a Cube
259 Lime, Metallic Base of
372
Inch of Great Pyramid.
212 Linear Elements of the Earth
"
Illustrations of Great Pyramid
Standard of the Gr. Pyramid. .194
8-48
"
Mathematical
39, 227-259 Limestone, or Granite? Men Differ. .. .320
.
INDEX
323
Limestone, Reason for Using
Limitation of Esoteric Teaching
287
435
Liquid Measure
"
Metric
448, 452, 453
472
Liquids Pressure of
Weight & Specific Gravity of. .466
445
Litre, Metric
Logarithms, Mathematically Defined.. .423
420
Logic, Hegel's
420
Nature, Mind
Log Measurement
496-497
Feet of Boards Contained in .... 496

Logs,
"
Standard
496
Measurement of,
Longitude at Each Degree of Latitude
Time of Reckoning of
"
533
430
206
Zero Meridian of
429
Long Measure
"
Metric
450
499
Lumber, Feet in a Car-load of
Feet in a Telegraph Pole .... 500
Measure
498-500
"
499
Weight of, Green or Dry431
Magnetic Pole
Mails from the Pacific Coast,
Mammoth Cave
Man Power
of
Time
.538
of.
413
476
568
142
429
559
559
Kentucky
Mansill's Universal Forces
Mars, The Superior Planet of

Mariners' Measure
Masonic Authors, Ancient.
Modern
Masonic Bodies, Modern, Have Possessed
Some Keys
Masonry
"
of Esotericism
289
Courses of Great Pyr.. .213-215
Courses, Thickness of.. 213-215
Free, 25,000 Years Ago. .559, 560
465
Strength of, Defined
Material,
"
Used in the Great Pyramid. .159
Materials, Expansion and Weight of.. 499
Tensile Strength of
494
423
Mathematical Definitions
239
Definitions, Untrue
.290
Investigators Barred.
"
Signs and Characters.. .421
.
Terms Defined
"
423
423
419
Terms, Order of
Mathematics, Classification of
Mathematitions Statements LT ntrue.
Matter, Reciprocation of
Mausoleum, or Tomb of Mausolus
Measure, Circular
Cubic
"
Druggists' Gallon
Dry
"
Hatters'
Hosiers'
Linear
Liquid
Log and Lumber

Mariners'
Surveyors'
Time
Water
Measurement
"
of
Lumber
Telegraph Pole
Water
Measures and Weights
Metric
"
"
"
Pyramid
Source
Measurements
in English Feet
of,
Part II
in King's
.270
216-296
Chamber
349, 350
172
Objected to
Mechanical Powers
Mechanics
Medical Gallon.
Melting Point of Alloys
"
465
464
435
379, 380, 471

Different Metals
379
Fusible Plugs
471
Metals
379, 380, 471
Substances
471
Mensuration
Merchandise, Measurement of
Ton and Car-load
424-428
459, 460
460
Mercury, The Inferior Planet of
138
Meridian of Longitude for all Egypt.
.206
Metals, Melting Point of
.379, 380, 471
Specific Gravity of
467
Tensile Strength of
494
501
Weight of
420
Metaphysical Philosophy
420
Metaphysics
Metius, Peter, On Quadrature
232, 233
Metric System
445-458
Weights and Measures, Cond. .444
Mexican Coinage of Gold & Silver
519
"
Weights and Measures. .439, 440
and
Statute
Nautical
429
Mile,
461
Military Pace
Million in Roman Numerals
428
Milne's Theory of Earthquakes
100
Idea
of
the
420
Mind,
Hegel's
"
420
Nature, Logic
Mineral Matter in Food
556
"
153
Substances, Formation of
and
Their
Substances.
.541-555
Minerals,
541-555
Composition of
555
Every Variety of.
New Species of
555
"
List
of.
555
......
Supplemental
540
Symbols of
&
of
.466
Weight Specific Gravity
59
Minerology of Egypt
Miner's Inch of Water
474, 476, 477
" Dif. Go's
"
"
476
"
"
Illustrated
476
"
In S.Calif
474
"
Inches in Gallons
474
Mint Charges for Coining
.511
"
511
Regulations of the U. S
"
433
Weight
of
Coffer
Outside
328
Minuter Details
Miracle of Fishing in the Jordan
285
and
Measures.
.461
Miscellaneous Weights
of. 459,
.
.239
568
83
430
432
435
435
466
466
429
435
496-499
429
of the Circle
156
Outside of Coffer.. .329, 330, 363
Shoemakers
Square
Measures of Coffer, Pyr. Inches

160
of Greaves and Vyse
317
of Great Pyramid's Exterior. 209
Prof. Smyth's Ideal
262
"
466
432
429
430
473-477
496-499
500
473-477
429-532
444-458
.
Miscellaneous.. .461
444
of India
Modern Knowledge in Symbolism.

"
Measures of Great Pyramid.
Molten Sea of King Solomon
Money, English and French
...
.
291
.314
393
513
"
520
Foreign
"
512
U. S., and in Circulation
382, 383
Why Not Pyramid
Monoliths, & Monuments, Height of. ... 532
Monthly Interest Tables, Vi to 2 per cent 524
296
Months of the Year, Origin of
.532
Monuments & Chimneys, Height of.
142
Moon, The Earth's Satellite
More Earth, Less Sea, in That Meridian 207
392
Moses, Ark of the Covenant.of
.
584
465
Morter, Best Made
Muir, C., On Vertical Axis of Gr. Pyr.. .406
284
of
etc
Circle,
Myer's Quadrature
420
Mysticism
Number
461, 462
of, in a Pound
of Deity in Various Tongues .... 360
420
Divisions
in
Nature,
"
240
Says Parker is R ight.
Nails,
Name
Tone in King's Chamber

Nautical Mile, Length of a
Neptune, Superior Planet of
348
429
145
416
Niagara Falls, 5th Wonder
Nile River, Cataracts of, Height of
532
548
Nitrogen, Description of
Noachian Deluge of the Bible
411, 412
47
Northern Heavens, Illustrated
428
Notation and Numerals
265-270
Number (6) Six As a Factor
Numbers, Reference to Gr. Pyramid's. 192
428
Numerals or Notation
57
Oases of Egypt
Natures
173, 174
Pyramid Answered
Objectors,
"
172
to Measurements
"
"
Ans'd 173, 174
of
Thermometers
Observatories,
3^6
422
Old and New Style Explained
Emblem, Explanation
Oliver's
of.
Only Real Pyramid
.291-294
161-172
Orientation of Sides of Gr. Pyramid .... 203

157
Orthography for Name of Gr. Pyr
Other Chambers in the Gr. Pyramid. .301
"
87, 88
Pyramids, Purposes of
Outside Measure of Coffer.
.329, 330, 363
.
Oxygen and Hydrogen, Description

Pace and Palm
of.
154
461
Panama
557
Canal, Facts Regarding
240
Parker Is Right, Nature Says
217
Parker's Quadrature Construction
25
Passage System of Gr. Pyr.,
Passageway (So-called) Measure of 271-273
297
Part III., Interior of the Pyramid
mus
Part II., Source of Measures, etc. .216-295

463
Patterns and Castings Compared
500
Pedestal or Frustum, Feet in
429
Pendulum, Length of
Pendulums, Different Vibrations of
Pentapla as a Pyramid
Permenance of Continental Areas
Permutation, Definition of
.430
291
98
423
423
Perpetuities, Definition of
Pharos of Alexandria
84, 85
420
Philosophy
419
Physical Science
419
Physics, Divisions of
Piazzi Smyth and Prof. Taylor Agree. .177
156
"Pi" Carried to 154 Decimals
"
Measure Values
181, 182
Standard of the Gr. Pyramid.. .181
"
Values of Legendre and Play fair. .236
474
Pipe, Flow of Water Through
488-491
Pjpes, Capacity of
and
Steam
Water
475
Pistons,
Planetoids or Asteroids
144, 578
of
Eccentricities
431
Planets,
146,
578
Planetary Symbols
578
Theory
Planet Jupiter, Facts Concerning
144
.142
Mars,
.138
Mercury,
145
Neptune,
Planet Venus, Facts Concerning
"
Saturn,
Uranus.
144
139
145
and Equatorial Diameters

Alpha Ursa Minoris
270
204
385
384,
425
Polygons Defined
Sides and Area of
427
"
Table of
427
Polyhedrons
425, 428
Tables on
428
59
Population of Egypt
318
Porphyry or Granite, Which?..
Portland Cement
465
Position Mathematically Explained. .. .423
of Coffer in King's Chamber
366
"
of the Great Pyramid.
157, 209
Positiveism
419
Decimal Parts of a
461
Pound,
"
373
Weights of the World
476
Power, Man and Horse
Practical Application of Coffer
367
Precious Stones Found in U. S
539
Pressure and Specific Gravities
369
Reference
in
421
Printing,
Signs
423
Probability Defined
Problem of Three Revolving Bodies 242-256
42.S
Properties of Numbers Defined
420. 47^
Propositions and Formulas.
in Mensuration
426, 473
Province of Ritualism
.294, 295
477
Pulleys, Horse Power of
Puncheons, Capacity of
488-491
of All Other Pyramids
90
Purpose
87,
"
of the Coffer
324
375
Pyramidal Length Measures
Numbers Noted.
193
Pyramid Angle Measure.
380, 381
As Seen in 822 A. D., Illus.
48
Pole Star,
"
Cycle of
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
and Solar Analogy

198
and English Linear Measure. .375
368
Capacity Measure
Contents of
Entered, First Account of.
Entrance Discussion on..
"
Illustrated
Future of the Great
Inch Illustrated
Measures Variation of
"
in Egypt. ......
Why
The Earth,
139
Planets, Asteroids, etc..

431, 578
Days, Distances, Diameters. .431
Diameters of
578
"
Distances from the Earth.
.431
The Theory of
137-146, 578
463
Plastering, Facts Regarding
236
Playfair & Legendre, Pi Values of
Curious
Feature
of.
.236
Playfair's Method,
Polar Axis, Length of Earth's
196-197
Not?...
Money,
of Five Point Star
Orientation of the
Other Chambers of
..
Star Calculations
Sun Distance of
The Only Real
Thermometer Compared
500
.
.303
401
23
412
212
264
270
.382, 383
291
203
395
386, 387
199
161
377
System Specific Gravities. .. .370
368
Weight Measure
Weights and Measures. .158, 212
Pyramid's Base Length, Different .... 194
Builders of
157
Dates of Building the
89
Exterior Measures
209, 212
"
213-215
Height by Courses
INDEX
297-302
Pyramid's Interior History

Linear Elements
"
Standard
"
"
371
194
Names of the 38
of Egypt, All of the
of Egypt, All Illustrated
On
Jeezeh
Hill,
89
89
.
Illustrated
17
15
425
Quadrangles
Quadrature Construction by Parker... 217
of Circle, etc., by Myers.. 284
Illustrated 224-232
by Parker 219, 224
of Peter Metius
232, 233
Reflections On, by Parker 233
436
Grain
English
Quarter,
152, 550
Quartz. Composition of
Air
Channels
.400
Chamber,
Queen's
"
Horizontal Passage 358
29
In Or. Pyr., lUUS..
Once Concealed 397-399
"
Inches In 407
Pyramid
"
"
Rock Contained In ..358
461
Quintal, Weight of a
555
Radium, Notes on
Ramp Stone of Gr. Pyr., Illustrated 27
Ramps and Ramp Holes, Grand Gallery 407
Raum, Geo. E., Sphinx Investigator 406
377
Reaumer Thermometer Compared
323
Reason for Using Limestone
.423
Reciprocal, Mathematically Defined.
Red Paint Marks Explained
162, 163
421
Reference Signs in Printing
Reflections on Quadrature by Parker. .233
311
Reply to Sarcophagus Theory
Research, Mathematical, Hooted Down 290
482
Reservoirs, Capacity of
484
of Circular
315
Review of Coffer Measure
Parker's View 243-252
Revolving Bodies,
"
Problem of Three. .242
85-86
Rhoades, Colossus of
Ritualism, Province of
294, 295
417
Rocking Stone of Truckee, Cal
152
Rocks and Strata, Composition of
153
Rocks, Composition of
154
Rock, The First Formed
463
Rolls and Coils Measured
Roman Catholic Church Has Possessed
289
Esoteric Keys
428
Roman Numerals, Tables of
Rope, Wire and Hemp, Strength of.. .508
Royal Societies Refuse an Audience. 290
Rosetta Stone, Discovery of.
409
Rule of Three, Definition of
423
Rulers of Egypt, From 2717 B. C.. .49, 50
551
Salt, Varities and Composition of
311
Sarcophagus Theory Exploded
of Coffer.
311, 334
"
of Lid of
326
San Francisco, Earthquake of 1896 at. 122
144
Saturn, Superior Planet of
Scales and Balances
465
and Thermometers
376, 377
419
Sciences, Classification of
Seasons, Changes of The, (See Cut) ..141
Longest
Record
128
Seismograph,
by
Seven Natural Wonders of the World 413
Wonders Bv Hand of Man 77-86
Shape of Material
210, 211
Shoemakers' Measure
4fi6
Siderial Day, Length of
254
Lunation
256
Signs Mathematical and Miscellaneous 421
of the Zodiac
141, 578
.
585
.421
Signs Used in Reading and Writing.
and Gold in the World
509
518-520
Coins, Foreign
Commercial Ratio of
521
Highest and Lowest Reached .... 521
In a Dollar, From 80c per oz. up 522
521
to Gold, Ratio of
522
Value in a Silver Dollar
.
Silver
363-366
Simpson's Coffer Measure
265-270
Six As a Factor Number
Sixth and Seventh Natural Wonders. .417
371
Size of the Great Pyramid
466
Sizes of Hat and Hose
.216
Skinner, on Source of Measures
464
Slate, Square of
"
552
Composition of
399
Smith, Prof. H. L., Discoveries of
349
P., on King's Chamber
Smyth, Prof.
"
390
Theory Faulty
171
Sockets Found, The Original
198
Solar Analogy, Pyramid and
"
254
of a
Day,
Length
"
136-155
System
"
Astronomy of the.. .136-146
"
Elements of the
141, 578
"
256
Lunation
"
256
Year....
432
Solid Measure.
425
Solids
393-395
Solomon's Molten Sea
274-284
Temple, King
472
Sound, Description of
216-296
Source of Measures, Part
Gravities
369, 370
Specific
"
466
Gravity, Dif. Materials
403-406
Description of the
Sphinx,
"
Has At Least 1 Investigator 406
532
Spires and Domes, Height of
'433
Square Acres, Length of Side of
Measure
432, 447
"
284
Root of Two, By Myers
Standard Measures of King's Chamber 263
"
180
of Length Employed
Star a Draconis, Cycle of
384, 385
Stars Cross the Pole, Dates of
386, 387
Statute of Jupiter, By Phidias
80, 81
429
Statute Mile, Feet in a
341
Stones in the King's Chamber
202
Stone Structures, Heights of
562
Story That Earthquakes Reveal
Submersions of Carboniferous Age. ... 93
160
Subterranean Chamber, Size of
"
"
355
Unfinished
422
Style- Old and New
557
Suez Canal, Statistics of
136
Article on the
Sun,
"
Distance, Pyramid Measure of. ..199
"
Is It Hot?
137, 566
"
566
Is Not Hot, But Ice Cold
"
566
Sends Out No Direct Heat
Sun's Heat, Does It Reach the Earth?. .570
Surface Measure, Lineal
373, 429
429
Surveyors' Measure
.344
Symbolic Hints from Ante-Chamber.
.
291
Symbolism, Modern Knowledge in
Symbolisms of the Ante-Chamber. .350-353
578
Astronomical.
Symbols,
"
of Elements
540
"
of Planets
578
Svstem of Angle Measures
380, 381
Table of All Pyramids in Egypt
89
Tacks In a Pound, Number of
461
Tael, Haikwan, of China
518, 520
Tauri (of the Pleiades) in 2248 B. C.. .387
.
586
Taylor's, John, Theory Supportedl76, 177

Coffer Theory Examined
313
346
Temperature Corrections Shown
and Density
338
of the King's Chamber.

347
Tropical & Polar,
97, 570
500
Telegraph Pole, Feet in a
553
Tellurium, Composition of
369, 370
Temperatures and Pressures
Temple of Diana of the Ephesians. .81, 82
.
Why
King Solomon
274-284
494
Tensile Strength of Material

Testing of John Taylor's Analogy
198
The Hebrew Alphabet
221-223
Theories of Travelers, Much Mixed

339
of a Deified Architect Ans'd. .184
Theory
"
John
312
Taylor
Thermometers and Their Scales.. 376, 377

346
at Observatories
The Source
Different,Compared.l58, 377
of Measures
216-295
403-406
359
'
Sphinx, Description of
Well of Limestone
Thickness of Bottom of Coffer
331
Three Revolving Bodies, Problem of
.242
Tidal Waves and Earthquakes
103-136
Tides and Waves
431
495
Timber, Lumber, Trees
of
495
Strength
494,
"
or
Green
499
Weight of,
Dry
Time Has Not Affected Great Pyramid 185
of King Cheops, Illustrated.
Tomb
45
"
Mausolus, King of Caria. ... 83
Ton of Merchandise
459
.
Topography
of
51
Egypt
Tourmaline, Composition of
Towers and Domes, Height of
Transcendentalism
Transcendentalisms of Astronomy.
Made Manifest..
Triangles Defined
Trowel Face, The Pyramidal
Travellers' Errors
553
532
420
.
.383
.340
424
273
433
Troy Weight
"
and Avoirdupois Comp'd. .434

"
432
Orign of
Truckee Rocking Stone, 6th Wonder.
.417
Twelve Signs of the Zodiac
141
491
Ullage or Wantage, Table of
554
Ulexite, Composition of
Undiscovered Rooms in Gr. Pyramid. .395
Unfinished Subterranean Chamber ..... 355
Units of Measure
429
145
Uranus, Superior Planet of
U. S. Seal, Reverse Side of, Illus.
48
Vara, Length of a
440, 461
415
Valley, Yosemite, 4th Wonder
125
Valparaiso, Chile, Earthquake
Value of Foreign Coins
520
510
Gold, Silver and Copper
United States Coin
512
Various Names of Deity
360
"
Rocks, Composition of
153
Velocity of the Wind.
472
Water in Pipes
474
"
Streams
475
.
Walls and Hanging Gardens of Babylon 78

491
Wantage or Ullage, Table of
511
Waste in Coining
475
Water, Flowing, Miners Inches of
Miners Inches of
474-477
"
481
Pressure Greatest
"
Weights and Measures of.. 473-477
532
Waterfalls and Cascades, Height of
"
Yosemite Valley, Height... 532
431
Waves and Tides
SCO
Wedge, Cubic Contents of a
466-470
Weight and Specific Gravity
368
Measure, Great Pyramid
373
Measures, International
"
of Atmospheric Air
469
"
504
Cattle
"
"
472
Gases
" Grain and Products
436
"
"
Gramme, Variation of. 195, 458
"
" Great
211, 371
Pyramid
"
501-504
Iron
.506
Zinc
and
Wire
.....
Lead,
466
Liquids
499
etc
Lumber, Timber,
501-508
Metals
Tons.
.372
the Earth, Pyramid
473
Water.
Woods, Dry or Green. .469, 499
and Measures
429-458
Weights
"
"
"
Depository of... 169
"
"
"
437-458
Foreign
"
"
"
Metric
445-458
"
"
"
158
Pyramidal
3.59
Well, The, of Limestone
487
Wells, Artesian
"
484
Capacity of
337
What Did Coffer Capacity Prove?
of
436
English
Quarter
Wheat,
"
Grades of Liverpool.
436
319
Where the Granite Came From
"
To Enter the Great Pyramid 401-40:!
Wheeler, Rev. O. C., On Antiquity 559, 560
157
Who Built the Great Pyramid?
324
Why Was Coffer Built That Size?
312
Wilkinson, Sir Gardner, On Coffer
172
Wind, Force and Velocity of
Wire Nails, No. of in 1 lb., (Roeblings) .462
462
Penny of
.
"
"
Roehling's Gauge of. ....
"
Rope, Weight and Strength of.
Wisdom, Hegel's Idea of
Wise Men Differ, Limestone or Granite.
Tensile Strength of
Woods,
"
.
.462
.508
420
320
494
Weight and Specific Gravity of 469
.413
Wonders of the World, Nature's 7."
"
of the World, The Hebrew 286. 287
"
of the World, The Seven.. .77-80
.
World Building
Xylotile, Composition of
and Day Standard Indicated.

Year
"
"
A Mean
A Solar
...
146
554
182
256
256
431
in each Planet's
"
422
Exact Length of a
Yosemite Falls, Height of
532
"
532
Venus, The Inferior Planet of
139
Valley, Area of
4th Nat'l Wonder. .415
441
Versta, Russian Unit of Length
Vertical Axis, etc., bv Mr. C. Muir .400, 407 Young and Champoleon's Discovery.
.409
"
Section of Gr. Pyr., Illus
9 Zero Meridian or Longitude
206
Vibration of King's Chamber, "F"
348 Zinc, Composition of
153, 555
Volcanic Eruption of Mont Pelee.
.118 Zodiac, The, Twelve Signs of
141, 578
Eruptions Since 17 A. D. .103, 136 Zone, Free From Earthquakes. ....... 99
Vyse's, Howard, Theory Sunported
17fi
The Earthquake
99
Wall Courses by Different Men
339 Zoology of Egypt
57
1
Days
SUNSET
The Magazine
In
of the
fiction,
founded on
FOR
SALE
AT ALL
the wonderful
NEWS
ment
STANDS
It
pictures the
$1.50 per year
this
of
fact, it tells
the
West.
marvelous developgreat
empire of the
Pacific.
To
15c per copy
of
story
West
tell
your friends back east the
whole story of the Pacific Coast, send
them
a copy of
...Sunset...
Magazine
FLOOD BUILDING, SAN FRANCISCO
SUNSET
MAGAZINE
IS
READ BY PEOPLE WHO HAVE MONEY AND ARE

ANXIOUS TO SPEND IT.
ADVERTISING PAYS BIG RETURNS.

We
have the testimony of advertisers

use of
Sunset that
same
for you.
it
Key an
pays.
ad.
who know from

It will
and prove
the
do the
it.
CIRCULATION OVER 100,000 MONTHLY

Write for
rates
and other information.
HOME
OFFICE:
Flood Building, San Francisco

Southwestern
Department,
600 South Spring
St.,
LOS ANGELES, CAL.
Northwestern Department,
Wells-Fargo Building,
PORTLAND, OREGON.
ff
UC SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY
000 684 325

The Great Pyramid Jeezeh by Louis P. McCarthy, 1907

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

The Great Pyramid Jeezeh by Louis P. McCarthy, 1907

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

The Great Pyramid Jeezeh by Louis P. McCarthy, 1907

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What is the book about?

What is the book about?

What subjects does the book cover?

What subjects does the book cover?

LIBRARY

Me CLASH AN & Me GUSH AN

and Economist, "

and Longevity," Etc.

That which before us lies

The Great Pyramid

And About When Was

Entered according to the Act of Congress,

In the pages that follow, many other subjects are

being has some sec-

ondary subject, outside of his regular calling,

with the expectation of finding the original atom of matter,

and "ologies" that exist.

which the Great Pyramid Jeezeh was

Having spent nearly

and Pyramidal building, we now present the following

THE GREAT PYEAMID JEEZEH

subject properly, two volumes should

in the following pages,

the "Great Pyramid Jeezeh" really exists at this time;

are approximately correct.

Our theory, then, (that

it was built by a race of people

preceded our race,

2oth century,) will be susceptible of proof, and

most things on the

an age of absolute ignorance

face of the earth)."

has been written and said about the Pyramids

"reference libraries," or spend a small fortune on a personal

the information that they attempt to furnish.

It is taken for granted,

the subject before us, the building of the "First Great

Egyptologists, astronomers, and matheHoward Vyse, Prof. Piazzi Smyth,

the French Academicians, Dr. Grant, Prof. John Greaves,

More than two hundred eminent mathematicians and

camped there and worked steadily for months.

No one will attempt to question the perfect sanity

"miracle" to help them out. Most of them were devout

As we differ so widely from the opinions of the above

we ask suspension of personal opinion, until the reader

table of contents follows this preface, also a table

a copious index, which the reader

is asked to consult on all

THE GREAT PYEAMID JEEZEH

ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE GREAT PYRAMID

Upper Egypt, the World and location of

Present entrance into the Great Pyramid, front elevation

Chamber and passage system of the Great Pyramid

King's Chamber, Ante-chamber, and upper (southern) end

the Granite Leaf

Great Pyramid .... 45

far outside the

starry skies as seen at the Great

their explanatory notes